Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 5, 2019

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   2834   45-0834299
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)  

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

195 Church Street, 14 th Floor

New Haven, Connecticut 06510

(203) 304-2499

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Jennifer L. Good

President and Chief Executive Officer

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

195 Church Street, 14 th Floor

New Haven, Connecticut 06510

(203) 304-2499

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Stuart M. Falber, Esq.

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

60 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

(617) 526-6000

 

Brian K. Rosenzweig

Eric W. Blanchard

Donald J. Murray

Covington & Burling LLP

The New York Times Building

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, New York 10018

(212) 841-1000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer       Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer       Smaller reporting company  
      Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has not elected to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☒

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to Be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price (1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee (2)

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $86,250,000   $10,453.50

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 5, 2019

PROSPECTUS

                Shares

 

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of common stock by Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. We are selling                shares of common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $        and $        per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “TRVI.”

We are an emerging growth company as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission or other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     PER
SHARE
     TOTAL  

Initial public offering price

   $                $            

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

   $        $    

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $        $    

 

(1)  

We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses. See “Underwriting” on page 176.

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for a period of 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional                 shares of common stock. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be $         and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $         .

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on or about                 , 2019.

 

SVB Leerink   Stifel   BMO Capital Markets

 

Needham & Company

Prospectus dated                 , 2019


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     12  

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

     65  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     67  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     69  

CAPITALIZATION

     70  

DILUTION

     72  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     75  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     77  

BUSINESS

     93  

MANAGEMENT

     139  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     146  

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS

     159  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     164  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     167  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     170  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

     172  

UNDERWRITING

     176  

LEGAL MATTERS

     182  

EXPERTS

     182  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     182  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus or any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

We own or have rights to trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business, including our corporate name, logos and website names. We own the trademark Trevi ® . Other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, some of the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are listed without the ® and ™ symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks, service marks and trade names.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included in this prospectus and the information set forth in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “Trevi” and similar designations in this prospectus to refer to Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. and our wholly-owned subsidiary.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of nalbuphine ER to treat serious neurologically mediated conditions. We are currently developing nalbuphine ER for the treatment of chronic pruritus, chronic cough in patients with idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, or IPF, and levodopa-induced dyskinesia, or LID, in patients with Parkinson’s disease. These conditions share a common pathophysiology that is mediated through opioid receptors in the central and peripheral nervous systems. Due to nalbuphine’s mechanism of action as a modulator of opioid receptors, we believe it has the potential to be effective in treating each of these conditions. We are currently conducting a Phase 2b/3 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER, which we refer to as the PRISM trial, in patients with severe pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, and expect to report top-line data from the trial in the first half of 2020. If successful, we expect that we will use the PRISM trial and an additional Phase 3 clinical trial that we plan to conduct to support the submission of a new drug application, or NDA, to the United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and a marketing authorization application, or MAA, to the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, for nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis.

Nalbuphine ER is an oral extended release formulation of nalbuphine. Nalbuphine is a mixed k -opioid receptor agonist and m -opioid receptor antagonist that has been approved and marketed as an injectable for pain indications for more than 20 years in the United States and Europe. The k - and m -opioid receptors are known to be critical mediators of itch, cough and certain movement disorders. Nalbuphine’s mechanism of action also mitigates the risk of abuse associated with m -opioid agonists because it antagonizes, or blocks, the m -opioid receptor. Nalbuphine is currently the only opioid approved for marketing that is not classified as a controlled substance in the United States or Europe.

The following table summarizes key information about our active clinical programs for nalbuphine ER. We have retained worldwide development and commercial rights for nalbuphine ER in all indications.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

(1)  

The dotted line segments indicate that we have not yet commenced any clinical trials for these indications. We plan to initiate Phase 2 clinical trials for each indication in 2019. The planned trials will be subject to regulatory input.



 

1


Table of Contents
(2)  

Our prurigo nodularis program consists of our ongoing Phase 2b/3 clinical trial and an additional Phase 3 clinical trial that we plan to conduct.

Chronic pruritus, defined as itching lasting longer than six weeks, causes a number of physical and psychological issues that can substantially impact patients’ daily well-being. The urge to scratch can be unbearable and the act of scratching can remove layers of skin and break the skin barrier, leading to bleeding and scarring and greatly increasing the risk of infection. Chronic pruritus can also lead to trouble sleeping, resulting in loss of work productivity and increased anxiety and depression as patients struggle to maintain self-control. Chronic pruritus is a hallmark of many dermatologic and systemic diseases and is the predominant reason that patients with these diseases experience so much discomfort. A recent report published in the Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology estimated that up to 26% of the worldwide population will suffer from chronic pruritus at some point in their lives. According to the Global Pruritus Therapeutic Market Research Report issued in 2017, the market for pruritus therapeutics was $10.8 billion in 2016 and is expected to grow to $14.3 billion in 2022. Despite the large market opportunity and the severity of chronic pruritus, there are no drugs approved in the United States or Europe for the treatment of moderate to severe pruritus. Nalbuphine ER’s dual mechanism of action targets opioid receptors located in both the central and peripheral nervous systems, each of which plays a role in modulating the sensation of itch. We believe this makes nalbuphine ER a promising potential therapy for the treatment of chronic pruritus.

Nalbuphine ER Clinical Development

We have completed clinical trials in two distinct and serious pruritic conditions, uremic pruritus and pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, with over 400 patients treated with different doses of nalbuphine ER in these trials. Uremic pruritus is a pruritic condition occurring in patients with chronic kidney disease typically receiving dialysis. Prurigo nodularis is an intensely pruritic dermatologic condition characterized by the presence of nodular pruriginous lesions such as papules or plaques.

In our Phase 2b/3 clinical trial in uremic pruritus, we enrolled 373 patients with moderate to severe uremic pruritus. Patients were randomized to one of three arms: either 108 mg or 54 mg of nalbuphine ER or placebo, each administered twice daily. The primary endpoint in the trial was the change from baseline in patients’ seven-day mean worst itch numerical rating scale, or WI-NRS, scores, which was met in the 108 mg arm, but not in the 54 mg arm. Patients in the 54 mg arm reported a reduction in WI-NRS score that was larger than the reduction in the placebo arm, although the difference was not statistically significant. The reduction in WI-NRS scores across the three arms of the trial demonstrated a dose response.

In our Phase 2 clinical trial in prurigo nodularis, we enrolled 63 patients with prurigo nodularis who had moderate to severe pruritus. Patients were randomized to one of three arms: either 162 mg or 81 mg of nalbuphine ER or placebo, each administered twice daily. The primary endpoint of the trial was the proportion of patients reporting at least a 30% reduction from baseline to week 10 in seven-day mean WI-NRS scores. Although the primary endpoint was not met in either of the nalbuphine ER arms, a key secondary endpoint of the trial was the proportion of patients reporting at least a 50% reduction in WI-NRS score from baseline. In the 162 mg arm, 33% of patients reported at least a 50% reduction in WI-NRS score as compared to 18% of patients in the placebo arm. The trial met a key secondary efficacy endpoint, reduction of ItchyQoL™ scores, in the 162 mg arm compared to the placebo arm. ItchyQoL measures quality of life improvements from pruritus reduction. The secondary endpoints of the trial were not powered for statistical significance.

We conducted a post hoc analysis of the data from the 50 patients who completed the 10-week course of treatment in our Phase 2 clinical trial in prurigo nodularis, whom we refer to as completers. We believe an analysis of the trial results of this subset of patients provides informative data regarding nalbuphine ER because it eliminates the effects of patient discontinuations. In the trial, 50% of the completers in the 162 mg arm reported at least a 50%



 

2


Table of Contents

reduction in WI-NRS score from baseline, as compared to 20% of the completers in the placebo arm, although this analysis was not powered for statistical significance. As the patients in the 162 mg arm had a mean baseline WI-NRS score of 8.05, a 50% reduction in WI-NRS score from baseline for patients in this arm was comparable to a 4-point reduction in WI-NRS score, the primary efficacy endpoint of our PRISM trial.

Based on the results of our prurigo nodularis and uremic pruritus trials and open label extension trials in both indications, and discussions with the FDA and European regulatory authorities, we initiated our Phase 2b/3 P ruritus R elief through I tch S cratch M odulation, or PRISM, trial in September 2018. In designing the statistical plan for the PRISM trial, we considered the rates of patient discontinuations we experienced in our earlier trials. We believe that these discontinuation rates can be reduced through increased patient and physician education prior to the commencement of dosing. We expect to report top-line data from the 14-week blinded treatment period of the PRISM trial in the first half of 2020. We will need to conduct an additional Phase 3 clinical trial to support the submission of an NDA to the FDA and an MAA to the EMA for nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. We may initiate this trial before the PRISM trial is complete.

We have also commenced a Phase 1b clinical trial in patients with chronic liver disease to evaluate the safety, pharmacokinetics and anti-pruritic effect of nalbuphine ER in this population, with data expected in the first half of 2019. If positive, we also intend to use data from this trial to support an NDA submission for nalbuphine ER in prurigo nodularis and commence a Phase 2 clinical trial for pruritus associated with chronic liver disease. We are not actively developing nalbuphine ER for uremic pruritus at this time based on our evaluation of the market dynamics, but may consider resuming development in the future.

As a result of nalbuphine’s ability to modulate the k - and m -opioid receptors, which are known to be involved in the pathophysiology of chronic cough in patients with IPF and in LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease, we are also pursuing the development of nalbuphine ER for each of these indications. In the first half of 2019, we intend to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial to evaluate the safety of nalbuphine ER in patients with IPF, and make an initial assessment of its efficacy on cough, with data expected in the first half of 2020. Subject to discussions with the FDA and the submission of an investigational new drug application for this indication, we also intend to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER in the second half of 2019 to evaluate the effect of nalbuphine ER on LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease.

Our Team

Our management team has extensive experience in the successful clinical development and commercialization of therapeutic products. Members of our senior executive team have held drug development, commercial and senior leadership roles at a number of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, including Penwest Pharmaceuticals, or Penwest; Bristol-Myers Squibb; Boehringer Ingelheim; and Sanofi Genzyme. Certain members of our management team were responsible for the development of nalbuphine ER at Penwest prior to its acquisition by Endo Pharmaceuticals. We believe this breadth of experience and track record, combined with our broad network of established relationships with leaders in the industry and medical community, provide us with the skills necessary to build a successful biopharmaceutical company. We have been backed by a group of leading life sciences investors, including New Enterprise Associates, TPG Biotech, Omega Funds, Lundbeckfonden Ventures and Aperture Venture Partners.



 

3


Table of Contents

Our Strengths

We believe our company and our product candidate, nalbuphine ER, have the following key distinguishing characteristics:

 

   

Nalbuphine ER is currently in a Phase 2b/3 trial and has demonstrated proof of concept in two serious chronic pruritus indications. We have completed clinical trials of nalbuphine ER that demonstrated statistically significant improvements in patients with uremic pruritus and clinically relevant results in patients with pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. Based on the data from these trials, including post hoc analyses of these data, and data from open label extension trials in both indications, and discussions with the FDA and European regulatory authorities, we are currently conducting a Phase 2b/3 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of severe pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, and expect to report top-line data from the blinded treatment period of the trial in the first half of 2020. We are not actively developing nalbuphine ER for uremic pruritus at this time based on our evaluation of the market dynamics, but may consider resuming development in the future.

 

   

Multiple clinical indications with several upcoming data read-outs. Based on nalbuphine ER’s dual mechanism of action that targets k - and m -opioid receptors, which are known critical mediators of itch, cough and certain movement disorders, we are developing nalbuphine ER to treat serious neurologically mediated conditions. In addition to pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, we are developing nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus in chronic liver disease in a Phase 1b clinical trial with data expected in the first half of 2019. We also intend to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER for chronic cough in patients with IPF in the first half of 2019, with data expected in the first half of 2020, and to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER for LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease in the second half of 2019.

 

   

Targeting large market opportunities with significant unmet medical needs. There are currently no approved therapies for the treatment of moderate to severe pruritus or the treatment of chronic cough in IPF patients in the United States and Europe, and the current standards of care for these debilitating conditions consist of off-label treatments that have limited or no efficacy. While there is one approved therapy for the treatment of LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease, we believe there is significant unmet need in this patient population. We believe that each of these conditions presents a significant market opportunity. In addition, because patients suffering from these conditions are largely served by specialist physicians, we believe we have the opportunity to commercialize nalbuphine ER in the United States for these conditions directly through our own focused, specialty sales organization.

 

   

Nalbuphine has an established efficacy and safety profile. Nalbuphine has been approved and marketed as an injectable for pain indications for more than 20 years in the United States and Europe. Nalbuphine’s mechanism of action mitigates the risk of abuse associated with m -opioid agonists because it blocks the m -opioid receptor, and nalbuphine is currently the only opioid approved for marketing that is not classified as a controlled substance in the United States or Europe. In 13 clinical trials, nalbuphine ER has been dosed in more than 750 individuals and has been shown to be well-tolerated, including in six and 12-month safety studies in the intended patient populations. In connection with the development of nalbuphine ER, we plan to conduct a human abuse liability, or HAL, study to further characterize the abuse potential of oral nalbuphine.

 

   

Broad intellectual property portfolio with worldwide rights to nalbuphine ER. We own or exclusively license 16 issued patents covering methods of use and formulations of nalbuphine ER, with multiple pending patent applications, protecting the use of our product candidate through at least 2032. We have retained worldwide development and commercial rights for nalbuphine ER in all indications.

 

   

Experienced management team and backing from leading life sciences investors. Members of our management team have extensive experience in product development and commercialization of



 

4


Table of Contents
 

successful pharmaceutical products. We have been backed by leading life sciences investors including New Enterprise Associates, TPG Biotech, Omega Funds, Lundbeckfonden Ventures and Aperture Venture Partners.

Our Strategy

We are focused on the development and commercialization of nalbuphine ER to treat serious neurologically mediated conditions. The key elements of our strategy are:

 

   

complete the clinical development of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis;

 

   

pursue continued development of nalbuphine ER for additional pruritic conditions;

 

   

leverage the dual mechanism of action of nalbuphine ER to pursue other neurologically mediated conditions;

 

   

maximize the commercial potential of nalbuphine ER; and

 

   

evaluate business development opportunities and potential collaborations.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

We have incurred significant losses since inception, expect to incur significant and increasing losses for the foreseeable future, and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

 

   

We will need substantial additional funding, and if we are unable to raise sufficient capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, we could be forced to delay, reduce or abandon our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

 

   

We are dependent on the successful development and commercialization of nalbuphine ER, our sole product candidate. If we are unable to complete the clinical development of, obtain marketing approval for or successfully commercialize nalbuphine ER, or if we experience significant delays in doing so, our business would be substantially harmed. In addition, the development of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis is currently significantly more advanced than our other target indications. If we are not successful in developing and commercializing nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, our business could also be substantially harmed.

 

   

Our approach to the development and commercialization of nalbuphine ER to treat serious neurologically mediated conditions is unproven.

 

   

Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome. Even if we complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials, the regulatory approval process is expensive, time consuming and uncertain and may prevent us from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate.

 

   

Our Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis may not be predictive of the results of our PRISM trial, including due to the small patient size of the Phase 2 clinical trial, the discontinuation rate among patients in the Phase 2 clinical trial, the limited number of patients who completed treatment in the Phase 2 clinical trial and differences in the design of the Phase 2 clinical trial and the PRISM trial, including the longer treatment period for nalbuphine ER being used in the PRISM trial.



 

5


Table of Contents
   

Adverse events or undesirable side effects caused by nalbuphine ER may be identified during development and could delay or prevent the marketing approval or limit the use of nalbuphine ER. Nalbuphine ER, as a mixed k -opioid receptor agonist and m -opioid receptor antagonist, may be susceptible to side effects associated with drugs having either of those mechanisms of action, including psychiatric side effects, withdrawal effects, respiratory depression and potential cardiac risk, as well as endocrine side effects associated with opioids generally. The drug label for nalbuphine, the active ingredient in nalbuphine ER, carries a warning for serious, life-threatening or fatal respiratory depression, and nalbuphine ER, if approved for marketing in any indication, will likely carry a similar label.

 

   

Many currently approved m -opioid products are subject to restrictive marketing and distribution regulations which, if applied to nalbuphine ER, could potentially restrict its use and harm our ability to generate profits. We plan to conduct a HAL study to further characterize the abuse potential of oral nalbuphine. If the results of the HAL study suggest that nalbuphine ER may carry risks of misuse, abuse or addiction, or even if the trial indicates that nalbuphine ER does not carry such risks, the FDA may require us to implement a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy in connection with any commercialization of nalbuphine ER and the U.S. Drug Enforcement Agency could determine that nalbuphine ER should be classified as a controlled substance.

 

   

We have experienced delays and difficulties in the enrollment of patients in our clinical trials, including our PRISM trial. If we experience further delays or difficulties in the enrollment of patients in clinical trials, our receipt of necessary regulatory approvals could be delayed or prevented. Other companies are conducting clinical trials or have announced plans for future clinical trials that are seeking, or are likely to seek, to enroll patients with prurigo nodularis, and patients are generally only able to enroll in a single trial at a time. In addition, many patients use various treatments off-label to treat pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis and these patients and their physicians may be reluctant to forgo, discontinue or otherwise alter their use of such off-label therapeutic approaches to participate in our clinical trials.

 

   

If we are unable to establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities or enter into sales, marketing and distribution arrangements with third parties, we may not be successful in commercializing nalbuphine ER or any future product candidates if and when they are approved.

 

   

We face substantial competition, which may result in others developing or commercializing products before or more successfully than we do.

 

   

We rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials. If they do not perform satisfactorily, our business could be harmed.

 

   

We contract with third parties for the manufacture, storage, packaging and distribution of nalbuphine ER for clinical trials, including a single supplier for the active ingredient, and expect to continue to rely on third parties for these services in connection with our future development and commercialization efforts for nalbuphine ER and any future product candidates.

 

   

If we fail to comply with our obligations under our existing and any future intellectual property licenses with third parties, we could lose license rights that are critical to our business or owe damages to the licensor of such intellectual property.

 

   

If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient patent protection for nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate, or if the scope of the patent protection is not sufficiently broad, competitors could develop and commercialize products similar or identical to such product candidate, and our ability to successfully commercialize such product candidate may be adversely affected. We do not own or exclusively license any composition of matter patents for nalbuphine ER.



 

6


Table of Contents
   

The report of our independent registered public accounting firm included a “going concern” explanatory paragraph.

Our Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on March 17, 2011 under the name Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 195 Church Street, 14 th Floor, New Haven, Connecticut 06510, and our telephone number is (203) 304-2499. Our website address is www.trevitherapeutics.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, but we may cease to be an emerging growth company earlier under certain circumstances. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and plan to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure and other requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information contained in this prospectus may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.



 

7


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered

                 shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately following this offering

                 shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for a period of 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional                 shares of our common stock.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $        million (or approximately $        million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to fund the development of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, to fund the development of nalbuphine ER for other serious neurologically mediated conditions and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

You should read the section titled “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

“TRVI”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 4,241,756 shares of our common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2019 and an additional 97,285,647 shares of our common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and the accrued dividends on our convertible preferred stock upon the closing of this offering (based on an assumed closing date of January 31, 2019).

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

 

   

10,157,981 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of January 31, 2019 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.41 per share;

 

   

1,290,669 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, or the 2012 Plan, as of January 31, 2019;

 

   

15,000,000 additional shares of our common stock that will be available for future issuance under our 2019 Stock Incentive Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our board of directors has approved, effective upon the pricing of this offering, grants to our non-employee directors of stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,575,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price per share equal to the initial public offering price of shares of our common stock in this offering; and



 

8


Table of Contents
   

1,473,513 additional shares of our common stock that will be available for future issuance under our 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

   

assumes no exercise of the outstanding options described above;

 

   

assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock;

 

   

gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and the accrued dividends on our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 97,285,647 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering (based on an assumed closing date of January 31, 2019); and

 

   

gives effect to the filing and effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated by-laws upon the closing of this offering.



 

9


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth a summary of our historical financial data as of and for the periods indicated. You should read the summary consolidated financial data set forth below together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the sections of this prospectus titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” We have derived the following summary statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the following summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial data set forth below are not intended to replace the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2017     2018  
    (in thousands, except share
and per share data)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

   

Operating expenses:

   

Research and development

  $ 6,095     $ 14,072  

General and administrative

    2,142       4,336  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    8,237       18,408  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (8,237     (18,408

Other income (expense):

   

Change in fair value of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

    —         (2,105

Change in fair value of contingent call option liability—convertible notes

    (1,352     —    

Change in fair value of obligation for loan success fee

    (24     (138

Interest income

    69       156  

Interest expense

    (3,342     (174
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    (4,649     (2,261
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit

    (12,886     (20,669

Income tax benefit

    26       124  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (12,860   $ (20,545
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    4,060       370  

Dividends accrued on redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (3,740     (5,402
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (12,540   $ (25,577
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share outstanding (1)

  $ (3.14   $ (6.15
 

 

 

   

 

 

 


 

10


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2017     2018  
    (in thousands, except share
and per share data)
 

Weighted average common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    3,996,724       4,157,295  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

    $ (0.22 )  
   

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted (unaudited)

      85,169,851  
   

 

 

 

 

(1)

See note 2 and note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per common share and unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share.

 

     As of December 31, 2018  
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)      Pro Forma As
Adjusted (2)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,202     $ 17,165      $                

Working capital (3)

     6,148       16,111     

Total assets

     10,526       20,489     

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     115,742       —       

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (109,494     17,307     

 

(1)

The pro forma balance sheet data give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and the accrued dividends on our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 96,883,242 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering (based on an assumed closing date of December 31, 2018 and giving effect to the issuance and sale of 6,849,315 shares of our Series C preferred stock for aggregate gross proceeds of $10.0 million in the third and final tranche of our Series C financing in January 2019).

(2)

The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data give further effect to our issuance and sale of                 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)

We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.

The pro forma as adjusted information presented above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by $        million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by $        million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.



 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you decide to invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects could be harmed. In these circumstances, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital

We have incurred significant losses since inception, expect to incur significant and increasing losses for the foreseeable future, and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

We have incurred significant annual net losses every year since our inception. We expect to continue to incur significant and increasing net losses for at least the next several years. Our net losses were $20.5 million and $12.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $109.5 million. We have not generated any revenues from product sales, have not completed the development of any product candidate and may never have a product candidate approved for commercialization. We have financed our operations to date primarily through private placements of our convertible preferred stock. We have devoted substantially all of our financial resources and efforts to the clinical development of our product candidate nalbuphine ER and related activities. Our net losses may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year. Net losses and negative cash flows have had, and will continue to have, an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital.

We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if and as we:

 

   

continue to develop and conduct clinical trials of nalbuphine ER, including our ongoing Phase 2b/3 trial of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, which we refer to as our PRISM trial;

 

   

complete other development work required for the filing of a new drug application, or NDA, with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and the filing of a marketing authorization application, or MAA, with the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, for nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, including completing our PRISM trial and at least one additional Phase 3 clinical trial in this indication;

 

   

seek regulatory and marketing approvals for nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis or for other serious neurologically mediated conditions or for any future product candidate that successfully completes clinical trials, if any;

 

   

establish sales, marketing, distribution and other commercial infrastructure to commercialize any products for which we may obtain marketing approval;

 

   

require the manufacture of larger quantities of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate for clinical development and, potentially, commercialization;

 

   

acquire or in-license rights to other potential product candidates or technologies;

 

   

initiate and conduct research, preclinical and clinical development efforts for any future product candidates;

 

   

maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

   

hire and retain additional personnel, such as clinical, quality control and scientific personnel;

 

12


Table of Contents
   

add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development and commercialization efforts, and to help us comply with our obligations as a public company; and

 

   

add equipment and physical infrastructure to support our development program for nalbuphine ER and for any future product candidates.

Our ability to become and remain profitable depends on our ability to generate revenue. We do not expect to generate significant revenue unless and until we are able to obtain marketing approval for, and successfully commercialize, nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate. Successful commercialization will require achievement of key milestones, including completing clinical trials of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate, obtaining marketing approval for these product candidates, manufacturing, marketing and selling those products for which we may obtain marketing approval, satisfying any post-marketing requirements and obtaining reimbursement for any such product from private insurance or government payors. For example, in order to successfully commercialize nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, we will be required, at a minimum, to successfully complete our ongoing PRISM trial as well as an additional Phase 3 clinical trial prior to submitting an NDA and MAA to regulatory authorities to obtain marketing approval. Because of the uncertainties and risks associated with these activities, we are unable to accurately predict the timing and amount of revenues, and if or when we might achieve profitability. We may never succeed in these activities and, even if we do, we may never generate revenues that are large enough for us to achieve profitability. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our development efforts, develop a pipeline of product candidates or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

We have a limited operating history and no products approved for commercial sale, which may make it difficult to evaluate the prospects for our future success and viability.

We were founded and commenced operations in 2011. Our operations to date have been limited to financing and staffing our company and conducting preclinical and clinical development of nalbuphine ER. We have not yet demonstrated an ability to successfully complete clinical development of any product candidates, obtain marketing approvals, manufacture a commercial-scale product or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful commercialization of any products. Accordingly, you should consider our prospects in light of the costs, uncertainties, delays and difficulties frequently encountered by clinical-stage biopharmaceutical companies such as ours. Any predictions you make about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history or a history of successfully developing and commercializing pharmaceutical products.

We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known or unknown factors in achieving our business objectives. If we are able to obtain marketing approval for nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate, we will need to transition from a company focused on clinical development to a company capable of supporting commercial activities. We may not be successful in effectuating such a transition.

We expect our financial condition and operating results will continue to fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Accordingly, you should not rely upon the results of any quarterly or annual periods as indications of future operating performance.

We will need substantial additional funding, and if we are unable to raise sufficient capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, we could be forced to delay, reduce or abandon our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

Developing pharmaceutical products, including conducting preclinical and nonclinical studies and clinical trials, is a very time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete. We have

 

13


Table of Contents

consumed substantial amounts of cash since our inception. For example, in the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, we used net cash of $18.3 million and $8.0 million, respectively, in our operating activities, substantially all of which related to development activities for nalbuphine ER. As of December 31, 2018, our cash and cash equivalents were $7.2 million. We expect our expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue to develop and conduct clinical trials of nalbuphine ER, including our ongoing PRISM trial and the additional Phase 3 clinical trial we will need to conduct for nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, acquire or in-license rights to other potential product candidates or technologies and seek regulatory and marketing approvals for nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate that successfully completes clinical trials, if any. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval for nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate, we may incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. For instance, we currently intend to commercialize nalbuphine ER in the United States ourselves by developing a focused, specialty sales, marketing and distribution organization. Furthermore, following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur significant additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise sufficient capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, we may be forced to delay, reduce or abandon our development programs or any future commercialization efforts.

We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to fund the development of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, to fund the development of nalbuphine ER for other serious neurologically mediated conditions and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We will be required to expend significant funds in order to advance the development of nalbuphine ER in multiple indications, as well as any future product candidates we may seek to develop. The net proceeds of this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, may not be sufficient to complete development of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis or for any other condition or of any future product candidate. We do not have any committed external source of funds. Accordingly, we will be required to obtain further funding through public or private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations and licensing arrangements or other sources to achieve our business objectives. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Our failure to raise capital as and when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategy.

We believe that the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through                  . Our estimate as to how long we expect the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to continue to fund our operations is based on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Further, changing circumstances, some of which may be beyond our control, could cause us to consume capital significantly faster than we currently anticipate, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned. Our future funding requirements, both short-term and long-term, will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the scope, progress, timing, costs and results of clinical trials of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis and for other serious neurologically mediated conditions, as well of as any future product candidates;

 

   

the number and characteristics of indications for which we seek to develop nalbuphine ER or any future product candidates, and their respective development requirements;

 

   

the outcome, timing and costs of clinical and nonclinical trials and of seeking regulatory approvals, including the costs of supportive clinical studies such as our planned human abuse liability, or HAL, study and our planned Thorough QT, or TQT, studies;

 

   

the costs associated with the manufacture of necessary quantities of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate for clinical development in connection with regulatory submissions;

 

14


Table of Contents
   

the costs of commercialization activities for nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis or for any other serious neurologically mediated conditions or for any future product candidates that receive marketing approval, if any, including the costs and timing of establishing product sales, marketing, distribution and manufacturing capabilities;

 

   

subject to receipt of marketing approvals, revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis or for any other serious neurologically mediated conditions or from any future product candidates;

 

   

our ability to identify potential collaborators for nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis or for any future product candidates and the terms and timing of any collaboration agreement that we may establish for the development and any commercialization of such product candidates;

 

   

the extent to which we acquire or in-license rights to other potential product candidates or technologies, and the terms and timing of any such acquisition or licensing arrangements;

 

   

our headcount growth and associated costs as we expand our research and development activities and establish a commercial infrastructure;

 

   

the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining, expanding and protecting our intellectual property rights and defending against intellectual property-related claims;

 

   

the effect of competing technologies and market developments;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain healthcare coverage and adequate reimbursement for our products; and

 

   

the costs of operating as a public company.

The report of our independent registered public accounting firm included a “going concern” explanatory paragraph.

The report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018 included an explanatory paragraph indicating that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to raise sufficient capital in this offering or otherwise as and when needed, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected, and we will need to significantly modify our operational plans to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets, and the values we receive for our assets in liquidation or dissolution could be significantly lower than the values reflected in our financial statements. The inclusion of a going concern explanatory paragraph by our independent registered public accounting firm, our lack of cash resources and our potential inability to continue as a going concern may materially adversely affect our share price and our ability to raise new capital, enter into critical contractual relations with third parties and otherwise execute our development strategy.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, including purchasers of common stock in this offering, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our product candidates.

We expect our expenses to increase substantially in connection with our planned operations, particularly as we conduct our ongoing PRISM trial as well as the additional Phase 3 clinical trial we will need to conduct for nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis and develop nalbuphine ER for the treatment of other serious neurologically mediated conditions. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities, your ownership interest may be diluted, and the terms of these securities could include liquidation or other preferences and anti-dilution protections that could adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. In addition, debt financing, if available, would result in fixed payment obligations and may involve agreements that include grants of security

 

15


Table of Contents

interests on our assets and restrictive covenants that limit our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures, granting liens over our assets, redeeming stock or declaring dividends, that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. Securing financing could also require a substantial amount of time from our management and may divert a disproportionate amount of their attention away from daily activities, which may adversely affect our management’s ability to oversee the development of nalbuphine ER or that of any future product candidates. If we raise additional funds through collaborations or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to future revenue streams or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us.

Risks Related to the Development and Commercialization of Nalbuphine ER and Any Future Product Candidates

We are dependent on the successful development and commercialization of nalbuphine ER, our sole product candidate. If we are unable to complete the clinical development of, obtain marketing approval for or successfully commercialize nalbuphine ER, or if we experience significant delays in doing so, our business would be substantially harmed.

We currently have no products approved for sale and are investing substantially all of our efforts and financial resources to fund the development of nalbuphine ER for multiple serious neurologically mediated conditions. Our prospects are dependent on our ability to develop, obtain marketing approval for and successfully commercialize nalbuphine ER in one or more indications as we currently have no other product candidates under development. We may acquire or in-license rights to other potential product candidates or technologies in the future, but we are currently not developing any other product candidates.

Our most advanced program for nalbuphine ER is our program to develop nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, as our efforts to develop nalbuphine ER for other serious neurologically mediated conditions are only at an early stage. As a result, if our efforts to develop and commercialize nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis are unsuccessful, or we experience significant delays in doing so, our business could also be substantially harmed.

The success of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, as well as for other serious neurologically mediated conditions, will depend on several factors, including the following:

 

   

successfully recruiting, enrolling and retaining patients in and completing our PRISM trial;

 

   

initiating and successfully recruiting, enrolling and retaining patients in and completing additional clinical and nonclinical trials, including the additional Phase 3 clinical trial we will need to conduct for nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis and other supportive clinical studies such as our planned HAL study and TQT studies;

 

   

demonstrating safety, tolerability and efficacy profiles that are satisfactory to the FDA, EMA and other comparable regulatory authorities for marketing approval;

 

   

receiving timely marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;

 

   

managing the extent and cost of any required post-marketing approval commitments to applicable regulatory authorities;

 

   

establishing and maintaining arrangements with third-party suppliers of drug substance for nalbuphine ER;

 

   

establishing and maintaining arrangements with third-party manufacturers of nalbuphine ER, including developing, validating and maintaining a commercially viable manufacturing process that is compliant with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMPs;

 

   

obtaining, maintaining and protecting our patents, trade secrets and regulatory exclusivity in the United States and other countries;

 

16


Table of Contents
   

establishing a focused, specialty sales organization in the United States and successfully launching commercial sales following any marketing approval;

 

   

obtaining commercial acceptance of our products, if approved, by patients, the medical community and third-party payors and obtaining and maintaining healthcare coverage and adequate reimbursement;

 

   

maintaining an acceptable safety profile following any marketing approval; and

 

   

our ability to compete with other therapies.

Many of these factors are beyond our control, including the clinical development and regulatory approval process; potential threats to our intellectual property rights; and the manufacturing, marketing and sales efforts, respectively, of any current or future third-party contractors. If we are unable to develop, receive marketing approval for and successfully commercialize nalbuphine ER, or if we experience delays as a result of any of these factors or otherwise, our business would be substantially harmed.

Our approach to the development and commercialization of nalbuphine ER to treat serious neurologically mediated conditions is unproven.

We are currently focused on the development and commercialization of nalbuphine ER to treat serious neurologically mediated conditions. Nalbuphine ER is an oral extended release formulation of nalbuphine, which is a mixed k -opioid receptor agonist and m -opioid receptor antagonist that has been approved and marketed as an injectable for pain indications for more than 20 years in the United States and Europe. Nalbuphine is currently not commercially available in an oral dosage form, such as nalbuphine ER. While we believe that nalbuphine’s dual mechanism of action, which targets both the central and peripheral nervous systems, makes nalbuphine ER a promising potential therapy for the treatment of chronic pruritus and other serious neurologically mediated conditions, and that nalbuphine ER has the potential to be safe and well-tolerated, nalbuphine has not been approved in any indications other than pain. Additionally, nalbuphine ER has not been approved in any indication, including the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, the lead indication for which we are pursuing clinical development of nalbuphine ER. No therapies have been approved in the United States or Europe for the treatment of moderate to severe pruritus, and we can provide no assurance that either nalbuphine ER or any other future product candidate that we may seek to develop for this indication or for any other serious neurologically mediated condition will be effective or safe, obtain regulatory approval or be commercially successful.

Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome.

We are not permitted to commercialize, market, promote or sell any product candidate in the United States without obtaining marketing approval from the FDA. Foreign regulatory authorities, such as the EMA, impose similar requirements. We must complete extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of nalbuphine ER and any future product candidate in humans and complete required regulatory submissions before we will be able to obtain these approvals. We may never receive such approvals.

Clinical testing is expensive, is difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and is inherently uncertain as to outcome. The clinical development of nalbuphine ER and any future product candidate is susceptible to the risk of failure at any stage of product development and we may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, clinical trials that could delay or prevent clinical development, marketing approval or commercialization of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate, including:

 

   

clinical trials may produce unfavorable or inconclusive results;

 

   

we may decide, or regulators may require us, to restructure clinical trials, conduct additional clinical and nonclinical trials or abandon product development programs;

 

   

the number of patients required for clinical trials may be larger than we anticipate, patient enrollment in these clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate or participants may discontinue their

 

17


Table of Contents
 

participation in these clinical trials at a higher rate than we anticipate, as we experienced in our Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis;

 

   

the cost of planned clinical trials may be greater than we anticipate;

 

   

our third-party contractors, including any that may be manufacturing a product candidate or drug substance or conducting clinical trials on our behalf, may deviate from applicable trial protocols, fail to comply with regulatory requirements or fail to meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner or at all;

 

   

regulators or institutional review boards may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site;

 

   

we may experience delays in reaching or fail to reach agreement on acceptable clinical trial contracts or clinical trial protocols with prospective trial sites;

 

   

patients who enroll in a clinical trial may misrepresent their eligibility to do so or may otherwise not comply with applicable clinical trial protocols, resulting in the need to drop the patients from the clinical trial, increase the needed enrollment size for the clinical trial or extend the clinical trial’s duration;

 

   

we may have to delay, suspend or terminate clinical trials for various reasons, including a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks, undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics of a product candidate;

 

   

regulators or institutional review boards may require that we or our investigators suspend or terminate clinical research for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements or their standards of conduct, a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks, undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics of the product candidate or findings of undesirable effects caused by a chemically or mechanistically similar product or product candidate;

 

   

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our clinical trial designs or our interpretation of data from preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

   

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may fail to approve or subsequently find fault with the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we enter into agreements for clinical and commercial supplies;

 

   

the supply or quality of drug substance for our product candidates or the manufactured product candidate or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of the product candidate may be insufficient, inadequate or not available at an acceptable cost, or we may experience interruptions in supply;

 

   

the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient to obtain marketing approvals; and

 

   

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may refuse to accept for substantive review any NDA, MAA or other comparable foreign regulatory application that we submit for a product candidate or may conclude after review of our data that our application is insufficient to obtain marketing approval of a product candidate.

If we are required to conduct additional clinical trials or other testing of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate beyond the trials and testing that we contemplate, we are unable to successfully and timely complete clinical trials or other testing of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate, the results of these trials or tests are unfavorable, uncertain or are only modestly favorable or there are unacceptable safety concerns associated with the product candidate, we may:

 

   

incur additional unplanned costs, which may exceed the resources that we have available or are able to obtain on reasonable terms;

 

18


Table of Contents
   

experience delays in obtaining marketing approval for the applicable product candidate for several years or more, which could shorten the periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize the product candidate or allow competitors to bring products to market before us;

 

   

fail to obtain marketing approval at all;

 

   

obtain marketing approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as we originally intended or desired;

 

   

obtain marketing approval with labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or significant safety warnings, including boxed warnings;

 

   

be subject to additional post-marketing testing or other requirements; or

 

   

be required to remove the product from the market after obtaining marketing approval.

Our failure to successfully and timely complete clinical trials of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis or for any other serious neurologically mediated condition or of any future product candidate and to demonstrate the efficacy and safety necessary to obtain regulatory approval to market any such product candidates would significantly harm our business and could result in the loss or impairment of our ability to generate revenues and effectuate our business strategy.

Our clinical trials may fail to demonstrate adequately the safety and efficacy of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidates, which would likely prevent or delay regulatory approval and commercialization.

Before obtaining regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate we must demonstrate through lengthy, complex and expensive clinical trials that the product candidate is both safe and effective for use in the target indication. Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. It is possible that even if nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate has a beneficial effect, that effect will not be detected during clinical evaluation as a result of one or more of a variety of factors, including the size, duration, design, measurements, conduct or analysis of our clinical trials. For example, our Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis failed to meet its primary endpoint, and the number of patients who discontinued treatment prior to the end of the trial had a substantial impact on the results. Conversely, as a result of the same factors, our clinical trials may indicate an apparent positive effect of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate that is greater than the actual positive effect, if any. Similarly, in our clinical trials we may fail to detect toxicity of, or intolerability caused by, nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate, or mistakenly believe that nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate is toxic or not well tolerated when that is not the case after the clinical evaluation is completed. Many pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies have suffered significant setbacks in late-stage clinical trials after achieving positive results in earlier development, and we cannot be certain that we will not face setbacks as we continue our clinical development of nalbuphine ER and develop any other product candidates. It is also possible that any of our development programs could be placed on full or partial clinical hold by regulatory authorities at any point, which would delay and possibly prevent further development of those programs.

In addition, even if the clinical trials we plan are successfully completed and nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate achieves its specified endpoints in such trials, we cannot guarantee that the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities will interpret the results as we do, and more trials could be required before we are able to submit product candidates for marketing approval. For example, patients with prurigo nodularis may have pruritus that is caused by dermatological conditions other than prurigo nodularis, and at a meeting with the FDA following the completion of our Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, the FDA raised the need to adequately isolate a patient population with pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis for our planned Phase 3 clinical trials. While the inclusion criteria in our PRISM trial require that enrolled patients not be suffering from any active, uncontrolled dermatoses other than

 

19


Table of Contents

prurigo nodularis, it is possible that the FDA could conclude that this is not sufficient to identify patients suffering from pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, in which case the FDA could question the overall validity of the results of the trial. To the extent that the results of our clinical trials are not satisfactory to the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities for support of a marketing application, approval of product candidates may be significantly delayed, or we may be required to expend significant additional resources, which may not be available to us, to conduct additional trials in support of potential approval of product candidates. For instance, if nalbuphine ER does not achieve the primary endpoint in our PRISM trial, or the FDA does not otherwise believe that the results of the trial are sufficiently supportive of an application for marketing approval, the FDA may require us to conduct another Phase 3 clinical trial in addition to the PRISM trial and the additional Phase 3 clinical trial we plan to conduct, which would cause us to incur substantial additional costs and significantly delay our development of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis.

Use of patient-reported outcome assessments, or PROs, in our clinical trials and high placebo response rates may delay or impair the development of nalbuphine ER or adversely impact our clinical trials.

Due to the difficulty of objectively measuring pruritus, the assessment of pruritus in clinical trials typically involves the use of PROs. Our clinical trials evaluating the efficacy of nalbuphine ER in pruritus indications have used PROs as primary endpoints. For example, the primary endpoint of our Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis was the proportion of patients reporting at least a 30% reduction from baseline to week 10 in seven-day mean Worst Itching Numerical Rating Scale, or WI-NRS, scores, which is a patient-reported assessment on an 11-point scale from 0 to 10 of the severity of the worst itch experienced in the last 24 hours. The primary endpoint of our PRISM trial is the proportion of patients achieving at least a 4-point improvement from baseline with respect to their worst itch at week 14 as measured by WI-NRS, which is also a PRO. PROs have an important role in the development and regulatory approval of treatments for pruritus. However, PROs involve patients’ subjective assessments of efficacy, and this subjectivity can increase the uncertainty of clinical trial outcomes assessing pruritus. Such assessments can be influenced by a number of factors and can vary widely from day to day for any particular patient, and from patient to patient and site to site within a clinical trial, leading to high variability in PRO measurements.

In addition, PROs for the assessment of pruritus have historically been observed to have high placebo group response rates. We observed this in some of our clinical trials of nalbuphine ER. For example, in our Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, we observed a mean reduction from baseline in WI-NRS score for the trial’s modified intention-to-treat population of 1.75 points for placebo as compared to 2.14 points for nalbuphine ER dosed twice-daily at 81 mg and 2.51 points for nalbuphine ER dosed twice-daily at 162 mg. In discussions, the FDA has also indicated to us that changes in WI-NRS alone may not translate to clinically meaningfully differences and therefore may not be acceptable for labeling purposes. The variability of PRO measures may be greater than other measures used for clinical trial assessments, and that variability can complicate clinical trial design, adversely impact the ability of a trial to show a statistically significant improvement and generally adversely impact a clinical development program by introducing additional uncertainties.

The variability of PRO measures and related high placebo response rates have adversely impacted clinical results of other therapies being tested for pruritus and could adversely impact our clinical development of nalbuphine ER. The FDA could also require changes in the PROs we are currently using or indicate that the PROs we are using are insufficient for demonstrating efficacy in pruritus, potentially delaying clinical development of nalbuphine ER, increasing our costs and making additional clinical trials necessary.

Adverse events or undesirable side effects caused by, or other unexpected properties of, nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate may be identified during development and could delay or prevent the marketing approval or limit the use of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate.

Adverse events or undesirable side effects caused by, or other unexpected properties of, nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate could cause us, an institutional review board or regulatory authorities to interrupt,

 

20


Table of Contents

delay or halt clinical trials of such product candidate and could result in a more restrictive label, or the delay or denial of marketing approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. We cannot be certain that serious adverse events, or SAEs, will not occur in future clinical trials, which could cause the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials of such product candidate, approve a more restrictive label than we desire or delay or deny regulatory approval.

In addition, nalbuphine ER, as a mixed k -opioid receptor agonist and m -opioid receptor antagonist, may be susceptible to side effects associated with drugs having either of those mechanisms of action. k -opioid receptor agonists have been associated with poorly tolerated psychiatric side effects, such as feelings of emotional and mental discomfort, or dysphoria, and hallucinations, at high doses. While we believe that the dual k -opioid receptor agonist and µ-opioid receptor antagonist mechanism of action of nalbuphine reduces the likelihood of such psychiatric side effects, we have observed mild psychiatric side effects, including a few reported cases of mild euphoria, somnolence and feeling relaxed or feeling “high,” in clinical trials of nalbuphine ER to date. µ-opioid receptor antagonists have the potential to precipitate withdrawal effects in patients, including drug addicts, and are associated with respiratory depression and potential cardiac risk. The drug label for nalbuphine, the active ingredient in nalbuphine ER, carries a warning for serious, life-threatening or fatal respiratory depression, and nalbuphine ER, if approved for marketing in any indication, will likely carry a similar label. To support our planned submission of an NDA to the FDA for nalbuphine ER, we will be required to conduct a clinical trial of nalbuphine ER to assess cardiac risk and, due to the association of opioids with endocrine dysfunction, a clinical trial to evaluate potential endocrine side effects. We cannot be certain that any of these side effects often associated with opioids, or other side effects, will not be observed, or observed at more severe levels, in the future, or that the FDA will not require additional trials or impose more severe labeling restrictions due to these side effects or other concerns. Such drug-related side effects could also affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete a trial or result in potential product liability claims.

In our Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, the most frequently reported adverse events associated with nalbuphine ER were nausea, dizziness and headache. In the open label extension of the trial, nausea, dizziness and fatigue were reported. Across both the Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis and the open label extension, a total of four patients reported SAEs, but none of these events was attributed to nalbuphine ER.

In our Phase 2b/3 trial of nalbuphine ER in patients with uremic pruritus, the most frequently reported adverse events attributed to nalbuphine ER were nausea, vomiting, somnolence and dizziness. In patients with uremic pruritus, SAEs were frequent but were primarily related to associated underlying diseases or to procedural complications related to hemodialysis.

If nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate is associated with adverse events or undesirable side effects or demonstrates unexpected properties, we may need to abandon development or limit development of that product candidate to certain uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective. Many compounds that have initially shown promise in clinical or earlier stage testing were later discovered to cause undesirable or unexpected side effects or raised other safety issues that delayed or prevented further development of the compound.

Many currently approved µ-opioid products are subject to restrictive marketing and distribution regulations which, if applied to nalbuphine ER, could potentially restrict its use and harm our ability to generate profits.

Many currently approved µ-opioid receptor agonists require a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, as part of their approval by the FDA. REMS programs may require medication guides for patients, special communication plans to healthcare professionals or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and/or other risk minimization tools. While nalbuphine ER has a µ-antagonist mechanism of action and has been well-tolerated in clinical trials to date, we have observed a few

 

21


Table of Contents

cases of mild euphoria, somnolence and feeling relaxed or feeling “high,” which are characteristics that have led to misuse, abuse and addiction of µ-opioids. We plan to conduct a HAL study to further characterize the abuse potential of oral nalbuphine. If the results of the HAL study suggest that nalbuphine ER may carry risks of misuse, abuse or addiction, or even if the trial indicates that nalbuphine ER does not carry such risks, the FDA may require us to implement a REMS program in connection with any commercialization of nalbuphine ER. We cannot predict whether a REMS program would be required as part of FDA approval of nalbuphine ER and, if required, what requirements it might entail. Any limitations on approval or marketing could restrict the commercial promotion, distribution, prescription or dispensation of nalbuphine ER, if approved. If a REMS program is required, depending on the extent of the REMS requirements, the program might significantly increase our costs to commercialize nalbuphine ER. Furthermore, risks of nalbuphine ER that are not adequately addressed through proposed a REMS program for nalbuphine ER may also prevent or delay any approval for commercialization.

In addition, while nalbuphine is currently not classified as a controlled substance under the federal Controlled Substances Act of 1970, or the CSA, or the regulations of the U.S. Drug Enforcement Agency, or the DEA, it is the only opioid analgesic that is approved for marketing in the United States that is not classified as a controlled substance. It is possible that, based on the results of our HAL study, adverse events in our clinical trials or for other reasons, the DEA could determine that nalbuphine ER should be classified as a controlled substance. The DEA regulates controlled substances as Schedule I, II, III, IV or V substances. Schedule I substances by definition have no established medicinal use and may not be marketed or sold in the United States. A pharmaceutical product may be listed as Schedule II, III, IV or V, with Schedule II substances considered to present the highest risk of abuse and carrying the greater level of regulatory control and Schedule V substances considered to present the lowest relative risk of abuse among such substances and, accordingly, the lowest level of regulatory control. Various states also independently regulate controlled substances. Though state-controlled substance laws often mirror federal law, because the states are separate jurisdictions, they may separately regulate drugs as well. While some states automatically classify a drug when the DEA does so, in other states there must be rulemaking or a legislative action. Regulatory authorities in foreign jurisdictions may also determine to classify nalbuphine ER as a controlled substance under different, but potentially no less burdensome, regulations.

If nalbuphine ER is classified as a controlled substance, the level of regulation would depend on how it is scheduled, and we and our suppliers, manufacturers, contractors, distributors and any future customers would be required to obtain and maintain any applicable registrations from state, federal and foreign law enforcement and regulatory agencies and comply with any applicable state, federal and foreign laws and regulations regarding the manufacture, use, sale, importation, exportation and distribution of controlled substances. Also, if nalbuphine ER is classified as a controlled substance, there is a risk that such regulations could limit its supply for use in clinical trials and, in the future, limit our ability to produce and distribute nalbuphine ER in the volume needed to meet potential commercial demand.

Regulations associated with controlled substances govern manufacturing, labeling, packaging, testing, dispensing, production and procurement quotas, record keeping, reporting, handling, shipment and disposal. These regulations increase the personnel needs and the expense associated with development and commercialization of product candidates, including controlled substances. The DEA, and some states, conduct periodic inspections of registered establishments that handle controlled substances. If nalbuphine ER is classified as a controlled substance, failure to obtain and maintain required registrations or comply with any applicable regulations could delay or preclude us from developing and commercializing nalbuphine ER and subject us to enforcement action. The DEA may seek civil penalties, refuse to renew necessary registrations or initiate proceedings to revoke those registrations. In some circumstances, violations could lead to criminal proceedings. Because of the restrictive nature of these regulations, if nalbuphine ER is classified as a controlled substance, depending on how it is scheduled, its commercial prospects could be limited.

 

22


Table of Contents

Results of preclinical studies and clinical trials may not be predictive of results of later clinical trials.

The outcome of preclinical studies and clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and preliminary or interim results of clinical trials do not necessarily predict final results. For instance, nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy in clinical development despite demonstrating positive results in preclinical studies or successfully advancing through Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials. Many pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies have suffered significant setbacks in late-stage clinical trials after achieving positive results in earlier stages of clinical development, and we could face similar setbacks. Similarly, the design of a clinical trial can determine whether its results will support marketing approval of a product and adjustments in the design of a clinical trial may not be possible once the clinical trial has commenced.

At a meeting with the FDA following the completion of our Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, the FDA advised us that the findings of the Phase 2 clinical trial may not be reliable and recommended that we conduct an additional Phase 2 dose ranging trial to identify the optimal dose and obtain reliable estimates of treatment effect for the recommended primary efficacy endpoint so as to better design and power our planned Phase 3 clinical trials. In providing such advice, the FDA noted the small number of patients in each arm of the Phase 2 clinical trial and the large differential discontinuation rate among the three treatment arms, as well as our plan to increase the fixed-dose treatment duration from eight weeks in the Phase 2 clinical trial to 12 weeks in our PRISM trial.

We have limited experience in designing pivotal clinical trials, and flaws in the design of a clinical trial could result in significant delays in completing the clinical trial or may require us to abandon the clinical trial altogether or conduct additional clinical trials. For example, we have designed our PRISM trial based on an assumed discontinuation rate that takes into account observed discontinuation rates in our Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. If enrolled patients withdraw from our PRISM trial at a rate that is higher than expected, as occurred in our Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, or at rates that are inconsistent across clinical sites and treatment arms, we may not achieve the primary endpoint of the trial, the validity or statistical significance of the trial could be impaired and regulatory authorities may not view the trial as supportive of an application for marketing approval. Preclinical and clinical data are also often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses. Many pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval for those product candidates. Even if we believe that the results of clinical trials for nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate warrant marketing approval, the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree and may not grant marketing approval of the product candidate.

In addition, some of our data for nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus is drawn from  post hoc  analyses of data subsets from our Phase 2 clinical trials of nalbuphine ER in patients with prurigo nodularis and uremic pruritus. While we believe these data may be useful in informing the design of our PRISM trial and other future Phase 3 clinical trials for nalbuphine ER,  post hoc  analyses performed after unmasking trial results can result in the introduction of bias and may not be predictive of success in Phase 3 clinical trials.

In some instances, there can be significant variability in safety or efficacy results between different clinical trials of the same product candidate due to numerous factors, including changes in trial procedures set forth in protocols, differences in the size and type of patient populations, changes in and adherence to dosing regimens and other clinical trial protocols, as well as the rate of discontinuation among clinical trial participants. If we fail to receive positive results in clinical trials of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate, the development timeline and regulatory approval and commercialization prospects for those product candidates and, correspondingly, our business and financial prospects would be negatively impacted.

 

23


Table of Contents

If we experience delays or difficulties in the enrollment of patients in clinical trials, our receipt of necessary regulatory approvals could be delayed or prevented.

We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials for nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in clinical trials as required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Patient enrollment is a significant factor in the timing of our clinical trials and is affected by many factors, including:

 

   

the size and nature of the eligible patient population;

 

   

the severity of the disease under investigation;

 

   

the proximity of eligible patients to clinical sites;

 

   

patient referral practices of physicians;

 

   

the eligibility criteria for the clinical trial;

 

   

the design of the clinical trial;

 

   

efforts to facilitate timely enrollment;

 

   

competing clinical trials; and

 

   

clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages and risks of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new drugs that may be approved for the indications under investigation.

In particular, the successful completion of our clinical development program for nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis is dependent upon our ability to enroll a sufficient number of patients with this severe condition. We have experienced delays and difficulties in the enrollment of patients in our clinical trials, including our PRISM trial. We have taken actions to increase enrollment, including increasing the number of clinical sites and closing underperforming sites. However, these actions may not be successful. Other companies are conducting clinical trials or have announced plans for future clinical trials that are seeking, or are likely to seek, to enroll patients with prurigo nodularis, and patients are generally only able to enroll in a single trial at a time. In addition, although there are no drugs approved in the United States or Europe for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, many patients use various treatments off-label, such as antihistamines or gabapentin, and these patients and their physicians may be reluctant to forgo, discontinue or otherwise alter their use of such off-label therapeutic approaches to participate in our clinical trials.

Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials could result in significant delays or may require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether. Enrollment delays in our clinical trials may result in increased development costs for nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate, delay or halt the development of and approval processes for such product candidate and jeopardize our ability to commence sales of and generate revenues from such product candidate, any of which could cause the value of our company to decline and limit our ability to obtain additional financing, if needed.

Even if nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate receives marketing approval, we or others may later discover that the product is less effective than previously believed or that it causes undesirable side effects that were not previously identified, which could compromise our ability to market the product.

Clinical trials are conducted in carefully defined sets of patients who have agreed to participate in clinical trials. Consequently, it is possible that our clinical trials may indicate an apparent positive effect of a product candidate that is greater than the actual positive effect, if any, or alternatively fail to identify undesirable side effects. If, following approval of a product candidate, we or others discover that the product is less effective than previously believed or causes undesirable side effects that were not previously identified, any of the following adverse events could occur:

 

   

regulatory authorities may withdraw their approval of the product or seize the product;

 

24


Table of Contents
   

we may be required to recall the product, change the way the product is administered or conduct additional clinical trials;

 

   

additional restrictions may be imposed on the marketing of, or the manufacturing processes for, the product;

 

   

we may be subject to fines, injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties;

 

   

regulatory authorities may require the addition of labeling statements, such as a “black box” warning or a contraindication;

 

   

we may be required to create a Medication Guide outlining the risks of the previously unidentified side effects for distribution to patients;

 

   

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients;

 

   

the product may become less competitive; and

 

   

our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could harm our business and operations and could negatively impact our stock price.

Even if nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate receives marketing approval, it may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success, in which case the market opportunity for nalbuphine ER may be smaller than we estimate and we may not generate significant revenues or become profitable.

We have never commercialized a product, and even if nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate is approved by the appropriate regulatory authorities for marketing and sale, it may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community. Physicians are often reluctant to switch their patients from existing therapies even when new and potentially more effective or convenient treatments enter the market and may be reluctant to prescribe opioid-based therapies due to perceived risks of misuse, abuse and addiction. Further, patients often acclimate to their current therapies and do not want to switch unless their physicians recommend changing products or they are required to switch therapies due to lack of reimbursement for existing therapies.

Efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors on the benefits of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate may require significant resources and may not be successful. If nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate is approved but does not achieve an adequate level of market acceptance, we may not generate significant revenues and we may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

the efficacy and safety of the product;

 

   

the potential and perceived advantages of the product compared to other therapies;

 

   

the prevalence and severity of any side effects;

 

   

the potential that the DEA could determine that nalbuphine ER should be classified as a controlled substance;

 

   

the clinical indications for which the product is approved;

 

   

whether the product is designated under physician treatment guidelines as a first-, second- or third-line therapy;

 

   

our ability to offer the product for sale at competitive prices;

 

   

the product’s convenience and ease of administration;

 

25


Table of Contents
   

the willingness of the target patient population to try, and of physicians to prescribe, the product;

 

   

limitations or warnings, including distribution or use restrictions contained in the product’s approved labeling;

 

   

the strength of sales, marketing and distribution support for the product;

 

   

the approval of other new products for the same indications;

 

   

the timing of market introduction of the product as well as competitive products;

 

   

adverse publicity about the product or favorable publicity about competitive products;

 

   

potential product liability claims;

 

   

changes in the standard of care for the targeted indications for the product; and

 

   

availability and amount of coverage and reimbursement from government payors, managed care plans and other third-party payors.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate or indication and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we intend to focus on developing product candidates for specific indications that we identify as most likely to succeed, in terms of both their potential for marketing approval and commercialization. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or for other indications that may prove to have greater commercial potential. For example, we currently intend to focus our resources on the development of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. However, the development of nalbuphine ER for this indication may ultimately prove to be unsuccessful or less successful than another product candidate or other indications that we might have chosen to pursue with our limited resources.

Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable product candidates. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to the product candidate.

If we are unable to establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities or enter into sales, marketing and distribution arrangements with third parties, we may not be successful in commercializing nalbuphine ER or any future product candidates if and when they are approved.

We do not currently have a sales, marketing or distribution infrastructure and have no experience in the sale, marketing or distribution of pharmaceutical products. To achieve commercial success for any approved product, we must either develop a sales and marketing organization or outsource these functions to third parties. If nalbuphine ER receives marketing approval from the FDA in any of our target indications, we believe we will have the opportunity to commercialize it in the United States directly through our own focused, specialty sales organization. If nalbuphine ER receives marketing approval outside the United States, we may develop a variety of collaboration, distribution and other marketing arrangements with one or more third parties to commercialize the product in those markets.

We plan to build focused capabilities to commercialize development programs for certain indications where we believe that medical specialists are sufficiently concentrated to allow us to effectively promote products with

 

26


Table of Contents

a specialty sales team. The development of sales, marketing and distribution capabilities will require substantial resources, will be time-consuming and could delay any product launch. We could prematurely or unnecessarily incur commercialization costs if the commercial launch of a product candidate for which we recruit a sales force and establish marketing and distribution capabilities is delayed or does not occur for any reason. This may be costly, and our business and financial prospects could be significantly affected if we could not retain or reposition our sales and marketing personnel. In addition, we may not be able to hire or retain a sales force in the United States that is sufficient in size or has adequate expertise in the medical markets that we plan to target. If we are unable to establish or retain an adequate sales force and marketing and distribution capabilities, our operating results may be adversely affected. If a potential partner has development or commercialization expertise that we believe is particularly relevant to one of our products, then we may seek to collaborate with that potential partner even if we believe we could otherwise develop and commercialize the product independently.

In certain indications and markets, we may seek to enter into collaborations that we believe may contribute to our ability to advance development and ultimately commercialize nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate. We may also seek to enter into collaborations where we believe that realizing the full commercial value of our development programs will require access to broader geographic markets or the pursuit of broader patient populations or indications. As a result of entering into arrangements with third parties to perform sales, marketing and distribution services, our product revenues or the profitability of these product revenues may be substantially lower than if we were to directly market and sell products in those markets. Furthermore, we may be unsuccessful in entering into the necessary arrangements with third parties or may be unable to do so on terms that are favorable to us. In addition, we may have little or no control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our products effectively.

If we do not establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, either on our own or in collaboration with third parties, we will not be successful in commercializing any product candidate that receives marketing approval.

We face substantial competition, which may result in others developing or commercializing products before or more successfully than we do.

The development and commercialization of new products is highly competitive. We expect that we will face significant competition from major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies worldwide with respect to nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate that we may seek to develop or commercialize. Our competitors may succeed in developing, acquiring or licensing technologies and products that are more effective, have fewer or more tolerable side effects or are more convenient or less costly than nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate we may develop, which could render any product candidates obsolete and noncompetitive. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other marketing approval for their products before we are able to obtain approval for ours, which could result in competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the applicable market.

If nalbuphine ER is approved for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, we expect that it would compete with a number of therapeutics that are used off-label to treat prurigo nodularis, including anti-itch creams and emollients, oral or injectable antihistamines, gabapentin and Lyrica (pregabalin), which are prescription medicines approved for the treatment of seizures and neuropathic pain, naltrexone and UVB light therapy. We also expect that nalbuphine ER might compete with product candidates currently in clinical development in this indication, including serlopitant, an oral neurokinin-1 receptor antagonist being developed by Menlo Therapeutics that is in Phase 3 clinical trials; nemolizumab, an anti-interleukin-31 receptor A humanized monoclonal antibody being developed by Galderma; and KPL-716, a monoclonal antibody targeting oncostatin M receptor beta being developed by Kiniksa Pharmaceuticals. In addition, a number of other product candidates are currently in clinical development to treat other pruritic conditions and nalbuphine ER, if approved for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis or for any other serious neurologically mediated condition, could face competition from these product candidates. These product candidates include KORSUVA,

 

27


Table of Contents

a k -opioid receptor agonist being developed by Cara Therapeutics that is in Phase 3 clinical trials for administration by injection for uremic pruritus and earlier-stage clinical trials for oral administration for uremic pruritus and pruritus associated with chronic liver disease, and tradipitant, an oral neurokinin-1 receptor antagonist being developed by Vanda Pharmaceuticals that is in Phase 3 clinical trials for chronic pruritus in patients with atopic dermatitis.

If nalbuphine ER is approved for the treatment of pruritus associated with chronic liver disease, we expect that it would compete with a number of therapeutics that are used off-label to treat pruritus associated with chronic liver disease, which may include bile acid sequestrants, such as cholestyramine, which are used off-label and generally as first-line therapy, although they typically provide only modest relief. Cholestyramine is marketed as Questran in the United States and as Colestyr, Efensol, Ipocol, Kolestran, Lipocol, Olestyr, Prevalite or Quantalan in various other countries. Treatment of pruritus associated with chronic liver disease may also include second-line therapies such as the antibiotic rifampicin, naltrexone, the anti-depressant sertraline, as well as phototherapy and drugs such as gabapentin and Lyrica (pregabalin), which are prescription medicines approved for the treatment of seizures and neuropathic pain. In addition, it is possible that therapies to reduce chronic liver disease, such as ursodeoxycholic acid, which is approved for the treatment of primary biliary cholangitis, could reduce the need for therapies to treat pruritus associated with chronic liver disease.

If nalbuphine ER is approved for the treatment of chronic cough associated with idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, or IPF, we expect that it would compete with product candidates currently in development for the treatment of chronic cough, such as RVT-1601, a formulation of cromolyn sodium being developed by Respivant Sciences, and expect that it might also compete with other product candidates currently in development for the treatment of chronic cough by companies including Merck and Nerre Therapeutics. In addition, it is possible that product candidates currently in development for the treatment of IPF could, if approved, reduce the need for therapies to treat chronic cough associated with IPF.

If nalbuphine ER is approved for the treatment of levodopa-induced dyskinesia, or LID, in patients with Parkinson’s disease, we expect that it would compete with Gocovri, an extended release capsule formulation of amantadine marketed by Adamas Pharmaceuticals, and expect that it might also compete with other product candidates currently in development for the treatment of LID by companies including Lundbeck, Addex Therapeutics and IRLAB Therapeutics. In addition, it is possible that product candidates currently in development for the treatment of Parkinson’s disease by companies could, if approved, reduce the need for therapies to treat LID.

Many of our potential competitors, alone or with their strategic partners, have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining marketing approvals and commercializing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These companies also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials.

If the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities approve generic versions of any of our products that receive marketing approval, or such authorities do not grant our products appropriate periods of data exclusivity before approving generic versions of our products, the sales of our products could be adversely affected.

Once an NDA is approved, the product covered thereby becomes a “reference-listed drug” in the FDA’s publication, “Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations,” or the Orange Book. Manufacturers may seek approval of generic versions of reference-listed drugs through submission of abbreviated new drug applications, or ANDAs, in the United States. In support of an ANDA, a generic

 

28


Table of Contents

manufacturer need not conduct clinical trials. Rather, the applicant generally must show that its product has the same active ingredient(s), dosage form, strength, route of administration and conditions of use or labeling as the reference-listed drug and that the generic version is bioequivalent to the reference-listed drug, meaning it is absorbed in the body at the same rate and to the same extent. Generic products may be significantly less costly to bring to market than the reference-listed drug and companies that produce generic products are generally able to offer them at lower prices. Thus, following the introduction of a generic drug, a significant percentage of the sales of any branded product or reference-listed drug may be typically lost to the generic product.

The FDA may not approve an ANDA for a generic product until any applicable period of non-patent exclusivity for the reference-listed drug has expired. The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, provides a period of five years of non-patent exclusivity for a new drug containing a new chemical entity, or NCE. Specifically, in cases where such exclusivity has been granted, an ANDA may not be filed with the FDA until the expiration of five years unless the submission is accompanied by a Paragraph IV certification that a patent covering the reference-listed drug is either invalid or will not be infringed by the generic product, in which case the applicant may submit its application four years following approval of the reference-listed drug. It is unclear whether the FDA will treat the active ingredients in our product candidates as NCEs and, therefore, afford them five years of NCE data exclusivity if they are approved. If any product we develop does not receive five years of NCE exclusivity, the FDA may approve generic versions of such product three years after its date of approval, subject to the requirement that the ANDA applicant certifies to any patents listed for our products in the Orange Book. Manufacturers may seek to launch these generic products following the expiration of the applicable marketing exclusivity period, even if we still have patent protection for our product.

Competition from generic versions of any products we develop could negatively impact our future revenue, profitability and cash flows and substantially limit our ability to obtain a return on our investments in those products.

Even if we are able to commercialize a product candidate, the product may become subject to unfavorable pricing regulations, third-party payor reimbursement practices or healthcare reform initiatives, any of which could harm our business.

The commercial success of any product we develop will depend substantially, both in the United States and other countries, on the extent to which the costs of the product will be paid by third-party payors, including government health administration authorities and private health coverage insurers. If coverage and reimbursement are not available, or reimbursement is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize that product. Even if coverage is provided for the product, the approved reimbursement amount may not be high enough to allow us to establish or maintain pricing sufficient to realize a return on our investments. In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors and coverage and reimbursement for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of any product we commercialize to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance.

There is significant uncertainty related to third-party payor coverage and reimbursement of newly approved drugs. Marketing approvals, pricing and reimbursement for new drug products vary widely from country to country. Some countries require approval of the sale price of a drug before it can be marketed. In many countries, the pricing review period begins after marketing or product licensing approval is granted. In some foreign markets, prescription pharmaceutical pricing remains subject to continuing governmental control even after initial approval is granted. As a result, we may obtain marketing approval for a product in a particular country, but then be subject to price regulations that delay commercial launch of the product, possibly for lengthy time periods, which may negatively impact the revenues we are able to generate from the sale of the product in that country. Adverse pricing limitations may hinder our ability to recoup our investment in one or more product candidates, even if those product candidates obtain marketing approval.

 

29


Table of Contents

Patients who are provided medical treatment for their conditions generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their treatment. Therefore, our ability to commercialize any product candidate will depend in part on the extent to which coverage and reimbursement for these products and related treatments will be available from third-party payors. Third-party payors decide which medications they will cover and establish reimbursement levels. The healthcare industry is acutely focused on cost containment, both in the United States and other countries. Government authorities and other third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications, which could affect our ability to sell products profitably. These payors may not view our products, if any, as cost-effective, and coverage and reimbursement may not be available to our customers or may not be sufficient to allow our products, if any, to be marketed on a competitive basis. Cost-control initiatives could cause us to decrease the price we might establish for products, which could result in lower than anticipated product revenues. If the prices for our products, if any, decrease or if governmental and other third-party payors do not provide coverage or adequate reimbursement, our prospects for revenue and profitability will suffer.

The commercial potential of any products we are able to commercialize depends in part on reimbursement by government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. If we are unable to obtain coverage or reimbursement for those products at the levels anticipated, our financial condition could be harmed. Additionally, if new compounds currently in development by potential competitors obtain marketing approval, there may be downward pressure on reimbursement levels for therapies in our target indications, which could have a negative impact on our ability to achieve and maintain profitability.

There may also be delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs, and coverage may be more limited than the indications for which the drug is approved by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Moreover, eligibility for reimbursement does not imply that any drug will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including development, manufacture, sale and distribution. Reimbursement rates may vary, by way of example, according to the use of the product and the clinical setting in which it is used. Reimbursement rates may also be based on reimbursement levels already set for lower cost drugs or may be incorporated into existing payments for other services.

In addition, increasingly, third-party payors are requiring higher levels of evidence of the benefits and clinical outcomes of new therapies and are challenging the prices charged for new products. We cannot be sure that coverage will be available for any product candidate that we commercialize and, if available, that the reimbursement rates will be adequate. Further, the net reimbursement for drug products may be subject to additional reductions if there are changes to laws that presently restrict imports of drugs from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States. An inability to promptly obtain coverage and adequate payment rates from both government-funded and private payors for any of our product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval could significantly harm our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize products and our overall financial condition.

Product liability lawsuits could divert our resources, cause us to incur substantial liabilities and limit commercialization of any products that we may develop or in-license.

We face an inherent risk of product liability claims as a result of our clinical trials, despite obtaining appropriate informed consents from our clinical trial participants. We will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any product that we may develop. For example, we may be sued if any product we develop allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during clinical testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability or a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

   

decreased demand for any products that we may develop or in-license;

 

30


Table of Contents
   

injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

 

   

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

   

significant costs to defend resulting litigation;

 

   

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

   

loss of revenue;

 

   

reduced resources of our management to pursue our business strategy; and

 

   

the inability to commercialize any products that we may develop.

Although we maintain product and clinical trial liability insurance of up to $5.0 million in the aggregate, our insurance coverage may not fully cover potential liabilities that we may incur. The cost of any product or clinical trial liability litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. We will need to increase our insurance coverage if we commercialize any product that receives marketing approval. If we are unable to maintain sufficient insurance coverage at an acceptable cost or otherwise protect against potential clinical trial liability or product liability claims, the development and commercial production and sale of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate could be prevented or inhibited, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties

We rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials. If they do not perform satisfactorily, our business could be harmed.

We do not independently conduct clinical trials of our product candidate. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties, such as clinical research organizations, or CROs, clinical data management organizations, medical institutions and clinical investigators, to conduct our clinical trials of nalbuphine ER and any future product candidate that we may develop. These third parties may terminate their engagements with us under certain circumstances. We may not be able to enter into alternative arrangements or do so on commercially reasonable terms. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO begins work on a clinical trial. As a result, delays would likely occur, which could negatively impact our ability to meet our expected clinical development timelines and harm our business, financial condition and prospects.

Further, although our reliance on these third parties for clinical development activities limits our control over these activities, we remain responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, as well as applicable legal, regulatory and scientific standards. Moreover, the FDA requires us to comply with standards, commonly referred to as current Good Clinical Practices, or cGCPs, for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of clinical trial participants are protected. The FDA enforces these cGCPs through periodic inspections of clinical trial sponsors, principal investigators, clinical trial sites and institutional review boards. If we or our third-party contractors fail to comply with applicable cGCPs, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving the applicable product candidate, which would delay the marketing approval process. We cannot be certain that, upon inspection, the FDA will determine that any of our clinical trials complies with cGCPs. Similar regulatory requirements apply outside the United States, including the International Council for Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for the Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use, or ICH. We are also required to register clinical trials and post the results of completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database, ClinicalTrials.gov, within certain timeframes. Failure to do so can result in fines, adverse publicity and civil and criminal sanctions.

Furthermore, the third parties conducting clinical trials on our behalf are not our employees, and except for remedies available to us under our agreements with our contractors, we cannot control whether they devote

 

31


Table of Contents

sufficient time, skill and resources to our ongoing development programs. Additionally, these third parties may have relationships with other commercial entities, including potential competitors, for which they may also be conducting clinical trials or other drug development activities, which could impede their ability to devote appropriate time to our clinical programs. Third parties may not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or conduct our clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements or our protocols. For example, we have terminated clinical investigators from our clinical trials due to suspected non-compliance with regulatory requirements. If the third parties on which we rely do not carry out their duties, meet their deadlines or comply with regulatory requirements, we will not be able to, or may be delayed in our efforts to, successfully commercialize nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate. In such an event, our financial results and the commercial prospects for any product candidates that we seek to develop could be harmed, our costs could increase and we may not be able to generate revenues or become profitable.

We contract with third parties for the manufacture, storage, packaging and distribution of nalbuphine ER for clinical trials, including a single supplier for the active ingredient, and expect to continue to rely on third parties for these services in connection with our future development and commercialization efforts for nalbuphine ER and any future product candidates.

We currently have no manufacturing facilities and a relatively small number of personnel with sufficient experience to oversee the manufacturing process. We rely, and plan to continue to rely, on contract manufacturers and other third-party contractors to manufacture, store, package and distribute both drug substance and drug product for our clinical trials. If any of our product candidates receive regulatory approval, we plan to continue to rely upon contract manufacturers, and, potentially, collaboration partners, to manufacture commercial quantities of such products. We may be unable to establish any further agreements with contract manufacturers or any other third-party contractors, or may fail to do so on acceptable terms or when needed. Even if we are able to establish agreements with such third-party contractors, reliance on third-party contractors entails additional risks, including:

 

   

manufacturing delays if our third-party contractors prioritize the supply of other companies’ products over nalbuphine ER or any future product candidates or otherwise fail to satisfactorily perform according to the terms of the agreements between us and them, or if unforeseen events in the manufacturing process arise;

 

   

the possible termination or nonrenewal of agreements by our third-party contractors at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us;

 

   

the possible breach by third-party contractors of our agreements with them;

 

   

the failure of third-party contractors to comply with applicable regulatory requirements;

 

   

the possible mislabeling of clinical supplies, potentially resulting in the wrong dose amounts being supplied or active drug or placebo not being properly identified;

 

   

the possibility of clinical supplies not being delivered to clinical sites on time, leading to clinical trial interruptions, or of drug supplies not being distributed to commercial vendors in a timely manner, resulting in lost sales; and

 

   

the possible misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how.

We do not have long-term supply agreements with any of our contract manufacturers. If any of our existing manufacturers should become unavailable to us for any reason, we may incur delays in identifying or qualifying replacements. Any performance failure on the part of our contract manufacturers or the other third-party contractors that we use to store and distribute drug substance and drug product could be disruptive to our operations and delay clinical development or marketing approval of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidates of ours or commercialization of any resulting products, producing additional losses and depriving us of potential product revenue.

 

32


Table of Contents

We also rely, and plan to continue to rely, on a single supplier, Mallinckrodt, for nalbuphine drug substance. We do not have agreements in place with Mallinckrodt that guarantee supply quantities or pricing. Any significant delay in acquisition, increase in cost or decrease in availability of nalbuphine drug substance could considerably delay the manufacture of nalbuphine ER, which could adversely impact the timing of our current and planned clinical trials and potential regulatory approval and commercialization of nalbuphine ER. Although we believe there are alternate sources of supply that could satisfy our clinical and commercial requirements for nalbuphine drug substance, we have not qualified any alternate sources and cannot assure you that we would be able to establish relationships with any such sources in a timely fashion, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

If nalbuphine ER or any future product candidates are approved by any regulatory agency, we will need to enter into agreements with third-party contract manufacturers for the commercial production and distribution of those products. In addition, we may face competition for access to manufacturing facilities as there may be a limited number of contract manufacturers operating under cGMPs that are able manufacture any such product. Consequently, we may not be able to reach agreement with third-party manufacturers on satisfactory terms, in a timely manner or at all, which could delay our commercialization efforts.

Third-party manufacturers are required to comply with cGMPs and similar regulatory requirements outside the United States, such as the ICH. Facilities used by our third-party manufacturers must be approved by the FDA after we submit an NDA and before potential approval of the applicable product candidate. Similar regulations apply to manufacturers of product candidates for use or sale in foreign countries. We do not control the manufacturing process and are completely dependent on our third-party manufacturers for compliance with the applicable regulatory requirements for the manufacture of nalbuphine ER. We expect that we would be similarly dependent on third-party manufacturers of nalbuphine ER at commercial scale or any future product candidate. If our manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture drug substance or drug product that conforms to our specifications or the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA and any applicable foreign regulatory authority, they will not be able to secure the applicable approval for their manufacturing facilities. If these facilities are not approved for commercial manufacture, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which could result in delays in obtaining approval for the applicable product candidate and any future commercialization efforts.

In addition, our manufacturers are subject to ongoing periodic inspections by the FDA and corresponding state and foreign agencies for compliance with cGMPs and similar regulatory requirements both prior to and following the receipt of marketing approval for any product candidate. Some of these inspections may be unannounced. Failure by any of our manufacturers to comply with applicable cGMPs or other regulatory requirements could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspensions or withdrawals of approvals, operating restrictions, seizures or recalls of product candidates, interruptions in supply and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly impact the available supplies of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacture of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate may harm our future profit margins and our ability to commercialize any products that receive marketing approval on a timely and competitive basis.

We may seek to establish collaborations and, if we are not able to establish them on commercially reasonable terms, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans.

While we have not entered into any collaborations to date, we may seek to establish one or more collaborations for the development and commercialization of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate. Potential collaborators may include large and mid-size pharmaceutical companies, regional and national pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies and academic research institutions. In addition, if we are able to obtain marketing approval for any product candidates from foreign regulatory authorities, we intend to

 

33


Table of Contents

enter into strategic relationships with international biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies for the commercialization of those product candidates outside of the United States.

We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. There have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of a number of factors. Those factors may include the potential differentiation of our product candidates from competing product candidates, design or results of clinical trials, the likelihood of approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities and the regulatory pathway for any such approval, the potential market for the product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering the product to patients and existing or potential competing products. The collaborator may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available for collaboration and whether such a collaboration could be more attractive than a collaboration with us. Any collaboration agreements that we enter into in the future may also contain restrictions on our ability to enter into other potential collaborations or to develop specified product candidates. We may not be able to negotiate collaborations on a timely basis, on acceptable terms or at all. If we are unable to do so, we may have to curtail the development of the product candidate for which we are seeking to collaborate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay the potential commercialization of such product candidate, reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market and generate product revenue.

If we establish one or more collaborations, all of the risks relating to product development, regulatory approval and commercialization described in this prospectus would also apply to the activities of any such future collaborators.

If we enter into collaborations with third parties for the development or commercialization of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate, our prospects with respect to those product candidates will depend in significant part on the success of those collaborations.

We may seek to enter into collaborations with third parties for the development or commercialization of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate. If we enter into any such collaborations, we would have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators will dedicate to the development or commercialization of any such product candidates. Our ability to generate revenues from these arrangements would depend on any future collaborators’ abilities to successfully perform the functions assigned to them in these arrangements. In addition, any future collaborators may have the right to abandon research or development projects and terminate applicable agreements, including funding obligations, prior to or upon the expiration of the agreed upon terms.

Collaborations involving a product candidate would pose a number of risks, including the following:

 

   

collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations;

 

   

collaborators may not perform their obligations as expected;

 

   

collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of the product candidates under the collaboration or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs, based on clinical trial results, changes in the collaborators’ strategic focus or available funding or external factors, such as an acquisition of the collaborator, that divert resources or create competing priorities;

 

34


Table of Contents
   

collaborators may be involved in a business combination, and could decide to delay, diminish or terminate the development or commercialization of any product candidate licensed by us;

 

   

collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial or abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;

 

   

collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with the product candidates under the collaboration;

 

   

collaborators with marketing and distribution rights to one or more products may not commit sufficient resources to the marketing and distribution of such product or products;

 

   

disagreements with collaborators, including disagreements over proprietary rights, contract interpretation or the preferred course of development, might cause delays or termination of the research, development or commercialization of product candidates, might lead to additional responsibilities for us with respect to product candidates or might result in litigation or arbitration, any of which would be time-consuming and expensive;

 

   

collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our proprietary information in such a way as to invite litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential litigation;

 

   

collaborators may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may expose us to litigation and potential liability, or misappropriate our intellectual property or other proprietary information;

 

   

collaborators may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements;

 

   

disputes may arise between the collaborators and us regarding ownership of or other rights in the intellectual property generated in the course of the collaborations; and

 

   

collaborations may be terminated and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates.

Collaboration agreements may not lead to development or commercialization of product candidates in the most efficient manner or at all.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we fail to comply with our obligations under our existing and any future intellectual property licenses with third parties, we could lose license rights that are critical to our business or owe damages to the licensor of such intellectual property.

We are party to an exclusive license agreement with Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc. under which we have licensed certain patent rights and know-how to develop and commercialize products incorporating nalbuphine hydrochloride in any formulation, including an extended release formulation such as nalbuphine ER. We are also party to an exclusive license agreement with Rutgers University under which we have licensed certain patent rights and know-how to develop and commercialize products incorporating nalbuphine for any human or animal use. We may in the future seek additional licenses from others to develop and commercialize additional product candidates or technologies. These licenses may not provide exclusive rights to use the relevant intellectual property in all desired fields of use and in all territories in which we may wish to develop or commercialize product candidates in the future. It is also possible that we may be unable to obtain additional licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all.

Our existing license agreements impose, and we expect that future license agreements will impose, various diligence, development and commercialization, milestone payment, royalty and other obligations on us. See

 

35


Table of Contents

“Business—License Agreements” for additional details. If we fail to comply with our material obligations under these agreements, or if we are subject to a bankruptcy event, the licensor may have the right to terminate the license or convert the license to a non-exclusive license, in which event we may be required to negotiate a new or reinstated license with less favorable terms or would not be able to exclusively market, or market at all, products covered by the license. Any such event could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Disputes may also arise regarding intellectual property subject to a license agreement, including:

 

   

the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

 

   

the extent to which our activities or product candidates may infringe the intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

 

   

the sublicensing of patent and other rights under any collaborative development relationships;

 

   

our diligence obligations under the license agreement and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

 

   

the inventorship or ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from joint creation or use of intellectual property by licensors and us; and

 

   

the priority of invention of any patented technology.

If disputes over intellectual property that we license prevent or impair our ability to maintain those license arrangements on acceptable terms or at all, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize any affected product candidates.

If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient patent protection for nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate, or if the scope of the patent protection is not sufficiently broad, competitors could develop and commercialize products similar or identical to such product candidate, and our ability to successfully commercialize such product candidate may be adversely affected.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in the United States and other countries with respect to nalbuphine ER and any future product candidates. If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property rights, competitors may erode or negate any competitive advantage we may have, which could harm our business and ability to achieve profitability. To protect our proprietary position, we have licensed exclusive rights under patents, prosecuted additional patents and filed patent applications in the United States and other countries related to methods of use and formulations of nalbuphine ER. The patent application and approval process is expensive and time-consuming. We may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner or at all.

Agreements through which we license patent rights may not give us control over patent prosecution or maintenance, so that we may not be able to control which claims or arguments are presented and may not be able to secure, maintain or successfully enforce necessary or desirable patent protection from those patent rights. We may not have primary control over patent prosecution and maintenance for certain of the patents and patent applications we may license, and therefore cannot guarantee that these patents and applications will be prosecuted in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. We cannot be certain that patent prosecution and maintenance activities by our licensors or other responsible third parties have been or will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations or will result in valid and enforceable patents. It is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, for example with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship, claim scope or patent term adjustments. If we, our licensors or any future partners, collaborators, licensors or licensees fail to establish, maintain or protect such patents and other intellectual property rights, such rights may be reduced or eliminated. If our licensors or any future partners, collaborators, licensors or licensees disagree or do not fully cooperate with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of any patent rights, those patent rights could be

 

36


Table of Contents

compromised. We, our licensors and any future partners, collaborators, licensors and licensees may also fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them. Therefore, we may miss potential opportunities to strengthen our patent position. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business.

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in biotechnology and pharmaceutical patents has emerged to date in the United States or in many foreign jurisdictions. In addition, the determination of patent rights with respect to pharmaceutical compounds commonly involves complex legal and factual questions, which in recent years have been the subject of much litigation. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain.

Pending patent applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless and until a patent issues from such applications. Assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, currently, the first to file a patent application is generally entitled to the patent. However, prior to March 16, 2013, in the United States, the first to invent was entitled to the patent. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. Similarly, we cannot be certain that parties from whom we do or may license or purchase patent rights were the first to make relevant claimed inventions, or were the first to file for patent protection for them. If third parties have filed patent applications on inventions claimed in our patents or applications on or before March 15, 2013, an interference proceeding in the United States can be initiated by such third parties to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications. If third parties have filed such applications after March 15, 2013, a derivation proceeding in the United States can be initiated by such third parties to determine whether our invention was derived from theirs.

Moreover, because the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, our patents or pending patent applications may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and other countries. There is no assurance that all of the potentially relevant prior art relating to our patents and patent applications has been found. If such prior art exists, it may be used to invalidate a patent, or may prevent a patent from issuing from a pending patent application. For example, such patent filings may be subject to a third-party preissuance submission of prior art to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, or to other patent offices around the world. Alternatively or additionally, we may become involved in post-grant review procedures, oppositions, derivation, proceedings, reexaminations, inter partes review or interference proceedings, in the United States or other countries, challenging patents or patent applications in which we have rights, including patents on which we rely to protect our business. An adverse determination in any such challenge may result in loss of exclusivity or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical products or product candidates, or limit the duration of the patent protection of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidates of ours. In addition, given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. Furthermore, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. As a result, the inventorship or ownership of our intellectual property may be challenged in the future.

Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our patents or narrow the scope of our patent protection. In addition, the laws of

 

37


Table of Contents

foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. For example, patent laws in various jurisdictions, including significant commercial markets such as Europe, restrict the patentability of methods of treatment of the human body more than United States law does.

Issued patents that we have or may obtain or license may not provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors may be able to circumvent patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. Our competitors may also seek approval to market their own products similar to or otherwise competitive with any products that we are able to develop and commercialize. Alternatively, our competitors may seek to market generic versions of any approved products by submitting ANDAs to the FDA claiming that patents owned or licensed by us are invalid, unenforceable or not infringed. In these circumstances, we may need to defend or assert our patents, or both, including by filing lawsuits alleging patent infringement. In any of these types of proceedings, a court or other agency with jurisdiction may find our patents invalid or unenforceable or find that competitors are competing in a non-infringing manner. Thus, even if we have valid and enforceable patents, these patents still may not provide protection against competing products or processes sufficient to achieve our business objectives.

Pursuant to the terms of our license agreements with third parties, we have the right, but not the obligation, to control enforcement of our licensed patents or defense of any claims asserting the invalidity of these patents. Even if we pursue such enforcement or defense, we will require the cooperation of our licensors, and cannot guarantee that we would receive it and on what terms. We cannot be certain that our licensors will allocate sufficient resources or prioritize their or our enforcement of such patents or defense of such claims to protect our interests in the licensed patents. If we cannot obtain patent protection, or enforce existing or future patents against third parties, our competitive position and our financial condition could suffer.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our products could be negatively impacted and our business would be harmed.

In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we also rely on trade secret protection for certain aspects of our intellectual property. We seek to protect these trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, consultants, independent contractors, advisors, contract manufacturers, suppliers and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with employees and certain consultants. Any party with whom we have executed such an agreement may breach that agreement and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. Additionally, if the steps taken to maintain our trade secrets are deemed inadequate, we may have insufficient recourse against third parties for misappropriating the trade secret. Further, if any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent such third party, or those to whom they communicate such technology or information, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor, our business and competitive position could be harmed.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Our competitors may infringe our patents, trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time consuming and divert the time and attention of our management and scientific personnel. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their patents, in addition to counterclaims asserting that our patents are invalid or unenforceable, or both.

 

38


Table of Contents

In any patent infringement proceeding, there is a risk that a court will decide that one of our patents is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue. There is also a risk that, even if the validity of such patents is upheld, the court will construe the patent’s claims narrowly or decide that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue on the grounds that our patent claims do not cover the invention. An adverse outcome in a litigation or proceeding involving one or more of our patents could limit our ability to assert those patents against those parties or other competitors, and may curtail or preclude our ability to exclude third parties from making and selling similar or competitive products. Similarly, if we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are invalid or unenforceable, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the marks in question. In this case, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks.

Even if we establish infringement, the court may decide not to grant an injunction against further infringing activity and instead award only monetary damages, which may or may not be an adequate remedy. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could adversely affect the price of shares of our common stock. Moreover, there can be no assurance that we will have sufficient financial or other resources to file and pursue such infringement claims, which typically last for years and require substantial resources. Even if we ultimately prevail in such claims, the monetary cost of such litigation and the diversion of the attention of our management and scientific personnel could outweigh any benefit we receive as a result of the proceedings.

If we are sued for infringing intellectual property rights of third parties, such litigation could be costly and time consuming, its outcome would be uncertain and it could prevent or delay us from developing or commercializing nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate.

Our commercial success depends, in part, on our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell products without infringing the intellectual property and other proprietary rights of third parties. Third parties may have U.S. and non-U.S. issued patents and pending patent applications relating to compounds and methods of use for the treatment of the disease indications for which we are developing, or may in the future develop, nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate. If any third-party patents or patent applications are found to cover nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate or their methods of use, we may not be free to manufacture or market the product candidates as planned without obtaining a license, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

There is a substantial amount of intellectual property litigation in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, and we may become party to, or threatened with, litigation or other adversarial proceedings regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our nalbuphine ER or any future product candidates, including interference proceedings before the USPTO. There may be third-party patents or patent applications with claims to materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications which may later result in issued patents that nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate may be accused of infringing. The outcome of intellectual property litigation is subject to uncertainties that cannot be adequately quantified in advance. The pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have produced a significant number of patents, and it may not always be clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various types of products or methods of use. The coverage of patents is subject to interpretation by the courts, and the interpretation is not always uniform. If we were sued for patent infringement, we would need to demonstrate that our product candidates, products or methods either do not infringe the patent claims of the relevant patent or that the relevant patent claims are invalid or unenforceable, and we may not be able to do this. Proving invalidity is difficult. For example, in the United States, proving invalidity requires a showing of clear

 

39


Table of Contents

and convincing evidence to overcome the presumption of validity enjoyed by issued patents. Even if we are successful in these proceedings, we may incur substantial costs and the time and attention of our management and scientific personnel could be diverted in pursuing these proceedings, which could significantly harm our business and operating results. In addition, we may not have sufficient resources to bring these actions to a successful conclusion.

If we are found to infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights, we could be forced, including by court order, to cease developing, manufacturing or commercializing the infringing product candidate or product. Alternatively, we may be required to obtain a license from such third party in order to use the infringing technology and continue developing, manufacturing or marketing the infringing product candidate or product. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us; alternatively or additionally, it could include terms that impede or eliminate our ability to compete successfully in the commercial marketplace. In addition, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could harm our business. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar negative impact on our business.

Changes to the patent law in the United States and other jurisdictions could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

As is the case with other biopharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involves both technological and legal complexity and is therefore costly, time consuming and inherently uncertain. Recent patent reform legislation in the United States, including the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the America Invents Act, could increase those uncertainties and costs. The America Invents Act was signed into law on September 16, 2011, and many of the substantive changes became effective on March 16, 2013. The America Invents Act reformed United States patent law in part by changing the U.S. patent system from a “first to invent” system to a “first inventor to file” system, expanding the definition of prior art, and developing a post-grant review system. This legislation changes United States patent law in a way that may weaken our ability to obtain patent protection in the United States for those applications filed after March 16, 2013.

Further, the America Invents Act created new procedures to challenge the validity of issued patents in the United States, including post-grant review and inter partes review proceedings, which some third parties have been using to cause the cancellation of selected or all claims of issued patents of competitors. For a patent with an effective filing date of March 16, 2013 or later, a petition for post-grant review can be filed by a third party in a nine-month window from issuance of the patent. A petition for inter partes review can be filed immediately following the issuance of a patent if the patent has an effective filing date prior to March 16, 2013. A petition for inter partes review can be filed after the nine-month period for filing a post-grant review petition has expired for a patent with an effective filing date of March 16, 2013 or later. Post-grant review proceedings can be brought on any ground of invalidity, whereas inter partes review proceedings can only raise an invalidity challenge based on published prior art and patents. These adversarial actions at the USPTO review patent claims without the presumption of validity afforded to U.S. patents in lawsuits in U.S. federal courts and use a lower burden of proof than used in litigation in U.S. federal courts. Therefore, it is generally considered easier for a competitor or third party to have a U.S. patent invalidated in a USPTO post-grant review or inter partes review proceeding than invalidated in a litigation in a U.S. federal court. If any of our patents are challenged by a third party in such a USPTO proceeding, there is no guarantee that we or our licensors or collaborators will be successful in defending the patent, which would result in a loss of the challenged patent right to us.

The U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations.

 

40


Table of Contents

Additionally, there have been recent proposals for additional changes to the patent laws of the United States and other countries that, if adopted, could impact our ability to enforce our patents. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents once obtained. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the U.S. courts, the USPTO and the relevant law-making bodies in other countries, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

We may not be able to enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States are less extensive than those in the United States. The requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly in developing countries; thus, even in countries where we do pursue patent protection, there can be no assurance that any patents will issue with claims that cover our products. Our competitors may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have no patent protection or where we may obtain patent protection, but where patent enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States, and our issued or licensed patents and any future patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from so competing.

Moreover, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws. Additionally, laws of some countries outside of the United States and Europe do not afford intellectual property protection to the same extent as the laws of the United States and Europe. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of some countries, including India, China and other developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property rights. This could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. For example, many foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in certain countries outside the United States and Europe.

Agreements through which we license patent rights may not give us sufficient rights to permit us to pursue enforcement of our licensed patents or defense of any claims asserting the invalidity of these patents (or control of enforcement or defense) of such patent rights in all relevant jurisdictions as requirements may vary.

Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions, whether or not successful, could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and resources from other aspects of our business. Moreover, such proceedings could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Furthermore, while we intend to protect our intellectual property rights in major markets for any products that we are able to develop, we cannot ensure that we will be able to initiate or maintain similar efforts in all jurisdictions in which we may wish to market any such products. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that our employees or we have misappropriated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our employees and our licensors’ employees, including our senior management, were previously employed at universities or at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including some which may be competitors or potential competitors. Some of these employees, including each member of our senior management, executed proprietary rights, non-disclosure, non-competition and non-solicitation agreements, or

 

41


Table of Contents

similar agreements, in connection with such previous employment. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such third party. Litigation may be necessary to defend against such claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel or sustain damages. Such intellectual property rights could be awarded to a third party, and we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to commercialize nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate. Such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

In addition, while we typically require our employees, consultants and contractors who may be involved in the development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who in fact develops intellectual property that we regard as our own, which may result in claims by or against us related to the ownership of such intellectual property. If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights. Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our senior management and scientific personnel.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and applications are required to be paid to the USPTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and applications. The USPTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process and after a patent has issued. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, the failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate, our competitive position would be adversely affected.

If we are unable to obtain licenses from third parties on commercially reasonable terms, our business could be harmed.

It may be necessary for us to use the patented or proprietary technology of third parties to commercialize nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate, in which case we would be required to obtain a license from these third parties. If we are unable to license such technology, or if we are forced to license such technology on unfavorable terms, our business could be materially harmed. If we are unable to obtain a necessary license, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected product candidates, which could materially harm our business, and the third parties owning such intellectual property rights could seek either an injunction prohibiting our sales or an obligation on our part to pay royalties and/or other forms of compensation in connection with any sales we make. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, which could enable our competitors to obtain access to the same technologies licensed to us.

 

42


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Regulatory Approval and Other Legal Compliance Matters

If the FDA does not conclude that nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis or any other development program satisfies the requirements under Section 505(b)(2) of the FDCA, or Section 505(b)(2), or if the requirements for such programs are not as we expect, the approval pathway for these programs will likely take significantly longer, cost significantly more and entail significantly greater complications and risks than anticipated, and in any case may not be successful.

We commenced our Phase 2b/3 PRISM trial of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis and expect to conduct an additional Phase 3 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis under the FDA’s Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Act, added Section 505(b)(2) to the FDCA. Section 505(b)(2) permits the filing of an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies that were not conducted by or for the applicant, and for which the applicant has not received a right of reference, which could expedite the development program for nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis and any future product candidates by potentially decreasing the amount of preclinical and clinical data that we would need to generate in order to obtain FDA approval. However, while we believe that nalbuphine ER is a reformulation of an existing drug or biologic and, therefore, will not be treated as a new chemical entity, or NCE, the submission of an NDA under the Section 505(b)(2) or similar regulatory pathway does not preclude the FDA from determining that nalbuphine ER is an NCE and therefore not eligible for review under such regulatory pathway.

If the FDA does not allow us to pursue the Section 505(b)(2) or similar regulatory pathway as anticipated, we may need to conduct additional preclinical experiments and clinical trials, provide additional data and information and meet additional standards for regulatory approval. If this were to occur, the time and financial resources required to obtain FDA approval for nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis and any future product candidates, and complications and risks associated with these product candidates, would likely increase significantly. Moreover, inability to pursue the Section 505(b)(2) or similar regulatory pathway could result in new competitive products reaching the market more quickly than our product candidates, which would likely harm our competitive position and prospects. Even if we are allowed to pursue the Section 505(b)(2) or similar regulatory pathway, our product candidates may not receive the requisite approvals for commercialization.

In addition, notwithstanding the approval of a number of products by the FDA under Section 505(b)(2) over the last few years, certain competitors and others have objected to the FDA’s interpretation of Section 505(b)(2). If the FDA’s interpretation of Section 505(b)(2) is successfully challenged, the FDA may be required to change its 505(b)(2) policies and practices, which could delay or even prevent the FDA from approving any NDA that we submit under Section 505(b)(2). In addition, the pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive, and Section 505(b)(2) NDAs are subject to special requirements designed to protect the patent rights of sponsors of previously approved drugs that are referenced in a Section 505(b)(2) NDA. These requirements may give rise to patent litigation and mandatory delays in approval of our potential future NDAs for up to 30 months depending on the outcome of any litigation. It is not uncommon for a manufacturer of an approved product to file a citizen petition with the FDA seeking to delay approval of, or impose additional approval requirements for, pending competing products. If successful, such petitions can significantly delay, or even prevent, the approval of the new product. However, even if the FDA ultimately denies such a petition, the FDA may substantially delay approval while it considers and responds to the petition. In addition, even if we are able to utilize the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for our product candidates, there is no guarantee this would ultimately lead to faster product development or earlier approval.

Moreover, even if our product candidates are approved under the Section 505(b)(2) pathway, the approval may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the products may be marketed or to other conditions of approval, or may contain requirements for costly post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the products.

 

43


Table of Contents

Even if we complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials, the regulatory approval process is expensive, time consuming and uncertain and may prevent us from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate. As a result, we cannot predict when or if, and in which territories, we will obtain marketing approval to commercialize a product candidate.

The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, selling, marketing, promotion and distribution of products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities. We are not permitted to market nalbuphine ER or any other product candidate in the United States until we receive approval of an NDA from the FDA or in other countries until we receive marketing approval from the applicable regulatory authorities outside the United States. We have not submitted an application for or received marketing approval for any product candidate in the United States or in any other jurisdiction. We have limited experience in conducting and managing the clinical trials necessary to obtain marketing approvals, including FDA approval of an NDA.

The process of obtaining marketing approvals, both in the United States and other countries, is lengthy, expensive and uncertain. It may take many years, if approval is obtained at all, and can vary substantially based upon a variety of factors, including the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved. Securing marketing approval requires the submission of extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the product candidate’s safety and efficacy. Securing marketing approval also requires the submission of information about the product manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the relevant regulatory authorities. The FDA or other regulatory authorities may determine that nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate is not safe and effective, only moderately effective or has undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that preclude our obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use. Any marketing approval we ultimately obtain may be limited or subject to restrictions or post-approval commitments that render the approved product not commercially viable.

In addition, changes in marketing approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment or promulgation of additional statutes, regulations or guidance or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application, may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application. Regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data are insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from preclinical and clinical testing could delay, limit or prevent marketing approval of a product candidate. Any marketing approval we ultimately obtain may be limited or subject to restrictions or post-approval commitments that render the approved product not commercially viable.

Any delay in obtaining or failure to obtain required approvals and clearances could negatively impact our ability to generate revenue from the particular product candidate, which likely would result in significant harm to our financial position and adversely impact our stock price.

We have conducted, are conducting and intend in the future to conduct clinical trials for nalbuphine ER, and may conduct clinical trials for any future product candidates, at sites outside the United States. The FDA may not accept data from trials conducted in such locations and the conduct of trials outside the United States could subject us to additional delays and expense.

We have conducted, are conducting and intend in the future to conduct clinical trials for nalbuphine ER, and may conduct clinical trials for any future product candidates, at trial sites that are located outside the United States. Although the FDA may accept data from clinical trials conducted outside the United States, acceptance of these data is subject to certain conditions imposed by the FDA. For example, the clinical trial must be well designed and conducted and performed by qualified investigators in accordance with cGCPs. The FDA must be able to validate the data from the trial, including, if necessary, through an onsite inspection. The trial population must also have a similar profile to the U.S. population, and the data must be applicable to the U.S. population and U.S. medical practice in ways that the FDA deems clinically meaningful, except to the

 

44


Table of Contents

extent the disease being studied does not typically occur in the United States. In addition, while these clinical trials are subject to the applicable local laws, FDA acceptance of the data will be dependent upon its determination that the trials also complied with all applicable U.S. laws and regulations. There can be no assurance that the FDA will accept data from trials conducted outside of the United States. If the FDA does not accept the data from any trial that we conduct outside the United States, it would likely result in the need for additional trials, which would be costly and time-consuming and delay or permanently halt our development of nalbuphine ER or the applicable future product candidate.

In addition, the conduct of clinical trials outside the United States could have a significant adverse impact on us. Risks inherent in conducting international clinical trials include:

 

   

clinical practice patterns and standards of care that vary widely among countries;

 

   

non-U.S. regulatory authority requirements that could restrict or limit our ability to conduct our clinical trials;

 

   

administrative burdens of conducting clinical trials under multiple non-U.S. regulatory authority schema;

 

   

foreign exchange rate fluctuations; and

 

   

diminished protection of intellectual property in some countries.

Failure to obtain marketing approval in foreign jurisdictions would prevent nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate from being marketed in other countries. Any marketing approval we are granted in the United States would not assure marketing approval in foreign jurisdictions.

In order to market and sell products in the European Union and other foreign jurisdictions, we must obtain separate marketing approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The approval procedure varies among countries and can involve additional testing. The time required to obtain approval may differ substantially from that required to obtain FDA approval. The marketing approval process outside the United States generally includes all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. In addition, in many countries outside the United States, a product must be approved for reimbursement before the product can be approved for sale in that country. We may not obtain approvals from regulatory authorities outside the United States on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval by one regulatory authority outside the United States does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or by the FDA. We may file for marketing approvals but not receive necessary approvals to commercialize any products in any market. Obtaining non-U.S. regulatory approvals and compliance with non-U.S. regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of any product candidates in any country. In addition, if we fail to obtain the non-U.S. approvals required to market products outside the United States or if we fail to comply with applicable non-U.S. regulatory requirements, our target markets will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate will be harmed and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.

Additionally, on June 23, 2016, the electorate in the United Kingdom voted in favor of leaving the European Union, commonly referred to as Brexit. On March 29, 2017, the country formally notified the European Union of its intention to withdraw pursuant to Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty. The United Kingdom has a period of a maximum of two years from the date of its formal notification to negotiate the terms of its withdrawal from, and future relationship with, the European Union. If no formal withdrawal agreement is reached between the United Kingdom and the European Union, then it is expected the United Kingdom’s membership of the European Union will automatically terminate by March 29, 2019. Discussions between the United Kingdom and the European Union focused on finalizing withdrawal issues and transition agreements are ongoing. However, limited progress to date in these negotiations and ongoing uncertainty within the government of the United Kingdom sustains the possibility of the United Kingdom leaving the European Union on March 29, 2019 without a withdrawal agreement and associated transition period in place, which is likely to cause significant market and economic disruption. Since a significant proportion of the regulatory framework in the United Kingdom is derived from European Union directives and regulations, Brexit could materially impact the regulatory regime with respect to

 

45


Table of Contents

the approval of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate in the United Kingdom or the European Union. Any delay in obtaining, or an inability to obtain, any marketing approvals, as a result of Brexit or otherwise, would prevent us from commercializing product candidates in the United Kingdom and/or the European Union and restrict our ability to generate revenue and achieve and sustain profitability. If any of these outcomes occur, we may be forced to restrict or delay efforts to seek regulatory approval in the United Kingdom and/or European Union for product candidates, which could significantly and materially harm our business.

A fast track designation, grant of priority review status or breakthrough therapy status by the FDA is not assured and, in any event, may not actually lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process and, moreover, would not assure FDA approval of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate.

We may be eligible for fast track designation, priority review or breakthrough therapy status for product candidates we may develop. If a product candidate is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and the product candidate demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this disease or condition, the product candidate sponsor may apply for FDA fast track designation. If a product candidate offers major advances in treatment, the product candidate sponsor may apply for FDA priority review status. Additionally, a product candidate may be designated as a breakthrough therapy if it is intended, either alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product candidate may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints. The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant these designations, so even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for such designation or status, the FDA could decide not to grant it. Moreover, even if we do receive such a designation, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures and there is no assurance that the product candidate will be approved by the FDA.

Even if we obtain marketing approvals for a product, the terms of approvals and ongoing regulation of such product may limit how we manufacture and market the product, which could impair our ability to generate revenue.

Once marketing approval has been granted, an approved product and its manufacturer and marketer are subject to ongoing review and extensive regulation. We would therefore be required to comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for any product for which we obtain marketing approval. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drugs are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product’s approved labeling. Thus, we will not be able to promote any products we develop for indications or uses for which they are not approved.

In addition, manufacturers of approved products and those manufacturers’ facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMPs, which include requirements relating to quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation and reporting requirements. We and our contract manufacturers could be subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA to monitor and ensure compliance with cGMPs.

Accordingly, assuming we receive marketing approval for one or more products, we and our contract manufacturers will continue to expend time, money and effort in a number of areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production, product surveillance and quality control.

If we are not able to comply with post-approval regulatory requirements, we could have the marketing approvals for any products withdrawn by regulatory authorities and our ability to market any future products could be limited, which could adversely affect our ability to achieve or sustain profitability. Further, the cost of compliance with post-approval regulations may have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition.

 

46


Table of Contents

We expect that any regulatory approval to market nalbuphine ER in the United States will be limited by indication. If we fail to comply or are found to be in violation of FDA and other regulations restricting the promotion of nalbuphine ER for unapproved uses, we could be subject to criminal penalties, substantial fines or other sanctions and damage awards.

If our clinical trials are successful, we intend to seek approval to market nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. If we obtain regulatory approval to market nalbuphine ER with an indication statement for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, we will likely be prohibited from marketing nalbuphine ER using any promotional claims relating to treatment of pruritus generally. Marketing of nalbuphine ER may also be limited by regulatory authorities based on use as a monotherapy or adjuvant, concomitant medications, severity of pruritus and other factors.

The regulations relating to the promotion of products for unapproved uses are complex and subject to substantial interpretation by the FDA, EMA and other government agencies. While we have, and may in the future conduct, clinical trials to evaluate the use of nalbuphine ER to treat pruritic conditions other than pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, nalbuphine ER cannot not be promoted for uses other than uses approved in the labeling by the FDA, EMA or other applicable regulatory authorities. Physicians may nevertheless prescribe nalbuphine ER off-label to their patients in a manner that is inconsistent with the approved label. We intend to implement compliance and training programs designed to ensure that our sales and marketing practices comply with applicable regulations. Notwithstanding these programs, the FDA or other government agencies may allege or find that our practices constitute prohibited promotion of nalbuphine ER for unapproved uses. We also cannot be sure that our employees will comply with company policies and applicable regulations regarding the promotion of products for unapproved uses.

In recent years, a significant number of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies have been the target of inquiries and investigations by various federal and state regulatory, investigative, prosecutorial and administrative entities in connection with the promotion of products for unapproved uses and other sales practices, including the Department of Justice and various U.S. Attorneys’ Offices, the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, the FDA, the Federal Trade Commission and various state Attorneys General offices. These investigations have alleged violations of various federal and state laws and regulations, including claims asserting antitrust violations, violations of the FDCA, the False Claims Act, the Prescription Drug Marketing Act and anti-kickback laws, and other alleged violations in connection with the promotion of products for unapproved uses, pricing and Medicare and/or Medicaid reimbursement. Many of these investigations originate as “ qui tam ” actions under the False Claims Act. Under the False Claims Act, any individual can bring a claim on behalf of the government alleging that a person or entity has presented a false claim, or caused a false claim to be submitted, to the government for payment. The person bringing a qui tam suit is entitled to a share of any recovery or settlement. Qui tam suits, also commonly referred to as “whistleblower suits,” are often brought by current or former employees. In a qui tam suit, the government must decide whether to intervene and prosecute the case. If it declines, the individual may pursue the case alone.

If the FDA or any other governmental agency initiates an enforcement action against us or if we are the subject of a qui tam suit and it is determined that we violated prohibitions relating to the promotion of products for unapproved uses, we could be subject to substantial civil or criminal fines or damage awards and other sanctions such as consent decrees and corporate integrity agreements pursuant to which our activities would be subject to ongoing scrutiny and monitoring to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Any such fines, awards or other sanctions would have an adverse effect on our revenue, business, financial prospects and reputation.

Any product for which we obtain marketing approval in the future could be subject to post-marketing restrictions or withdrawal from the market and we may be subject to substantial penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or if we experience unanticipated problems with any such product following approval.

Any product for which we obtain marketing approval, as well as the manufacturing processes, post-approval studies and measures, labeling, advertising and promotional activities for such product, among other things, will

 

47


Table of Contents

be subject to ongoing requirements of and review by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration and listing requirements, requirements relating to manufacturing, quality control, quality assurance and corresponding maintenance of records and documents, requirements regarding the distribution of samples to physicians and recordkeeping. Even if marketing approval of a product is granted, the approval may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, including the requirement to implement a REMS.

The FDA may also impose requirements for costly post-marketing studies or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of a product. The FDA and other agencies, including the Department of Justice, closely regulate and monitor the post-approval marketing and promotion of products to ensure that they are manufactured, marketed and distributed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling. The FDA imposes stringent restrictions on manufacturers’ communications regarding off-label use and if we do not market any product for which we receive marketing approval for only its approved indications, we may be subject to warnings or enforcement action for off-label marketing. Violation of the FDCA and other statutes, including the False Claims Act, relating to the promotion and advertising of prescription drugs may lead to investigations or allegations of violations of federal and state health care fraud and abuse laws and state consumer protection laws.

In addition, later discovery of previously unknown adverse events or other problems with any product for which we may obtain marketing approval and its manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may yield various results, including:

 

   

restrictions on such product, manufacturers or manufacturing processes;

 

   

restrictions on the labeling or marketing of the product;

 

   

restrictions on product distribution or use;

 

   

requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;

 

   

warning letters or untitled letters;

 

   

withdrawal of the product from the market;

 

   

refusal to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications that we submit;

 

   

recall of the product;

 

   

restrictions on coverage by third-party payors;

 

   

fines, restitution or disgorgement of profits or revenues;

 

   

suspension or withdrawal of marketing approvals;

 

   

refusal to permit the import or export of the product;

 

   

product seizure; or

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

Under the 21st Century Cures Act and regulatory reform initiatives of the current presidential administration, the FDA’s policies, regulations and guidance may be revised or revoked, which could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate, impacting our ability to generate revenue.

In December 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act, or Cures Act, was signed into law. The Cures Act, among other things, is intended to modernize the regulation of drugs and spur innovation, but its ultimate implementation is unclear. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability, which would adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

48


Table of Contents

We also cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative or executive action, either in the United States or other countries. For example, certain policies of the current presidential administration may impact our business and industry. Namely, the current presidential administration has taken several executive actions, including the issuance of a number of executive orders, that could impose significant burdens on, or otherwise materially delay, the FDA’s ability to engage in routine regulatory and oversight activities such as implementing statutes through rulemaking, issuance of guidance, and review and approval of marketing applications. An under-resourced FDA could result in delays in the FDA’s responsiveness or in its ability to review submissions or applications, issue regulations or guidance, or implement or enforce regulatory requirements in a timely fashion or at all. In January 2017, the President issued an executive order applicable to all executive agencies, including the FDA, which required that for each notice of proposed rulemaking or final regulation to be issued in fiscal year 2017, the agency shall have identified at least two existing regulations to be repealed, unless prohibited by law. These requirements are referred to as the “two-for-one” provisions. This executive order includes a budget neutrality provision that required the total incremental cost of all new regulations in the 2017 fiscal year, including repealed regulations, to be no greater than zero, except in limited circumstances. For fiscal years 2018 and beyond, the executive order requires agencies to identify regulations to offset any incremental cost of a new regulation and approximate the total costs or savings associated with each new regulation or repealed regulation. In interim guidance issued by the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs within the Office of Management and Budget in February 2017, the administration indicates that the “two-for-one” provisions may apply not only to agency regulations, but also to significant agency guidance documents. In addition, on February 24, 2017, the President issued an executive order directing each affected agency to designate an agency official as a “Regulatory Reform Officer” and establish a “Regulatory Reform Task Force” to implement the two-for-one provisions and other previously issued executive orders relating to the review of federal regulations. It is difficult to predict how these various requirements will be implemented, and the extent to which they will impact the FDA’s ability to exercise its regulatory authority. If these executive actions impose constraints on the FDA’s ability to engage in oversight and implementation activities in the normal course, our business may be negatively impacted.

Current and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate and may affect the prices we may obtain.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been and continue to be a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could, among other things, prevent or delay marketing approval of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any products for which we obtain marketing approval. We expect that current laws, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we may receive for any approved products.

In March 2010, then-President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively, the ACA. Among the provisions of the ACA of potential importance to our business and nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate are the following:

 

   

an annual, non-deductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents;

 

   

an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program;

 

   

expansion of healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the civil False Claims Act and the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, new government investigative powers and enhanced penalties for noncompliance;

 

   

a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 70% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices;

 

49


Table of Contents
   

extension of manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability;

 

   

expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs;

 

   

expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program;

 

   

new requirements to report certain financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals;

 

   

a new requirement to annually report drug samples that manufacturers and distributors provide to physicians; and

 

   

a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. These changes include the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, led to aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year that started in 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will stay in effect through 2027 unless additional congressional action is taken, and the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any product for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product is prescribed or used.

We expect that these healthcare reforms, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, more rigorous coverage criteria, new payment methodologies and additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product and/or the level of reimbursement physicians receive for administering any approved product we might bring to market. Reductions in reimbursement levels may negatively impact the prices we receive or the frequency with which our products are prescribed or administered. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.

Since enactment of the ACA, there have been numerous legal challenges and Congressional actions to repeal and replace provisions of the law. For example, with the December 2017 enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, or the Tax Act, Congress repealed the “individual mandate.” The repeal of this provision, which requires most Americans to carry a minimal level of health insurance, became effective in 2019. According to the Congressional Budget Office, the repeal of the individual mandate will cause 13 million fewer Americans to be insured in 2027 and premiums in insurance markets may rise. Additionally, on January 22, 2018, the President signed a continuing resolution on appropriations for fiscal year 2018 that delayed the implementation of certain ACA-mandated fees, including the so-called “Cadillac” tax on certain high cost employer-sponsored insurance plans, the annual fee imposed on certain health insurance providers based on market share, and the medical device excise tax on non-exempt medical devices. Further, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, among other things, amends the ACA, effective January 1, 2019, to increase from 50 percent to 70 percent the point-of-sale discount that is owed by pharmaceutical manufacturers who participate in Medicare Part D and to close the coverage gap in most Medicare drug plans, commonly referred to as the “donut hole.” Further, each chamber of the Congress has put forth multiple bills designed to repeal or repeal and replace portions of the ACA. Although none of these measures has been enacted by Congress to date, Congress may consider other legislation to repeal and replace elements of the ACA. Congress will likely consider other legislation to replace elements of the ACA during the next congressional session.

The current presidential administration has also taken executive actions to undermine or delay implementation of the ACA. In January 2017, the President signed an executive order directing federal agencies with authorities and responsibilities under the ACA to waive, defer, grant exemptions from, or delay the

 

50


Table of Contents

implementation of any provision of the ACA that would impose a fiscal or regulatory burden on states, individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. In October 2017, the President signed a second executive order allowing for the use of association health plans and short-term health insurance, which may provide fewer health benefits than the plans sold through the ACA exchanges. At the same time, the current presidential administration announced that it will discontinue the payment of cost-sharing reduction, or CSR, payments to insurance companies until Congress approves the appropriation of funds for such CSR payments. The loss of the CSR payments is expected to increase premiums on certain policies issued by qualified health plans under the ACA. A bipartisan bill to appropriate funds for CSR payments was introduced in the Senate, but the future of that bill is uncertain. Further, in July 2018 following a federal district court decision from New Mexico, the current presidential administration announced that it would be freezing payments to insurers under the ACA to cover sicker patients until it or Congress can address the appropriate methodology for calculating and making such payments. It remains to be seen how this action will affect the implementation of the ACA.

We plan to continue to evaluate the effect that the ACA and its possible repeal and replacement could have on our business. It is possible that repeal and replacement initiatives, if enacted into law, could ultimately result in fewer individuals having health insurance coverage or in individuals having insurance coverage with less generous benefits. While the timing and scope of any potential future legislation to repeal and replace ACA provisions is uncertain in many respects, it is also possible that some of the ACA provisions that generally are not favorable for the research-based pharmaceutical industry could also be repealed along with ACA coverage expansion provisions. Accordingly, such reforms, if enacted, could have an adverse effect on anticipated revenue from product candidates that we may successfully develop and for which we may obtain marketing approval and may affect our overall financial condition and ability to develop commercialize product candidates.

Further, there have been several recent U.S. congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, reduce the costs of drugs under Medicare and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. At the federal level, the current presidential administration’s budget proposal for fiscal year 2019 contains further drug price control measures that could be enacted during the 2019 budget process or in other future legislation, including, for example, measures to permit Medicare Part D plans to negotiate the price of certain drugs under Medicare Part B, to allow some states to negotiate drug prices under Medicaid, and to eliminate cost sharing for generic drugs for low-income patients. While any proposed measures will require authorization through additional legislation to become effective, Congress and the current presidential administration have each indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs.

In addition, on May 11, 2018, the current presidential administration issued a plan to lower drug prices. Under this blueprint for action, the current presidential administration indicated that the Department of Health and Human Services will take steps to end the gaming of regulatory and patent processes by drug makers to unfairly protect monopolies; advance biosimilars and generics to boost price competition; evaluate the inclusion of prices in drug makers’ advertisements to enhance price competition; speed access to and lower the cost of new drugs by clarifying policies for sharing information between insurers and drug makers; avoid excessive pricing by relying more on value-based pricing by expanding outcome-based payments in Medicare and Medicaid; work to give Part D plan sponsors more negotiation power with drug makers; examine which Medicare Part B drugs could be negotiated for a lower price by Part D plans, and improve the design of the Part B Competitive Acquisition Program; update Medicare’s drug-pricing dashboard to increase transparency; prohibit Part D contracts that include “gag rules” that prevent pharmacists from informing patients when they could pay less out-of-pocket by not using insurance; and require that Part D plan members be provided with an annual statement of plan payments, out-of-pocket spending and drug price increases.

At the state level, individual states are increasingly aggressive in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient

 

51


Table of Contents

reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. In addition, regional health care authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other health care programs. These measures could reduce the ultimate demand for our products, if approved, or put pressure on our product pricing.

Moreover, legislative and regulatory proposals have also been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical drugs. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our drug candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the Congress of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us and any collaborators to more stringent drug labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

Any relationships we may have with customers, healthcare providers and professionals, and third-party payors, among others, will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to penalties, including criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, curtailment or restricting of our operations, and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any products for which we are able to obtain marketing approval. Any arrangements we have with healthcare providers, third-party payors and customers will subject us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. The laws and regulations may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we conduct clinical research, market, sell and distribute any products for which we obtain marketing approval. These include the following:

Anti-Kickback Statute . The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease or order of a good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid.

False Claims Laws. The federal false claims and civil monetary penalties laws, including the federal civil False Claims Act, impose criminal and civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or  qui tam  actions against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting or causing to be presented false or fraudulent claims for payment by a federal healthcare program or making a false statement or record material to payment of a false claim or avoiding, decreasing or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government, with potential liability including mandatory treble damages and significant per-claim penalties.

HIPAA. The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, imposes criminal and civil liability for, among other things, executing a scheme, or making materially false statements in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services. Additionally, HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and its implementing regulations, also imposes obligations on covered entities and their business associates that perform certain functions or activities that involve the use or disclosure of protected health information on their behalf, including mandatory contractual terms and technical safeguards, with respect to maintaining the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information.

Transparency Requirements. The federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or

 

52


Table of Contents

the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to report annually to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services information related to payments or transfers of value made to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as information regarding ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members.

Analogous State and Foreign Laws. Analogous state and foreign fraud and abuse laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, can apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, and are generally broad and are enforced by many different federal and state agencies as well as through private actions. Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government and require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not pre-empted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Efforts to ensure that any business arrangements we have with third parties, and our business generally, will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, individual imprisonment, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, exclusion of products from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, disgorgement, contractual damages, reputational harm, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Defending against any such actions can be costly, time-consuming and may require significant financial and personnel resources. Therefore, even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired. Further, if any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

The provision of benefits or advantages to physicians to induce or encourage the prescription, recommendation, endorsement, purchase, supply, order or use of medicinal products is also prohibited in the European Union. The provision of benefits or advantages to physicians is governed by the national anti-bribery laws of European Union Member States, such as the U.K. Bribery Act 2010. Infringement of these laws could result in substantial fines and imprisonment.

Payments made to physicians in certain European Union Member States must be publicly disclosed. Moreover, agreements with physicians often must be the subject of prior notification and approval by the physician’s employer, his or her competent professional organization and/or the regulatory authorities of the individual European Union Member States. These requirements are provided in the national laws, industry codes or professional codes of conduct, applicable in the European Union Member States. Failure to comply with these requirements could result in reputational risk, public reprimands, administrative penalties, fines or imprisonment.

The collection, use, disclosure, transfer or other processing of personal data, including personal health data, of individuals in the European Union is governed by the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR. The GDPR became effective on May 25, 2018. It imposes numerous requirements on companies that process personal data, including requirements relating to processing health and other sensitive data; obtaining consent of individuals; providing notice to individuals regarding data processing activities; responding to data subject requests; taking certain measures when engaging third-party processors; notifying data subjects and regulators of data breaches; and implementing safeguards to protect the security and confidentiality of personal data. The

 

53


Table of Contents

GDPR imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data to countries outside the European Union, including the United States. Failure to comply with the requirements of the GDPR may result in fines of up to 20 million euros or four percent of annual global revenues, whichever is greater. The GDPR also confers a private right of action on data subjects and consumer associations to lodge complaints with supervisory authorities, seek judicial remedies and obtain compensation for damages. The GDPR increases our responsibility and potential liability in relation to personal data that we process, and we may be required to change our business practices or put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance with the GDPR. This may be onerous and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and despite our efforts, there is a risk that we may be subject to fines, litigation and reputational harm in connection with our European activities.

Laws and regulations governing any international operations we may have in the future may preclude us from developing, manufacturing and selling certain products outside of the United States and require us to develop and implement costly compliance programs.

If we expand our operations outside the United States, we will need to dedicate additional resources to comply with U.S. laws regarding international operations and the laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we operate and plan to operate. The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, or authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the company, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

Compliance with the FCPA is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the pharmaceutical industry because in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.

Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-U.S. nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products and technical data relating to those products. If we expand our presence outside of the United States, it will require us to dedicate additional resources to comply with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing or selling certain products and product candidates outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs.

The failure to comply with laws governing international business practices may result in substantial civil and criminal penalties and suspension or debarment from government contracting. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPA’s accounting provisions.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could harm our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. From time to time and in the future, our operations may involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials, and may also produce hazardous waste products. Even if we contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and waste products, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from these materials. In the event of contamination or

 

54


Table of Contents

injury resulting from the use or disposal of our hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with such laws and regulations.

We maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from workplace and other work-related accidents, but this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. However, we do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. In addition, failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Governments outside the United States tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our revenues, if any.

In some countries, such as the countries of the European Union, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of a product to other available therapies. If reimbursement of any products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be harmed.

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of system failures.

Our computer systems, as well as those of our CROs and other third-party contractors and consultants, are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters (including hurricanes), terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. If such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our business and development programs. For example, the loss of preclinical studies or clinical trial data from completed, ongoing or planned trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce data. To the extent any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of personal, confidential or proprietary information, we could also incur liability and the development of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate could be significantly delayed.

In the ordinary course of our business, we directly or indirectly collect and store sensitive data, including intellectual property, confidential information, preclinical and clinical trial data, proprietary business information, personal data and personally identifiable health information of our clinical trial patients and employees, in our data centers and on our networks, or on those of third parties. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information is critical to our operations. Despite our security measures, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or internal bad actors, or breached due to employee error, a technical vulnerability, malfeasance or other disruptions. Although, to our knowledge, we have not experienced any such material security breach to date, any such breach could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information and significant regulatory penalties, and such an event could disrupt our operations, damage our reputation, and cause a loss of confidence in us and our ability to conduct clinical trials, which could adversely affect our reputation and delay our clinical development of our product candidates.

 

55


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Employee Matters and Managing our Growth

Our future success depends on our ability to retain our executive team and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

We are highly dependent on Jennifer Good, our President and Chief Executive Officer; Thomas Sciascia, M.D., our Chief Medical Officer; and Helena Brett-Smith, M.D., our Chief Development Officer; as well as the other principal members of our management and scientific teams. Although we have formal employment agreements with Ms. Good and Dr. Sciascia, these agreements do not prevent them from terminating their employment with us at any time. Except as otherwise required by law, and except with respect to Yann Mazabraud, our Chief Commercial Officer and Head of International, whose employment agreement provides for a three-month termination notice period, all of the members of our executive team are employed “at will,” meaning that they may terminate their employment with us at any time with or without notice and for any reason or no reason. The loss of the services of any of these persons could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives.

Our ability to compete in the biotechnology and pharmaceuticals industries depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified scientific, clinical, manufacturing and sales and marketing personnel. Our industry has experienced a high rate of turnover of such personnel in recent years. If we lose one or more of our executive officers or other key employees, our ability to implement our business strategy successfully could be seriously harmed. Furthermore, replacing executive officers or other key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to develop, gain marketing approval of and commercialize products successfully. Competition to hire from this limited pool is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these additional key employees on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions.

We rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by other entities and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with those entities that may limit their availability to us. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain highly qualified personnel, our ability to develop and commercialize nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate will be limited.

We expect to expand our organization, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

As of January 31, 2019, we had 15 employees. We expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of clinical development and regulatory affairs. In addition, if any product candidate appears likely to receive marketing approval, we expect to significantly expand our sales, marketing and distribution capabilities to support the potential commercialization of the product candidate. Our management may need to devote a significant amount of its attention to managing these growth activities. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations, retain key employees or identify, recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Our inability to manage the expansion of our operations effectively may result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, give rise to operational mistakes, loss of business opportunities, loss of employees and reduced productivity among remaining employees. Our expected growth could also require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as the development of nalbuphine ER for additional indications or the development of additional product candidates. If we are unable to effectively manage our expected growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our ability to generate revenues could be reduced and we may not be able to implement our business strategy, including the successful commercialization of any product candidate.

 

56


Table of Contents

Our employees, independent contractors and consultants may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements, which could cause significant liability for us and harm our reputation.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors and consultants may engage in fraud or other misconduct, including intentional failures to comply with FDA regulations or similar regulations of comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, to provide accurate information to the FDA or comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, to comply with manufacturing standards we have established, to comply with federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations and similar laws and regulations established and enforced by comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, to report financial information or data accurately or to disclose unauthorized activities to us. Such misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws, standards or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations, including the imposition of significant criminal, civil and administrative sanctions including monetary penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, reputational harm and requirements to curtail or restructure our operations.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustainable. If an active trading market does not develop, investors may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price and our ability to raise capital in the future may be impaired.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the representatives of the underwriters for this offering. This price may not reflect the prices at which investors will be willing to buy and sell our shares in the market following this offering. Although we have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or, if developed, may not be maintained following this offering. If an active trading market for our common stock does not develop or is not maintained, it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchase in this offering without depressing the trading price for the shares or you may not be able to sell your shares at all. An inactive trading market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies using our shares as consideration.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution in the net tangible book value of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $        per share, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price. Furthermore, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in this offering or our previously issued options to acquire common stock at prices below the assumed initial public offering price are exercised, you will experience further dilution. For additional information on the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

 

57


Table of Contents

The trading price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

The trading price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile. The stock market in general and the market for smaller pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price and you may lose some or all of your investment. The trading price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

 

   

the timing and results of clinical trials of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidates;

 

   

the success of existing or new competitive products or technologies;

 

   

regulatory actions with respect to nalbuphine ER or any future product candidates or competitors’ products and product candidates;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, collaborations or capital commitments;

 

   

commencement or termination of collaborations for our development programs;

 

   

failure or discontinuation of any of our development programs;

 

   

results of clinical trials of product candidates of our competitors;

 

   

regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other intellectual property rights;

 

   

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

   

expenses related to any of our development programs;

 

   

results of our efforts to discover, develop, acquire or in-license additional product candidates;

 

   

actual or anticipated changes in estimated financial results or development timelines;

 

   

announcements or expectations of additional financing efforts;

 

   

sales of our common stock by us, our insiders or other stockholders;

 

   

expiration of market stand-off or lock-up agreements;

 

   

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

   

recommendations and changes in estimates or recommendations by securities analysts, if any, that cover our stock;

 

   

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems in the United States and other countries;

 

   

market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

 

   

general economic, industry and market conditions; and

 

   

other factors and considerations described in this “Risk Factors” section.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against public companies following declines in the trading prices of their securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because companies in the life sciences space have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and our resources, which could harm our business.

 

58


Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the trading price and volume of our shares could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will likely depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us and our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. We do not currently have research coverage, and there can be no assurance that analysts will cover us or provide favorable coverage. Securities or industry analysts may elect not to cover our common stock after this offering and such lack of research coverage may negatively impact the trading price of our common stock. In the event we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more analysts downgrade our stock or change their opinion of our stock, the trading price of our shares would likely decline. In addition, if one or more analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the trading price and volume of our shares to decline.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may invest or spend the net proceeds in ways with which you do not agree and in ways that may not yield a return on your investment.

Although we currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering in the manner described in “Use of Proceeds,” our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use the net proceeds from this offering. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could harm our business, cause the trading price of our common stock to decline and delay the development of our product candidates. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

A significant portion of our outstanding shares of common stock is restricted from immediate resale but may be sold in the public market in the near future, which could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline significantly.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of our common stock intend to sell their shares, could reduce the trading price of our common stock. Following this offering, we will have                shares of common stock outstanding based on the 4,241,756 shares of our common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2019, and after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and the accrued dividends on our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 97,285,647 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering (based on an assumed closing date of January 31, 2019). Of these shares, the                shares sold by us in this offering may be resold in the public market immediately following this offering, unless purchased by our affiliates. The remaining 101,527,403 shares are currently restricted under securities laws or as a result of lock-up or other agreements, but will be able to be sold after this offering as described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” The representatives of the underwriters for this offering may release stockholders from their lock-up agreements with the underwriters at any time and without notice, which would allow for earlier sales of shares in the public market.

Moreover, beginning 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, holders of an aggregate of 97,285,647 shares of our common stock, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and the accrued dividends on our convertible preferred stock (based on an assumed closing date of January 31, 2019), will have rights, subject to specified limitations and conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders, as described in “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

We also plan to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance and once vested, subject

 

59


Table of Contents

to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in “Underwriting—No Sales of Similar Securities.” If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived in the market that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Ownership of our common stock is concentrated among our existing executive officers, directors and principal stockholders who have significant influence over our business and may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

Based upon 4,241,756 shares outstanding as of January 31, 2019, and after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and the accrued dividends on our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 97,285,647 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering (based on an assumed closing date of January 31, 2019) and the sale of                shares in this offering, our executive officers and directors, together with our current principal holders of 5% or more of our common stock and their affiliates, will, in the aggregate, beneficially own shares representing approximately     % of our common stock. As a result, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders acting together would be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. This concentration of ownership control may:

 

   

delay, defer or prevent a change in control;

 

   

entrench our management or the board of directors; or

 

   

impede a merger, consolidation, takeover, sale, other business combination or other significant corporate transaction involving us that other stockholders may desire.

Some of these persons or entities may have interests different than yours. For example, because many of these stockholders purchased their shares at prices substantially below the initial public offering price in this offering and have held their shares for a longer period, they may be more interested in selling our company to an acquirer than other investors or they may want us to pursue strategies that deviate from the interests of other stockholders.

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, stockholders must rely on appreciation in the price of our common stock, if any, for any return on their investment.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock and we do not intend to do so in the foreseeable future. We currently plan to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the operation, development and growth of our product pipeline and business. In addition, the terms of any future debt financing that we may obtain may also preclude us from declaring and paying dividends. As a result, future appreciation, if any, in the market value of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. There is no guarantee that our common stock will appreciate or even maintain the price at which our holders have purchased it.

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to us may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, subject to specified conditions. We would cease to be an emerging growth company earlier if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenues, if the aggregate market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates is $700 million or more (and we have been a public company for at least 12 months and have filed one Annual Report on Form 10-K) or if we issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and plan

 

60


Table of Contents

to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or SOX Section 404, not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements, and not being required to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of SOX Section 404 and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation. In reliance on these exemptions, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required to be disclosed in this prospectus if we were not an emerging growth company or a smaller reporting company. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading market for our common stock may be less active and our stock price may be more volatile.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” or a “smaller reporting company,” we will incur significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. We may need to hire additional accounting, finance and other personnel in connection with our efforts to comply with the requirements of being a public company and our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time in complying with these requirements, which could negatively impact our financial results. Current and changing laws, rules and regulations relating to corporate governance and public disclosure may increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that the rules and regulations applicable to us as a public company may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, which could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors. We are evaluating these rules and regulations and cannot currently predict or estimate the additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. In addition, these laws, rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, rules and regulations, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If, notwithstanding our efforts to comply with new laws, rules and regulations, we fail to comply, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

 

61


Table of Contents

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired.

Following this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations of the Nasdaq Stock Market. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Pursuant to SOX Section 404, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2020. However, while we remain an emerging growth company or a smaller reporting company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with SOX Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Prior to this offering, we have never been required to test our internal control within a specified period and despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude, within the prescribed timeframe or at all, that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. If we are unable to comply with the requirements of SOX Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the trading price of our common stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the Nasdaq Stock Market, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

Members of our management team have limited experience managing a public company.

Members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our management team and could divert their attention away from the daily management of our business, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We might not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credit carryforwards.

As of December 31, 2018, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $82.9 million, and federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of $2.9 million, which if not utilized generally will begin to expire in 2031 and 2032, respectively. These net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. Under the Tax Act, federal net operating losses generated after December 31, 2017 are not subject to expiration, but the deductibility of such federal net operating losses is limited to 80% of our taxable income in any future taxable year. In addition, due to our Series A convertible preferred stock financing in December 2013, we were subject to an “ownership change” under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. As a result, our ability to use approximately $825,000 of our net operating loss carryforwards is limited. We may experience further ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, including this offering, some of which may be outside of our control. If a further ownership change occurred, our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards might be further limited. We have not conducted a detailed study to document whether our historical activities qualify to support the research and development credit carryforwards. A detailed study could

 

62


Table of Contents

result in adjustment to our research and development credit carryforwards. If we determine that an ownership change has occurred and our ability to use our historical net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards is materially limited, or if our research and development carryforwards are adjusted, it would harm our future operating results by effectively increasing our future tax obligations.

Provisions in our organizational documents and under Delaware law may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to change our management or hinder efforts to acquire a controlling interest in us.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and our by-laws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of us that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the trading price of our common stock. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:

 

   

establish a classified board of directors such that all members of the board are not elected at one time;

 

   

allow the authorized number of our directors to be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

 

   

limit the manner in which stockholders can remove directors from the board;

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on at stockholder meetings;

 

   

require that stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called stockholder meeting and prohibit actions by our stockholders by written consent;

 

   

limit who may call a special meeting of stockholders;

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to institute a “poison pill” that would work to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, effectively preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors; and

 

   

require the approval of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast to amend or repeal certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation or by-laws.

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits an “interested stockholder,” which is either a person who owns at least 15% of our outstanding voting stock or an affiliate or associate who owned at least 15% of our outstanding voting stock at any time within the prior three years, from engaging in a business combination with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an “interested stockholder” unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. This could discourage, delay or prevent someone from acquiring us or merging with us, whether or not it is desired by, or beneficial to, our stockholders. This could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our common stock, including transactions that may be in your best interests. These provisions may also prevent changes in our management or limit the price that investors are willing to pay for our stock.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders and that the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933. These choice of forum provisions could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering will provide that that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does

 

63


Table of Contents

not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, other employee or stockholder of our company to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery or (4) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of our certificate of incorporation or by-laws or governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering further provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933. Neither of these choice of forum provisions would affect suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, jurisdiction over which is exclusively vested by statute in the United States federal courts or any other claim for which United States federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

64


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenues and profitability, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “would,” “could,” “continue” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words.

The forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, among other things, statements about:

 

   

our ongoing clinical trials, including our Phase 2b/3 PRISM trial of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis;

 

   

our plans to develop and, if approved, subsequently commercialize nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis or for other serious neurologically mediated conditions;

 

   

the timing of and our ability to submit applications for, and to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals for nalbuphine ER;

 

   

our expectations regarding our ability to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements with our cash and cash equivalents and the net proceeds from this offering;

 

   

the potential advantages of nalbuphine ER;

 

   

the potential rate and degree of market acceptance and clinical utility of nalbuphine ER;

 

   

our commercialization, sales, marketing, distribution and manufacturing capabilities and strategy;

 

   

our intellectual property position;

 

   

our expectations related to the use of proceeds from this offering;

 

   

our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, timing of any future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing;

 

   

the impact of government laws and regulations;

 

   

our competitive position;

 

   

developments relating to competitors and our industry;

 

   

our ability to acquire or identify additional product candidates with significant commercial potential that are consistent with our commercial objectives;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain collaborations or obtain additional funding; and

 

   

our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.

We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this prospectus, particularly in the section titled “Risk Factors,” that we believe could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part completely and with the understanding

 

65


Table of Contents

that our actual future results may differ materially from what we expect. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are made as of the date of this prospectus, and we do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements except as required by applicable law.

This prospectus includes statistical and other industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties as well as our own estimates of potential market opportunities. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. We believe that these third-party sources and estimates are reliable, but have not independently verified them. Our estimates of the potential market opportunities for our product candidates include several key assumptions based on our industry knowledge, industry publications, third-party research and other surveys, which may be based on a small sample size and may fail to accurately reflect market opportunities. While we believe that our internal assumptions are reasonable, no independent source has verified such assumptions. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of important factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by third parties and by us.

 

66


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of                shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $        million, or $        million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase                  additional shares in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

As of December 31, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $7.2 million. We currently estimate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

 

   

approximately $        million to $         million to fund the development of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis;

 

   

approximately $         million to $         million to fund the development of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with chronic liver disease;

 

   

approximately $         million to $         million to fund the development of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of chronic cough in patients with IPF;

 

   

approximately $         million to $         million to fund the development of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease; and

 

   

the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

Our expected use of the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents represents our intentions based on our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our clinical development of nalbuphine ER, the status of and results from our clinical trials, including our ongoing PRISM trial as well as the additional Phase 3 clinical trial we will need to conduct for nalbuphine ER for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, the timing of regulatory submissions and the outcome of regulatory review, as well as any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, we cannot predict with certainty the expenditures that may be necessary to complete the clinical development and commercialization of nalbuphine ER for any indication and our management will retain broad discretion over the application of the net proceeds from this offering.

Based on our current plans, we believe that the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through                     . In particular, we expect that the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to complete our ongoing PRISM trial, our ongoing Phase 1b clinical trial in patients with chronic liver disease, our planned Phase 2 clinical trial for chronic cough in patients with IPF and our planned Phase 2 clinical trial for LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease. However, we do not expect these funds will be sufficient to complete the clinical development of nalbuphine ER

 

67


Table of Contents

for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis and other indications, commercialize nalbuphine ER (if we receive regulatory approval) for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis and other indications, and pursue the development and commercialization of any future product candidate. We do not have any committed external source of funds. Accordingly, we will be required to obtain further funding through public or private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations and licensing arrangements or other sources to complete the clinical development and commercialization of nalbuphine ER for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis or any other indication.

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

 

68


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock and we do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to finance the operation, development and growth of our business. In addition, the terms of any future debt or other financing that we may obtain may also preclude us from declaring or paying dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to declare and pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

69


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2018:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis to give effect to:

 

   

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and the accrued dividends on our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 96,883,242 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering (based on an assumed closing date of December 31, 2018 and giving effect to the issuance and sale of 6,849,315 shares of our Series C preferred stock for aggregate gross proceeds of $10.0 million in the third and final tranche of our Series C financing in January 2019); and

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to:

 

   

our issuance and sale of                shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and

 

   

our payment of a success fee to our former term loan lender that will become due as a result of this offering.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information presented below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will depend on the actual initial public offering price, the closing date of this offering and the other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth in “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     December 31, 2018  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma As
Adjusted
 
     (in thousands, except share and per
share amounts)
 
                    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,202     $ 17,165     $                    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Obligation for loan success fee

   $ 460     $ 460     $    

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

     1,096       —      

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, 15,387,923 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     21,033       —      

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, 22,608,695 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     33,686       —      

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, 48,200,412 shares authorized and 38,097,672 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     61,023       —      

Preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —         —      

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share: 101,929,904 shares authorized, 4,166,756 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 101,929,904 shares authorized, 101,049,998 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and 200,000,000 shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     4       101    

Additional paid-in capital

     —         126,704    

Accumulated deficit

     (109,498     (109,498  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (109,494     17,307    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 7,804     $ 17,307     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ deficit and total capitalization by $        million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ deficit and total capitalization by $        million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The table above is based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018, and excludes:

 

   

10,232,981 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2018 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.41 per share;

 

   

1,290,669 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, as of December 31, 2018;

 

   

15,000,000 additional shares of our common stock that will be available for future issuance under our 2019 Stock Incentive Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our board of directors has approved, effective upon the pricing of this offering, grants to our non-employee directors of stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,575,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price per share equal to the initial public offering price of shares of our common stock in this offering; and

 

   

1,473,513 additional shares of our common stock that will be available for future issuance under our 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

71


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book deficit as of December 31, 2018 was $109.5 million, or $(26.28) per share of our common stock. Historical net tangible book deficit per share represents our total assets less our total liabilities and the carrying value of our convertible preferred stock, which is not included in stockholders’ deficit, divided by the 4,166,756 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2018 was $17.3 million, or $0.17 per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of our total assets less our total liabilities, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and the accrued dividends on our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 96,883,242 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering (based on an assumed closing date of December 31, 2018 and giving effect to the issuance and sale of 6,849,315 shares of our Series C preferred stock for aggregate gross proceeds of $10.0 million in the third and final tranche of our Series C financing in January 2019). Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our pro forma net tangible book value divided by the 101,049,998 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustment described in the preceding sentence.

After giving further effect to our issuance and sale of                 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2018 would have been $        million, or $        per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value per share of $        to existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $        per share in net tangible book value to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share from the assumed initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $    

Historical net tangible book deficit per share as of December 31, 2018

   $ (26.28)     
  

 

 

    

Increase per share as of December 31, 2018 attributable to the pro forma adjustment described above

     26.45     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2018

   $ 0.17     
  

 

 

    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering

      $            
     

 

 

 

The dilution information presented above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price, the closing date of this offering and the other terms of this offering determined at pricing. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $        million, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $         and dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering by $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting

 

72


Table of Contents

underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $        million, increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $         and decrease dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering by $        , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $        million, decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $         and increase dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering by $        , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share would be $        per share, representing an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $        to existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $        per share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2018, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the total number of shares purchased from us on an as converted to common stock basis, the total consideration paid, or to be paid, and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by existing stockholders (on an as converted to common stock basis with respect to holders of our convertible preferred stock) and by new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than the price per share paid by our existing stockholders.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total
Consideration
    Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Existing stockholders

     101,049,998               $ 102,161               $ 1.01  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering

                           $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        100   $          100   $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $        million and, in the case of an increase, would increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by    percentage points and, in the case of a decrease, would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by        percentage points, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $        million and, in the case of an increase, would increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by     percentage points and, in the case of a decrease, would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by        percentage points, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share.

 

73


Table of Contents

The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be reduced to     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by new investors purchasing our shares in the offering would increase to     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The foregoing discussion and tables are based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018, and exclude:

 

   

10,232,981 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2018 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.41 per share;

 

   

1,290,669 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, as of December 31, 2018;

 

   

15,000,000 additional shares of our common stock that will be available for future issuance under our 2019 Stock Incentive Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our board of directors has approved, effective upon the pricing of this offering, grants to our non-employee directors of stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,575,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price per share equal to the initial public offering price of shares of our common stock in this offering; and

 

   

1,473,513 additional shares of our common stock that will be available for future issuance under our 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

74


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth selected historical financial data as of and for the periods indicated. You should read the selected consolidated financial data set forth below together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the section of this prospectus titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” We have derived the following selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the following selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018  
     (in thousands, except share
and per share data)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

    

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

   $ 6,095     $ 14,072  

General and administrative

     2,142       4,336  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     8,237       18,408  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (8,237     (18,408

Other income (expense):

    

Change in fair value of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

     —         (2,105

Change in fair value of contingent call option liability—convertible notes

     (1,352     —    

Change in fair value of obligation for loan success fee

     (24     (138

Interest income

     69       156  

Interest expense

     (3,342     (174
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (4,649     (2,261
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit

     (12,886     (20,669

Income tax benefit

     26       124  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (12,860   $ (20,545
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     4,060       370  

Dividends accrued on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (3,740     (5,402
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (12,540   $ (25,577
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share outstanding (1)

   $ (3.14   $ (6.15
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     3,996,724       4,157,295  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

     $ (0.22
    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted (unaudited)

       85,169,851  
    

 

 

 

 

(1)

See note 2 and note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per common share and unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share.

 

75


Table of Contents
     December 31,  
     2017     2018  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 22,020     $ 7,202  

Working capital (1)

     15,037       6,148  

Total assets

     22,228       10,526  

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     99,206       115,742  

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (84,428     (109,494

 

(1)

We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.

 

76


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data.” Because of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of nalbuphine ER to treat serious neurologically mediated conditions. We are currently developing nalbuphine ER for the treatment of chronic pruritus, chronic cough in patients with idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, or IPF, and levodopa-induced dyskinesia, or LID, in patients with Parkinson’s disease.

Since commencing operations in 2011, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts and financial resources to the clinical development of nalbuphine ER. We have not generated any revenue from product sales and, as a result, we have never been profitable and have incurred net losses in each year since commencement of our operations. As of December 31, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $109.5 million, primarily as a result of research and development and general and administrative expenses. We incurred net losses of $12.9 million and $20.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. We do not expect to generate product revenue unless and until we obtain marketing approval for and commercialize nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, chronic cough in patients with IPF or LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease, and we can provide no assurance that we will ever generate significant revenue or profits.

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, which we refer to as our preferred stock, and convertible notes as well as borrowings under a term loan facility. From inception to December 31, 2018, we raised an aggregate of $92.2 million in gross proceeds from sales of our preferred stock and convertible notes and borrowed $15.0 million under our term loan facility. As of December 31, 2018, all amounts owed under the term loan facility had been paid in full.

As of December 31, 2018, our cash and cash equivalents were $7.2 million. On January 18, 2019, we raised an additional $10.0 million in gross proceeds from the sale of shares of our Series C preferred stock in the third and final tranche of our Series C financing. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through                 . Our estimate as to how long we expect our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, to continue to fund our operations is based on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

We expect to incur substantial expenditures in the foreseeable future as we advance nalbuphine ER through clinical development, the regulatory approval process and, if approved, commercial launch activities. Specifically, in the near term, we expect to incur substantial expenses relating to our ongoing Phase 2b/3 PRISM trial in patients with pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, the additional Phase 3 clinical trial we will be required to conduct to support the submission of a new drug application, or NDA, to the United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, our Phase 1b clinical trial in patients with chronic liver disease, our planned Phase 2 clinical trials in chronic

 

77


Table of Contents

cough in patients with IPF and LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease, the development and validation of our commercial manufacturing process for nalbuphine ER and other development activities, including potentially commencing a Phase 2 clinical trial for pruritus associated with chronic liver disease. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company, including significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company.

We will need substantial additional funding to support our continuing operations and pursue our growth strategy. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from sales of nalbuphine ER, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through the sale of equity, debt financings or other capital sources, including potential collaborations with other companies or other strategic transactions. Adequate funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we fail to raise capital or enter into such agreements as and when needed, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development and commercialization of nalbuphine ER for one or more indications or delay our efforts to expand our product pipeline.

Components of Operating Results

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

All of our research and development expenses consist of expenses incurred in connection with the development of nalbuphine ER. These expenses include certain payroll and personnel expenses, including stock-based compensation, consulting costs, contract manufacturing costs and fees paid to clinical research organizations, or CROs, to conduct certain research and development activities on our behalf. We do not allocate our costs by each indication for which we are developing nalbuphine ER, as a significant amount of our development activities broadly support all indications. In addition, several of our departments support our nalbuphine ER drug candidate development program and we do not identify internal costs for each potential indication.

We expect our research and development expenses to increase over the next few years as we pursue our development program, pursue regulatory approval of nalbuphine ER in the United States and Europe and prepare for a possible commercial launch of nalbuphine ER. Predicting the timing or the cost to conduct our nalbuphine ER development program or prepare for a possible commercial launch of nalbuphine ER is difficult and delays may occur because of many factors including factors outside of our control. For example, if the FDA or other regulatory authorities were to require us to conduct clinical trials beyond those that we currently anticipate, or if we experience significant delays in enrollment in any of our clinical trials, we could be required to expend significant additional financial resources and time on our development program. Furthermore, we are unable to predict when or if nalbuphine ER will receive regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere with any certainty.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist principally of personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation, for personnel in executive, finance, commercial and other administrative functions, professional fees for legal, consulting and accounting services as well as rent and other general operating expenses not otherwise classified as research and development expenses.

We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase as a result of increased personnel costs, including stock-based compensation, expanded infrastructure and higher consulting, legal and accounting services associated with maintaining compliance with stock exchange listing and Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, requirements, investor relations costs and director and officer insurance premiums associated with being a public company.

 

78


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest Expense on our Term Loan Facility

In December 2014, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Solar Capital Ltd. and Square 1 Bank under which we borrowed $15.0 million under a term loan, or the Term Loan. The Term Loan accrued interest at a floating rate equal to the one-month LIBOR plus 7.75% per annum. The Term Loan required interest-only payments until March 2016, which was extended to November 2016. After November 2016, payments on the Term Loan were made monthly in 20 equal installments of principal plus interest. In June 2018, we paid all amounts owed under the Term Loan.

Change in Fair Value of Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Liability

The stock purchase agreement under which we have sold shares of Series C preferred stock provides for the issuance and sale of our Series C preferred stock in three separate tranches. The tranches represent a free-standing financial instrument under Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 480 and require fair value accounting until they are settled. We recognize a liability on our consolidated balance sheet for the obligations under this financial instrument. We adjust this liability to fair value at each reporting date and recognize the changes in fair value in our statements of operations as a component of other income (expense), net. We continued to recognize changes in the fair value of this liability through the closing of the third tranche, which occurred on January 18, 2019.

Change in Fair Value of Contingent Call Option Liability—Convertible Notes

In September and November 2016, we received a total of $10.6 million from the issuance and sale of subordinated convertible notes, or the 2016 Convertible Notes. The 2016 Convertible Notes earned interest at a rate of 7% per annum and were due upon demand at any time on or after the maturity date of September 27, 2017. The 2016 Convertible Notes, and all accrued interest thereon, automatically converted into shares of our Series C preferred stock on July 14, 2017, the initial closing date of our Series C preferred stock financing. Upon conversion of the 2016 Convertible Notes, holders received shares of Series C preferred stock in amounts equal to the quotient of (i) the then-outstanding principal amount of their 2016 Convertible Notes, plus all interest accrued thereon, divided by (ii) a conversion price equal to 75% of the price per share of the Series C preferred stock being sold for cash in the financing.

The 2016 Convertible Notes provided for mandatory conversion upon the election of certain specified note holders, into either shares of a newly authorized series of our preferred stock or shares of our common stock. This conversion feature was a substantial contingent call option with a significant discount. Accordingly, we recorded a contingent call option liability at its fair value upon the execution of each 2016 Convertible Note. We adjusted this liability to fair value at each reporting date through the date the 2016 Convertible Notes were converted into shares of our Series C preferred stock in July 2017. We recognized changes in the fair value of this contingent call option liability in our statements of operations as a component of other income (expense), net and net loss.

Change in Fair Value of Obligation for Loan Success Fee

In connection with our Term Loan, we entered into a success fee agreement under which we agreed to pay the lenders a success fee upon the occurrence of an exit event, as defined in the success fee agreement. We classify this contingent obligation for the success fee as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet and we adjust this liability to fair value at each reporting date. We recognize changes in the fair value of this obligation for loan success fee in our statements of operations as a component of other income (expense), net and net loss. We will continue to recognize changes in the fair value of the obligation for loan success fee until the success fee payment is triggered pursuant to the success fee agreement or the agreement expires, which is scheduled to occur on December 29, 2021. The consummation of this offering will constitute an exit event triggering the success fee payment obligation.

 

79


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2017                 2018           Change  

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

   $ 6,095     $ 14,072     $ 7,977  

General and administrative

     2,142       4,336       2,194  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     8,237       18,408       10,171  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (8,237     (18,408     (10,171

Other income (expense):

      

Change in fair value of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

     —         (2,105     (2,105

Change in fair value of contingent call option liability—convertible notes

     (1,352     —         1,352  

Change in fair value of obligation for loan success fee

     (24     (138     (114

Interest income

     69       156       87  

Interest expense

     (3,342     (174     3,168  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (4,649     (2,261     2,388  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit

     (12,886     (20,669     (7,783

Income tax benefit

     26       124       98  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (12,860   $ (20,545   $ (7,685
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2017                    2018        

Clinical development expenses

     $4,017        $10,828  

Personnel and related expenses

     972        1,958  

Consulting expenses and professional fees

     880        817  

Stock-based compensation expenses

     108        159  

Other research and development expenses

     118        310  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

     $6,095        $14,072  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and development expenses increased $8.0 million, or 131%, from $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to a $6.8 million increase in clinical development expenses primarily related to commencement of our ongoing Phase 2b/3 PRISM trial and an increase in personnel and related expenses of $1.0 million as a result of an increase in our employee headcount. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, all of our research and development expenses related to our development activity for nalbuphine ER.

 

80


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $2.2 million, or 102%, from $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to an increase in consulting expenses and professional fees of $1.0 million and an increase in personnel and stock-based compensation expenses of $0.9 million incurred as we expanded our operations.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net was a net expense of $4.6 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, which largely consisted of interest expense on the Term Loan and, in the year ended December 31, 2017, the change in fair value of our contingent call option liability on the 2016 Convertible Notes and, in the year ended December 31, 2018, the change in fair value of our liability for the shares of Series C preferred stock purchasable in the third tranche of our Series C preferred stock financing, which closed on January 18, 2019. Interest expense was $3.3 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, which related to interest paid on the Term Loan, which we repaid as of June 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2018, we recorded a net non-cash expense of $2.1 million related to the change in fair value of our liability for the shares of Series C preferred stock purchasable in the third tranche of our Series C preferred stock financing in connection with the closing of the second tranche of our Series C preferred stock financing in August 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded a net non-cash expense of $1.4 million related to the change in fair value of our contingent call option liability on the 2016 Convertible Notes.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $7.2 million. On January 18, 2019, we raised an additional $10.0 million in gross proceeds from the sale of shares of our Series C preferred stock in the third and final tranche of our Series C financing. Our cash and cash equivalents are primarily held in money market accounts. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our preferred stock and convertible notes as well as borrowings under the Term Loan. From inception to December 31, 2018, we raised an aggregate of $92.2 million in gross proceeds from sales of our preferred stock and convertible notes and borrowed $15.0 million under the Term Loan. As of December 31, 2018, all amounts owed under the Term Loan had been paid in full.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for each of the periods presented below (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017     2018  
              

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (7,975   $ (18,291

Net cash used in investing activities

     (13     (158

Net cash provided by financing activities

     21,722       3,631  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash increase (decrease)

   $ 13,734     $ (14,818
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2018, operating activities used $18.3 million of cash, resulting from our net loss of $20.5 million and net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $0.6 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $2.8 million. Net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2018 consisted primarily of a $1.3 million increase in prepaid

 

81


Table of Contents

expenses. The increase in prepaid expenses was primarily due to increases in prepayments under our ongoing research, development and clinical trial work performed by CROs. The non-cash charges for the year ended December 31, 2018 consisted primarily of a $2.1 million expense related to the change in fair value of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability and stock-based compensation expense of $0.5 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, operating activities used $8.0 million of cash, resulting from our net loss of $12.9 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $4.2 million and net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $0.7 million. The non-cash charges for the year ended December 31, 2017 consisted primarily of a $1.8 million expense for accretion and accrual of discounts and debt issuance costs for the 2016 Convertible Notes, a $1.4 million expense related to the change in fair value in the contingent call option liability on the 2016 Convertible Notes, a $0.4 million expense for accretion and accrual of discounts and debt issuance costs for the Term Loan and a $0.4 million expense for accrual of interest on the 2016 Convertible Notes. Net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2017 consisted primarily of a $0.7 million increase in accrued expenses due to our increased level of operating activities and the timing of vendor invoicing and payments.

Investing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, we used an insignificant amount of cash in investing activities, consisting of purchases of property and equipment.

Financing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash provided by financing activities was $3.6 million, primarily consisting of net cash proceeds of $10.5 million from our sales of shares of Series C preferred stock in the second tranche of our Series C preferred stock financing in August 2018, partially offset by payments of $4.8 million on the Term Loan and deferred costs relating to this offering of $1.5 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash provided by financing activities was $21.7 million, primarily consisting of net cash proceeds of $29.7 million from our sales of shares of Series C preferred stock in the initial tranche of our Series C preferred stock financing in July 2017 and $0.2 million from sales of preferred stock in a subsequent special closing of our Series C preferred stock financing in November 2017, partially offset by repayments of $8.3 million on the Term Loan.

Funding Requirements

We expect to incur substantial expenditures in the foreseeable future as we advance nalbuphine ER through clinical development, the regulatory approval process and, if approved, commercial launch activities. Specifically, in the near term, we expect to incur substantial expenses relating to our ongoing Phase 2b/3 PRISM trial, the additional Phase 3 clinical trial we will need to conduct to support the submission of an NDA to the FDA and a marketing authorization application to the European Medicines Agency for nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, our Phase 1b clinical trial in patients with chronic liver disease, our planned Phase 2 clinical trials in chronic cough in patients with IPF and LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease, the costs of commercialization activities, including manufacturing capabilities, for nalbuphine ER and other development activities including potentially commencing a Phase 2 clinical trial for pruritus associated with chronic liver diseases. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company, including significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company.

We will need substantial additional funding to support our continuing operations and pursue our growth strategy. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from sales of nalbuphine ER, if ever, we expect

 

82


Table of Contents

to finance our operations through the public or private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations and licensing arrangements or other sources to achieve our business objectives. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Our future funding requirements, both short-term and long-term, will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the scope, progress, timing, costs and results of clinical trials of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis and for other serious neurologically mediated conditions, as well of as any future product candidates;

 

   

the number and characteristics of indications for which we seek to develop nalbuphine ER or any future product candidates, and their respective development requirements;

 

   

the outcome, timing and costs of clinical and nonclinical trials and of seeking regulatory approvals, including the costs of supportive clinical studies such as our planned human abuse liability, or HAL, study and our planned Thorough QT, or TQT, studies;

 

   

the costs associated with the manufacture of necessary quantities of nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate for clinical development in connection with regulatory submissions;

 

   

the costs of commercialization activities for nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis or for any other serious neurologically mediated conditions or for any future product candidates that receive marketing approval, if any, including the costs and timing of establishing product sales, marketing, distribution and manufacturing capabilities;

 

   

subject to receipt of marketing approvals, revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis or for any other serious neurologically mediated conditions or from any future product candidates;

 

   

our ability to identify potential collaborators for nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis or for any future product candidates and the terms and timing of any collaboration agreement that we may establish for the development and any commercialization of such product candidates;

 

   

the extent to which we acquire or in-license rights to other potential product candidates or technologies, and the terms and timing of any such acquisition or licensing arrangements;

 

   

our headcount growth and associated costs as we expand our research and development activities and establish a commercial infrastructure;

 

   

the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining, expanding and protecting our intellectual property rights and defending against intellectual property-related claims;

 

   

the effect of competing technological and market developments;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain healthcare coverage and adequate reimbursement for our products; and

 

   

the costs of operating as a public company.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through                .

Without giving effect to the anticipated net proceeds from this offering, we expect that our existing cash and cash equivalents will not be sufficient to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for the 12 months following the issuance date of the financial statements included in this prospectus and we will need to raise additional capital to finance our operations, which cannot be assured. We have concluded that this circumstance raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the issuance date of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018. See note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information on our assessment.

 

83


Table of Contents

We have based our estimates as to how long we expect we will be able to fund our operations on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect, in which case we would be required to obtain additional financing, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Our failure to raise capital as and when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategy.

We do not have any committed external source of funds. Accordingly, we will be required to obtain further funding through public or private equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations and licensing arrangements or other sources to complete the clinical development and commercialization of nalbuphine ER for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis or any other indication. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience dilution. Any future debt financing into which we enter would result in fixed payment obligations and may involve agreements that include grants of security interests on our assets and restrictive covenants that limit our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures, granting liens over our assets, redeeming stock or declaring dividends, that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. Any debt financing or additional equity that we raise may contain terms that could adversely affect our common stockholders.

If we are unable to raise sufficient capital as and when needed, we may be required to delay, reduce or abandon our product development programs or commercialization efforts. If we raise additional funds through collaborations or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to future revenue streams or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us.

See “Risk Factors” for additional risks associated with our substantial capital requirements.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of payment due date by period as of December 31, 2018 (in thousands):

 

     Payment Due by Period  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1 to 3
Years
     4 to 5
Years
     More Than
5 Years
 

Operating lease commitments (1)

   $ 557      $ 125      $ 277      $ 155      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 557      $ 125      $ 277      $ 155      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Consists of the minimum payment obligations under the operating lease for our headquarters, which expires in February 2023 and which we have an option to extend by an additional year.

The table above does not include potential milestone payments, license fee payments, royalties and other payments that we may be required to make under agreements we have entered into with certain institutions to license and purchase intellectual property. For additional information regarding our license agreements and amounts that could become payable in the future under such agreements, see “Business—License Agreements.” We believe that our payment obligations under agreements we have entered into to purchase intellectual property are not material.

We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with CROs for clinical trials, non-clinical studies and testing, manufacturing and other services and products for operating purposes. These contracts generally provide for termination upon notice, and therefore we believe that our non-cancelable obligations under these agreements are not material.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and

 

84


Table of Contents

assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

While our significant accounting policies are described in the Notes to our financial statements, we believe that the following critical accounting policies are most important to understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities are deferred and capitalized and recognized as an expense as the goods are delivered or the related services are performed.

We have entered into agreements with CROs, contract manufacturing organizations and other companies. Our research and development accruals are estimated based on the level of services performed, progress of the studies, including the phase or completion of events, and contracted costs. The estimated costs of research and development provided, but not yet invoiced, are included in accrued expenses on our consolidated balance sheet. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the original estimates, we will adjust the accrual accordingly. Payments made to CROs, contract manufacturing organizations and other companies under these arrangements in advance of the performance of the related services are recorded as prepaid expenses.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

We account for stock-based compensation arrangements with employees in accordance with ASC 718, Stock Compensation , or ASC 718. ASC 718 requires the recognition of compensation expense, using a fair value based method, for costs related to all stock-based payments, including stock options. Our determination of the fair value of stock options on the date of grant utilizes the Black-Scholes option pricing model for stock options with time-based vesting, and is impacted by our common stock price as well as changes in assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include expected term that options will remain outstanding, expected common stock price volatility over the term of the option awards, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends.

We have awarded stock options to non-employees for consultancy services. Prior to January 1, 2018, these stock options were measured at the fair value of the goods/services received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever was more reliably measured at the time of grant, and then remeasured at the then-current fair values at each reporting date until the stock options vested and were recognized as an expense over the requisite service period. We have adopted new guidance, with effect from January 1, 2018, which requires that non-employee share-based payment transactions be measured at the grant-date fair value and no longer remeasured at the then-current fair values at each reporting date until the stock options have vested.

The fair value of an option award is recognized over the period during which the optionee is required to provide services in exchange for the option award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis.

Estimating the fair value of equity-settled awards as of the grant date using valuation models, such as the Black-Scholes option pricing model, is affected by assumptions regarding a number of complex variables. Changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value and ultimately how much stock-based

 

85


Table of Contents

compensation expense is recognized. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop.

Expected Term —The expected term assumption represents the weighted average period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. We have elected to use the “simplified method” for estimating the expected term of the options, whereby the expected term equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option.

Expected Volatility —For all stock options granted to date, the volatility data was estimated based on a study of publicly traded industry peer companies. For purposes of identifying these peer companies, we considered the industry, stage of development, size and financial leverage of potential comparable companies.

Expected Dividend —The Black-Scholes valuation model calls for a single expected dividend yield as an input. We currently have no history or expectation of paying cash dividends on our common stock.

Risk-Free Interest Rate —The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues similar in duration to the expected term of the equity-settled award.

The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of awards granted during the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017      2018  
               

Risk-free interest rate

     2.1%        2.7%  

Expected volatility

     75.0%        70.2%  

Expected dividend yield

             

Expected life of options (in years)

     6.1        6.0  

Fair value of common stock at the date of grant

   $ 0.34      $ 0.81  

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected terms and interest rates utilized for our stock-based compensation expense calculations on a prospective basis.

Stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, is reflected in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017      2018  
               

Research and development expense

   $ 108      $ 159  

General and administrative expense

     97        337  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 205      $ 496  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018, total unrecognized stock-based compensation was $1.8 million, which is expected to be recognized over the remaining vesting period of 3.2 years.

The intrinsic value of all outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2018 was approximately $             million based on a hypothetical common stock fair value of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

86


Table of Contents

Common Stock Valuations

The estimated fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined at each grant date by our board of directors, with input from management. All options to purchase shares of our common stock are intended to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant.

In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, on each grant date, we develop an estimate of the fair value of our common stock based on the information known to us on the date of grant, upon a review of any recent events and their potential impact on the estimated fair value per share of the common stock, and in part on input from an independent third-party valuation. As is provided for in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, we generally rely on our valuations for up to twelve months unless we have experienced a material event that would have affected the estimated fair value of our common stock.

Our valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid. The methodology to determine the fair value of our common stock included estimating the fair value of the enterprise using a market approach, which estimates the fair value of the company by including an estimation of the value of the business based on guideline public companies under a number of different scenarios. The assumptions used to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock are based on numerous objective and subjective factors, combined with management judgment, including external market conditions affecting the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry and trends within the industry; our stage of development; the rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; the prices at which we sold shares of our convertible preferred stock; our financial condition and operating results, including our levels of available capital resources; the progress of our research and development efforts, our stage of development and business strategy; equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies; general U.S. market conditions; and the lack of marketability of our common stock.

The Practice Aid identifies various available methods for allocating enterprise value across classes and series of capital stock to determine the estimated fair value of common stock at each valuation date. In accordance with the Practice Aid, we considered the following methods:

 

   

Option Pricing Method, or OPM —The OPM treats common stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company’s securities changes. Under this method, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preferences at the time of a liquidity event, such as a strategic sale or merger. The common stock is modeled as a call option on the underlying equity value at a predetermined exercise price. In the model, the exercise price is based on a comparison with the total equity value rather than, as in the case of a regular call option, a comparison with a per share stock price. Thus, common stock is considered to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the convertible preferred stock liquidation preference is paid. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call options. This model defines the securities’ fair values as functions of the current fair value of a company and uses assumptions, such as the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event and the estimated volatility of the equity securities.

 

   

Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM —Under the PWERM methodology, the fair value of common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of future values for the company, assuming various outcomes. The common stock value is based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns considering each of the possible outcomes available as well as the rights of each class of stock. The future value of the common stock under each outcome is

 

87


Table of Contents
 

discounted back to the valuation date at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate and probability weighted to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock.

 

   

Hybrid Method —The hybrid method is a PWERM where the equity value in one of the scenarios is calculated using an OPM. In the hybrid method used by us, we considered an initial public offering, or IPO, as the other potential future liquidity event. The equity value for the IPO scenario was determined using the guideline public company, or GPC, method under the market approach. The relative probability of the IPO scenario was determined based on an analysis of market conditions at the time and our expectations as to the timing and likely prospects of the IPO at each valuation date. In our application of the GPC method, we considered publicly traded companies in the biopharmaceutical industry that had a similar profile to ours as well as recently completed IPOs as indicators of our estimated future value in an IPO. We then discounted that future value back to the valuation date at an appropriate discount rate.

Based on our early stage of development and other relevant factors, our board of directors determined that the OPM was the most appropriate method for allocating our enterprise value to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock for the valuation performed for December 2017, which resulted in our board of directors determining that the fair value of our common stock was $0.35. Following its determination in early 2018 that we should explore a potential IPO, our board of directors determined that the Hybrid Method was the most appropriate method for allocating our enterprise value to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock for valuations performed for April 2018, September 2018 and December 2018, which resulted in the fair value of our common stock being $0.70, $0.96 and $0.98, respectively.

In determining the estimated fair value of our common stock, our board of directors also considered the fact that our stockholders could not freely trade our common stock in the public markets. Accordingly, our board of directors applied discounts to reflect the lack of marketability of our common stock based on the weighted-average expected time to liquidity. The estimated fair value of our common stock at each grant date reflected a non-marketability discount partially based on the anticipated likelihood and timing of a future liquidity event.

Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors intends to determine the fair value of our common stock based on the closing price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market on the date of grant.

Stock Option Grants in Connection with Initial Public Offering

Our board of directors has approved, effective upon the pricing of this offering, grants to our non-employee directors of stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,575,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price per share equal to the initial public offering price of shares of our common stock in this offering.

Income Taxes

We provide for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Current income tax expense or benefit represents the amount of income taxes expected to be payable or refundable for the current year. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial statement reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and net operating loss and credit carryforwards, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such items are expected to reverse. Deferred income tax assets are reduced, as necessary, by a valuation allowance when management determines it is more likely than not that some or all of the tax benefits will not be realized.

We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , or ASC 740. We assess all material positions taken in any income tax return, including all significant uncertain positions, in all tax years that are still subject to assessment or challenge by relevant taxing authorities. Assessing an uncertain tax position begins with the initial determination of the position’s sustainability and is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate

 

88


Table of Contents

settlement. As of each balance sheet date, unresolved uncertain tax positions must be reassessed, and we will determine whether (i) the factors underlying the sustainability assertion have changed and (ii) the amount of the recognized tax benefit is still appropriate. The recognition and measurement of tax benefits requires significant judgment. Judgments concerning the recognition and measurement of a tax benefit might change as new information becomes available.

As of December 31, 2018, our total deferred tax assets were $25.9 million. Due to our lack of earnings history and uncertainties surrounding our ability to generate future taxable income, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The deferred tax assets were primarily comprised of federal and state tax net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards. Due to our Series A preferred stock financing in December 2013, we were subject to an “ownership change” under Section 382 of the Code. As a result, our ability to use certain of these NOL carryforwards is limited. We may experience further ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, including this offering, some of which may be outside of our control. If a further ownership change occurred, our ability to use our NOL carryforwards might be further limited.

In the United States, on December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the Tax Act, was signed into law. Substantially all of the provisions of the Tax Act are effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017. The Tax Act includes significant changes to the Code, including amendments that significantly change the taxation of individuals and business entities. The Tax Act contains numerous provisions that impact us, the most significant of which reduces the federal corporate statutory tax rate from 34% to 21%.

The staff of the SEC has recognized the complexity of reflecting the impacts of the Tax Act, and on December 22, 2017 issued guidance in Staff Accounting Bulletin 118, or SAB 118, which clarifies accounting for income taxes under ASC 740 if information is not yet available or complete, and provides for up to a one year period in which to complete the required analyses and accounting (the measurement period). SAB 118 describes three scenarios associated with a company’s status of accounting for income tax reform: (1) a company is complete with its accounting for certain effects of tax reform, (2) a company is able to determine a reasonable estimate for certain effects of tax reform and records that estimate as a provisional amount or (3) a company is not able to determine a reasonable estimate and therefore continues to apply ASC 740, based on the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately prior to the Tax Act being enacted.

We applied the guidance in SAB 118 when accounting for the enactment-date effects of the Tax Act in 2017 and throughout 2018. As of December 31, 2017, we made a reasonable estimate for certain effects of tax reform and recorded provisional amounts as part of our income tax provision. We have completed the accounting for all of the enactment-date income tax effects of the Tax Act during 2018. No adjustments were recognized to the provisional amounts recorded at December 31, 2017.

Fair Value Measurements

Our financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, income tax receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, term loan payable, Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability and obligation for loan success fee. Fair value estimates of these instruments are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, income tax receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses are generally considered to be representative of their respective fair values because of the short term nature of those instruments. The carrying amount of the term loan payable is estimated to approximate fair value due to its floating interest bearing terms. The fair value of the contingent call option liability has been estimated utilizing our own internal analysis, including variables for the calculation of accrued interest and for the estimated conversion price. The fair value of the obligation for loan success fee has been estimated utilizing a probability-weighted income approach, including variables for the timing of the success event and other probability estimates. The fair value of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability has been estimated as the excess, if any, of the fair value of our Series C preferred stock over the purchase price of any outstanding tranches that may be sold pursuant to our stock purchase agreement referred to in “—Components of

 

89


Table of Contents

Operating Results—Other Income (Expense), Net—Change in Fair Value of Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Liability”.

Current accounting guidance defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , and requires certain disclosures about fair value measurements. The valuation techniques included in the guidance are based on observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect readily obtainable data from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect market assumptions and are classified into the following fair value hierarchy:

 

   

Level 1—Observable inputs—quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 2—Observable inputs other than the quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities—such as quoted prices for similar instruments, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

   

Level 3—Unobservable inputs—includes amounts derived from valuation models where one or more significant inputs are unobservable and require the company to develop relevant assumptions.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Since our inception, we have not engaged in any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC. See note 15 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus regarding our guarantees and indemnifications.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or JOBS Act, permits emerging growth companies such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2016-01 titled Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities , or ASU 2016-01, which amends the guidance on the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. ASU 2016-01 is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The adoption of this update had no material effect on our financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01 titled Business Combinations (Topic 805), Clarifying the Definition of a Business , or ASU 2017-01, which clarifies the definition of a business to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 requires an entity to evaluate if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired or disposed of is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets; if so, the set of transferred assets and activities is not a business. ASU 2017-01 also requires a business to include at least an input and one substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create output and removes the evaluation of whether a market participant could replace missing elements. ASU 2017-01 should be applied prospectively and is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those annual periods. The adoption of ASU 2017-01 had no material effect on our financial statements.

 

90


Table of Contents

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09 titled Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . The new standard simplifies several aspects related to the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, statutory tax withholding requirements, forfeitures and classification on the statement of cash flows. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. As a result of the adoption of this update as of January 1, 2017, we recognize forfeitures as they occur. The adoption of this update had no material effect on our financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09 titled Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting. The new standard clarifies when changes to share-based payment awards must be accounted for as modifications. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. The new guidance will be applied prospectively to awards modified on or after the adoption date. The guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The adoption of this update had no material effect on our financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09 titled Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which provides a single comprehensive model for accounting for revenue from contracts with customers and will supersede most existing revenue recognition guidance. We early adopted this update effective January 1, 2018. Because we have not had revenue, the adoption of this update had no impact on our financial statements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07 titled Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-based Payment Accounting . The new standard will simplify the accounting for nonemployee share-based awards. The ASU expands the scope of Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation , which currently only includes share-based payments issued to employees, to also include share-based payments issued to nonemployees for goods and services. Consequently, the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees and employees will be substantially aligned. The ASU supersedes Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees . The standard is effective for public entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. We early adopted this update, effective January 1, 2018, and the adoption had no material effect on our financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 titled Leases , or ASU 2016-02, which requires rights and obligations arising from both operating and capital leases to be reported on our consolidated balance sheet, and to disclose quantitative and qualitative information about lease transactions (such as information about variable lease payments and options to renew and terminate leases). ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted.

We developed an implementation plan to adopt this new guidance as of January 1, 2019, which includes an assessment of the impact of the new guidance on our consolidated financial statements. We will utilize the transition practical expedient added by the FASB, which eliminates the requirement that entities apply the new lease standard to the comparative periods presented in the year of adoption. We elected to use the package of practical expedients permitted under the new standard that allows us to not reassess: (1) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (2) lease classification for any expired or existing leases and (3) initial direct costs for any expired or existing leases. We additionally expect to use the practical expedient that allows lessees to treat the lease and non-lease components of leases as a single lease component. We estimate that the new standard will result in the recognition of between $400,000 and $450,000 of additional assets and liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet. We estimate that the impact of adoption of the new leasing standard will not have a material impact on our consolidated statement of income.

 

91


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The market risk inherent in our financial instruments and in our financial position represents the potential loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates or exchange rates. As of December 31, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $7.2 million, primarily held in interest-bearing money market accounts, which would be affected by changes in the general level of United States interest rates. However, due to the short-term maturities and the low-risk profile of our investments, an immediate 100 basis point change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our cash and cash equivalents.

We do not believe that inflation, interest rate changes or exchange rate fluctuations had a significant impact on our results of operations for any periods presented herein.

 

92


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of nalbuphine ER to treat serious neurologically mediated conditions. We are currently developing nalbuphine ER for the treatment of chronic pruritus, chronic cough in patients with idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, or IPF, and levodopa-induced dyskinesia, or LID, in patients with Parkinson’s disease. These conditions share a common pathophysiology that is mediated through opioid receptors in the central and peripheral nervous systems. Due to nalbuphine’s mechanism of action as a modulator of opioid receptors, we believe it has the potential to be effective in treating each of these conditions. We are currently conducting a Phase 2b/3 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER, which we refer to as the PRISM trial, in patients with severe pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, and expect to report top-line data from the trial in the first half of 2020. If successful, we expect that we will use the PRISM trial and an additional Phase 3 clinical trial that we plan to conduct to support the submission of a new drug application, or NDA, to the United States Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and a marketing authorization application, or MAA, to the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, for nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis.

Nalbuphine ER is an oral extended release formulation of nalbuphine. Nalbuphine is a mixed k -opioid receptor agonist and m -opioid receptor antagonist that has been approved and marketed as an injectable for pain indications for more than 20 years in the United States and Europe. The k - and m -opioid receptors are known to be critical mediators of itch, cough and certain movement disorders. Nalbuphine’s mechanism of action also mitigates the risk of abuse associated with m -opioid agonists because it antagonizes, or blocks, the m -opioid receptor. Nalbuphine is currently the only opioid approved for marketing that is not classified as a controlled substance in the United States or Europe.

The following table summarizes key information about our active clinical programs for nalbuphine ER. We have retained worldwide development and commercial rights for nalbuphine ER in all indications.

 

 

LOGO

 

(1)  

The dotted line segments indicate that we have not yet commenced any clinical trials for these indications. We plan to initiate Phase 2 clinical trials for each indication in 2019. The planned trials will be subject to regulatory input.

(2)  

Our prurigo nodularis program consists of our ongoing Phase 2b/3 clinical trial and an additional Phase 3 clinical trial that we plan to conduct.

Chronic pruritus, defined as itching lasting longer than six weeks, causes a number of physical and psychological issues that can substantially impact patients’ daily well-being. The urge to scratch can be unbearable and the act of scratching can remove layers of skin and break the skin barrier, leading to bleeding and scarring and greatly increasing the risk of infection. Chronic pruritus can also lead to trouble sleeping, resulting in loss of work productivity and increased anxiety and depression as patients struggle to maintain self-control. Chronic pruritus is a hallmark of many dermatologic and systemic diseases and is the predominant reason that patients with these diseases experience so much discomfort. A recent report published in the Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology estimated that up to 26% of the worldwide population will suffer from chronic pruritus at some point in their lives. According to the Global Pruritus Therapeutic Market Research

 

93


Table of Contents

Report issued in 2017, the market for pruritus therapeutics was $10.8 billion in 2016 and is expected to grow to $14.3 billion in 2022. Despite the large market opportunity and the severity of chronic pruritus, there are no drugs approved in the United States or Europe for the treatment of moderate to severe pruritus. Nalbuphine ER’s dual mechanism of action targets opioid receptors located in both the central and peripheral nervous systems, each of which plays a role in modulating the sensation of itch. We believe this makes nalbuphine ER a promising potential therapy for the treatment of chronic pruritus.

We have completed clinical trials in two distinct and serious pruritic conditions, uremic pruritus and pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, with over 400 patients treated with different doses of nalbuphine ER in these trials. Uremic pruritus is a pruritic condition occurring in patients with chronic kidney disease typically receiving dialysis. Prurigo nodularis is an intensely pruritic dermatologic condition characterized by the presence of nodular pruriginous lesions such as papules or plaques. Among other endpoints, these trials measured the reduction in pruritus as reported on the worst itch numerical rating scale, or WI-NRS, which is a patient-reported assessment on an 11-point scale from 0 to 10 of the severity of the worst itch experienced in the last 24 hours.

In our Phase 2b/3 clinical trial in uremic pruritus, we enrolled 373 patients with moderate to severe uremic pruritus. Patients were randomized to one of three arms: either 108 mg or 54 mg of nalbuphine ER or placebo, each administered twice daily. The primary endpoint in the trial was the change from baseline in patients’ seven-day mean WI-NRS scores. The trial met its primary endpoint in the 108 mg arm, where patients reported a mean 3.49 point reduction in WI-NRS score from baseline to week eight as compared with a mean 2.80 point reduction in the placebo arm (p=0.017). Patients in the 54 mg arm reported a mean 3.10 point reduction in WI-NRS score from baseline, which was larger than the 2.80 point reduction in the placebo arm, although the difference was not statistically significant (p=0.441). The reduction in WI-NRS scores across the three arms of the trial demonstrated a dose response. P-value is a conventional statistical method for measuring the statistical significance of clinical results. A p-value of less than 0.05 is generally considered to represent statistical significance, meaning that there is a less than five percent likelihood that the observed results occurred by chance.

In our Phase 2 clinical trial in prurigo nodularis, we enrolled 63 patients with prurigo nodularis who had moderate to severe pruritus. Patients were randomized to one of three arms: either 162 mg or 81 mg of nalbuphine ER or placebo, each administered twice daily. The primary endpoint of the trial was the proportion of patients reporting at least a 30% reduction from baseline to week 10 in seven-day mean WI-NRS scores, patients who were defined as responders. In the 162 mg arm, patients reported a mean 2.51 point reduction in WI-NRS score from baseline as compared with a mean 1.75 point reduction in the placebo arm (p=0.083), with 44% of the patients in the 162 mg arm constituting responders as compared to 36% of the patients in the placebo arm (p=0.323). In the 81 mg arm, patients reported a mean 2.14 point reduction in WI-NRS score from baseline, with 27% of the patients in the arm constituting responders (p=0.779). A key secondary endpoint of the trial was the proportion of patients reporting at least a 50% reduction in WI-NRS score from baseline. In the 162 mg arm, 33% of patients reported at least a 50% reduction in WI-NRS score as compared to 18% of patients in the placebo arm (p=0.083). The trial met a key secondary efficacy endpoint, reduction of ItchyQoL™ scores, in the 162 mg arm compared to the placebo arm (p=0.022). ItchyQoL measures quality of life improvements from pruritus reduction. The secondary endpoints of the trial were not powered for statistical significance.

We conducted a post hoc analysis of the data from the 50 patients who completed the 10-week course of treatment in our Phase 2 clinical trial in prurigo nodularis. With the small number of patients enrolled in the trial, the number of patients discontinuing treatment prior to the end of the trial had a substantial impact on the results. Approximately 75% of the discontinuations in the nalbuphine ER arms occurred in an initial two-week titration period among patients who had not reached the target dose of nalbuphine ER. As a result, we believe that an analysis of the trial results in this subset of patients, whom we refer to as completers, provides informative data regarding nalbuphine ER because it eliminates the effects of patient discontinuations. In the trial, 50% of the completers in the 162 mg arm reported at least a 50% reduction in WI-NRS score from baseline, as compared to 20% of the completers in the placebo arm (p=0.028), although this analysis was not powered for statistical significance. As the patients in the 162 mg arm had a mean baseline WI-NRS score of 8.05, a 50% reduction in WI-NRS score from baseline for patients in this arm was comparable to a 4-point reduction in WI-NRS score, the primary efficacy endpoint of our PRISM trial.

 

94


Table of Contents

Based on the results of our prurigo nodularis and uremic pruritus trials and open label extension trials in both indications, and discussions with the FDA and European regulatory authorities, in September 2018, we initiated our Phase 2b/3 Pruritus Relief through Itch Scratch Modulation, or PRISM, trial of nalbuphine ER 162 mg tablets in patients with severe pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. We plan to conduct the trial at approximately 50 sites in the United States and Europe. To date, we have conducted the trial at a number of sites in the United States. We commenced site activation in Europe in the first quarter of 2019. We are increasing the number of sites in the United States, and we expect to begin activation of these sites in the second quarter of 2019.

The PRISM trial consists of two parts. The first part of the trial is a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel, two-arm, 14-week treatment study that is evaluating the safety and anti-pruritic efficacy of nalbuphine ER 162 mg tablets. The second part of the trial is an open label extension to evaluate nalbuphine ER’s long-term safety profile as well as its effects on key prurigo nodularis parameters, including itch and skin healing, over a further 38 weeks, resulting in a 52-week overall treatment period. The trial is designed to be conducted in 240 patients. However, under the protocol for the trial, once 50% of the patients are evaluable for the primary efficacy endpoint, an unblinded statistician for the trial will review the available data, perform a sample size re-estimation and advise us on whether we should increase the size of the trial. The trial may be increased to up to 360 patients. The primary efficacy endpoint for the trial is the proportion of patients achieving at least a 4-point improvement from baseline with respect to their worst itch at week 14 as measured by WI-NRS. The trial also includes several secondary endpoints, including mean changes from baseline to week 14 in skin healing assessments and quality of life measurements, such as ItchyQoL. In designing the statistical plan for the trial, we considered the rates of patient discontinuations we experienced in our earlier trials. We believe that these discontinuation rates can be reduced through increased patient and physician education prior to the commencement of dosing. We expect to report top-line data from the 14-week blinded treatment period of the PRISM trial in the first half of 2020. We will need to conduct an additional Phase 3 clinical trial to support the submission of an NDA to the FDA and an MAA to the EMA. We may initiate this trial before the PRISM trial is complete.

We have also commenced a Phase 1b clinical trial in patients with chronic liver disease to evaluate the safety, pharmacokinetics and anti-pruritic effect of nalbuphine ER in this population, with data expected in the first half of 2019. We also intend to use data from this trial to support an NDA submission for nalbuphine ER in prurigo nodularis. If the data from the Phase 1b clinical trial are positive, we intend to commence a Phase 2 clinical trial for pruritus associated with chronic liver disease. We are not actively developing nalbuphine ER for uremic pruritus at this time based on our evaluation of the market dynamics, but may consider resuming development in the future.

As a result of nalbuphine’s ability to modulate the k - and m -opioid receptors, which are known to be involved in the pathophysiology of chronic cough in patients with IPF and in LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease, we are also pursuing the development of nalbuphine ER for each of these indications. We intend to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER in the first half of 2019 to evaluate the safety of nalbuphine ER in patients with IPF, and make an initial assessment of its efficacy on cough, with data expected in the first half of 2020. Subject to discussions with the FDA and the submission of an investigational new drug application, or IND, for this indication, we also intend to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER in the second half of 2019 to evaluate the effect of nalbuphine ER on LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease.

Our management team has extensive experience in the successful clinical development and commercialization of therapeutic products. Members of our senior executive team have held drug development, commercial and senior leadership roles at a number of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, including Penwest Pharmaceuticals, or Penwest; Bristol-Myers Squibb; Boehringer Ingelheim; and Sanofi Genzyme. Certain members of our management team were responsible for the development of nalbuphine ER at Penwest prior to its acquisition by Endo Pharmaceuticals, or Endo. We believe this breadth of experience and track record, combined with our broad network of established relationships with leaders in the industry and medical community, provide us with the skills necessary to build a successful biopharmaceutical company. We have been backed by a group of leading life sciences investors, including New Enterprise Associates, TPG Biotech, Omega Funds, Lundbeckfonden Ventures and Aperture Venture Partners.

 

95


Table of Contents

Our Strengths

We believe our company and our product candidate, nalbuphine ER, have the following key distinguishing characteristics:

 

   

Nalbuphine ER is currently in a Phase 2b/3 trial and has demonstrated proof of concept in two serious chronic pruritus indications. We have completed clinical trials of nalbuphine ER that demonstrated statistically significant improvements in patients with uremic pruritus and clinically relevant results in patients with pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. Based on the data from these trials, including post hoc analyses of these data, and data from open label extension trials in both indications, and discussions with the FDA and European regulatory authorities, we are currently conducting a Phase 2b/3 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of severe pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, and expect to report top-line data from the blinded treatment period of the trial in the first half of 2020. We are not actively developing nalbuphine ER for uremic pruritus at this time based on our evaluation of the market dynamics, but may consider resuming development in the future.

 

   

Multiple clinical indications with several upcoming data read-outs. Based on nalbuphine ER’s dual mechanism of action that targets k - and m -opioid receptors, which are known critical mediators of itch, cough and certain movement disorders, we are developing nalbuphine ER to treat serious neurologically mediated conditions. In addition to pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, we are developing nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus in chronic liver disease in a Phase 1b clinical trial with data expected in the first half of 2019. We also intend to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER for chronic cough in patients with IPF in the first half of 2019, with data expected in the first half of 2020, and to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER for LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease in the second half of 2019.

 

   

Targeting large market opportunities with significant unmet medical needs. There are currently no approved therapies for the treatment of moderate to severe pruritus or the treatment of chronic cough in IPF patients in the United States and Europe, and the current standards of care for these debilitating conditions consist of off-label treatments that have limited or no efficacy. While there is one approved therapy for the treatment of LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease, we believe there is significant unmet need in this patient population. We believe that each of these conditions presents a significant market opportunity. In addition, because patients suffering from these conditions are largely served by specialist physicians, we believe we have the opportunity to commercialize nalbuphine ER in the United States for these conditions directly through our own focused, specialty sales organization.

 

   

Nalbuphine has an established efficacy and safety profile. Nalbuphine has been approved and marketed as an injectable for pain indications for more than 20 years in the United States and Europe. Nalbuphine’s mechanism of action mitigates the risk of abuse associated with m -opioid agonists because it blocks the m -opioid receptor, and nalbuphine is currently the only opioid approved for marketing that is not classified as a controlled substance in the United States or Europe. In 13 clinical trials, nalbuphine ER has been dosed in more than 750 individuals and has been shown to be well-tolerated, including in six and 12-month safety studies in the intended patient populations. In connection with the development of nalbuphine ER, we plan to conduct a human abuse liability study to further characterize the abuse potential of oral nalbuphine.

 

   

Broad intellectual property portfolio with worldwide rights to nalbuphine ER. We own or exclusively license 16 issued patents covering methods of use and formulations of nalbuphine ER, with multiple pending patent applications, protecting the use of our product candidate through at least 2032. We have retained worldwide development and commercial rights for nalbuphine ER in all indications.

 

   

Experienced management team and backing from leading life sciences investors. Members of our management team have extensive experience in product development and commercialization of successful pharmaceutical products. We have been backed by leading life sciences investors including New Enterprise Associates, TPG Biotech, Omega Funds, Lundbeckfonden Ventures and Aperture Venture Partners.

 

96


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

We are focused on the development and commercialization of nalbuphine ER to treat serious neurologically mediated conditions. The key elements of our strategy are:

 

   

Complete the clinical development of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. In September 2018, we initiated our PRISM trial to evaluate the safety and anti-pruritic efficacy of nalbuphine ER in patients with severe pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. We expect to report top-line data from the blinded treatment period of the trial in the first half of 2020. We will need to conduct an additional Phase 3 clinical trial to support the submission of an NDA to the FDA and an MAA to the EMA. We may initiate this trial before the PRISM trial is complete.

 

   

Pursue continued development of nalbuphine ER for additional pruritic conditions. Based on the proof of concept data in pruritus from our clinical trials in patients with prurigo nodularis and uremic pruritus, we plan to continue to develop nalbuphine ER for the treatment of other pruritic conditions. We have commenced a Phase 1b clinical trial in patients with chronic liver disease to evaluate the safety, pharmacokinetics and anti-pruritic effect of nalbuphine ER in these patients. We may also seek to develop nalbuphine ER for the treatment of uremic pruritus and pruritus associated with additional dermatology, oncology, hematology and neurology related conditions.

 

   

Leverage the dual mechanism of action of nalbuphine ER to pursue other neurologically mediated conditions . We intend to develop nalbuphine ER to treat other serious neurologically mediated conditions that share a common pathophysiology mediated through opioid receptors in the central and peripheral nervous systems. In the first half of 2019, we intend to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial to evaluate the safety of nalbuphine ER in patients with IPF, and make an initial assessment of its efficacy on cough, with data expected in the first half of 2020. We also intend to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER in the second half of 2019 to evaluate the effect of nalbuphine ER on LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease.

 

   

Maximize the commercial potential of nalbuphine ER . We have retained worldwide commercial rights for nalbuphine ER. If nalbuphine ER receives marketing approval from the FDA for any of the indications we are currently pursuing, we plan to commercialize nalbuphine ER in the United States with our own focused, specialty sales organization targeting the physicians specializing in these conditions. If nalbuphine ER receives marketing approval for any of these indications outside the United States, we expect to utilize a variety of collaboration, distribution and other marketing arrangements with one or more third parties to commercialize nalbuphine ER in such markets.

 

   

Evaluate business development opportunities and potential collaborations. We plan to evaluate the merits of entering into collaboration agreements with other pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies that may contribute to our ability to efficiently advance product candidates, build our product pipeline and concurrently advance a range of research and development programs.

Nalbuphine Mechanistic Rationale

Nalbuphine is a mixed k -opioid receptor agonist and m -opioid receptor antagonist. Drugs targeting opioid receptors have been studied for decades and the biology and pharmacology of these receptors are well-understood. There are three types of opioid receptors, mu (“ m ”), kappa (“ k ”) and delta (“ d ”), which are expressed in varying concentrations in many different tissues, including the central and peripheral nervous systems, airway and lung tissue, circulating immune and inflammatory cells and the skin.

Modulation of opioid receptors, either naturally or with opioid drugs, results in multiple signaling actions at the cellular level. The receptor dynamics are complex and receptor signaling differs depending on whether the receptor is being exposed to an agonist or antagonist opioid drug. Agonists activate the receptors to which they bind, and antagonists bind to receptors, which can block the activity of agonists. In addition, opioid drugs of the same class may have different effects depending on their pharmacological properties.

 

97


Table of Contents

In addition to the individual cellular dynamics, published research also supports the phenomena of network interaction dynamics, where activation of one type of opioid receptor type at one anatomical location can influence the activity of a different type of opiate receptor located at a different anatomical location. For example, published research has shown evidence of signaling between cell groups where k -receptor activation on specific cells can antagonize m -opioid receptor activation on other cells. As a result of these apparent network interaction dynamics between the k - and m -opioid receptors, we believe that simultaneously modulating both k - and m -opioid receptors with a single drug offers significant therapeutic potential in diseases that are mediated through these receptors.

Published research suggests that in certain diseases the concentration and expression of opioid receptors is different for people with the disease as compared to healthy individuals. For example, published research has shown that human skin tissue samples from patients with prurigo nodularis show a down regulation of m -opioid receptor expression as compared to normal skin. In patients with Parkinson’s disease, multiple published studies have shown a reduction in opioid receptor density in the thalamus and basal ganglia regions of the brain in patients suffering from LID as compared to patients not suffering from dyskinesia. We believe these differences in opioid receptor concentration and expression between healthy individuals and people with disease suggest that opioid drugs targeting these receptors have the potential to offer therapeutic benefit to people suffering from these diseases.

As shown in the diagram below, k - and m -opioid receptors are naturally concentrated in several areas of the body, including in the brain, brain stem, spinal cord, peripheral nerves, lungs and skin, which are the areas of the body involved in the physiology of chronic pruritus, chronic cough in IPF and LID.

 

LOGO

 

98


Table of Contents

With respect to pruritus, the sensation of itch and the urge to scratch are known to be mediated by k - and m -opioid receptor expression in the reward centers of the brain as well as the spinal cord, skin and peripheral nervous system. Published clinical trials of the k -agonist nalfurafine have demonstrated effectiveness in reducing uremic pruritus and pruritus secondary to chronic hepatic disease. Nalfurafine is approved and marketed in Japan for both conditions. In addition, a number of published clinical trials have reported on the effectiveness of the m -antagonist naltrexone in reducing pruritus related to hepatic disease and pruritus related to prurigo nodularis.

With respect to cough, k - and m -opioid receptors in the brain stem, lungs and the peripheral lung nerves are believed to be involved in mediating respiration and the cough reflex. While there are no approved opioid therapeutics for suppression of cough in humans, m -agonist opioids have been used to suppress cough. In addition, the mixed k -agonist and m -partial agonist butorphanol is approved and marketed for animals in a veterinary injection and tablet formulation for the relief of chronic non-productive cough and has been found to be 15 to 20 times more active in suppressing cough than either codeine or dextromethorphan. Further, in clinical trials both butorphanol and pentazocine, a mixed k -agonist and m -antagonist, have demonstrated suppression of cough in fentanyl-induced cough during anesthetic induction in patients.

With respect to Parkinson’s disease, it is believed that opioid signaling in the thalamus and basal ganglia regions of the brain may play a role in mediating LID. Published research using a brain imaging technique has shown that Parkinson’s patients suffering from LID have reduced opioid receptor availability in the thalamus and the basal ganglia, as compared to Parkinson’s patients responding normally to levodopa therapy and not exhibiting LID. Additionally, there is an inverse correlation between the availability of these receptors and the severity of dyskinesia. This decrease in opioid receptor availability is believed to be due to heightened opioid transmission in these brain regions in patients with LID. In addition, a number of opioid components have been evaluated in preclinical animal models of LID and the data indicate that m -antagonism has the most benefit, with k -agonism also having desirable effects.

Nalbuphine ER

Nalbuphine ER is an oral extended release formulation of nalbuphine, a small molecule and a member of the opioid agonist-antagonist class of drugs. Nalbuphine acts as an agonist at the opioid k -receptor while competitively antagonizing the m -opioid receptor. Nalbuphine is a marketed drug currently available only as nalbuphine hydrochloride for injection, a generic equivalent to Nubain, which has been approved in the United States and Europe for use in the relief of moderate to severe pain for more than 20 years. Nalbuphine is not currently classified as a controlled substance in the United States or Europe and is not commercially available in an oral dosage form. We are developing nalbuphine ER to treat serious neurologically mediated conditions, including chronic pruritus, chronic cough in patients with IPF and LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease.

We have leveraged the known mechanism and proven biological activity of nalbuphine in pain to expedite the clinical development of nalbuphine ER. We have also drawn on the safety and tolerability data from eight prior clinical trials of nalbuphine ER conducted by Penwest, from which we have licensed rights to nalbuphine ER, including two Phase 2 clinical trials of nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pain, to support our clinical development efforts. We believe that the established efficacy and safety profile of nalbuphine and the clinical experience with nalbuphine ER provide a strong foundation for advancing nalbuphine ER into late-stage clinical trials.

Our Nalbuphine ER Development Programs

Chronic Pruritus Programs

We are developing nalbuphine ER for the treatment of chronic pruritus associated with various conditions. We have filed an IND with the FDA covering nalbuphine ER in pruritus in prurigo nodularis and uremic pruritus. We have completed two double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trials in patients with moderate to severe

 

99


Table of Contents

uremic pruritus and moderate to severe pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis that have established proof of concept in these indications. We believe that the pruritus associated with multiple distinct conditions, including prurigo nodularis, pruritus in chronic liver disease and uremic pruritus, involves activation of a common neuronal pathway for itch signaling.

Chronic pruritus, defined as itching lasting longer than six weeks, causes a number of physical and psychological issues that can substantially impact patients’ daily well-being. The urge to scratch can be unbearable, and the act of scratching can remove layers of skin and break the skin barrier leading to bleeding, scarring and greatly increasing the risk of infection. Chronic pruritus can also lead to trouble sleeping, resulting in loss of work productivity and increased anxiety and depression as patients struggle to maintain self-control. Chronic pruritus is a hallmark of many dermatologic and systemic diseases and is the predominant reason that patients with these diseases experience so much discomfort. A recent report published in the Journal of the American Academy of Dermatology estimated that up to 26% of the worldwide population will suffer from chronic pruritus at some point in their lives.

Despite its prevalence, chronic pruritus is not well addressed by current treatment options. Pruritic skin diseases are commonly treated with a multi-prong therapeutic approach. Skin barrier restoration and maintenance through application of topical moisturizers and treatment of skin lesions locally through the use of topical corticosteroids or other topical anti-inflammatory agents are the predominant first-line therapies for many pruritic skin diseases. Phototherapy and systemic immunomodulators, including biologics, are frequently used for more severe disease conditions. These treatment options may reduce pruritus to some degree in addition to their effects on skin health and inflammation. Yet many patients with chronic pruritus still report high levels of pruritus despite active topical or systemic therapy. This significant medical need is reflected by the widespread use of therapies intended to address pruritus specifically, such as oral antihistamines, despite evidence demonstrating their relative lack of efficacy, as well as concerns regarding their safety and tolerability. According to the Global Pruritus Therapeutic Market Research Report issued in 2017, the market for pruritus therapeutics was $10.8 billion in 2016 and is expected to grow to $14.3 billion in 2022.

 

100


Table of Contents

Prurigo Nodularis Program

Overview

Prurigo nodularis is an intensely pruritic dermatologic condition that constitutes a distinct dermatologic diagnosis. The core symptoms and criteria for diagnosis of prurigo nodularis are chronic pruritus, a history and/or signs of repeated scratching, and the presence of multiple pruriginous lesions. The presence and persistence of these pruriginous lesions are hallmarks of prurigo nodularis and aid in its diagnosis. These lesions are generally symmetrically distributed, intensely itchy papules, nodules or plaques, which may be associated with excoriations and ulcerations. As illustrated below, prurigo nodularis can arise from itch caused by a number of pre-existing conditions, with the initial scratching beginning a vicious itch-scratch cycle that results in the nodules that are characteristic of the distinct and separate disease of prurigo nodularis.

 

 

LOGO

The pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis is generally considered to be one of the most severe and treatment-resistant forms of pruritus. In a retrospective study of 108 prurigo nodularis patients published in 2013 in the Journal of the European Academy of Dermatology and Venereology, patients rating their most severe itch over the prior 24 hours on the WI-NRS reported a median WI-NRS score of 8 and a mean and median duration of prurigo nodularis of 77.5 and 36 months, respectively. As illustrated in the diagram below, the WI-NRS is a patient-reported assessment on an 11-point scale from 0 to 10 of the severity of the worst itch experienced in the last 24 hours, and scores of 7 or more are considered to indicate severe itch.

 

 

LOGO

Patients with prurigo nodularis also typically experience a significant negative impact on their overall quality of life, including severe negative impacts on their confidence at work and in social activities. In a natural

 

101


Table of Contents

history study in 593 patients with prurigo nodularis at the Itch Center, University of Münster in Germany, it was shown that all of the patients in the study had a severe impairment of quality of life, as measured by the Dermatology Life Quality Index, or DLQI, a specific validated quality-of-life measurement that has been used in many different skin condition trials. With increasing intensity of pruritus, the quality of life worsened and DLQI values increased.

We believe that in 2016 there were approximately 250,000 prurigo nodularis patients in the United States and approximately 430,000 additional prurigo nodularis patients worldwide. No treatment for chronic pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis has been approved in the United States or Europe. Treatment of prurigo nodularis typically involves a multifaceted approach to treat the lesions and reduce pruritus. Therapies may include corticosteroids and other immunosuppressive or anti-inflammatory treatments, phototherapy and drugs such as gabapentin and Lyrica (pregabalin), prescription medicines approved for the treatment of seizures and neuropathic pain. Prurigo nodularis is often treatment-resistant with high recurrence rates.

Clinical Development

We have conducted a Phase 2 clinical trial and an open label extension study of nalbuphine ER in pruritus in patients with prurigo nodularis and are currently conducting our PRISM trial for nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. If successful, we expect that we will use the PRISM trial and an additional Phase 3 clinical trial that we plan to conduct to support the submission of an NDA to the FDA and an MAA to the EMA. We may initiate this trial before the PRISM trial is complete.

Phase 2 Clinical Trial

We completed a Phase 2 clinical trial in August 2016 evaluating the safety and efficacy of nalbuphine ER as compared to placebo in patients with pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. The trial was a multicenter, randomized, double-blind trial conducted at eight sites in the United States and Europe. The trial enrolled a total of 63 adult patients who had prurigo nodularis for at least six weeks and seven-day mean WI-NRS scores of at least 5, indicating moderate to severe pruritus. The patients were randomized across three treatment arms: either 162 mg or 81 mg of nalbuphine ER or placebo, each administered twice daily. The baseline seven-day mean WI-NRS scores for the three treatment arms were comparable: 8.05 for the 162 mg arm, 8.46 for the 81 mg arm and 7.96 for the placebo arm. There were three dosing periods in the trial, all of which were blinded: an initial two-week titration period during which patients received gradually increasing doses of nalbuphine ER or placebo, reaching the final assigned dose on day 15; an eight-week fixed dosing period; and a two-week off-treatment safety observation period.

The primary endpoint of the trial was the proportion of patients reporting at least a 30% reduction from baseline to week 10 in seven-day mean WI-NRS scores. We refer to these patients as 30% responders. Key secondary endpoints included:

 

   

mean change in seven-day mean WI-NRS scores from baseline to week 10;

 

   

the proportion of patients reporting at least a 50% reduction in seven-day mean WI-NRS score from baseline to week 10, whom we refer to as 50% responders, which reduction was comparable to a 4-point reduction in WI-NRS score, the primary efficacy endpoint for our PRISM trial, for patients in the 162 mg arm due to such patients having a mean baseline WI-NRS score of 8.05; and

 

   

mean change from baseline to week 10 in total ItchyQoL score, a 22-question assessment using a severity scale of 1 to 5 that measures how pruritus affects patients’ quality of life based on symptoms related to the pruritic condition, their functional limitations, their emotions and observations about their skin disease.

 

102


Table of Contents

Efficacy Results

The following table summarizes the outcomes of the trial at week 10 for the primary endpoint and key secondary endpoints. The table below also includes results from a post hoc analysis of the 50 patients who completed the 10-week course of treatment, who we refer to as completers. We believe this post hoc analysis provides informative data as it eliminates the effects of patient discontinuations. With the small number of patients enrolled in the trial, the number of patients discontinuing treatment prior to the end of the trial had a substantial impact on the results, even though the number of discontinuations was small in absolute terms. Approximately 75% of the discontinuations in the nalbuphine ER arms occurred in the titration period among patients who had not reached the target dose of nalbuphine ER. During the trial, the discontinuation rate declined as enrollment progressed, which we believe was due to trial sites and investigators gaining experience with nalbuphine ER and the trial. We believe that these discontinuation rates can be reduced in future trials through increased patient and physician education prior to the commencement of dosing as the adverse events leading to these discontinuations were mild in nature and transient.

 

         Nalbuphine ER 162 mg    Nalbuphine ER 81 mg    Placebo  

Endpoint

   mITT (1) :               n=18
Completers (2) :     n=12
   mITT (1) :             n=22
Completers (2) :    n=18
   mITT (1) :              n=22
Completers (2) :    n=20
 
                     p-value (3)                    p-value (3)       

Responder Analyses

            

30% responders in mITT population (4)

     44   p=0.323      27   p=0.779      36

Post hoc analysis of 30% responders in completer population

     75   p=0.026      33   p=0.723      40

50% responders in mITT population

     33   p=0.083      14   p=0.981      18

Post hoc analysis of 50% responders in completer population (comparable in 162 mg arm to a 4-point reduction in WI-NRS score)

     50   p=0.028      11   p=0.649      20

Other Key Analyses

            

Mean change in seven-day mean WI-NRS scores in mITT population

     -2.51     p=0.083      -2.14     p=0.354      -1.75  

Post hoc analysis of mean change in seven-day mean WI-NRS scores in completer population

     -3.43     p=0.025      -2.52     p=0.491      -1.85  

Mean change in total ItchyQoL score in mITT population

     -13.83     p=0.022      -7.79     p=0.373      -5.45  

 

(1)

Represents the modified intention to treat population, which consists of all of the patients who were randomized and commenced dosing.

(2)

Consists of the patients who completed the 10-week course of treatment.

(3)

All p-values compare treatment group to placebo. Only the primary endpoint was powered for statistical significance.

(4)

Primary endpoint of the trial.

Safety Results

Nalbuphine ER was well tolerated in the trial. No serious adverse events, or SAEs, were assessed as definitely, probably or possibly related to nalbuphine ER. Two patients experienced SAEs that were assessed as unlikely to be related to nalbuphine ER, including one patient in the nalbuphine ER 81 mg arm of the trial whose SAEs occurred in connection with a car accident and one patient in the placebo arm with acute myeloid leukemia by bone marrow who experienced leukocytosis. The majority of treatment emergent adverse events, or TEAEs, occurred during the titration period. During the titration period, 73% of nalbuphine ER-treated patients experienced one or more adverse events, as compared to 46% of patients receiving placebo.

 

103


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the most common TEAEs experienced by patients in the trial, indicating the percentage of the modified intention to treat, or mITT, population of each arm that reported each such TEAE, subdivided by the grade of the reported TEAEs. Grade refers to the severity of the TEAE, with grade 1 TEAEs generally including mild or asymptomatic conditions or clinical or diagnostic observations only, grade 2 TEAEs generally including moderate events or minimal, local or noninvasive intervention events and grade 3 TEAEs generally including severe or medically significant events that are not immediately life-threatening, events requiring hospitalization or prolongation of hospitalization or disabling events. There were no grade 4 or grade 5 TEAEs reported in the trial, which would generally include life-threatening or urgent intervention events and deaths. Patients were able to report multiple TEAEs and, as a result, the percentages specified below for each arm or grade do not necessarily represent the percentage of patients in the arm that experienced any TEAE or any grade of any TEAE.

 

TEAE

   Nalbuphine ER 162 mg
(n=18)
     Nalbuphine ER 81 mg
(n=22)
     Placebo
(n=22)
 

Grade

     1        2        3           1        2        3           1           2           3     

Dizziness

     28      11      —          14      9      —          5%        —          —    

Nausea

     17      22      —          9      9      —          5%        —          —    

Headache

     11      17      —          9      18      —          5%        5%        —    

Fatigue

     11             —          14      5      5%        —          —          —    

Open Label Extension Study

We completed a one-year open label extension study of our Phase 2 clinical trial in patients with prurigo nodularis in July 2017. Patients who completed the Phase 2 clinical trial were able to enroll in the extension study following a safety washout period. Patients who enrolled in the extension study who had WI-NRS scores of at least 5 were immediately admitted to the active treatment period of the study. Patients with WI-NRS scores of less than 5 entered an observation period for up to 12 weeks. Patients in this observation period began to receive active treatment only following their first reported WI-NRS score of at least 5, or if they reached the end of the 12-week observation period and their WI-NRS scores remained below 5, they were required to leave the study.

Patients in the active treatment period received nalbuphine ER at a dose determined by self-titration (both up and down) to tolerance, ranging from 27 mg, once daily, up to 162 mg, twice daily, for up to 50 weeks. The variable-length observation period resulted in an active treatment period that could range from 38 to 50 weeks, depending on when the patient moved from the observation period to the active treatment period. The open label extension study enrolled 41 patients and of these 36 were admitted to the active treatment period. Of the patients admitted to the active treatment period, 20 patients completed at least 26 weeks of treatment and 16 patients completed 50 weeks of treatment, which are periods that correspond to guidelines of the International Council for Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for the Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use to assess safety over periods of approximately six months and one year.

We observed mean changes in WI-NRS score from commencement of the active treatment period to week 26 and week 50 of -3.9 and -4.2, respectively, and a mean change in total ItchyQoL score from commencement of the active treatment period to week 26 and week 50 of -16.0 and -12.5, respectively. In the Verbal Rating Scale, a patient self-assessment of the presence and intensity of three distinct skin sensations (itching, burning and stinging) on a 5-category numeric assessment scale ranging from 0 to 4, over half of the patients reported at least a 1-category improvement from commencement of the active treatment period to their last observed study visit. In addition, we observed improvement at weeks 26 and 50 with respect to pruriginous lesions observed in Prurigo Activity Score, or PAS, assessments, which include physician assessments of skin lesions on a 0% to 100% scale, divided into five categories of 20% each, with respect to each of two parameters: percentage of excoriations/crusting and percentage of healed lesions. For the subsets of patients who completed 26 or 50 weeks of treatment and who had a PAS exam reported at both baseline and week 26 or 50, 13 of 19 patients at week 26, and 9 of 15 patients at week 50, showed at a least a 1-category improvement in excoriations/crusts; and 11 of 19

 

104


Table of Contents

patients at week 26, and 7 of 15 patients at week 50, showed at least a 1-category improvement in healed lesions. We believe these data suggest that with continued longer-term treatment, both ongoing reduction in pruritus and improvement in the pruriginous lesions themselves may be observed in a meaningful proportion of patients.

Nalbuphine ER was well-tolerated in the open label extension study. The most frequent adverse events related to study drug were nausea and dizziness, which were reported in seven patients (19%) each, and fatigue, which was reported in six patients (17%). There were no treatment emergent SAEs reported that were considered related to study drug and the majority of adverse events were grade 1 or grade 2 in severity. There were no deaths reported in the study.

Ongoing PRISM Clinical Trial

Following completion of the Phase 2 clinical trial described above, we met with the FDA and European regulatory authorities to discuss the registration pathway for nalbuphine ER for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis and the design of our Phase 2b/3 PRISM trial, including the target population, dose, duration and primary efficacy endpoint. Based on these discussions and the results of our prurigo nodularis and uremic pruritus trials, in September 2018 we initiated our Phase 2b/3 PRISM trial of nalbuphine ER 162 mg tablets in patients with severe pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. We plan to conduct the trial at approximately 50 sites in the United States and Europe. To date, we have conducted the trial at a number of sites in the United States. We commenced site activation in Europe in the first quarter of 2019. We are increasing the number of sites in the United States, and we expect to begin activation of these sites in the second quarter of 2019.

The PRISM trial consists of two parts. The first part of the trial is a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel, two-arm, 14-week treatment study that is evaluating the safety and anti-pruritic efficacy of nalbuphine ER 162 mg tablets. The second part of the trial is an open label extension to evaluate nalbuphine ER’s long-term safety profile as well as its effects on key prurigo nodularis parameters, including itch and skin healing, over a further 38 weeks, resulting in a 52-week overall treatment period. The trial is designed to be conducted in 240 patients. However, under the protocol for the trial, once 50% of the patients are evaluable for the primary efficacy endpoint, an unblinded statistician for the trial will review the available data, perform a sample size re-estimation and advise us on whether we should increase the size of the trial. The trial may be increased to up to 360 patients. Eligible patients for this trial are adults with prurigo nodularis, defined by having a minimum number of pruriginous nodules, with predominantly nodular lesions overall, over at least two anatomically distinct body areas, with baseline seven-day mean WI-NRS scores of at least 7, indicating severe pruritus.

Patients will be dosed over two periods in the blinded portion of the trial: an initial two-week titration period during which patients receive gradually increasing doses of nalbuphine ER or placebo, reaching the final assigned dose on day 15, followed by a 12-week fixed-dosing period. Following the initial 14-week treatment period, patients will continue into another two-week blinded titration period during which patients from the placebo arm will cross over to active drug with a standard escalating titration schedule, while patients from the nalbuphine ER arm remain at a stable dose of 162 mg twice daily. This blinded two-week period will be followed by 36 weeks of stable dosing at 162 mg twice daily of open label nalbuphine ER for all participants. The open label extension will conclude with a final two-week off-treatment washout and safety observation period for all patients.

The primary efficacy endpoint for the trial is the proportion of patients achieving at least a 4-point improvement from baseline with respect to their worst itch at week 14 as measured by WI-NRS. Key secondary endpoints include the mean changes from baseline to week 14 in WI-NRS and ItchyQoL scores and the difference in percentage of patients having a 1-category improvement in the percentage of pruriginous lesions with excoriations or crusts on the PAS at week 14. We expect to report top-line data from the 14-week blinded treatment period of the PRISM trial in the first half of 2020.

 

105


Table of Contents

Next Steps

If the results of the PRISM trial and the additional Phase 3 clinical trial that we need to conduct are positive, and the data from the other required supportive trials are also favorable, we would plan to seek approval for nalbuphine ER for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis by submitting to the FDA a Section 505(b)(2) New Drug Application, which would rely on the FDA’s previous findings for the safety and effectiveness of nalbuphine, in addition to the data we generate regarding nalbuphine ER.

We have also obtained scientific guidance from regulatory authorities in two European countries, Sweden and Germany with respect to regulatory paths supporting submission of an MAA for pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. We have also initiated development of a Pediatric Investigational Plan with European health authorities.

Pruritus in Chronic Liver Disease Program

Overview

Based upon nalbuphine ER’s dual mechanism of action that targets k - and m -opioid receptors and the anti-pruritic effect demonstrated in our clinical trials for the treatment of prurigo nodularis and uremic pruritus, we are developing nalbuphine ER for pruritus associated with chronic liver disease. This condition causes severe whole-body itch. It is an intense, intractable, debilitating condition that significantly disrupts patients’ daily activities and sleep, and consequently impairs their quality of life. Pruritus tends to be the most common in cholestatic liver diseases, such as primary biliary cholangitis, or PBC, and primary sclerosing cholangitis, or PSC. Chronic pruritus also occurs in connection with other liver diseases, including chronic hepatitis C.

According to a 2018 article published by the American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases, there were approximately 130,000 PBC patients in the United States in 2017. We estimate that the worldwide prevalence of PBC is between 2 and 40 per 100,000 persons and that the prevalence of pruritus in patients with PBC ranges between 37% and 55%. Based on this prevalence, we estimate that in 2017 there were 150,000 or more diagnosed patients with PBC and pruritus worldwide, including approximately 65,000 in the United States. We estimate that the prevalence of PSC is between 1 and 16 per 100,000 persons worldwide and there are 30,000 or more patients with PSC in the United States.

No treatment for pruritus associated with chronic liver disease has been approved in the United States or Europe, but nalfurafine (marketed as Remitch) is approved in Japan for pruritus associated with chronic liver disease. Treatment of pruritus associated with chronic liver disease may include off-label treatment with bile acid sequestrants, such as cholestyramine, which typically provide only modest relief. Cholestyramine is marketed as Questran in the United States and as Colestyr, Efensol, Ipocol, Kolestran, Lipocol, Olestyr, Prevalite or Quantalan in various other countries. Treatment of pruritus associated with chronic liver disease may also include the antibiotic rifampicin, naltrexone, the anti-depressant sertraline, phototherapy and drugs such as gabapentin and Lyrica (pregabalin), prescription medicines approved for the treatment of seizures and neuropathic pain.

Clinical Development

We have commenced a Phase 1b clinical trial in patients with chronic liver disease to evaluate the safety and pharmacokinetics of nalbuphine ER in this population and plan to also assess the effect on pruritus in these patients. The trial is an open label, non-randomized, parallel-group, multiple escalating dose pharmacokinetic trial, with exploratory itch assessments that we are conducting in the United States. The trial will enroll approximately 22 patients with mild, moderate and severe hepatic impairment. The trial will also enroll eight healthy control subjects that are matched by gender, age and body mass index to the hepatically impaired patient population. The mild and moderately impaired patients will be enrolled with some level of itch, and the impact on itch will be measured using a numerical rating scale. We initiated the trial in the fourth quarter of 2018 and expect results in the first half of 2019. If data from the trial are positive, we plan to commence a Phase 2 clinical trial for pruritus associated with chronic liver disease.

 

106


Table of Contents

Uremic Pruritus Program

Overview

Chronic kidney disease-associated pruritus, also known as uremic pruritus, can occur in patients with chronic kidney disease and is most often seen in patients receiving hemodialysis. Uremic pruritus is one of the most common conditions affecting end-stage renal disease, or ESRD, patients undergoing hemodialysis. Studies report that itchy and dry skin, symptoms of pruritus, affect 40% to 90% of ESRD patients. Yet, in clinical practice the condition is often underdiagnosed resulting in inadequate management and an underappreciated impact on patient outcomes. Data from the Dialysis Outcomes and Practice Patterns Study, or DOPPS, in 2017 demonstrated that 70% of hemodialysis patients experienced some pruritus, with 42% reporting moderate to extreme pruritus. The DOPPS started in 1996 and has tracked over 120,000 patients on hemodialysis and pertoneal dialysis and with chronic kidney disease over 20 countries.

We estimate that there are more than 650,000 patients in the United States and approximately 2 million patients worldwide who are affected by ESRD and that, among these patients, approximately 260,000 patients in the United States and 800,000 patients worldwide suffer from pruritus.

No treatment for uremic pruritus has been approved in the United States or Europe, but nalfurafine (marketed as Remitch) is approved in Japan for uremic pruritus. Treatment of uremic pruritus may include optimizing dialysis procedures as well as off-label treatments such as corticosteroids and other immunosuppressive or anti-inflammatory treatments, phototherapy and drugs such as gabapentin and Lyrica (pregabalin), prescription medicines approved for the treatment of seizures and neuropathic pain.

Clinical Development

We have conducted three clinical trials of nalbuphine ER in patients with uremic pruritus, including a Phase 2b/3 clinical trial in 373 patients with moderate to severe uremic pruritus, an open label extension of the Phase 2b/3 clinical trial and a Phase 1b clinical trial in 14 hemodialysis patients with uremic pruritus and eight healthy subjects.

Phase 2b/3 Clinical Trial

We completed a Phase 2b/3 clinical trial in June 2015 to evaluate the safety and efficacy of nalbuphine ER versus placebo in patients with uremic pruritus. The trial was a multicenter, randomized, double-blind trial conducted at 41 sites in the United States and Europe. The trial enrolled a total of 373 adult patients who had uremic pruritus, had been receiving in-center hemodialysis for at least three months, were on a schedule of three dialysis visits per week and had mean WI-NRS scores of at least 4.5 (indicating moderate to severe pruritus) over their last three dialysis visits. The patients were randomized across three treatment arms: either 108 mg or 54 mg of nalbuphine ER or placebo, each administered twice daily. The baseline mean WI-NRS scores for the three treatment arms were comparable: 6.94 for the 108 mg arm, 6.87 for the 54 mg arm and 6.75 for the placebo arm. There were three dosing periods in the trial, all of which were blinded: an initial two-week titration period during which patients received gradually increasing doses of nalbuphine ER or placebo, reaching the final assigned dose on day 15; a six-week fixed-dosing period; and a two-week off-treatment safety observation period.

The primary endpoint of the trial was the mean change in WI-NRS score at baseline to WI-NRS score over the last two weeks of the fixed-dosing period (weeks seven and eight), which we refer to as the Evaluation Period. Key secondary endpoint analyses included the following:

 

   

change from baseline to the Evaluation Period in total Skindex-10 score, which is a questionnaire-based score assessing quality of life across 10 questions, grouped into three categories, or domains, with three questions relating to disease symptoms, three questions relating to mood and emotional distress and four questions relating to effects on social functioning; and

 

107


Table of Contents
   

change from baseline to the Evaluation Period in Itch Medical Outcomes Study, or IMOS, Sleep Scale score, which is a questionnaire-based score developed for hemodialysis patients assessing overall quality of sleep.

Efficacy Results

The following table summarizes the outcomes of the trial for the primary endpoint and key secondary endpoints. The table below also includes results from a post hoc analysis of change from baseline to the Evaluation Period in score for only the disease domain questions of the Skindex-10 assessment and a post hoc analysis of the subset of patients who entered the trial with severe itch, defined as a baseline WI-NRS score of at least 7, which we believe is notable as it shows a greater response in patients with more severe itch.

 

        Nalbuphine ER 108mg   Nalbuphine ER 54 mg   Placebo  

Endpoint

    mITT (1 ) :             n=120
Severe itch (2 ) :    n=61
    mITT (1 ) :             n=128
Severe itch (2 ) :    n=63
    mITT (1 ) :              n=123
Severe itch (2 ) :    n=55
 
          p-value (3)         p-value (3)      

Primary Endpoint

         

Mean change in WI-NRS score from baseline to Evaluation Period in mITT population

    -3.49     p=0.017     -3.10     p=0.441     -2.80  

Post Hoc Analyses and Key Secondary Endpoints

         

Post hoc analysis of mean change in WI-NRS scores from baseline to Evaluation Period in severe itch population

    -4.48     p=0.007     -3.44     p=0.521     -3.16  

Change from baseline to Evaluation Period in total Skindex-10 score in mITT population

    -16.99     p=0.246     -13.82     p=0.863     -15.01  

Post hoc analysis of change from baseline to Evaluation Period in Skindex-10 disease domain sub-score in mITT population

    -6.40     p=0.053     -5.32     p=0.456     -5.18  

Change in IMOS Sleep Scale score from baseline to the Evaluation Period in mITT population

    -15.99     p=0.062     -13.85     p=0.893     -12.26  

Post hoc analysis of mean change in IMOS Sleep Scale score from baseline to the Evaluation Period in severe itch population

    -21.59     p=0.006     -15.02     p=0.506     -11.40  

 

(1)

Represents the modified intention to treat population, which consists of all of the patients who were randomized and commenced dosing.

(2)

Patients with a baseline WI-NRS score of at least 7.

(3)

All p-values compare treatment group to placebo. Only the primary endpoint was powered for statistical significance.

Safety Results

The overall profile of the safety observations in the trial reflected the high rates of concomitant disease in the patient population, which is common for patients suffering from chronic renal failure. At baseline, the patient population had the following rates of serious concomitant diseases: hypertension, 98%; dyslipidemia/hyperlipidemia, 58%; diabetes, 52%; congestive heart failure, 29%; peripheral neuropathy, 28%; history of supraventricular tachycardia, 16%; history of peripheral vascular disease, 14%; history of prior myocardial infarction, 12%; and history of prior stroke, 10%.

 

108


Table of Contents

In this trial, SAEs were frequent but were primarily related to the serious concomitant diseases associated with patients on hemodialysis or to procedural complications related to hemodialysis. During the trial, one patient on placebo died from sepsis; no other deaths occurred. Overall, 43 patients experienced at least one SAE during the eight weeks of trial dosing. Of the SAEs reported, a case of grade 3 vertigo was the only SAE considered related to study drug. The most common SAEs that were considered unrelated to study drug included congestive cardiac failure, non-cardiac chest pain, fluid overload, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, gastrointestinal hemorrhage and hypotension. TEAEs occurred in 73%, 75% and 61% of the patients in the 108 mg, 54 mg and placebo arms, respectively. The higher rates of TEAEs in the nalbuphine ER arms as compared to placebo appeared to be primarily attributable to higher rates of TEAEs in the nalbuphine ER arms during the initial two-week titration period. During the titration period, 55% of nalbuphine ER-treated patients experienced TEAEs, as compared to 28% of patients receiving placebo. During the eight-week fixed-dosing period, 37% of nalbuphine ER-treated patients experienced TEAEs, as compared to 42% of patients receiving placebo.

The following table summarizes the most common TEAEs experienced by patients in each of the two weeks of the titration period, as well as in the fixed-dosing period, indicating the percentage of the mITT population of each arm that reported each such TEAE.

 

     First Week of Titration
Period
     Second Week of Titration
Period
     Fixed-Dosing Period  

TEAE

   108 mg
(n=120)
    54 mg
(n=128)
    Placebo
(n=123)
     108 mg
(n=120)
    54 mg
(n=128)
    Placebo
(n=123)
     108 mg
(n=120)
    54 mg
(n=128)
    Placebo
(n=123)
 

Nausea

     18     18     4%        3     3     2%        9     6     3%  

Vomiting

     12     17     2%        3     3     2%        7     6     5%  

Somnolence

     12     8     2%        2     2     1%        1     2      

Dizziness

     7     5            3     1            2     1      

While we believe that this trial established proof of concept for nalbuphine ER in the treatment of pruritus, we are not actively developing nalbuphine ER for uremic pruritus at this time based on our evaluation of the market dynamics, but may consider resuming development in the future.

Open Label Extension Study

We completed a six-month (24-week) open label extension study of our Phase 2b/3 clinical trial in patients with uremic pruritus in November 2015. Patients who completed the Phase 2b/3 clinical trial were able to enroll in the extension study following a safety washout period. Patients who enrolled in the extension study who had WI-NRS scores of greater than 2 were immediately admitted to the active treatment period of the study. Patients with WI-NRS scores of 2 or less entered an observation period for up to 12 weeks. Patients in this observation period began to receive active treatment only following their first WI-NRS score that was greater than 2; if they reached the end of the 12-week observation period and their WI-NRS scores remained at or below 2, they were required to leave the study.

Patients in the active treatment period received nalbuphine ER with an initial titration over three weeks according to the evolution of their itch response, at doses ranging from 27 mg, once daily, up to a maximum dose of 108 mg, twice daily, followed by up to 21 additional weeks of treatment. The variable-length observation period resulted in an active treatment period that could range from 12 to 24 weeks (including the initial titration period), depending on when the patient moved from the observation period to the active treatment period. After the initial titration period, patients were permitted one down-titration, and if their itch increased with the reduced dose, they could then return to their initial fixed dose in the study. The open label extension study enrolled 184 patients. Of these, 167 were admitted to the active treatment cohort and 51 of these patients had WI-NRS scores of at least 7, indicative of severe itch, a group we refer to as the severe itch population. Of the patients admitted to the active treatment cohort, 101 completed the open label extension study, including 31 of the patients in the severe itch population.

 

109


Table of Contents

The patients admitted to the active treatment cohort had a mean baseline WI-NRS score of 5.59 (recorded in 166 of the 167 patients admitted) and the mean WI-NRS score at week 24 of the patients who completed the study was 2.78, amounting to a reduction of 2.70. The severe itch population had a mean baseline WI-NRS score of 8.27 and the mean WI-NRS score at week 24 of the patients in the severe itch population who completed the study was 3.48, amounting to a reduction of 4.73.

The patients admitted to the active treatment cohort had a mean baseline total Skindex-10 score of 27.63 (recorded in 166 of the 167 patients admitted) and the mean total Skindex-10 score at week 24 of the patients who completed the study was 16.61, amounting to a reduction of 10.56. The severe itch population had a mean baseline total Skindex-10 score of 40.29 and the mean total Skindex-10 score at week 24 of the patients in the severe itch population who completed the study was 18.58, amounting to a reduction of 19.97.

The patients admitted to the active treatment cohort had a mean baseline IMOS Sleep Scale score of 48.50 (recorded in 165 of the 167 patients admitted) and the mean IMOS Sleep Scale score at week 24 of the patients who completed the study was 38.54, amounting to a reduction of 8.75. The severe itch population had a mean Sleep Scale score at week 24 of the patients in the severe itch population who completed the study was 43.47, amounting to a reduction of 18.42.

We also assessed changes from baseline to week 24 in mean score for the depression-related questions of the Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale, or HADS, which is a questionnaire-based 4-category numeric assessment scale ranging from 0 to 3 over 14 questions, with seven questions relating to anxiety and seven questions relating to depression. The patients admitted to the active treatment cohort had a mean baseline HADS depression subscale score of 6.03 (recorded in 165 of the 167 patients admitted) and the mean HADS depression subscale score at week 24 of the patients who completed the study was 4.78, amounting to a reduction of 1.15. The severe itch population had a mean baseline HADS depression subscale score of 6.80 and the mean HADS depression subscale score at week 24 of the patients in the severe itch population who completed the study was 4.77, amounting to a reduction of 1.71.

Safety observations in the extension study reflected the underlying severity of illness in the patients in the study, all of whom were on hemodialysis. Four deaths occurred during the study among the 184 enrolled patients. The primary causes of death in these four patients were: cardiac arrest, sudden death, myocardial infarction and hypertensive emergency and massive cerebral hemorrhage in the basal ganglia. The overall mortality rate, and incidence of cardiac deaths specifically, observed in the trial was consistent with the normal rates for this patient population. Among the 54 patients who reported one or more SAEs, three patients reported SAEs that were considered possibly related to study drug: one case of grade 2 gastritis that occurred in association with systemic inflammatory response syndrome; one case of grade 2 constipation that occurred in the setting of associated fluid overload; and one case of grade 2 headache that occurred in the setting of grade 2 hypotension. None of these patients died. Of the adverse effects that are commonly associated with the opiate drug class use (vertigo, constipation, nausea, vomiting, dizziness, somnolence and sedation), only nausea (occurring in 25.7% of patients) and vomiting (occurring in 19.8% of patients), occurred in greater than 10% of patients.

Phase 1b Clinical Trial

We completed a Phase 1b clinical trial in November 2013 in 14 hemodialysis patients with uremic pruritus and eight healthy subjects to evaluate the safety of nalbuphine ER and make an initial assessment of efficacy of nalbuphine ER in uremic pruritus. The trial was an open label, single site, multiple escalating dose trial evaluating doses of up to 180 mg and 240 mg of nalbuphine ER taken twice daily, with the maximum dose varying by cohort. The healthy subjects enrolled in the trial were matched by age, gender and body mass index to the patients on hemodialysis. Trial participants who discontinued participation prior to reaching the final dose level were replaced.

Nalbuphine ER was well tolerated in the trial, with only one hemodialysis patient discontinuing treatment, which was due to a nonserious, possibly drug-related, grade 3 report of vertigo after receiving the highest doses

 

110


Table of Contents

of study drug. The most commonly reported TEAEs were gastrointestinal and nervous system disorders, which were consistent with side effects included on the label of Nubain and the opioid class of drugs.

The initial assessment of efficacy of nalbuphine ER in uremic pruritus was made through patients self-reporting their worst daytime and nighttime itch intensity on a daily basis using a visual analog scale, or VAS, of 0 (no itch) to 100 (maximal possible intensity of itch) points, and a dose dependent decrease in VAS was observed in the study.

Chronic Cough in Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis Program

Idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, or IPF, is a rare, chronic, progressive lung disease, characterized by scarring and thickening of lung tissue leading to an irreversible loss of lung function and reduced life expectancy. Most patients diagnosed with IPF suffer from a dry, non-productive chronic cough that interrupts their daily living and significantly contributes to poor quality of life. Chronic coughing can have a debilitating physical and psychosocial burden, exacerbate concomitant respiratory disease, cause loss of sleep and reduce mobility. Cough is an independent predictor of disease progression in IPF, and therefore we believe cough may contribute to the progression of the underlying disease.

Approximately 130,000 adults in the United States and 3 million adults worldwide are believed to have IPF. In addition, 70% to 85% of IPF patients are reported to suffer from chronic cough. These patients can cough over 50 times per hour, which can lead to other morbidities. There are no approved therapies for the treatment of chronic cough in patients suffering with IPF.

The mixed agonist-antagonist class of opioid drugs has demonstrated the ability to suppress cough. We believe nalbuphine ER has the potential to be an effective treatment for chronic cough in patients with IPF. Subject to the submission of an IND for this indication, we intend to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER in the first half of 2019 to evaluate the safety of nalbuphine ER in patients with IPF, and make an initial assessment of its efficacy on cough, with data expected in the first half of 2020.

Levodopa-Induced Dyskinesia in Parkinson’s Disease

Parkinson’s disease is a chronic neurodegenerative disorder that primarily affects motor function. Levodopa, which replaces lost dopamine, is considered the “gold standard” and the most effective therapy for Parkinson’s disease. Over time, patients with Parkinson’s disease require increasingly higher or more frequent doses of levodopa to avoid recurrent periods when levodopa therapy is ineffective, which are characterized by slowness of movement, rigidity, impaired walking, tremors, and postural instability, and during which the underlying symptoms of Parkinson’s disease return. Extended treatment of Parkinson’s disease with levodopa frequently results in dyskinesia, which is characterized by involuntary movements that are non-rhythmic, purposeless and unpredictable, negatively impacting patients’ daily lives.

According to the Parkinson’s Foundation, Parkinson’s disease affects approximately one million patients in the United States and 10 million patients worldwide. Approximately 62% of Parkinson’s disease patients in the United States are treated with levodopa, and as Parkinson’s disease progresses, approximately 50% and 90% of patients on levodopa therapy experience debilitating dyskinesia after five and 15 years of levodopa therapy, respectively. We estimate that there are approximately 150,000 patients with LID in the United States. The only approved treatment for the treatment of LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease is Gocovri, an extended release capsule formulation of amantadine marketed by Adamas Pharmaceuticals.

There is significant preclinical evidence in animal models that stimulating k -opioid receptors and antagonizing m -opioid receptors represses LID. In the same preclinical model in non-human primates that showed the effect of Gocovri on LID, nalbuphine demonstrated statistically significant reduction of dyskinesia in non-human primates, maintaining anti-LID activity with chronic administration and in a dose dependent manner,

 

111


Table of Contents

and was safe and well tolerated. We believe the dual mechanism of action of nalbuphine ER could be effective in treating LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease. Subject to discussions with the FDA and the submission of an IND for this indication, we intend to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER in the second half of 2019 to evaluate the effect of nalbuphine ER on LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease.

Other Ongoing Development Work

We plan to conduct a human abuse liability study to further characterize the abuse potential of nalbuphine. We also anticipate conducting additional standard pharmacokinetics studies required for any NDA submission including studies in specific populations, cardiovascular safety, food effect and dose proportionality studies, and other studies as needed to support marketing applications for regulatory approval in the United States and Europe.

Competition

The biopharmaceutical industry is intensely competitive and is subject to rapid and significant change. While we believe that our technology, knowledge, experience and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from many sources, including major pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. If we are able to successfully develop and commercialize nalbuphine ER, it would compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future.

Chronic Pruritus

We are developing nalbuphine ER for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis. Currently, there are no products approved in the United States or Europe for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, however there are many products that are used to help manage pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis with which we expect that nalbuphine ER would compete if it is approved in this indication. The most common of these agents are anti-itch creams and emollients as well as oral or injectable antihistamines. All of these products have limited degrees of efficacy and are available generically. Additionally, patients may try several other agents such as gabapentin and Lyrica (pregabalin), which are prescription medicines approved for the treatment of seizures and neuropathic pain, naltrexone and UVB light therapy, generally with limited success. If approved for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis, we expect that nalbuphine ER might also compete with product candidates currently in clinical development in this indication, including serlopitant, an oral neurokinin-1 receptor antagonist being developed by Menlo Therapeutics that is in Phase 3 clinical trials; nemolizumab, an anti-interleukin-31 receptor A humanized monoclonal antibody being developed by Galderma; and KPL-716, a monoclonal antibody targeting oncostatin M receptor beta being developed by Kiniksa Pharmaceuticals. In addition, a number of other product candidates are currently in clinical development to treat other pruritic conditions and nalbuphine ER, if approved for the treatment of pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis or another pruritic condition, could face competition from these product candidates. These product candidates include KORSUVA, a k -opioid receptor agonist being developed by Cara Therapeutics that is in Phase 3 clinical trials for administration by injection for uremic pruritus and earlier-stage clinical trials for oral administration for uremic pruritus and pruritus associated with chronic liver disease, and tradipitant, an oral neurokinin-1 receptor antagonist being developed by Vanda Pharmaceuticals that is in Phase 3 clinical trials for chronic pruritus in patients with atopic dermatitis.

If approved for the treatment of pruritus associated with chronic liver disease, nalbuphine ER may also compete with bile acid sequestrants, such as cholestyramine, which are used off label and generally as first-line therapy, although they typically provide only modest relief. Cholestyramine is marketed as Questran in the United States and as Colestyr, Efensol, Ipocol, Kolestran, Lipocol, Olestyr, Prevalite or Quantalan in various other countries. Nalbuphine ER may also complete with second-line therapies such as the antibiotic rifampicin, naltrexone, the anti-depressant sertraline, as well as phototherapy and drugs such as gabapentin and Lyrica

 

112


Table of Contents

(pregabalin), which are approved for the treatment of seizures and neuropathic pain. In addition, it is possible that therapies to reduce chronic liver disease, such as ursodeoxycholic acid, which is approved for the treatment of PBC, could reduce the need for therapies to treat pruritus associated with chronic liver disease.

Chronic Cough in Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis

If nalbuphine ER is approved for the treatment of chronic cough associated with idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, we expect that it would compete with RVT-1601, a formulation of cromolyn sodium being developed by Respivant Sciences, and expect that it might also compete with other product candidates currently in development for the treatment of chronic cough by companies including Merck and Nerre Therapeutics. In addition, it is possible that product candidates currently in development for the treatment of IPF could, if approved, reduce the need for therapies to treat chronic cough associated with IPF.

Levodopa-Induced Dyskinesia in Parkinson’s Disease

If nalbuphine ER is approved for the treatment of LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease, we expect that it would compete with Gocovri, an extended release capsule formulation of amantadine marketed by Adamas Pharmaceuticals, and expect that it might also compete with other product candidates currently in development for the treatment of LID by companies including Lundbeck, Addex Therapeutics and IRLAB Therapeutics.    In addition, it is possible that product candidates currently in development for the treatment of Parkinson’s disease by companies could, if approved, reduce the need for therapies to treat LID.

Many of our competitors and potential competitors, either alone or with their strategic partners, have substantially greater financial, technical and human resources and significantly greater experience in the discovery and development of product candidates, obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals of products and commercializing products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and enrolling patients for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies.

We expect that nalbuphine ER, if approved for marketing, will compete on the basis of, among other things, efficacy, safety, health-economic benefit, convenience of administration and delivery, price, the level of generic competition and the availability of adequate reimbursement from government and other third-party payors.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than nalbuphine ER. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for nalbuphine ER, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market.

License Agreements

Exclusive License Agreement with Endo Pharmaceuticals

In May 2011, we entered into an agreement with Penwest (subsequently merged into its parent, Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc.) for an exclusive, worldwide, sublicenseable license under certain patent rights and know-how controlled by Penwest to develop and commercialize products incorporating nalbuphine hydrochloride in any formulation, including an extended release formulation such as nalbuphine ER, in all fields and for any use.

 

113


Table of Contents

Under the license agreement, we paid Penwest a non-creditable, non-refundable upfront license fee of $25,000. We may also become obligated to make milestone payments to Endo of $250,000, which would become due upon the successful completion of the first Phase 3 clinical trial of a licensed product candidate, such as our PRISM trial, and $750,000, which would become due upon the marketing approval of a licensed product in the United States, and to pay mid-single-digit royalties based on net sales of the licensed products by us, our affiliates and sublicensees. In addition, we are obligated to pay Endo a low-to-mid double-digit percentage of certain income we receive from sublicensees, based on the date of the definitive agreement under which the sublicense was granted.

Our royalty obligation with respect to each licensed product in each country commences upon the first commercial sale of the product in that country and extends until the later of the expiration, unenforceability or invalidation of the last valid claim of any licensed patent or application covering the licensed product in the country or the expiration of 10 years after the first commercial sale of the licensed product in the country, which period is referred to as the royalty term. Upon the expiration of the royalty term for a product in a country, we are thereafter obligated to pay a low single-digit know-how and trademark royalty.

Under the agreement, we have granted Endo a non-exclusive, royalty-free (except for pass-through payments to third parties), sublicenseable license under our relevant patent rights, to use any improvement we make to Endo’s controlled release technology, for any product other than the products under which we are licensed by Endo.

Both we and Endo have the right to terminate the agreement if the other party materially breaches the agreement and fails to cure the breach within specified cure periods. Endo also has the right to terminate in the event we undergo specified bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation events, and we have the right to terminate the agreement for our convenience at any time on 180 days’ notice to Endo. Additionally, if we or any of our sublicensees challenge the validity or enforceability of any licensed patent rights covering a licensed product, and that challenge is not terminated within a specified period, the agreement will immediately terminate and all licenses granted under the agreement will be revoked.

Upon termination of the agreement, we must transfer to Endo all regulatory filings and approvals relating to the development, manufacture or commercialization of the licensed products and all trademarks, other than our corporate trademarks, then being used in connection with the licensed products. If the agreement is terminated under certain specified circumstances, we will be deemed to have granted Endo a perpetual, royalty-free (except for pass-through payments to third parties), worldwide, exclusive, sublicensable license, under any improvements we made to the licensed know-how, and any related patent rights we have, to manufacture and commercialize the licensed products.

Exclusive License Agreement with Rutgers

In November 2018, we entered into an agreement with Rutgers for an exclusive, worldwide, sublicensable license under certain patent rights controlled by Rutgers and for a non-exclusive, worldwide, sublicensable license under certain know-how controlled by Rutgers, in each case to develop and commercialize products incorporating nalbuphine for any human or animal use.

Under the license agreement, we paid Rutgers a minimal upfront license issue fee and agreed to pay Rutgers a minimal annual license fee. We may become obligated to make milestone payments to Rutgers in the aggregate of up to $330,500 based on the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory and sales milestones. We have also agreed to pay Rutgers a low single-digit percentage of certain income we receive from sublicensees and to pay tiered low single-digit royalties based on net sales of licensed products by us, our affiliates and sublicensees.

Our royalty obligation with respect to each licensed product in each country commences on the date of the first commercial sale of the licensed product in that country following receipt of marketing approval and extends

 

114


Table of Contents

until the later of the date of expiration, unenforceability or invalidation of the last valid claim of any licensed patent or patent application covering the licensed product in the country and 10 years after the first commercial sale of the first licensed product sold anywhere in the world, which period is referred to as the royalty term. Upon the expiration of the royalty term for a licensed product in a country, the license granted to us under the agreement shall become perpetual, fully paid-up, irrevocable and royalty-free in such country. The royalty is subject to reduction in certain circumstances.

Under the agreement, Rutgers retains the right to practice under the patent rights for its own non-commercial educational and research purposes, including the right to provide the patent rights to governmental laboratories and to perform research for non-commercial purposes (provided such research is not sponsored by any for-profit entity), and to publish the research results.

Both we and Rutgers have the right to terminate the Agreement upon a specified period of written notice if the other party breaches the agreement and fails to cure the breach within such specified cure period. Rutgers also has the right to terminate the agreement in the event we undergo specified bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation events, and we have the right to terminate the agreement for our convenience at any time on 90 days’ written notice to Rutgers.

We have diligence and reporting obligations under the agreement that require us to use commercially reasonable efforts to commercialize at least one licensed product in one major market country. In addition, if we do not meet certain clinical milestones within the specified time frames, we may extend the diligence period by making a payment of a low five-digit dollar amount to Rutgers. Thereafter, if we do not fulfill such clinical milestones within the specified time frames, Rutgers may terminate the agreement.

Manufacturing

We currently contract with third parties for the supply of nalbuphine hydrochloride drug substance and the manufacture of nalbuphine ER tablets for clinical trials and intend to do so for clinical and commercial supply in the future. We do not own or operate facilities for the production of clinical or commercial quantities of drug substance or drug product. We currently have no plans to build our own clinical or commercial scale manufacturing capabilities. Although we rely on contract manufacturers, we have personnel with experience to oversee our relationships with contract manufacturers.

Nalbuphine ER is manufactured from readily available starting materials using established, scalable processes that do not require any special equipment or technology. Nalbuphine hydrochloride drug substance is commercially available and manufactured at production scale. Nalbuphine ER tablets are currently manufactured at a scale sufficient for use in clinical trials. Process development work is also being planned.

We believe that our current suppliers and manufacturers have the capacity to support commercial scale production of nalbuphine ER, however we have no formal agreements with them to cover commercial production and we may seek to pursue supply or manufacturing arrangements with additional or alternative parties in the future. While we believe there are alternate sources of supply that can satisfy our clinical requirements and any future commercial requirements, replacing or adding a supplier or manufacturer could result in additional cost or delay.

Commercial Operations

In light of our stage of development, we have not yet established a marketing and sales organization. We have retained worldwide development and commercial rights for nalbuphine ER. If nalbuphine ER is approved by the FDA for any of our target indications, we intend to market and commercialize nalbuphine ER in the United States by developing our own focused, specialty sales organization targeting the physicians specializing in such conditions. In the case of prurigo nodularis, we expect that we would target a small subset of the

 

115


Table of Contents

dermatologists in the United States. For pruritus associated with chronic liver disease, we expect that we would seek to market directly to hepatologists and high-volume gastroenterologists in the United States. For chronic cough related to IPF, we expect that we would target the pulmonologists who specialize in IPF from among the 12,000 pulmonologists practicing in the United States. For LID in patients with Parkinson’s disease, we expect that we would target the movement disorders specialists and high-volume neurologists in the United States. For markets outside of the United States, we expect to utilize a variety of types of collaboration, distribution and other marketing arrangements with one or more third parties to commercialize nalbuphine ER.

Intellectual Property

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for nalbuphine ER and our manufacturing and process discoveries and other know-how, to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others and to prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights. Our policy is to seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing U.S. and foreign patent applications related to our proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development and implementation of our business. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation and potential in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position.

As of March 31, 2019, we owned four U.S. patents, one foreign patent and multiple pending U.S. and foreign patent applications that include claims relating to methods of use of nalbuphine ER. The issued patents expire between 2032 and 2033 and the patent applications, if issued as patents, would expire between 2032 and 2037.

In addition, we are party to an exclusive license agreement with Endo under we have licensed patent rights and know-how to develop and commercialize products incorporating nalbuphine hydrochloride in any formulation, including nalbuphine ER. As of March 31, 2019, the intellectual property in-licensed under this agreement included five U.S. patents, three foreign patents, which include granted European patent rights that have been validated in various E.U. member states, one pending U.S. patent application (which has been allowed by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO) and one pending foreign patent application. The licensed patents from Endo include claims relating to the formulation of nalbuphine ER. These patents expire between 2026 and 2029 and these patent applications, if issued as patents, would expire in 2026.

In addition, under our exclusive license agreement with Rutgers, we have in-licensed two issued U.S. patents and one issued Japanese patent, and additional pending applications in the United States, Europe and Canada. These patents relate to the use of nalbuphine in various movement disorders, including LID. The U.S. patents expire in 2032 and the patent applications, if granted, will expire in 2032. The Japanese patent expires in 2032.

We do not own or exclusively license any composition of matter patents for nalbuphine ER.

The terms of individual patents depend upon the legal term for patents in the countries in which they are granted. In most countries, including the United States, the patent term is generally 20 years from the earliest claimed filing date of a nonprovisional patent application in the applicable country. In the United States, a patent’s term may, in certain cases, be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the USPTO in examining and granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over a commonly owned patent or a patent naming a common inventor and having an earlier expiration date. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Act, permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration date of a U.S. patent as partial compensation for the length of time the drug is under regulatory review while the patent is in force. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent applicable to each regulatory review period may be extended and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. We

 

116


Table of Contents

cannot provide any assurance that any patent term extension with respect to any U.S. patent will be obtained and, if obtained, the duration of such extension.

Similar provisions are available in the European Union and certain other non-U.S. jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug. In the future, if nalbuphine ER receives approval from the FDA or non-U.S. regulatory authorities, we expect to apply for patent term extensions on issued patents covering nalbuphine, depending upon the length of the clinical trials for nalbuphine ER and other factors. The expiration dates referred to above are without regard to potential patent term extension or other market exclusivity that may be available to us. However, we cannot provide any assurances that any such patent term extension of a non-U.S. patent will be obtained and, if obtained, the duration of such extension. We also protect our proprietary technology and processes, in part, by confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors and other contractors. These agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our employees, consultants, scientific advisors or other contractors use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions.

Our commercial success will also depend in part on not infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. It is uncertain whether the issuance of any third-party patent would require us to alter our development or commercial strategies, alter our processes, obtain licenses or cease certain activities. Our breach of any license agreements or failure to obtain a license to proprietary rights that we may require to develop or commercialize nalbuphine ER or any future product candidate may have a material adverse impact on us. If third parties prepare and file patent applications in the United States that also claim technology to which we have rights, we may have to participate in interference or derivation proceedings in the USPTO to determine priority of invention.

Government Regulation and Product Approvals

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local levels, and in other countries and jurisdictions, including the European Union, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, sales, pricing, reimbursement, quality control, approval, packaging, storage, recordkeeping, labeling, advertising, promotion, distribution, marketing, post-approval monitoring and reporting, and import and export of biopharmaceutical products. The processes for obtaining marketing approvals in the United States and in foreign countries and jurisdictions, along with compliance with applicable statutes and regulations and other regulatory authorities, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

Approval and Regulation of Drugs in the United States

In the United States, drug products are regulated under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and applicable implementing regulations and guidance. The failure of an applicant to comply with the applicable regulatory requirements at any time during the product development process, including non-clinical testing, clinical testing, the approval process or the post-approval process, may result in delays to the conduct of a study, regulatory review and approval and/or administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions may include, but are not limited to, the FDA’s refusal to allow an applicant to proceed with clinical trials, refusal to approve pending applications, license suspension or revocation, withdrawal of an approval, warning letters, adverse publicity, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines and civil or criminal investigations and penalties brought by the FDA, the Department of Justice or other government entities, including state agencies.

An applicant seeking approval to market and distribute a new drug in the United States generally must satisfactorily complete each of the following steps before the FDA will consider approving the product candidate:

 

   

preclinical testing including laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies, which must be performed in accordance with the FDA’s good laboratory practice, or GLP, regulations and standards;

 

117


Table of Contents
   

submission to the FDA of an IND for human clinical testing, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

   

approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, representing each clinical site before each clinical trial may be initiated;

 

   

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the safety, potency and purity of the product candidate for each proposed indication, in accordance with current good clinical practices, or GCP;

 

   

preparation and submission to the FDA of an NDA for a drug product which includes not only the results of the clinical trials, but also, detailed information on the chemistry of and manufacture and quality controls for the product candidate and proposed labelling for one or more proposed indication(s);

 

   

review of the product candidate by an FDA advisory committee, where appropriate or if applicable;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities, including those of third parties, at which the product candidate or components thereof are manufactured to assess compliance with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, requirements and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

 

   

satisfactory completion of any FDA audits of the non-clinical and clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCP and the integrity of clinical data in support of the NDA;

 

   

payment of user fees and securing FDA approval of the NDA to allow marketing of the new drug product; and

 

   

compliance with any post-approval requirements, including the potential requirement to implement a REMS and the potential requirement to conduct any post-approval studies required by the FDA.

Preclinical Studies

Before an applicant begins testing a product candidate with potential therapeutic value in humans, the product candidate enters the preclinical testing stage. Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, formulation and stability, as well as other studies to evaluate, among other things, the toxicity of the product candidate. The conduct of the preclinical tests and formulation of the compounds for testing must comply with federal regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations and standards. The results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND. Some long-term preclinical testing, such as animal tests of reproductive adverse events and carcinogenicity, and long-term toxicity studies, may continue after the IND is submitted.

The IND and IRB Processes

An IND is an exemption from the FDCA that allows an unapproved product candidate to be shipped in interstate commerce for use in an investigational clinical trial and a request for FDA authorization to administer such investigational product to humans. Such authorization must be secured prior to interstate shipment and administration of any product candidate that is not the subject of an approved NDA. In support of a request for an IND, applicants must submit a protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. In addition, the results of preclinical testing, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and plans for clinical trials, among other information, must be submitted to the FDA as part of an IND. The FDA requires a 30-day waiting period after the filing of each IND before clinical trials may begin. This waiting period is designed to allow the FDA to review the IND to determine whether human research subjects will be exposed to unreasonable health risks. At any time during this 30-day period, or thereafter, the FDA may raise concerns or questions about the

 

118


Table of Contents

conduct of the trials as outlined in the IND and impose a clinical hold or partial clinical hold. In this case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before clinical trials can begin.

Following commencement of a clinical trial under an IND, the FDA may also place a clinical hold or partial clinical hold on that trial. A clinical hold is an order issued by the FDA to the sponsor to delay a proposed clinical investigation or to suspend an ongoing investigation. A partial clinical hold is a delay or suspension of only part of the clinical work requested under the IND. For example, a partial clinical hold might state that a specific protocol or part of a protocol may not proceed, while other parts of a protocol or other protocols may do so. No more than 30 days after the imposition of a clinical hold or partial clinical hold, the FDA will provide the sponsor a written explanation of the basis for the hold. Following the issuance of a clinical hold or partial clinical hold, a clinical investigation may only resume once the FDA has notified the sponsor that the investigation may proceed. The FDA will base that determination on information provided by the sponsor correcting the deficiencies previously cited or otherwise satisfying the FDA that the investigation can proceed.

A sponsor may choose, but is not required, to conduct a foreign clinical study under an IND. When a foreign clinical study is conducted under an IND, all IND requirements must be met unless waived by the FDA. When a foreign clinical study is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor must ensure that the study complies with certain regulatory requirements of the FDA in order to use the study as support for an IND or application for marketing approval. Specifically, on April 28, 2008, the FDA amended its regulations governing the acceptance of foreign clinical studies not conducted under an IND as support for an IND or an NDA. The final rule provides that such studies must be conducted in accordance with GCP, including undergoing review and receiving approval by an independent ethics committee, or IEC, and seeking and receiving informed consent from subjects. The GCP requirements in the final rule encompass both ethical and data integrity standards for clinical studies. The FDA’s regulations are intended to help ensure the protection of human subjects enrolled in non-IND foreign clinical studies, as well as the quality and integrity of the resulting data. They further help ensure that non-IND foreign studies are conducted in a manner comparable to that required for IND studies.

In addition to the foregoing IND requirements, an IRB representing each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution, and the IRB must conduct continuing review and reapprove the study at least annually. The IRB, which must operate in compliance with FDA regulations, must review and approve, among other things, the study protocol and informed consent information to be provided to study subjects. An IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution, or an institution it represents, if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the product candidate has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

Additionally, some trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee, or DSMB. This group provides authorization as to whether or not a trial may move forward at designated checkpoints based on review of available data from the study, to which only the DSMB maintains access. Suspension or termination of development during any phase of a clinical trial can occur if the DSMB determines that the participants or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Other reasons for suspension or termination may be made by us based on evolving business objectives and/or competitive climate.

Information about clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, for public dissemination on its ClinicalTrials.gov website. Similar requirements for posting clinical trial information are present in the European Union (EudraCT) and other countries, as well.

Expanded Access to an Investigational Drug for Treatment Use

Expanded access, sometimes called “compassionate use,” is the use of investigational new drug products outside of clinical trials to treat patients with serious or immediately life-threatening diseases or conditions when

 

119


Table of Contents

there are no comparable or satisfactory alternative treatment options. The rules and regulations related to expanded access are intended to improve access to investigational drugs for patients who may benefit from investigational therapies. FDA regulations allow access to investigational drugs under an IND by the company or the treating physician for treatment purposes on a case-by-case basis for: individual patients (single-patient IND applications for treatment in emergency settings and non-emergency settings); intermediate-size patient populations; and larger populations for use of the drug under a treatment protocol or Treatment IND Application.

When considering an IND application for expanded access to an investigational product with the purpose of treating a patient or a group of patients, the sponsor and treating physicians or investigators will determine suitability when all of the following criteria apply: patient(s) have a serious or immediately life-threatening disease or condition, and there is no comparable or satisfactory alternative therapy to diagnose, monitor, or treat the disease or condition; the potential patient benefit justifies the potential risks of the treatment and the potential risks are not unreasonable in the context or condition to be treated; and the expanded use of the investigational drug for the requested treatment will not interfere with the initiation, conduct or completion of clinical investigations that could support marketing approval of the product or otherwise compromise the potential development of the product.

On December 13, 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act established (and the 2017 Food and Drug Administration Reauthorization Act later amended) a requirement that sponsors of one or more investigational drugs for the treatment of a serious disease(s) or condition(s) make publicly available their policies for evaluating and responding to requests for expanded access for individual patients. Although these requirements were rolled out over time, they have now come into full effect. This provision requires drug and biologic companies to make publicly available their policies for expanded access for individual patient access to products intended for serious diseases. Sponsors are required to make such policies publicly available upon the earlier of initiation of a Phase 2 or Phase 3 study with respect to an investigational drug; or 15 days after the drug or biologic receives designation as a breakthrough therapy, fast track product, or regenerative medicine advanced therapy.

In addition, on May 30, 2018, the Right to Try Act, was signed into law. The law, among other things, provides a federal framework for certain patients to access certain investigational new drug products that have completed a Phase 1 clinical trial and that are undergoing investigation for FDA approval. Under certain circumstances, eligible patients can seek treatment without enrolling in clinical trials and without obtaining FDA permission under the FDA expanded access program. There is no obligation for a drug manufacturer to make its drug products available to eligible patients as a result of the Right to Try Act, but the manufacturer must develop an internal policy and respond to patient requests according to that policy.

Human Clinical Trials in Support of an NDA

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product candidate to human subjects under the supervision of a qualified investigator in accordance with GCP requirements which include, among other things, the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing before they participate in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under written clinical trial protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, inclusion and exclusion criteria, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, but the phases may overlap or be combined. Additional studies may also be required after approval.

Phase 1  clinical trials are initially conducted in a limited population to test the product candidate for safety, including adverse effects, dose tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and pharmacodynamics in healthy humans or in patients. During Phase 1 clinical trials, information about the product candidate’s pharmacokinetics and pharmacological effects may be obtained to permit the design of well-controlled and scientifically valid Phase 2 clinical trials.

 

120


Table of Contents

Phase 2  clinical trials are generally conducted in a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, evaluate the efficacy of the product candidate for specific targeted indications and determine dose tolerance and optimal dosage. Multiple Phase 2 clinical trials may be conducted by the sponsor to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more costly Phase 3 clinical trials. Phase 2 clinical trials are well-controlled and closely monitored.

Phase 3  clinical trials proceed if the Phase 2 clinical trials demonstrate that a dose range of the product candidate is potentially effective and has an acceptable safety profile. Phase 3 clinical trials are undertaken within an expanded patient population to further evaluate dosage, provide substantial evidence of clinical efficacy and further test for safety in an expanded and diverse patient population at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. A well-controlled, statistically robust Phase 3 clinical trial may be designed to deliver the data that regulatory authorities will use to decide whether or not to approve, and, if approved, how to appropriately label a drug. Such Phase 3 clinical trials are referred to as “pivotal” trials.

In some cases, the FDA may approve an NDA for a product candidate but require the sponsor to conduct additional clinical trials to further assess the product candidate’s safety and effectiveness after approval. Such post-approval trials are typically referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials. These trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of a larger number of patients in the intended treatment group and to further document a clinical benefit in the case of drugs approved under accelerated approval regulations. Failure to exhibit due diligence with regard to conducting Phase 4 clinical trials could result in withdrawal of FDA approval for products.

Progress reports detailing the results of clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. In addition, IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA for any of the following: serious and unexpected suspected adverse reactions; findings from other studies or animal or in  vitro testing that suggest a significant risk in humans exposed to the product; and any clinically important increase in the occurrence of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. The FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP and the integrity of the clinical data submitted.

Review and Approval of an NDA

In order to obtain approval to market a drug product in the United States, a marketing application must be submitted to the FDA that provides sufficient data establishing the safety, purity and potency of the product candidate for its intended indication. The application must include all relevant data available from pertinent preclinical and clinical trials, including negative or ambiguous results as well as positive findings, together with detailed information relating to the product candidate’s chemistry, manufacturing, controls and proposed labeling, among other things. Data can come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and effectiveness of the use of a product candidate, or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by independent investigators. To support marketing approval, the data submitted must be sufficient in quality and quantity to establish the safety, purity and potency of the drug product to the satisfaction of the FDA.

The NDA is a vehicle through which applicants formally propose that the FDA approve a new product for marketing and sale in the United States for one or more indications. Every new drug product candidate must be the subject of an approved NDA before it may be commercialized in the United States. Under federal law, the submission of most NDAs is subject to an application user fee, which for federal fiscal year 2019 is $2,588,478 for an application requiring clinical data. The sponsor of an approved NDA is also subject to an annual program fee, which for fiscal year 2019 is $309,915. Certain exceptions and waivers are available for some of these fees, such as a waiver for certain small businesses.

 

121


Table of Contents

Following submission of an NDA, the FDA conducts a preliminary review of the application generally within 60 calendar days of its receipt and strives to inform the sponsor by the 74 th  day after the FDA’s receipt of the submission whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept the application for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the requested additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA has agreed to specified performance goals in the review process of NDAs. Under that agreement, 90% of applications seeking approval of New Molecular Entities, or NMEs, are meant to be reviewed within 10 months from the date on which the FDA accepts the application for filing, and 90% of applications for NMEs that have been designated for “priority review” are meant to be reviewed within six months of the filing date. For applications seeking approval of products that are not NMEs, the 10-month and six-month review periods run from the date that the FDA receives the application. The review process and the Prescription Drug User Fee Act goal date may be extended by the FDA for three additional months to consider new information or clarification provided by the applicant to address an outstanding deficiency identified by the FDA following the original submission.

Before approving an application, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is or will be manufactured. These pre-approval inspections may cover all facilities associated with an NDA submission, including component manufacturing, finished product manufacturing and control testing laboratories. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. Under the FDA Reauthorization Act of 2017, the FDA must implement a protocol to expedite review of responses to inspection reports pertaining to certain applications, including applications for products of which there is a shortage or those for which approval is dependent on remediation of conditions identified in the inspection report.

In addition, as a condition of approval, the FDA may require an applicant to develop a REMS. REMS use risk minimization strategies beyond the professional labeling to ensure that the benefits of the product outweigh the potential risks. To determine whether a REMS is needed, the FDA will consider the size of the population likely to use the product, seriousness of the disease, expected benefit of the product, expected duration of treatment, seriousness of known or potential adverse events and whether the product is an NME.

The FDA may refer an application for a novel product to an advisory committee or explain why such referral was not made. Typically, an advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Fast Track, Breakthrough Therapy, Priority Review and Regenerative Advanced Therapy Designations

The FDA is authorized to designate certain products for expedited review if they are intended to address an unmet medical need in the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition. These programs are referred to as Fast Track Designation, Breakthrough Therapy Designation, priority review designation and regenerative advanced therapy designation.

Specifically, the FDA may designate a product for Fast Track review if it is intended, whether alone or in combination with one or more other products, for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and it demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for such a disease or condition. For Fast Track products, sponsors may have greater interactions with the FDA and the FDA may initiate review of sections of a Fast Track product’s application before the application is complete. This rolling review may be available if the FDA determines, after preliminary evaluation of clinical data submitted by the sponsor, that a

 

122


Table of Contents

Fast Track product may be effective. The sponsor must also provide, and the FDA must approve, a schedule for the submission of the remaining information and the sponsor must pay applicable user fees. However, the FDA’s time period goal for reviewing a Fast Track application does not begin until the last section of the application is submitted. In addition, the Fast Track designation may be withdrawn by the FDA if the FDA believes that the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.

Second, a product may be designated as a Breakthrough Therapy if it is intended, either alone or in combination with one or more other products, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The FDA may take certain actions with respect to Breakthrough Therapies, including holding meetings with the sponsor throughout the development process; providing timely advice to the product sponsor regarding development and approval; involving more senior staff in the review process; assigning a cross-disciplinary project lead for the review team; and taking other steps to design the clinical trials in an efficient manner.

Third, the FDA may designate a product for priority review if it is a product that treats a serious condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness. The FDA determines, on a case-by-case basis, whether the proposed product represents a significant improvement when compared with other available therapies. Significant improvement may be illustrated by evidence of increased effectiveness in the treatment of a condition, elimination or substantial reduction of a treatment-limiting product reaction, documented enhancement of patient compliance that may lead to improvement in serious outcomes, and evidence of safety and effectiveness in a new subpopulation. A priority designation is intended to direct overall attention and resources to the evaluation of such applications, and to shorten the FDA’s goal for taking action on a marketing application from 10 months to six months.

With passage of the 21st Century Cures Act, or the Cures Act, in December 2016, Congress authorized the FDA to accelerate review and approval of products designated as regenerative advanced therapies. A product is eligible for this designation if it is a regenerative medicine therapy that is intended to treat, modify, reverse or cure a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product has the potential to address unmet medical needs for such disease or condition. The benefits of a regenerative advanced therapy designation include early interactions with FDA to expedite development and review, benefits available to breakthrough therapies and potential eligibility for priority review and accelerated approval based on surrogate or intermediate endpoints.

Accelerated Approval Pathway

The FDA may grant accelerated approval to a product for a serious or life-threatening condition that provides meaningful therapeutic advantage to patients over existing treatments based upon a determination that the product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit. The FDA may also grant accelerated approval to a product for such a condition when the product has an effect on an intermediate clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality, or IMM, and that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on IMM or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. Products granted accelerated approval must meet the same statutory standards for safety and effectiveness as those granted traditional approval.

For the purposes of accelerated approval, a surrogate endpoint is a marker, such as a laboratory measurement, radiographic image, physical sign or other measure, that is thought to predict clinical benefit, but is not itself a measure of clinical benefit. Surrogate endpoints can often be measured more easily or more rapidly than clinical endpoints. An intermediate clinical endpoint is a measurement of a therapeutic effect that is considered reasonably likely to predict the clinical benefit of a drug, such as an effect on IMM. The FDA has

 

123


Table of Contents

limited experience with accelerated approvals based on intermediate clinical endpoints, but has indicated that such endpoints generally may support accelerated approval where the therapeutic effect measured by the endpoint is not itself a clinical benefit and basis for traditional approval, if there is a basis for concluding that the therapeutic effect is reasonably likely to predict the ultimate clinical benefit of a product.

The accelerated approval pathway is most often used in settings in which the course of a disease is long and an extended period of time is required to measure the intended clinical benefit of a product, even if the effect on the surrogate or intermediate clinical endpoint occurs rapidly. Thus, accelerated approval has been used extensively in the development and approval of products for treatment of a variety of cancers in which the goal of therapy is generally to improve survival or decrease morbidity and the duration of the typical disease course requires lengthy and sometimes large trials to demonstrate a clinical or survival benefit. Thus, the benefit of accelerated approval derives from the potential to receive approval based on surrogate endpoints sooner than possible for trials with clinical or survival endpoints, rather than deriving from any explicit shortening of the FDA approval timeline, as is the case with priority review.

The accelerated approval pathway is usually contingent on a sponsor’s agreement to conduct, in a diligent manner, additional post-approval confirmatory studies to verify and describe the product’s clinical benefit. As a result, a product candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post-marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of Phase 4 or post-approval clinical trials to confirm the effect of the product on the relevant clinical endpoints. Failure to conduct required post-approval studies, or confirm a clinical benefit during post-marketing studies, would allow the FDA to initiate expedited proceedings to withdraw approval of the product. All promotional materials for product candidates approved under accelerated regulations are subject to prior review by the FDA.

The FDA’s Decision on an NDA

On the basis of the FDA’s evaluation of an NDA and accompanying information, including the results of the inspection of the manufacturing facilities, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a complete response letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing or information in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If and when those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

If the FDA approves a new product, it may limit the approved indications for use of the product. The agency may also require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after the initiation of commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution restrictions or other risk management mechanisms, such as REMS, to help ensure that the benefits of the product outweigh the potential risks. REMS can include medication guides, communication plans for health care professionals, and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring and the use of patent registries. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-market studies or surveillance programs. After approval, many types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

Post-Approval Regulation

If regulatory approval for marketing of a product or a new indication for an existing product is obtained, the sponsor will be required to comply with all regular post-approval regulatory requirements as well as any post-

 

124


Table of Contents

approval requirements that the FDA may have imposed as part of the approval process. The sponsor will be required to report, among other things, certain adverse reactions and manufacturing problems to the FDA, provide updated safety and efficacy information and comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotional labeling requirements. Manufacturers and certain of their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements, including cGMP regulations, which impose certain procedural and documentation requirements upon manufacturers. Accordingly, the sponsor and its third-party manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the areas of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMP regulations and other regulatory requirements.

A product may also be subject to official lot release, meaning that the manufacturer is required to perform certain tests on each lot of the product before it is released for distribution. If the product is subject to official release, the manufacturer must submit samples of each lot, together with a release protocol showing a summary of the history of manufacture of the lot and the results of all of the manufacturer’s tests performed on the lot, to the FDA. The FDA may perform certain confirmatory tests on lots of some products before releasing the lots for distribution. Finally, the FDA will conduct laboratory research related to the safety, purity, potency and effectiveness of pharmaceutical products.

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

   

fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

   

refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

 

   

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates the marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of prescription drug products placed on the market. This regulation includes, among other things, standards and regulations for direct-to-consumer advertising, communications regarding unapproved uses, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and promotional activities involving the Internet and social media. Promotional claims about a drug’s safety or effectiveness are prohibited before the drug is approved. After approval, a drug product generally may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by the FDA, as reflected in the product’s prescribing information. In the United States, health care professionals are generally permitted to prescribe drugs for such uses not described in the drug’s labeling, known as off-label uses, because the FDA does not regulate the practice of medicine. However, FDA regulations impose rigorous restrictions on manufacturers’ communications, prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. It may be permissible, under very specific, narrow conditions, for a manufacturer to engage in nonpromotional, non-misleading communication regarding off-label information, such as distributing scientific or medical journal information.

If a company is found to have promoted off-label uses, it may become subject to adverse public relations and administrative and judicial enforcement by the FDA, the Department of Justice, or the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, as well as state authorities. This could subject a

 

125


Table of Contents

company to a range of penalties that could have a significant commercial impact, including civil and criminal fines and agreements that materially restrict the manner in which a company promotes or distributes drug products. The federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion, and has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed.

In addition, the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical products is subject to the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, or PDMA, and its implementing regulations, as well as the Drug Supply Chain Security Act, or DSCA, which regulate the distribution and tracing of prescription drug samples at the federal level, and set minimum standards for the regulation of distributors by the states. The PDMA, its implementing regulations and state laws limit the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical product samples, and the DSCA imposes requirements to ensure accountability in distribution and to identify and remove counterfeit and other illegitimate products from the market.

Section 505(b)(2) NDAs

NDAs for most new drug products are based on two full clinical studies which must contain substantial evidence of the safety and efficacy of the proposed new product for the proposed use. These applications are submitted under Section 505(b)(1) of the FDCA. The FDA is, however, authorized to approve an alternative type of NDA under Section 505(b)(2) of the FDCA. This type of application allows the applicant to rely, in part, on the FDA’s previous findings of safety and efficacy for a similar product, or published literature. Specifically, Section 505(b)(2) applies to NDAs for a drug for which the investigations that were previously conducted to show whether or not the drug is safe for use and effective in use and relied upon by the applicant for approval of the application “were not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference or use from the person by or for whom the investigations were conducted.”

Thus, Section 505(b)(2) authorizes the FDA to approve an NDA based on safety and effectiveness data that were not developed by or for the applicant. NDAs filed under Section 505(b)(2) may provide an alternate and potentially more expeditious pathway to FDA approval for new or improved formulations or new uses of previously approved products. If the 505(b)(2) applicant can establish that reliance on the FDA’s previous approval is scientifically appropriate, the applicant may eliminate the need to conduct certain preclinical or clinical studies of the new product. The FDA may also require companies to perform additional studies or measurements to support the change from the approved product. The FDA may then approve the new drug candidate for all or some of the label indications for which the referenced product has been approved, as well as for any new indication sought by the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.

Abbreviated New Drug Applications for Generic Drugs

In 1984, with passage of the Hatch-Waxman Act, Congress established an abbreviated regulatory scheme authorizing the FDA to approve generic drugs that are shown to contain the same active ingredients as, and to be bioequivalent to, drugs previously approved by the FDA pursuant to NDAs. To obtain approval of a generic drug, an applicant must submit an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, to the agency. An ANDA is a comprehensive submission that contains, among other things, data and information pertaining to the active pharmaceutical ingredient, bioequivalence, drug product formulation, specifications and stability of the generic drug, as well as analytical methods, manufacturing process validation data and quality control procedures. ANDAs are “abbreviated” because they generally do not include preclinical or clinical data to demonstrate safety and effectiveness. Instead, in support of such applications, a generic manufacturer may rely on the preclinical and clinical testing previously conducted for a drug product previously approved under an NDA, known as the reference-listed drug, or RLD.

Specifically, in order for an ANDA to be approved, the FDA must find that the generic version is identical to the RLD with respect to the active ingredients, the route of administration, the dosage form, the strength of the

 

126


Table of Contents

drug and the conditions of use of the drug. At the same time, the FDA must also determine that the generic drug is “bioequivalent” to the innovator drug. Under the statute, a generic drug is bioequivalent to a RLD if “the rate and extent of absorption of the drug do not show a significant difference from the rate and extent of absorption of the listed drug.” Upon approval of an ANDA, the FDA indicates whether the generic product is “therapeutically equivalent” to the RLD in its publication “Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations,” also referred to as the “Orange Book.” Physicians and pharmacists consider a therapeutic equivalent generic drug to be fully substitutable for the RLD. In addition, by operation of certain state laws and numerous health insurance programs, the FDA’s designation of therapeutic equivalence often results in substitution of the generic drug without the knowledge or consent of either the prescribing physician or the patient.

Under the Hatch-Waxman Act, the FDA may not approve an ANDA until any applicable period of non-patent exclusivity for the RLD has expired. The FDCA provides a period of five years of non-patent data exclusivity for a new drug containing a new chemical entity, or NCE. For the purposes of this provision, an NCE is a drug that contains no active moiety that has previously been approved by the FDA in any other NDA. An active moiety is the molecule or ion responsible for the physiological or pharmacological action of the drug substance. In cases where such NCE exclusivity has been granted, an ANDA may not be filed with the FDA until the expiration of five years unless the submission is accompanied by a Paragraph IV certification, in which case the applicant may submit its application four years following the original product approval.

The FDCA also provides for a period of three years of exclusivity if the NDA includes reports of one or more new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability or bioequivalence studies, that were conducted by or for the applicant and are essential to the approval of the application. This three-year exclusivity period often protects changes to a previously approved drug product, such as a new dosage form, route of administration, combination or indication. Three-year exclusivity would be available for a drug product that contains a previously approved active moiety, provided the statutory requirement for a new clinical investigation is satisfied. Unlike five-year NCE exclusivity, an award of three-year exclusivity does not block the FDA from accepting ANDAs seeking approval for generic versions of the drug as of the date of approval of the original drug product. The FDA typically makes decisions about awards of data exclusivity shortly before a product is approved.

The FDA must establish a priority review track for certain generic drugs, requiring the FDA to review a drug application within eight months for a drug that has three or fewer approved drugs listed in the Orange Book and is no longer protected by any patent or regulatory exclusivities, or is on the FDA’s drug shortage list. The new legislation also authorizes FDA to expedite review of ‘‘competitor generic therapies’’ or drugs with inadequate generic competition, including holding meetings with or providing advice to the drug sponsor prior to submission of the application.

Hatch-Waxman Act Patent Certification and the 30-Month Stay

Upon approval of an NDA or a supplement thereto, NDA sponsors are required to list with the FDA each patent with claims that cover the applicant’s product or an approved method of using the product. Each of the patents listed by the NDA sponsor is published in the Orange Book. When an ANDA applicant files its application with the FDA, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the reference product in the Orange Book, except for patents covering methods of use for which the ANDA applicant is not seeking approval. To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2) applicant is relying on studies conducted for an already approved product, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the Orange Book to the same extent that an ANDA applicant would.

Specifically, the applicant must certify with respect to each patent that:

 

   

the required patent information has not been filed;

 

   

the listed patent has expired;

 

127


Table of Contents
   

the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or

 

   

the listed patent is invalid, is unenforceable or will not be infringed by the new product.

A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product’s listed patents or that such patents are invalid or unenforceable is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents or indicates that it is not seeking approval of a patented method of use, the application will not be approved until all of the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired (other than method of use patents involving indications for which the applicant is not seeking approval).

If the ANDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days after the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA until the earliest of 30 months after the receipt of the Paragraph IV notice, expiration of the patent and a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant.

To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2) applicant is relying on studies conducted for an already approved product, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the Orange Book to the same extent that an ANDA applicant would. As a result, approval of a Section 505(b)(2) NDA can be stalled until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired, until any non-patent exclusivity, such as exclusivity for obtaining approval of an NCE, listed in the Orange Book for the referenced product has expired, and, in the case of a Paragraph IV certification and subsequent patent infringement suit, until the earliest of 30 months, settlement of the lawsuit and a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.

Pediatric Studies and Exclusivity

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, an NDA or supplement thereto must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. Sponsors must also submit pediatric study plans prior to submitting the assessment data. Those plans must contain an outline of the proposed pediatric study or studies the applicant plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, any deferral or waiver requests and other information required by regulation. The applicant, the FDA and the FDA’s internal review committee must then review the information submitted, consult with each other and agree upon a final plan. The FDA or the applicant may request an amendment to the plan at any time. In addition, certain products that have received orphan drug designation are exempt from the requirements of the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003.

For drugs intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, the FDA must, upon the request of an applicant, meet to discuss preparation of the initial pediatric study plan or deferral or waiver of pediatric assessments. In addition, the FDA will meet with sponsors early in the development process to discuss pediatric study plans and the FDA must meet with sponsors by no later than the end-of-phase 1 meeting for serious or life-threatening diseases and by no later than 90 days after the FDA’s receipt of the study plan.

The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements. Additional requirements and procedures relating to deferral requests and requests for extension of deferrals are contained in the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act.

The FDA Reauthorization Act of 2017 established new requirements to govern certain molecularly targeted cancer indications. Any company that submits an NDA three years after the date of enactment of that statute

 

128


Table of Contents

must submit pediatric assessments with the NDA if the drug is intended for the treatment of an adult cancer and is directed at a molecular target that the FDA determines to be substantially relevant to the growth or progression of a pediatric cancer. The investigation must be designed to yield clinically meaningful pediatric study data regarding the dosing, safety and preliminary efficacy to inform pediatric labeling for the product.

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of non-patent marketing exclusivity in the United States and, if granted, provides for the attachment of an additional six months of marketing protection to the term of any existing regulatory exclusivity. This six-month exclusivity may be granted if an NDA sponsor submits pediatric data that fairly respond to a written request from the FDA for such data. The data do not need to show the product to be effective in the pediatric population studied; rather, if the clinical trial is deemed to fairly respond to the FDA’s request, the additional protection is granted. If reports of requested pediatric studies are submitted to and accepted by the FDA within the statutory time limits, whatever statutory or regulatory periods of exclusivity or patent protection cover the product are extended by six months. This is not a patent term extension, but it effectively extends the regulatory period during which the FDA cannot approve another application for a similar product.

Patent Term Restoration and Extension

A patent claiming a new drug product may be eligible for a limited patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Act, which permits a patent restoration of up to five years for patent term lost during product development and FDA regulatory review. The restoration period granted on a patent covering a product is typically one-half of the time between the effective date of a clinical investigation involving human beings is begun and the submission date of an application, plus the time between the submission date of an application and the ultimate approval date. Patent term restoration cannot be used to extend the remaining term of a patent past a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. Only one patent applicable to an approved product is eligible for the extension, and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent in question. A patent that covers multiple products for which approval is sought can only be extended in connection with one of the approvals. The USPTO reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration in consultation with the FDA.

Health Care Law and Regulation

Health care providers and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of drug products that are granted marketing approval. Arrangements with providers, consultants, third-party payors and customers are subject to broadly applicable fraud and abuse, anti-kickback, false claims laws, patient privacy laws and regulations and other health care laws and regulations that may constrain business and/or financial arrangements. Restrictions under applicable federal and state health care laws and regulations include the following:

 

   

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, paying, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal health care program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

   

the federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act, and civil monetary penalties laws, which prohibit individuals or entities from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false, fictitious or fraudulent or knowingly making, using or causing to made or used a false record or statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

   

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created additional federal criminal laws that prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program or making false statements relating to health care matters;

 

129


Table of Contents
   

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, and their respective implementing regulations, including the Final Omnibus Rule published in January 2013, which impose obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

   

the federal false statements statute, which prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services;

 

   

the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, which prohibits companies and their intermediaries from making, or offering or promising to make improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or otherwise seeking favorable treatment;

 

   

the federal transparency requirements known as the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care Education Reconciliation Act, or the ACA, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report annually to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services within the United States Department of Health and Human Services, information related to payments and other transfers of value made by that entity to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members; and

 

   

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to health care items or services that are reimbursed by non-government third-party payors, including private insurers.

Further, some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government in addition to requiring manufacturers to report information related to payments to physicians and other health care providers or marketing expenditures. Additionally, some state and local laws require the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives in the jurisdiction. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Pharmaceutical Insurance Coverage and Health Care Reform

In the United States and markets in other countries, patients who are prescribed treatments for their conditions and providers performing the prescribed services generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the associated health care costs. Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of products approved by the FDA and other government authorities. Thus, even if a product candidate is approved, sales of the product will depend, in part, on the extent to which third-party payors, including government health programs in the United States such as Medicare and Medicaid, commercial health insurers and managed care organizations, provide coverage and establish adequate reimbursement levels for, the product. The process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for setting the price or reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of medical products and services and imposing controls to manage costs. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the approved products for a particular indication.

In order to secure coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, a company may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of the product, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA or other comparable marketing approvals. Nonetheless, product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost effective. A decision by a third-party payor not to cover a product could reduce physician utilization once the product is

 

130


Table of Contents

approved. Additionally, a payor’s decision to provide coverage for a product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Further, one payor’s determination to provide coverage for a product does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage and reimbursement for the product, and the level of coverage and reimbursement can differ significantly from payor to payor.

The containment of health care costs also has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments and the prices of products have been a focus in this effort. Governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit a company’s revenue generated from the sale of any approved products. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which a company or its collaborators receive marketing approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

There have been a number of federal and state proposals during the last few years regarding the pricing of pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical products, limiting coverage and reimbursement for drugs and biologics and other medical products, government control and other changes to the health care system in the United States.

In March 2010, the United States Congress enacted the ACA, which, among other things, included changes to the coverage and payment for drug products under government health care programs. The ACA effected the following changes of importance to our potential product candidates:

 

   

established an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs;

 

   

expanded eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs by, among other things, allowing states to offer Medicaid coverage to certain individuals with income at or below 133% of the federal poverty level, thereby potentially increasing a manufacturer’s Medicaid rebate liability;

 

   

expanded manufacturers’ rebate liability under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program by increasing the minimum rebate for both branded and generic drugs and revising the definition of “average manufacturer price” for calculating and reporting Medicaid drug rebates on outpatient prescription drug prices;

 

   

addressed a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected;

 

   

expanded the types of entities eligible for the 340B drug discount program;

 

   

established the Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program by requiring manufacturers to provide a 70% point-of-sale discount off of the negotiated price of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period as a condition for the manufacturers’ outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D; and

 

   

established a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. In August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This included aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and,

 

131


Table of Contents

due to subsequent legislative amendments, will remain in effect through 2027 unless additional congressional action is taken. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

Since enactment of the ACA, there have been numerous legal challenges and congressional actions to repeal and replace provisions of the law. For example, with enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, which was signed by the President on December 22, 2017, Congress repealed the “individual mandate.” The repeal of this provision, which requires most Americans to carry a minimal level of health insurance, will become effective in 2019. According to the Congressional Budget Office, the repeal of the individual mandate will cause 13 million fewer Americans to be insured in 2027 and premiums in insurance markets may rise. Additionally, on January 22, 2018, the President signed a continuing resolution on appropriations for fiscal year 2018 that delayed the implementation of certain ACA-mandated fees, including the so-called “Cadillac” tax on certain high cost employer-sponsored insurance plans, the annual fee imposed on certain health insurance providers based on market share, and the medical device excise tax on non-exempt medical devices. Further, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, among other things, amended the ACA, effective January 1, 2019, to increase from 50% to 70% the point-of-sale discount that is owed by pharmaceutical manufacturers who participate in Medicare Part D and to close the coverage gap in most Medicare drug plans, commonly referred to as the “donut hole”. Congress will likely consider other legislation to replace elements of the ACA during the next congressional session.

The current presidential administration has also taken executive actions to undermine or delay implementation of the ACA. In January 2017, the President signed an Executive Order directing federal agencies with authorities and responsibilities under the ACA to waive, defer, grant exemptions from, or delay the implementation of any provision of the ACA that would impose a fiscal or regulatory burden on states, individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. In October 2017, the President signed a second Executive Order allowing for the use of association health plans and short-term health insurance, which may provide fewer health benefits than the plans sold through the ACA exchanges. At the same time, the current presidential administration announced that it will discontinue the payment of cost-sharing reduction, or CSR, payments to insurance companies until Congress approves the appropriation of funds for such CSR payments. The loss of CSR payments is expected to increase premiums on certain policies issued by qualified health plans under the ACA. A bipartisan bill to appropriate funds for CSR payments was introduced in the Senate, but the future of that bill is uncertain. In addition, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services has recently proposed regulations that would give states greater flexibility in setting benchmarks for insurers in the individual and small group marketplaces, which may have the effect of relaxing the essential health benefits required under the ACA for plans sold through such marketplaces.

Further, there have been several recent U.S. congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, reduce the costs of drugs under Medicare and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. At the federal level, the current presidential administration’s budget proposal for fiscal year 2019 contained further drug price control measures that could be enacted during the 2019 budget process or in other future legislation, including, for example, measures to permit Medicare Part D plans to negotiate the price of certain drugs under Medicare Part B, to allow some states to negotiate drug prices under Medicaid, and to eliminate cost sharing for generic drugs for low-income patients. While any proposed measures will require authorization through additional legislation to become effective, Congress and the current presidential administration have each indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs.

At the state level, individual states are increasingly aggressive in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and

 

132


Table of Contents

transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. In addition, regional health care authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other health care programs.

Review and Approval of Medicinal Products in the European Union

In order to market any product outside of the United States, a company must also comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries and jurisdictions regarding quality, safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of products. Whether or not it obtains FDA approval for a product, an applicant will need to obtain the necessary approvals by the comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities before it can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries or jurisdictions. Specifically, the process governing approval of medicinal products in the European Union generally follows the same lines as in the United States. It entails satisfactory completion of preclinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the product for each proposed indication. It also requires the submission to the relevant competent authorities of an MAA and granting of a marketing authorization by these authorities before the product can be marketed and sold in the European Union.

Clinical Trial Approval

The Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC, the Directive 2005/28/EC on Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, and the related national implementing provisions of the individual E.U. Member States govern the system for the approval of clinical trials in the European Union. Under this system, an applicant must obtain prior approval from the competent national authority of the E.U. Member States in which the clinical trial is to be conducted. Furthermore, the applicant may only start a clinical trial at a specific study site after the competent ethics committee has issued a favorable opinion. The clinical trial application must be accompanied by, among other documents, an investigational medicinal product dossier (the Common Technical Document) with supporting information prescribed by Directive 2001/20/EC, Directive 2005/28/EC, where relevant the implementing national provisions of the individual E.U. Member States and further detailed in applicable guidance documents.

In April 2014, the new Clinical Trials Regulation, (EU) No 536/2014, or the Clinical Trials Regulation, was adopted. The Clinical Trials Regulation was published on June 16, 2014 but is not expected to apply until 2019. The Clinical Trials Regulation will be directly applicable in all the E.U. Member States, repealing the current Directive 2001/20/EC and replacing any national legislation that was put in place to implement the Directive. Conduct of all clinical trials performed in the European Union will continue to be bound by currently applicable provisions until the new Clinical Trials Regulation becomes applicable. The extent to which ongoing clinical trials will be governed by the Clinical Trials Regulation will depend on when the Clinical Trials Regulation becomes applicable and on the duration of the individual clinical trial. If a clinical trial continues for more than three years from the day on which the Clinical Trials Regulation becomes applicable the Clinical Trials Regulation will at that time begin to apply to the clinical trial.

The new Clinical Trials Regulation aims to simplify and streamline the approval of clinical trials in the European Union. The main characteristics of the regulation include: a streamlined application procedure via a single entry point, the “EU Portal and Database”; a single set of documents to be prepared and submitted for the application as well as simplified reporting procedures for clinical trial sponsors; and a harmonized procedure for the assessment of applications for clinical trials, which is divided in two parts. Part I is assessed by the appointed reporting E.U. Member State, whose assessment report is submitted for review by the sponsor and all other competent authorities of all E.U. Member States in which an application for authorization of a clinical trial has been submitted, or Concerned Member States. Part II is assessed separately by each Concerned Member State. Strict deadlines have been established for the assessment of clinical trial applications. The role of the relevant ethics committees in the assessment procedure will continue to be governed by the national law of the Concerned Member State. However, overall related timelines will be defined by the Clinical Trials Regulation.

 

133


Table of Contents

PRIME Designation in the European Union

In March 2016, the EMA launched an initiative to facilitate development of product candidates in indications, often rare, for which few or no therapies currently exist. The PRIority MEdicines, or PRIME, scheme is intended to encourage drug development in areas of unmet medical need and provides accelerated assessment of products representing substantial innovation reviewed under the centralized procedure. Products from small- and medium-sized enterprises, or SMEs, may qualify for earlier entry into the PRIME scheme than larger companies. Many benefits accrue to sponsors of product candidates with PRIME designation, including but not limited to, early and proactive regulatory dialogue with the EMA, frequent discussions on clinical trial designs and other development program elements, and accelerated MAA assessment once a dossier has been submitted. Importantly, a dedicated contact and rapporteur from the Committee for Human Medicinal Products, or CHMP, or the Committee for Advanced Therapies, or CAT, is appointed early in the PRIME scheme facilitating increased understanding of the product at EMA’s committee level. A kick-off meeting initiates these relationships and includes a team of multidisciplinary experts at the EMA to provide guidance on the overall development and regulatory strategies.

Marketing Authorization

To obtain a marketing authorization for a product under E.U. regulatory systems, an applicant must submit an MAA either under a centralized procedure administered by the EMA or one of the procedures administered by competent authorities in the E.U. Member States (either a decentralized procedure, national procedure or mutual recognition procedure). A marketing authorization may be granted only to an applicant established in the European Union. Regulation (EC) No 1901/2006 provides that prior to obtaining a marketing authorization in the EU, applicants have to demonstrate compliance with all measures included in an EMA-approved Paediatric Investigation Plan, or PIP, covering all subsets of the pediatric population, unless the EMA has granted (i) a product-specific waiver, (ii) a class waiver or (iii) a deferral for one or more of the measures included in the PIP.

The centralized procedure provides for the grant of a single marketing authorization by the European Commission that is valid across the European Economic Area (i.e. the European Union, as well as Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway). Pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 726/2004, the centralized procedure is compulsory for specific products, including for medicines produced by certain biotechnological processes, products designated as orphan medicinal products, advanced therapy medicinal products and products with a new active substance indicated for the treatment of certain diseases, including products for the treatment of cancer. For products with a new active substance indicated for the treatment of other diseases and products that are highly innovative or for which a centralized process is in the interest of patients, the centralized procedure may be optional. The centralized procedure may also be used in certain other cases at the request of the applicant. We anticipate that the centralized procedure will be mandatory for the product candidates we are developing.

Under the centralized procedure, the CHMP is also responsible for several post-authorization and maintenance activities, such as the assessment of modifications or extensions to an existing marketing authorization. Under the centralized procedure in the European Union, the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of an MAA is 210 days, excluding clock stops, when additional information or written or oral explanation is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions of the CHMP. Accelerated evaluation might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when a medicinal product is of major interest from the point of view of public health and in particular from the viewpoint of therapeutic innovation. If the CHMP accepts such request, the time limit of 210 days will be reduced to 150 days but it is possible that the CHMP can revert to the standard time limit for the centralized procedure if it considers that it is no longer appropriate to conduct an accelerated assessment. At the end of this period, the CHMP provides a scientific opinion on whether or not a marketing authorization should be granted in relation to a medicinal product. Within 15 calendar days of receipt of a final opinion from the CHMP, the European Commission must prepare a draft decision concerning an application for marketing authorization. This draft decision must take the opinion and any relevant provisions of European Union law into account. Before arriving at a final decision on an application for centralized

 

134


Table of Contents

authorization of a medicinal product the European Commission must consult the Standing Committee on Medicinal Products for Human Use, or the Standing Committee. The Standing Committee is composed of representatives of the E.U. Member States and chaired by a non-voting European Commission representative. The European Parliament also has a related “droit de regard”. The European Parliament’s role is to ensure that the European Commission has not exceeded its powers in deciding to grant or refuse to grant a marketing authorization.

The European Commission may grant a so-called “marketing authorization under exceptional circumstances”. Such authorization is intended for products for which the applicant can demonstrate that it is unable to provide comprehensive data on efficacy and safety under normal conditions of use, because the indications for which the product in question is intended are encountered so rarely that the applicant cannot reasonably be expected to provide comprehensive evidence, or in the present state of scientific knowledge, comprehensive information cannot be provided, or it would be contrary to generally accepted principles of medical ethics to collect such information. Consequently, marketing authorization under exceptional circumstances may be granted subject to certain specific obligations, which may include the following:

 

   

the applicant must complete an identified program of studies within a time period specified by the competent authority, the results of which form the basis of a reassessment of the benefit/risk profile;

 

   

the medicinal product in question may be supplied on medical prescription only and may in certain cases be administered only under strict medical supervision, possibly in a hospital and in the case of a radiopharmaceutical, by an authorized person; and

 

   

the package leaflet and any medical information must draw the attention of the medical practitioner to the fact that the particulars available concerning the medicinal product in question are as yet inadequate in certain specified respects.

A marketing authorization under exceptional circumstances is subject to annual review to reassess the risk-benefit balance in an annual reassessment procedure. Continuation of the authorization is linked to the annual reassessment and a negative assessment could potentially result in the marketing authorization being suspended or revoked. The renewal of a marketing authorization of a medicinal product under exceptional circumstances, however, follows the same rules as a “normal” marketing authorization. Thus, a marketing authorization under exceptional circumstances is granted for an initial five years, after which the authorization will become valid indefinitely, unless the EMA decides that safety grounds merit one additional five-year renewal.

The European Commission may also grant a so-called “conditional marketing authorization” prior to obtaining the comprehensive clinical data required for an application for a full marketing authorization. Such conditional marketing authorizations may be granted for product candidates (including medicines designated as orphan medicinal products), if (i) the risk-benefit balance of the product candidate is positive, (ii) it is likely that the applicant will be in a position to provide the required comprehensive clinical trial data, (iii) the product fulfills an unmet medical need and (iv) the benefit to public health of the immediate availability on the market of the medicinal product concerned outweighs the risk inherent in the fact that additional data are still required. A conditional marketing authorization may contain specific obligations to be fulfilled by the marketing authorization holder, including obligations with respect to the completion of ongoing or new studies and the collection of pharmacovigilance data. Conditional marketing authorizations are valid for one year, and may be renewed annually, if the risk-benefit balance remains positive, and after an assessment of the need for additional or modified conditions and/or specific obligations. The timelines for the centralized procedure described above also apply with respect to the review by the CHMP of applications for a conditional marketing authorization.

Unlike the centralized authorization procedure, the decentralized marketing authorization procedure requires a separate application to, and leads to separate approval by, the competent authorities of each E.U. Member State in which the product is to be marketed. This application is identical to the application that would be submitted to the EMA for authorization through the centralized procedure. The reference E.U. Member State prepares a draft

 

135


Table of Contents

assessment and drafts of the related materials within 120 days after receipt of a valid application. The resulting assessment report is submitted to the concerned E.U. Member States who, within 90 days of receipt, must decide whether to approve the assessment report and related materials. If a concerned E.U. Member State cannot approve the assessment report and related materials due to concerns relating to a potential serious risk to public health, disputed elements may be referred to the European Commission, whose decision is binding on all E.U. Member States.

The mutual recognition procedure similarly is based on the acceptance by the competent authorities of the E.U. Member States of the marketing authorization of a medicinal product by the competent authorities of other E.U. Member States. The holder of a national marketing authorization may submit an application to the competent authority of an EU Member State requesting that this authority recognize the marketing authorization delivered by the competent authority of another EU Member State.

Regulatory Data Protection in the European Union

In the European Union, innovative medicinal products approved on the basis of a complete independent data package qualify for eight years of data exclusivity upon marketing authorization and an additional two years of market exclusivity pursuant to Directive 2001/83/EC. Regulation (EC) No 726/2004 repeats this entitlement for medicinal products authorized in accordance the centralized authorization procedure. Data exclusivity prevents applicants for authorization of generics of these innovative products from referencing the innovator’s data to assess a generic (abridged) application for a period of eight years. During an additional two-year period of market exclusivity, a generic MAA can be submitted and authorized, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but no generic medicinal product can be placed on the E.U. market until the expiration of the market exclusivity. The overall 10-year period will be extended to a maximum of 11 years if, during the first eight years of those 10 years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. Even if a compound is considered to be an NCE so that the innovator gains the prescribed period of data exclusivity, another company nevertheless could also market another version of the product if such company obtained marketing authorization based on an MAA with a complete independent data package of pharmaceutical tests, preclinical tests and clinical trials.

Periods of Authorization and Renewals

A marketing authorization has an initial validity for five years in principle. The marketing authorization may be renewed after five years on the basis of a re-evaluation of the risk-benefit balance by the EMA or by the competent authority of the E.U. Member State. To this end, the marketing authorization holder must provide the EMA or the competent authority with a consolidated version of the file in respect of quality, safety and efficacy, including all variations introduced since the marketing authorization was granted, at least six months before the marketing authorization ceases to be valid. The European Commission or the competent authorities of the E.U. Member States may decide, on justified grounds relating to pharmacovigilance, to proceed with one further five-year period of marketing authorization. Once subsequently definitively renewed, the marketing authorization shall be valid for an unlimited period. Any authorization which is not followed by the actual placing of the medicinal product on the E.U. market (in case of centralized procedure) or on the market of the authorizing E.U. Member State within three years after authorization ceases to be valid (the so-called sunset clause).

Pediatric Studies and Exclusivity

Prior to obtaining a marketing authorization in the European Union, applicants must demonstrate compliance with all measures included in an EMA-approved PIP covering all subsets of the pediatric population, unless the EMA has granted a product-specific waiver, a class waiver, or a deferral for one or more of the measures included in the PIP. The respective requirements for all marketing authorization procedures are laid down in Regulation (EC) No 1901/2006, the so-called Pediatric Regulation. This requirement also applies when a

 

136


Table of Contents

company wants to add a new indication, pharmaceutical form or route of administration for a medicine that is already authorized. The Pediatric Committee of the EMA, or PDCO, may grant deferrals for some medicines, allowing a company to delay development of the medicine for children until there is enough information to demonstrate its effectiveness and safety in adults. The PDCO may also grant waivers when development of a medicine for children is not needed or is not appropriate, such as for diseases that only affect the elderly population. Before an MAA can be filed, or an existing marketing authorization can be amended, the EMA must determine that a company actually complied with the agreed studies and measures listed in each relevant PIP. If an applicant obtains a marketing authorization in all E.U. Member States, or a marketing authorization granted in the Centralized Procedure by the European Commission, and the study results for the pediatric population are included in the product information, even when negative, the medicine is then eligible for an additional six-month period of qualifying patent protection through extension of the term of the Supplementary Protection Certificate.

Regulatory Requirements after a Marketing Authorization has been Obtained

In case an authorization for a medicinal product in the European Union is obtained, the holder of the marketing authorization is required to comply with a range of requirements applicable to the manufacturing, marketing, promotion and sale of medicinal products. These include:

 

   

Compliance with the European Union’s stringent pharmacovigilance or safety reporting rules must be ensured. These rules can impose post-authorization studies and additional monitoring obligations.

 

   

The manufacturing of authorized medicinal products, for which a separate manufacturer’s license is mandatory, must also be conducted in strict compliance with the applicable E.U. laws, regulations and guidance, including Directive 2001/83/EC, Directive 2003/94/EC, Regulation (EC) No 726/2004 and the European Commission Guidelines for Good Manufacturing Practice, or E.U. cGMP. These requirements include compliance with E.U. cGMP standards when manufacturing medicinal products and active pharmaceutical ingredients, including the manufacture of active pharmaceutical ingredients outside of the European Union with the intention to import the active pharmaceutical ingredients into the European Union.

 

   

The marketing and promotion of authorized drugs, including industry-sponsored continuing medical education and advertising directed toward the prescribers of drugs and/or the general public, are strictly regulated in the European Union notably under Directive 2001/83EC, as amended, and E.U. Member State laws. Direct-to-consumer advertising of prescription medicines is prohibited across the European Union.

Brexit and the Regulatory Framework in the United Kingdom

On June 23, 2016, the electorate in the United Kingdom voted in favor of leaving the European Union, commonly referred to as “Brexit”. Thereafter, on March 29, 2017, the country formally notified the European Union of its intention to withdraw pursuant to Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty. The withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union will take effect either on the effective date of the withdrawal agreement or, in the absence of agreement, March 29, 2019. Since the regulatory framework for pharmaceutical products in the United Kingdom covering quality, safety and efficacy of pharmaceutical products, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of pharmaceutical products is derived from E.U. directives and regulations, Brexit could materially impact the future regulatory regime which applies to products and the approval of product candidates in the United Kingdom. It remains to be seen how, if at all, Brexit will impact regulatory requirements for product candidates and products in the United Kingdom.

General Data Protection Regulation

The collection, use, disclosure, transfer or other processing of personal data of individuals in the European Union, including personal health data, is governed by the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which

 

137


Table of Contents

became effective on May 25, 2018. The GDPR is wide-ranging in scope and imposes numerous requirements on companies that process personal data, including requirements relating to processing health and other sensitive data, obtaining consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, providing notice to individuals regarding data processing activities, implementing safeguards to protect the security and confidentiality of personal data, providing notification of data breaches, and taking certain measures when engaging third-party processors. The GDPR also imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data to countries outside the European Union, including the United States, and permits data protection authorities to impose large penalties for violations of the GDPR, including potential fines of up to €20 million or 4% of annual global revenues, whichever is greater. The GDPR also confers a private right of action on data subjects and consumer associations to lodge complaints with supervisory authorities, seek judicial remedies and obtain compensation for damages. Compliance with the GDPR will be a rigorous and time-intensive process that may increase our cost of doing business.

Pricing Decisions for Approved Products

In the European Union, pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies or so-called health technology assessments, in order to obtain reimbursement or pricing approval. For example, the European Union provides options for the E.U. Member States to restrict the range of products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. E.U. Member States may approve a specific price for a product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the product on the market. Other E.U. Member States allow companies to fix their own prices for products, but monitor and control prescription volumes and issue guidance to physicians to limit prescriptions. Recently, many countries in the European Union have increased the amount of discounts required on pharmaceuticals and these efforts could continue as countries attempt to manage health care expenditures, especially in light of the severe fiscal and debt crises experienced by many countries in the European Union. The downward pressure on health care costs in general, particularly with respect to prescription products, has become intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after reimbursement has been obtained. Reference pricing used by various E.U. Member States, and parallel trade, i.e., arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced E.U. Member States, can further reduce prices. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any products, if approved in those countries.

Employees

As of January 31, 2019, we had 15 employees, with nine employees engaged in research and development and the remaining six engaged in general management and administration, including finance and facilities. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe that we maintain good relations with our employees.

Property and Facilities

Our headquarters is currently located in New Haven, Connecticut, and consists of approximately 5,600 square feet of leased office space under a lease that expires in February 2023 under which we have an option to extend the lease by an additional year. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs; however, we may require additional space and facilities as our business expands.

Legal Proceedings

We are not subject to any material legal proceedings.

 

138


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Other Key Employees and Directors

The following table sets forth the name, age as of January 31, 2019 and position of each of our executive officers and directors.

 

Name

   Age       

Position

Executive Officers

       

Jennifer Good

     54        President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

Helena Brett-Smith, M.D.

     62        Chief Development Officer

Yann Mazabraud.

     46        Chief Commercial Officer and Head of International

Thomas Sciascia, M.D.

     65        Chief Medical Officer

Christopher Seiter

     52        Chief Financial Officer

Non-Employee Directors

 

    

David Meeker, M.D. (2)(3)

     64        Chairman of the Board of Directors

Mette Kirstine Agger (1)

     54        Director

Michael Heffernan (2)(3)

     54        Director

Edward Mathers (2)

     58        Director

Annie Mitsak, Ph.D. (1)

     34        Director

Eran Nadav, Ph.D. (3)

     49        Director

Anne VanLent (1)

     70        Director

 

(1)  

Member of the Audit Committee.

(2)  

Member of the Compensation Committee.

(3)

Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Executive Officers

Jennifer Good. Ms. Good is our co-founder and has served as a member of our board of directors and as our President and Chief Executive Officer since our inception in March 2011. Previously, Ms. Good served at Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co., or Penwest, from 1997 to 2010, where she held various positions including President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Good served on the board of Juniper Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a publicly traded healthcare company, from September 2017 until it was acquired by Catalent, Inc. in August 2018. Ms. Good has also served as a board member of the Friedreich’s Ataxia Research Alliance (FARA), a patient advocacy group advancing treatments for the cure of Friedreich’s Ataxia, since 2011. Ms. Good received a Bachelor of Business Administration degree with a concentration in accounting from Pacific Lutheran University in 1987 and is a Certified Public Accountant licensed by the State of Washington, although her license is currently inactive. Our board of directors believes that Ms. Good’s in-depth knowledge of our business from serving as our founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, and her perspective and experience as an executive and a director at publicly traded and privately held companies in the life sciences industry, provide her with the qualifications and skills to serve on our board of directors.

Helena Brett-Smith, M.D. Dr. Brett-Smith has served as our Chief Development Officer since September 2017. Prior to joining us, Dr. Brett-Smith worked in clinical drug development at Bristol-Myers Squibb from 2000 until January 2017 in roles of increasing seniority, most recently as Vice President and Head of Fibrosis Full Development. Prior to joining Bristol-Myers Squibb, Dr. Brett-Smith was Director of the HIV Program and outpatient care center at the Hospital of Saint Raphael in New Haven, Connecticut from 1992 to 2000. Dr. Brett-Smith earned her undergraduate degree from Yale University and her M.D. from the Stanford University School of Medicine. She completed her residency in Internal Medicine and a fellowship in Infectious Diseases at the Yale School of Medicine.

 

139


Table of Contents

Yann Mazabraud . Mr. Mazabraud has served as our Chief Commercial Officer and Head of International since July 2018, and previously served as a consultant to us from November 2017 until August 2018. Prior to serving as a consultant to us, Mr. Mazabraud worked at Sanofi Genzyme, serving as U.S. General Manager and North America Head, Rare Diseases from January 2016 until August 2017. Prior to that, Mr. Mazabraud worked at Sanofi Genzyme Latin America, serving as Vice President and Head from May 2014 until December 2015, as Central America & Caribbean MCO Regional Director from January 2013 until April 2014, and as Rare Diseases Business Unit Senior Director from February 2012 until April 2014. Previously, Mr. Mazabraud held various positions of increasing seniority at Genzyme France from 1999 until 2012. Mr. Mazabraud holds a Masters in Management from Ecole Supérieure de Commerce de La Rochelle.

Thomas Sciascia, M.D. Dr. Sciascia is our co-founder, and has served as our Chief Medical Officer since our inception in March 2011. Previously, Dr. Sciascia was the Senior Vice President of Clinical Development and Regulatory and Chief Medical Officer at Penwest from 2001 to 2010. Prior to joining Penwest, Dr. Sciascia worked at Quintiles, Inc. from 1997 to 2000 as a consultant to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. Dr. Sciascia also worked as Medical Director at Transkaryotic Therapies, Inc. (later acquired by Shire Pharmaceuticals Group plc) from 2000 to 2001. Dr. Sciascia received a B.S. in biology from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a medical degree from Columbia University. He is a board-certified neurologist licensed to practice medicine in the state of Massachusetts.

Christopher Seiter . Mr. Seiter has served as our Chief Financial Officer since May 2018. Prior to joining us, Mr. Seiter served as Chief Financial Officer of Millendo Therapeutics from October 2016 to April 2018. Previously, Mr. Seiter worked at Bank of America Merrill Lynch from 1999 until June 2016 and held various roles of increasing seniority, most recently serving as Managing Director, Head of Life Sciences Investment Banking. Prior to joining Bank of America Merrill Lynch, Mr. Seiter worked in the healthcare investment banking groups at UBS, Dillon Read and Kidder Peabody. Mr. Seiter also served in the U.S. Navy as a Nuclear Submarine Officer for five years. Mr. Seiter received a B.A. in economics cum laude from the University of Rochester and completed a graduate level program in nuclear engineering at the U.S. Naval Nuclear Power School.

Non-Employee Directors

David Meeker, M.D. Dr. Meeker has served as a member of our board of directors and our chairman since July 2017. Dr. Meeker has served as Chief Executive Officer and director of KSQ Therapeutics, Inc., a biotechnology company, since September 2017. Prior to joining KSQ, Dr. Meeker worked at Sanofi Genzyme from October 2011 to June 2017, in a variety of roles, including as president and chief executive officer of Genzyme from October 2011 until June 2017, as a member of Sanofi’s Executive Committee from 2012 to June 2017 and as executive vice president and head of Sanofi Genzyme, Sanofi’s specialty care unit with responsibility for rare diseases, multiple sclerosis, oncology and immunology franchises, from January 2016 to June 2017. Prior to the acquisition of Genzyme by Sanofi in 2011, Dr. Meeker worked at Genzyme Corporation, beginning in 1994 as medical director, and held positions of increasing responsibility, ultimately serving as chief operating officer. Prior to joining Genzyme, Dr. Meeker was director of the Pulmonary Critical Care Fellowship at the Cleveland Clinic and an assistant professor of medicine at Ohio State University. Dr. Meeker has served as a director of Rhythm Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company, since November 2015 and as its chairman of the board since April 2017. Dr. Meeker has also served as a director of MyoKardia, Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company, since April 2017. Dr. Meeker holds a medical degree from the University of Vermont Medical School and completed the Advanced Management Program at Harvard Business School in 2000. He completed his internal medicine training at Harvard University’s Beth Israel Hospital and pulmonary/critical care training at Boston University. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Meeker is qualified to serve as the Chairman of our board of directors because of his extensive executive experience in the life sciences industry, his medical background and his deep familiarity with our business as an original investor and advisor to the Company.

 

140


Table of Contents

Mette Kirstine Agger. Ms. Agger has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2017. Since 2009, Ms. Agger has served as a managing partner of Lundbeckfonden Ventures, a life science venture fund. Prior to joining Lundbeckfonden Ventures, Ms. Agger co-founded 7TM Pharma A/S, a biotech company engaged in therapeutic drug discovery and development, in 2000, and served as its chief executive officer from founding to 2009. Prior to founding 7TM Pharma, Ms. Agger was part of the management team of NeuroSearch A/S, a drug research and development company. Ms. Agger serves on numerous boards of private and public companies. She has served on the board of scPharmaceuticals Inc., a publicly traded pharmaceutical company, since March 2014, and on the board of Veloxis Pharmaceuticals A/S, an emerging specialty pharmaceutical company that is publicly traded on Nasdaq OMX Copenhagen, since April 2010. She also serves on the board of Klifo A/S, a pharmaceutical consulting company, Cydan Development, Inc., an orphan drug startup accelerator, Imara Inc., a drug company, PsiOxus Therapeutics, Ltd., a biopharmaceutical company, and Thesan Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. Ms. Agger graduated with an M.Sc. in biology from the University of Copenhagen and received an M.B.A. from Henley Business School University of Reading. Our board of directors believes that Ms. Agger’s experience investing in and advising life sciences companies and understanding of the life sciences industry outside of the United States, as well as her experience serving on the boards of public and private companies in the life sciences industry, provide her with the qualifications and skills to serve on our board of directors.

Michael Heffernan . Mr. Heffernan has served on our board of directors since February 2017. Mr. Heffernan served as the president, chief executive officer and director of Collegium Pharmaceutical, Inc., a publicly traded pharmaceutical company, from October 2002 until July 2018, at which time he transitioned to the role of chairman of the board of directors. He also founded Precision Dermatology, previously Onset Therapeutics, LLC, a dermatology-focused company, and served as its president and chief executive officer from 2005 to 2010. Mr. Heffernan previously founded and served as president and chief executive officer of Clinical Studies Ltd., a pharmaceutical contract research organization that was sold to PhyMatrix Corp., from 1994 to 1999, and subsequently served as president and chief executive officer of PhyMatrix from 1999 to 2002. Mr. Heffernan started his career at Eli Lilly and Company, where he held numerous sales and marketing roles. Mr. Heffernan has served on the board of directors of Veloxis Pharmaceuticals A/S, a specialty pharmaceutical company that is publicly traded on Nasdaq OMX Copenhagen, since April 2015, and has served as its chairman since April 2016. Mr. Heffernan has also served on the board of directors of Keryx Biopharmaceuticals, Inc., a publicly traded pharmaceutical company, since April 2016. Mr. Heffernan previously served on the board of directors of Ocata Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly traded biotechnology company, from April 2012 to February 2016, on the board of directors of Cornerstone Therapeutics Inc. (now known as Chiesi USA, Inc.), a publicly traded specialty pharmaceutical company, from 2009 to February 2014, and has served on the board of several privately held companies. Mr. Heffernan graduated from the University of Connecticut with a B.S. in pharmacy in 1987 and is a registered pharmacist. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Heffernan’s experience as an executive and a member of the boards of publicly traded and privately held companies in the life sciences industry provides him with the qualifications and skills to serve on our board of directors.

Edward Mathers. Mr. Mathers has served on our board of directors since July 2017. Mr. Mathers has been a partner at New Enterprise Associates, Inc., a private venture capital firm, since August 2008. Mr. Mathers has served as director of ObsEva SA, a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company, since November 2015, as a director of Rhythm Pharmaceuticals Inc., a publicly traded pharmaceutical company, since March 2013, as a director of Ra Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a publicly traded pharmaceutical company, since 2010, as a director of Liquidia Technologies, Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company, since 2009, and as a director of Synlogic, Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company, since October 2012. He is also on the board of a number of private life sciences companies. Mr. Mathers earned his B.S. in chemistry from North Carolina State University. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Mathers’ experience investing in and advising life sciences companies, as well as his experience as a director of public and private companies in the life sciences industry, provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve on our board of directors.

 

141


Table of Contents

Annie Mitsak, Ph.D. Ms. Mitsak has served on our board of directors since August 2018. Ms. Mitsak is a senior associate at Omega Fund Management, LLC, a private venture capital firm, where she has worked since October 2015. Prior to joining Omega, Ms. Mitsak worked at the Technology Licensing Office at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology from 2012 to October 2015 as an associate licensing officer, where she managed a portfolio of drug delivery and biotechnology inventions. Ms. Mitsak also worked as an independent consultant for Nelsen Biomedical from January 2015 to October 2015. Ms. Mitsak earned her B.S. in biomedical engineering from the University of Virginia and earned her Ph.D. in biomedical engineering from the University of Michigan. Our board of directors believes that Ms. Mitsak’s experience in the venture capital industry and her background in intellectual property licensing provide her with the qualifications and skills to serve on our board of directors.

Eran Nadav, Ph.D. Dr. Nadav has served on our board of directors since 2012. He worked at the investment firm TPG Capital since 2007, serving as partner and managing director at the TPG Biotech fund in San Francisco from 2007 until April 2018 and as a senior advisor of TPG Biotech since May 2018. Prior to joining TPG, Dr. Nadav was business development director at Eisai Co., Ltd., a Japanese pharmaceutical company, from 2003 to 2007, where he evaluated and negotiated licensing and acquisition deals. Prior to that, Dr. Nadav served as manager for JJDC, Inc., the venture capital subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson, from 1999 to 2001. Earlier, he worked for Neurim Pharmaceuticals Ltd. from 1997 to 1999 in a product development role. Representing TPG, Dr. Nadav was the lead investor and member of the board of Ultragenyx Pharmaceutical Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company, from June 2011 to June 2015, and chairman of the board from January 2012 until June 2015. He also served on the boards of Collegium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a publicly traded pharmaceutical company, from March 2015 to May 2017, of MacroGenics, Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company, from June 2013 to June 2014, and of a number of private companies. Dr. Nadav holds a Ph.D. in biochemistry, an M.Sc. magna cum laude, a B.Sc. magna cum laude, and an M.B.A. from Tel Aviv University. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Nadav’s experience investing in and advising life sciences companies, his experience as a director of public and private companies in the life sciences industry, and his deep familiarity with our business as a result of his long-time roles as the chairman of our board and the representative of our largest stockholder, provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve on our board of directors.

Anne VanLent. Ms. VanLent has served on our board of directors since October 2018. Since May 2008, Ms. VanLent has been President of AMV Advisors, providing corporate strategy and financial consulting services to emerging growth life sciences companies. Ms. VanLent was the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Barrier Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly traded pharmaceutical company, from 2002 through 2008. From 1997 to 2001, she was the Executive Vice President – Portfolio Management for Sarnoff Corporation, a multidisciplinary research and development firm. From 1985 to 1993, she served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of The Liposome Company, Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company that was acquired by Elan Corp. plc. Ms. VanLent has served as a member of the board of directors and audit committee chair of Applied Genetics Technologies Corporation, a publicly traded biotechnology company, since August 2016. Since May 2013, Ms. VanLent has also served as a member of the board of directors of Vaxart, Inc. (formerly Aviragen Therapeutics, Inc.), a publicly traded company. During the past five years, Ms. VanLent served as a director of Ocera Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company acquired by Mallinckrodt plc, from 2011 to December 2017; Novelion Pharmaceuticals Inc. (formerly Aegerion Pharmaceuticals), a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company, from March 2013 to June 2017; and Onconova Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company, from June 2013 to May 2016. Ms. VanLent received a B.A. degree in physics from Mount Holyoke College. Our board of directors believes that Ms. VanLent’s financial and accounting expertise and her experience as an executive and a member on the boards of publicly traded life sciences companies provides her with the qualifications and skills to serve on our board of directors.

 

142


Table of Contents

Board Composition and Election of Directors

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of eight members. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their death, resignation or removal.

Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors. Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% of our shares of capital stock present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

In accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, class I, class II and class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Upon the closing of this offering, the members of the classes will be divided as follows:

 

   

the class I directors will be Mette Kirstine Agger, Michael Heffernan and Eran Nadav, and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020;

 

   

the class II directors will be Edward Mathers, David Meeker and Annie Mitsak, and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021; and

 

   

the class III directors will be Jennifer Good and Anne VanLent, and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022.

Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires.

The classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. See “Description of Capital Stock—Delaware Anti-Takeover Law and Certain Charter and By-law Provisions.”

Director Independence

Applicable Nasdaq rules require a majority of a listed company’s board of directors to be comprised of independent directors within one year of listing. In addition, Nasdaq rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and compensation committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act. Under applicable Nasdaq rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of the listed company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee, accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10C-1, the board of directors of a listed company must consider, for each member of the company’s compensation committee, all factors specifically relevant to determining whether a director has a relationship to such company that is material to that director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member,

 

143


Table of Contents

including, but not limited to: (1) the source of compensation of the director, including any consulting advisory or other compensatory fee paid by such company to the director; and (2) whether the director is affiliated with the company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

In April 2019, our board of directors undertook a review of the composition of our board of directors and its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that each of our directors, with the exception of Ms. Good, is an “independent director” as defined under applicable Nasdaq rules. In making such determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances that our board of directors deemed relevant in determining his or her independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. Ms. Good is not an independent director under these rules because she is our President and Chief Executive Officer.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will operate under a charter approved by our board.

Audit Committee

The members of our audit committee are Ms. Agger, Ms. Mitsak and Ms. VanLent. Ms. VanLent is the chair of the audit committee. Our audit committee’s responsibilities will include:

 

   

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm;

 

   

overseeing the work of our independent registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from that firm;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

 

   

monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics;

 

   

overseeing our internal audit function;

 

   

overseeing our risk assessment and risk management policies;

 

   

establishing procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns;

 

   

meeting independently with our internal auditing staff, if any, our independent registered public accounting firm and management;

 

   

reviewing and approving or ratifying any related person transactions; and

 

   

preparing the audit committee report required by Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, rules.

All audit and non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm must be approved in advance by our audit committee.

Our board of directors has determined that Ms. VanLent is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules. We believe that the composition of our audit committee will meet the requirements for independence under current Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations.

 

144


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Heffernan and Mathers and Dr. Meeker. Mr. Heffernan is the chair of the compensation committee. Our compensation committee’s responsibilities will include:

 

   

reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, the compensation of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers;

 

   

overseeing an evaluation of our senior executives;

 

   

overseeing and administering our cash and equity incentive plans;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation;

 

   

reviewing and discussing annually with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” disclosure if and to the extent then required by SEC rules; and

 

   

preparing the compensation committee report if and to the extent then required by SEC rules.

We believe that the composition of our compensation committee will meet the requirements for independence under current Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Dr. Meeker, Mr. Heffernan and Dr. Nadav. Dr. Meeker is the chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities will include:

 

   

recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our board’s committees;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to our board with respect to our board leadership structure;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to our board with respect to management succession planning;

 

   

developing and recommending to our board of directors corporate governance principles; and

 

   

overseeing a periodic evaluation of our board of directors.

We believe that the composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee will meet the requirements for independence under current Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or our compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee is, or has ever been, an officer or employee of our company.

Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct

We have adopted, subject to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. We intend to post a current copy of the code on our website, www.trevitherapeutics.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or Nasdaq stock market listing standards concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code.

 

145


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following discussion relates to the compensation of Jennifer Good, our President and Chief Executive Officer, for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and of Christopher Seiter, our Chief Financial Officer, and Yann Mazabraud, our Chief Commercial Officer and Head of International, for the year ended December 31, 2018. These individuals are collectively referred to in this prospectus as our named executive officers.

In preparing to become a public company, we have begun a thorough review of all elements of our executive compensation program, including the function and design of our equity incentive programs. We have begun, and expect to continue in the coming months, to evaluate the need for revisions to our executive compensation program to ensure that our program is competitive with the companies with which we compete for executive talent and is appropriate for a public company.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2018 and earned by or paid to Ms. Good for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($)
     Bonus
($) (1)
     Option
awards
($) (2)
     All other
compensation
($)
    Total ($)  

Jennifer Good

     2018        400,000        120,000        —          8,250 (3)        528,250  

President and Chief Executive Officer

     2017        367,200        110,000        379,500        8,100 (3)        864,800  

Christopher Seiter (4)

     2018        214,154        48,329        515,250        4,802 (3)        782,535  

Chief Financial Officer

                

Yann Mazabraud (5)

     2018        185,317        35,162        571,167        221,187 (6)        1,012,833  

Chief Commercial Officer and Head of International

                

 

(1)

Except where noted otherwise, the amounts reported in the “Bonus” column reflect discretionary annual cash bonuses paid to our executive officers for their performance.

(2)

The amounts reported in the “Option awards” column reflect the aggregate fair value of stock based compensation awarded during the year computed in accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 718. See note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of the assumptions underlying the valuation of our equity awards.

(3)

The amounts reported in the “All other compensation” column reflect the cost to us of 401(k) matching contributions.

(4)

Mr. Seiter began his employment with us in May 2018.

(5)

Mr. Mazabraud began his employment with us in September 2018. Prior to commencing his employment, Mr. Mazabraud served as a consultant to us and was compensated under a consulting agreement from November 2017 to August 2018, pursuant to which we paid him in U.S. dollars. Mr. Mazabraud is based in Europe and since beginning his employment in September 2018, we have compensated him in euros. The amount in the “Salary” column includes $80,000 paid as consulting fees from July 2018 to August 2018 and $105,317 paid as base salary from September 2018 to December 2018. The $105,317 represents the actual cost in U.S. dollars (at the spot rate) of the monthly payments of salary made in euros. The average exchange rate for these payments was $1.179 to €1.

(6)

The amount reported in the “All other compensation” column reflects certain payments made on behalf of Mr. Mazabraud to which he is entitled under French law, including $41,187 of social benefits that are mandatory in France, as well as fees of $180,000 paid in connection with his service as a consultant from January 2018 through June 2018. The $41,187 represents the actual cost in U.S. dollars (at the spot rate) of the periodic payments for benefits made in euros in 2018, at an average exchange rate of $1.186 to €1, plus the estimated cost in U.S. dollars of the benefits accrued during 2018 and unpaid as of December 31, 2018, converted at the spot exchange rate on December 31, 2018 of $1.145 to €1.

 

146


Table of Contents

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

Base Salary . In 2018, we paid annualized base salaries of $400,000 to Ms. Good, $320,000 to Mr. Seiter and $310,000 to Mr. Mazabraud. We use base salaries to recognize the experience, skills, knowledge and responsibilities required of all our employees, including our named executive officers. None of our named executive officers is currently party to an employment agreement or other agreement or arrangement that provides for automatic or scheduled increases in base salary.

Annual Bonus. Our board of directors may, in its discretion, award bonuses to our executive officers from time to time. We typically establish annual bonus targets based on specified corporate goals for our executive officers and conduct annual performance reviews to determine the attainment of such goals by each executive officer. Our management may propose bonus awards to our board of directors primarily based on this review process. Our board of directors makes the final determination of the eligibility requirements for and the amount of each bonus awarded to an executive officer.

Equity Incentives. Although we do not have a formal policy with respect to the grant of equity incentive awards to our executive officers, or any formal equity ownership guidelines applicable to them, we believe that equity grants provide our executives with a strong link to our long-term performance, create an ownership culture and help align the interests of our executives with those of our stockholders. In addition, we believe that equity grants with a time-based vesting feature promote executive retention because this feature incentivizes our executive officers to remain employed by us during the vesting period. Accordingly, our board of directors periodically reviews the equity incentive compensation of our executive officers and from time to time may grant equity incentive awards to them in the form of stock options. In 2018, we granted Mr. Seiter an option to purchase 1,145,000 shares of our common stock and granted Mr. Mazabraud an option to purchase 936,430 shares of our common stock, in each case in connection with his commencement of employment with us. Mr. Seiter’s options are scheduled to vest with respect to 25% of the shares underlying the option on May 1, 2019. The remaining 75% of the shares underlying the option will vest in equal monthly installments thereafter through May 1, 2022. Mr. Mazabraud’s options are scheduled to vest with respect to 25% of the shares underlying the option on July 1, 2019. The remaining 75% of the shares underlying the option will vest in equal monthly installments thereafter through July 1, 2022. We did not grant Ms. Good an option to purchase shares of our common stock in 2018.

We use stock options to compensate our executive officers in the form of initial grants in connection with the commencement of employment and also at other various times during their employment. Prior to this offering, stock options were awarded to our executive officers by our board of directors or compensation committee. None of our executive officers is currently party to an employment agreement that provides for automatic award of stock options. We have granted stock options to our executive officers with time-based vesting. The options that we have granted to our executive officers typically become exercisable as to 25% of the shares underlying the option on the first anniversary of the grant date, and as to an additional 1/48th of the original number of shares underlying the option monthly thereafter. Vesting rights cease upon termination of employment and exercise rights cease shortly after termination, except that exercisability is extended in the case of death or disability, and for options granted prior to July 14, 2017, vesting is fully accelerated upon a change of control. Prior to the exercise of an option, the holder has no rights as a stockholder with respect to the shares subject to such option, including no voting rights and no right to receive dividends or dividend equivalents.

We have historically granted stock options with exercise prices that are equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by our board of directors or compensation committee, based on a number of objective and subjective factors. The exercise price of all stock options granted after the closing of this offering will be equal to the fair market value of shares of our common stock on the date of grant, which will be determined by reference to the closing market price of our common stock on the date of grant.

 

147


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2018

The following table sets forth information regarding all outstanding stock options held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2018. No unvested restricted stock awards were outstanding as of December 31, 2018.

 

    Option Awards  

Name

  Number
of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
    Number
of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
    Option
exercise
price
($)
    Option
expiration
date
 

Jennifer Good

    116,442             0.33       7/11/2023  
    23,288             0.33       12/10/2023  
    128,692             0.34       1/23/2024  
    596,638             0.23       6/11/2024  
    581,208             0.15       11/25/2024  
    44,792       5,208 (1)        0.15       5/15/2025  
    412,500       1,237,500 (2)        0.35       12/20/2027  

Christopher Seiter

          1,145,000 (3)        0.70       5/30/2028  

Yann Mazabraud

    12,500       37,500 (2)        0.35       12/20/2027  
          936,340 (4)        0.96       9/1/2028  

 

(1)

Granted on May 15, 2015 and vested as to 25% of the shares underlying the option on May 15, 2016. The remaining 75% of the shares underlying the option will vest in equal monthly installments thereafter through May 15, 2025.

(2)

Granted on December 20, 2017 and vested as to 25% of the shares underlying the option on December 20, 2018. The remaining 75% of the shares underlying the option will vest in equal monthly installments thereafter through December 20, 2027.

(3)

Granted on May 30, 2018 with 25% of the shares underlying the option vesting on May 1, 2019. The remaining 75% of the shares underlying the option will vest in equal monthly installments thereafter through May 1, 2022.

(4)

Granted on September 1, 2018 with 25% of the shares underlying the option vesting on July 1, 2019. The remaining 75% of the shares underlying the option will vest in equal monthly installments thereafter through July 1, 2022.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers.

Employment Agreement with Ms. Good

In December 2012, we and Ms. Good entered into an employment agreement. Under the agreement, Ms. Good is an “at will” employee, and her employment with us can be terminated by her or us at any time and for any reason. The agreement sets forth Ms. Good’s initial base salary, subject to adjustment from time to time and for any reason, and provides that she is eligible, at the sole discretion of our board of directors, to earn an annual bonus of up to a specified percentage of her base salary. For 2018, our board of directors set a target bonus for Ms. Good equal to 40% of her base salary.

Under the agreement, subject to her execution and nonrevocation of a separation agreement and a release of claims in our favor, in the event of the termination of her employment by us without cause or by her for good reason, each as defined in her agreement with us, Ms. Good is entitled to continue receiving (i) her then-current annual base salary for a period of twelve months following the date her employment with us is terminated,

 

148


Table of Contents

payable in accordance with our regular payroll practices, and (ii) medical and dental insurance benefits, to the extent she was receiving them prior to her termination and to the extent we are able to provide such benefits at a cost to us that is not in excess of the cost we were paying for such benefits prior to her termination, for a period of twelve months following the date her employment with us is terminated, or until she becomes eligible to receive such benefits from a new employer.

In addition, in the event that Ms. Good’s employment is terminated by us without cause, or by Ms. Good with good reason, within twelve months following a change of control, as defined in her agreement with us, Ms. Good will be entitled under the agreement to receive (i) as severance pay an amount equal to twelve months of her then-current base salary, payable in a lump sum, and (ii) medical and dental insurance benefits, to the extent she was receiving them prior to her termination and to the extent we are able to provide such benefits at a cost to us that is not in excess of the cost we were paying for such benefits prior to her termination, for a period of twelve months following the date her employment with us is terminated, or until she becomes eligible to receive such benefits from a new employer.

Employment Agreement with Mr. Seiter

In April 2018, we and Mr. Seiter entered into an offer letter. Under the terms of the offer letter, Mr. Seiter is an “at will” employee, and his employment with us can be terminated by him or us at any time and for any reason. The letter sets forth Mr. Seiter’s initial base salary and provides that he is eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to 30% of his base salary, to be determined annually by our board of directors.

Employment Agreement with Mr. Mazabraud

In connection with our initial hiring of Mr. Mazabraud, we and Mr. Mazabraud entered into an employment agreement in August 2018. Under the agreement, we and Mr. Mazabraud each have the right to terminate the employment agreement in accordance with French law by giving mutual notice of three months, except in the case of Mr. Mazabraud’s dismissal for serious misconduct or gross misconduct. The agreement sets forth Mr. Mazabraud’s initial base salary and provides that he is eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to 30% of his base salary, to be determined annually by our board of directors.

We are obligated to pay for any mandatory pension and social security schemes according to applicable legal requirements, and Mr. Mazabraud is further entitled to additional pension schemes, health care and contingency plans as provided under French law.

Employee Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Assignment of Inventions Agreements

Each of our named executive officers has entered into standard form agreements with us with respect to non-competition, non-solicitation, confidential information and assignment of inventions. Under these agreements, each named executive officer has agreed not to compete with us during his or her employment and for a period ranging from one to two years after the termination of his or her employment, not to solicit our employees, independent contractors, clients, customers or business partners during his or her employment and for a period ranging from one to two years after the termination of his or her employment, and to protect our confidential and proprietary information indefinitely. With respect to Mr. Mazabraud, his employment agreement provides consideration for his non-competition obligation, through which he will receive a monthly non-competition indemnity equal to a gross monthly amount of 50% of his gross monthly salary received by him during the 12 months preceding the termination of his employment contract, to be paid monthly subject to compliance with his non-competition obligations. In addition, under these agreements, each named executive officer has assigned to us all inventions that are developed by such executive officer during his or her employment with us other than those that do not relate to the business or research and development conducted or planned to be conducted by us, among other exclusions.

 

149


Table of Contents

Stock Option and Other Compensation Plans

In this section we describe our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended to date, or the 2012 Plan; our 2019 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2019 Plan; and our 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2019 ESPP. Prior to this offering, we granted awards to eligible participants under the 2012 Plan. Following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we expect to grant awards to eligible participants under the 2019 Plan and the 2019 ESPP.

2012 Plan

The 2012 Plan was initially approved by our board of directors and stockholders in December 2012 and was subsequently amended in December 2013, January 2014, May 2014, October 2014, July 2017 and May 2018. The 2012 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-qualified options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards. Our employees, directors and consultants are eligible to receive awards under the 2012 Plan; however, incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees. As of January 31, 2019, a maximum of 11,836,081 shares of our common stock, or the equivalent of such number after our board of directors makes any adjustments upon any change in capitalization or corporate transaction, were authorized for issuance under the 2012 Plan. Pursuant to the 2012 Plan, our board of directors (or a committee to which our board delegates its authority) administers the 2012 Plan. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2012 Plan at any time. However, any such amendment, suspension or termination of the 2012 Plan that may materially and adversely affect the rights of holders of outstanding awards requires the consent of such holders. The type of award granted under the 2012 Plan and the terms of such award are set forth in the applicable award agreement.

Upon the occurrence of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spinoff or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of our common stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, under the terms of the 2012 Plan, we are required to equitably adjust (or make substitute awards, if applicable), in the manner determined by our board of directors:

 

   

the number and class of securities available under the 2012 Plan;

 

   

the number and class of securities and exercise price per share of each outstanding option;

 

   

the share and per share provisions and the measurement price of each outstanding stock appreciation right;

 

   

the number of shares subject to and the repurchase price per share subject to each outstanding restricted stock award and restricted stock unit award; and

 

   

the share and per share-related provisions and the purchase price, if any, of each outstanding other stock-based award.

Upon the occurrence of a merger or consolidation of our company with or into another entity as a result of which all of our common stock is converted into or exchanged for the right to receive cash, securities or other property or is cancelled; any transfer or disposition of all of our common stock for cash, securities or other property pursuant to a share exchange or other transaction; or a liquidation or dissolution of our company, our board of directors may, on such terms as our board of directors determines, take any one or more of the following actions pursuant to the 2012 Plan, as to some or all outstanding awards, other than restricted stock awards:

 

   

provide that awards shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof);

 

   

upon written notice to a plan participant, provide that the participant’s unexercised awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction unless exercised by the participant within a specified period;

 

150


Table of Contents
   

provide that outstanding awards shall become exercisable, realizable or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an award shall lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon such transaction;

 

   

in the event of a transaction under the terms of which holders of common stock will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the transaction, make or provide for a cash payment to a plan participant;

 

   

provide that, in connection with a liquidation of dissolution of the company, awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds; or

 

   

any combination of the foregoing.

Furthermore, upon the occurrence a change in control event, as defined in the 2012 Plan, any option or stock appreciation right then outstanding that was granted prior to July 14, 2017 shall automatically become exercisable in full.

Our board of directors is not obligated under the 2012 Plan to treat all awards, all awards held by a participant, or all awards of the same type, identically.

Upon the occurrence of any corporate transaction described above, other than our liquidation or dissolution or a change in control, our repurchase and other rights under each outstanding restricted stock award will continue for the benefit of our successor and will, unless our board of directors determines otherwise, apply to the cash, securities or other property which our common stock was converted into or exchanged for in the transaction in the same manner and to the same extent as they applied to the common stock subject to the restricted stock award. Upon our liquidation or dissolution, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the restricted stock award agreement or any other agreement between the plan participant and us, all restrictions and conditions on all restricted stock awards then outstanding will automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied.

Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the exercisability of any option or time at which any restrictions shall lapse or be removed from any restricted stock award, as the case may be.

As of January 31, 2019, options to purchase 10,157,981 shares of our common stock were outstanding under the 2012 Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.41 per share, and options to purchase 387,431 shares of our common stock had been exercised under the 2012 Plan. No restricted common stock has been awarded under the 2012 Plan. We will no longer grant stock options or other awards under the 2012 Plan on or after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

2019 Stock Incentive Plan

In April 2019, our board of directors adopted, and we expect our stockholders to approve, the 2019 Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The 2019 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards. Upon effectiveness of the 2019 Plan, the number of shares of our common stock that will be reserved for issuance under the 2019 Plan will be the sum of: (1) 15,000,000; plus (2) the number of shares (up to 11,000,000 shares) equal to the number of shares of our common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2012 Plan that expire, terminate or are otherwise surrendered, cancelled, forfeited or repurchased by us at their original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right; plus (3) an annual increase, to be added on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020 and continuing until, and including, the fiscal year ending December 31, 2029, equal to the least of 20,000,000 shares of our common stock, 4% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the first day of such fiscal year and an amount determined by our board of directors.

 

151


Table of Contents

Our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors will be eligible to receive awards under the 2019 Plan. Incentive stock options, however, may only be granted to our employees. Our board of directors has approved, effective upon the pricing of this offering, grants under the 2019 Plan to our non-employee directors of stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,575,000 shares of our common stock at a purchase price per share equal to the initial public offering price of shares of our common stock in this offering.

Pursuant to the terms of the 2019 Plan, our board of directors (or a committee delegated by our board of directors) will administer the plan and, subject to any limitations in the plan, will select the recipients of awards and determine:

 

   

the number of shares of our common stock covered by options and the dates upon which the options become exercisable;

 

   

the type of options to be granted;

 

   

the duration of options, which may not be in excess of 10 years;

 

   

the exercise price of options, which must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant; and

 

   

the number of shares of our common stock subject to any stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units or other stock-based awards and the terms and conditions of such awards, including conditions for repurchase, issue price, and repurchase price, if any (though the measurement price of stock appreciation rights must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and the duration of such awards may not be in excess of ten years).

If our board of directors delegates authority to an executive officer to grant awards under the 2019 Plan, the executive officer will have the power to make awards to all of our employees, except executive officers. Our board of directors will fix the terms of the awards to be granted by such executive officer, the maximum number of shares subject to awards that such executive officer may make and the time period in which such awards may be granted.

Effect of certain changes in capitalization

Upon the occurrence of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of our common stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, we are required by the 2019 Plan to make equitable adjustments (or make substitute awards, if applicable), in a manner determined by our board of directors, to:

 

   

the number and class of securities available under the 2019 Plan;

 

   

the share counting rules and sublimits under the 2019 Plan;

 

   

the number and class of securities and exercise price per share of each outstanding option;

 

   

the share and per-share provisions and the measurement price of each outstanding stock appreciation right;

 

   

the number of shares subject to, and the repurchase price per share subject to, each outstanding restricted stock award; and

 

   

the share and per share related provisions and the purchase price, if any, of each outstanding restricted stock unit award and each outstanding other stock-based award.

Effect of certain corporate transactions

Upon a merger or other reorganization event (as defined in the 2019 Plan), our board of directors may, on such terms as our board determines (except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in an applicable award

 

152


Table of Contents

agreement or other agreement between the participant and us), take any one or more of, or a combination of, the following actions pursuant to the 2019 Plan as to some or all outstanding awards, other than restricted stock awards:

 

   

provide that all outstanding awards shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or successor corporation (or an affiliate thereof);

 

   

upon written notice to a participant, provide that all of the participant’s unvested awards will be forfeited, and/or unexercised awards will terminate, immediately prior to the consummation of such reorganization event unless exercised by the participant (to the extent then exercisable) within a specified period following the date of the notice;

 

   

provide that outstanding awards shall become exercisable, realizable or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an award shall lapse, in whole or in part, prior to or upon such reorganization event;

 

   

in the event of a reorganization event pursuant to which holders of shares of our common stock will receive a cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event, make or provide for a cash payment to participants with respect to each award held by a participant equal to (1) the number of shares of our common stock subject to the vested portion of the award (after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting that occurs upon or immediately prior to such reorganization event) multiplied by (2) the excess, if any, of the cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event over the exercise, measurement or purchase price of such award and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such award; and/or

 

   

provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution, awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (if applicable, net of the exercise, measurement or purchase price thereof and any applicable tax withholdings).

Our board of directors does not need to take the same action with respect to all awards, all awards held by a participant or all awards of the same type.

In the case of certain restricted stock units, no assumption or substitution is permitted, and the restricted stock units will instead be settled in accordance with the terms of the applicable restricted stock unit agreement.

Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event other than a liquidation or dissolution, the repurchase and other rights with respect to outstanding restricted stock awards will continue for the benefit of the successor company and will, unless our board of directors may otherwise determine, apply to the cash, securities or other property into which shares of our common stock are converted or exchanged pursuant to the reorganization event. Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event involving a liquidation or dissolution, all restrictions and conditions on each outstanding restricted stock award will automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied, unless otherwise provided in the agreement evidencing the restricted stock award or any other agreement between the participant and us.

At any time, our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, provide that any award under the 2019 Plan will become immediately exercisable in full or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in whole or in part as the case may be.

Unless our stockholders approve such action, the 2019 Plan provides that we may not (except as otherwise permitted in connection with a change in capitalization or reorganization event):

 

   

amend any outstanding option or stock appreciation right granted under the 2019 Plan to provide an exercise or measurement price per share that is lower than the then-current exercise or measurement price per share of such outstanding award;

 

153


Table of Contents
   

cancel any outstanding option or stock appreciation right (whether or not granted under the 2019 Plan) and grant in substitution therefor new awards under the 2019 Plan (other than substitute awards permitted in connection with a merger or consolidation of an entity with us or our acquisition of property or stock of another entity) covering the same or a different number of shares of our common stock and having an exercise or measurement price per share lower than the then-current exercise or measurement price per share of the cancelled award;

 

   

cancel in exchange for a cash payment any outstanding option or stock appreciation right with an exercise or measurement price per share above the then-current fair market value of our common stock; or

 

   

take any other action that constitutes a “repricing” within the meaning of the rules of the Nasdaq Global Market or any other exchange or marketplace on which our stock is listed or traded.

No award may be granted under the 2019 Plan on or after the date that is 10 years following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2019 Plan at any time, except that stockholder approval may be required to comply with applicable law or stock market requirements.

2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In April 2019, our board of directors adopted, and we expect our stockholders to approve, the 2019 ESPP, which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The 2019 ESPP will be administered by our board of directors or by a committee appointed by our board of directors. The 2019 ESPP will initially provide participating employees with the opportunity to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,473,513 shares of our common stock. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2019 ESPP will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020 and continuing until, and including, the fiscal year ending December 31, 2029, equal to the least of 5,000,000 shares of our common stock, 1% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the first day of such fiscal year and an amount determined by our board of directors.

All of our employees or employees of any designated subsidiary, as defined in the 2019 ESPP, are eligible to participate in the 2019 ESPP, provided that:

 

   

such person is customarily employed by us or a designated subsidiary for more than 20 hours a week and for more than five months in a calendar year;

 

   

such person has been employed by us or by a designated subsidiary for at least three months prior to enrolling in the 2019 ESPP; and

 

   

such person was our employee or an employee of a designated subsidiary on the first day of the applicable offering period under the 2019 ESPP.

No employee may purchase shares of our common stock under the 2019 ESPP and any of our other employee stock purchase plans in excess of $25,000 of the fair market value of our common stock (as of the date of the option grant) in any calendar year. In addition, no employee may purchase shares of our common stock under the 2019 ESPP that would result in the employee owning 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our stock or the stock of our subsidiary.

We expect to make one or more offerings to our eligible employees to purchase stock under the 2019 ESPP beginning at such time as our board of directors may determine. Each offering will consist of a six-month offering period during which payroll deductions will be made and held for the purchase of our common stock at the end of the offering period. Our board of directors or a committee designated by the board of directors may, at their discretion, choose a different period of not more than 12 months for such offerings.

 

154


Table of Contents

On the commencement date of each offering period, each eligible employee may authorize up to a maximum of 15% of his or her compensation to be deducted by us during the offering period. Each employee who continues to be a participant in the 2019 ESPP on the last business day of the offering period will be deemed to have exercised an option to purchase from us the number of whole shares of our common stock that his or her accumulated payroll deductions on such date will pay for, not in excess of the maximum numbers set forth above. Under the terms of the 2019 ESPP, the purchase price shall be determined by our board of directors for each offering period and will be at least 85% of the applicable closing price of our common stock. If our board of directors does not make a determination of the purchase price, the purchase price will be 85% of the lesser of the closing price of our common stock on the first business day of the offering period or on the last business day of the offering period.

An employee who is not a participant on the last day of the offering period is not entitled to purchase shares under the 2019 ESPP, and the employee’s accumulated payroll deductions will be refunded. An employee’s rights under the 2019 ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from an offering under the 2019 ESPP at any time prior to the close of business on the fifteenth day (or such other number of days as we determine) prior to the end of the offering period, or when the employee ceases employment for any reason.

We will be required to make equitable adjustments to the number and class of securities available under the 2019 ESPP, the share limitations under the 2019 ESPP, and the purchase price for an offering period under the 2019 ESPP to reflect stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, combinations of shares, reclassifications of shares, spin-offs and other similar changes in capitalization or events or any dividends or distributions to holders of our common stock other than ordinary cash dividends.

In connection with a merger or other reorganization event, as defined in the 2019 ESPP, our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors may take any one or more of, or a combination of, the following actions as to outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock under the 2019 ESPP on such terms as our board or committee determines:

 

   

provide that options shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent options shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof);

 

   

upon written notice to employees, provide that all outstanding options will be terminated immediately prior to the consummation of such reorganization event and that all such outstanding options will become exercisable to the extent of accumulated payroll deductions as of a date specified by our board or committee in such notice, which date shall not be less than ten days preceding the effective date of the reorganization event;

 

   

upon written notice to employees, provide that all outstanding options will be cancelled as of a date prior to the effective date of the reorganization event and that all accumulated payroll deductions will be returned to participating employees on such date;

 

   

in the event of a reorganization event under the terms of which holders of our common stock will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event, change the last day of the offering period to be the date of the consummation of the reorganization event and make or provide for a cash payment to each employee equal to (1) the cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event times the number of shares of our common stock that the employee’s accumulated payroll deductions as of immediately prior to the reorganization event could purchase at the applicable purchase price, where the acquisition price is treated as the fair market value of our common stock on the last day of the applicable offering period for purposes of determining the purchase price and where the number of shares that could be purchased is subject to the applicable limitations under the 2019 ESPP minus (2) the result of multiplying such number of shares by the purchase price; and/or

 

   

provide that, in connection with our liquidation or dissolution, options shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (net of the purchase price thereof).

 

155


Table of Contents

Our board of directors may at any time, and from time to time, amend or suspend the 2019 ESPP or any portion thereof. We will obtain stockholder approval for any amendment if such approval is required by Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Further, our board of directors may not make any amendment that would cause the 2019 ESPP to fail to comply with Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The 2019 ESPP may be terminated at any time by our board of directors. Upon termination, we will refund all amounts in the accounts of participating employees.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a defined contribution employee retirement plan for our employees, including our named executive officers. The plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified 401(k) plan so that contributions to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on such contributions, are not taxable to participants until withdrawn or distributed from the 401(k) plan (except in the case of contributions under the 401(k) plan designated as Roth contributions). The 401(k) plan provides that we make non-discretionary matching contributions of 50% of the first 6% of elective contributions. Participants are immediately vested in their contributions, as well as any earnings thereon. Vesting in the employer match contribution portion of their accounts, as well as any earnings thereon, is based on years of credited service, vesting over a four-year period, with 25% vesting per completed year.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, limits the personal liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, and provides that no director will have personal liability to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. However, these provisions do not eliminate or limit the liability of any of our directors:

 

   

for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

for voting for or assenting to unlawful payments of dividends, stock repurchases or other distributions; or

 

   

for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to or repeal of these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to such amendment or repeal. If the DGCL is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the DGCL.

In addition, our certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provides that we must indemnify our directors and officers and we must advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings, subject to very limited exceptions.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers specified liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors, and we intend to enter into new indemnification agreements with all of our executive officers and directors prior to the completion of this offering. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify each such executive officer or director for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by him or her in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our executive officers or directors.

Some of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured or indemnified against specified liabilities incurred in their capacities as members of our board of directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, in the opinion of the

 

156


Table of Contents

Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from the director or officer. It is also possible that the director or officer could amend or terminate the plan when not in possession of material, nonpublic information. In addition, our directors and executive officers may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic information.

Director Compensation

The table below shows all compensation to our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Name

   Fees earned or
paid in cash

($)
     Option
awards (1) (2)

($)
    Total
($)
 

David Meeker, M.D..

     25,000        —         25,000  

Mette Kirstine Agger

     —          —         —    

Michael Heffernan

     25,000        —         25,000  

Edward Mathers

     —          —         —    

Annie Mitsak, Ph.D. (3)

     —          —         —    

Eran Nadav, Ph.D.

     —          —         —    

Otello Stampacchia, Ph.D. (4)

     —          —         —    

Anne VanLent (5)

     5,707        106,750 (6)        112,457  

 

(1)

The amounts reported in the “Option awards” column reflect the aggregate fair value of stock based compensation awarded during the year computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718. See note 10 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of the assumptions underlying the valuation of equity awards.

(2)

As of December 31, 2018, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock subject to outstanding option awards held by our non-employee directors was as follows: Dr. Meeker, 426,408 shares, Mr. Heffernan 375,000 shares and Ms. VanLent 175,000 shares.

(3)

Ms. Mitsak joined our board of directors in August 2018.

(4)

Mr. Stampacchia resigned from our board of directors in August 2018.

(5)

Ms. VanLent joined our board of directors in October 2018.

(6)

The options reported in this column were granted to Ms. VanLent in connection with her election to our board of directors and consisted of an option to purchase 175,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.96 per share, subject to vesting ratably on a quarterly basis over four years from the date of grant.

Prior to this offering, we paid cash fees and granted options to purchase shares to certain of our non-employee directors for their service on our board of directors, however we did not have a formal non-employee director compensation policy. We have historically reimbursed our non-employee directors for reasonable travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending board of director and committee meetings. We do not pay any compensation to our President and Chief Executive Officer in connection with her service on our board of directors. Ms. Good is one of our named executive officers and, accordingly, the compensation that we pay to Ms. Good is discussed under “—Summary Compensation Table” and “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table.”

 

157


Table of Contents

In April 2019, our board of directors approved a director compensation program that will become effective on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Under this director compensation program, we will pay our non-employee directors a cash retainer for service on the board of directors and for service on each committee on which the director is a member. The chairman of the board, the lead independent director, if any, and the chairman of each committee will receive higher retainers for such service. These fees will be payable in arrears in four equal quarterly installments on the last day of each quarter, provided that the amount of such payment will be prorated for any portion of such quarter that the director is not serving on our board of directors and no fee shall be payable in respect of any period prior to the completion of this offering. The fees paid to non-employee directors for service on the board of directors and for service on each committee of the board of directors on which the director is a member are as follows:

 

     Member Annual Fee      Chairman Annual Fee  

Board of Directors

   $ 35,000      $ 65,000 (1)   

Audit Committee

   $ 7,500      $ 15,000  

Compensation Committee

   $ 5,000      $ 10,000  

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

   $ 4,000      $ 8,000  

 

(1)

Chairman or lead independent director fee.

We also will continue to reimburse our non-employee directors for reasonable travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending board of director and committee meetings.

In addition, under our director compensation program that will become effective on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, each non-employee director will receive under the 2019 Plan, upon (1) the pricing of this offering, with respect to each non-employee director then serving on our board of directors, and (2) his or her initial election or appointment to our board of directors, with respect to each non-employee director elected or appointed to our board of directors after this offering, an option to purchase 225,000 shares of our common stock. Each of these options will vest as to 50% of the shares of our common stock underlying such option at the earlier of the first anniversary of the date of grant or the date of the first annual meeting of stockholders held following the date of grant, with the remainder vesting on the earlier of the second anniversary of the date of grant or the date of the second annual meeting of stockholders held following the date of grant, subject to the non-employee director’s continued service as a director, employee or consultant. Further, on the date of each of our annual meetings of stockholders, each non-employee director that has served on our board of directors for at least six months will receive an option to purchase 135,000 shares of our common stock under the 2019 Plan. Each of these options will fully vest on the earlier of the first anniversary of the date of grant or the date of our next annual meeting of stockholders held following the date of grant, subject to the non-employee director’s continued service as a director, employee or consultant. All options granted to our non-employee directors under our director compensation program will be issued at exercise prices equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant (provided that the exercise price for options granted to non-employee directors upon the pricing of this offering will be the price at which the shares of common stock are sold to the public in this offering) and will become exercisable in full in the event of a change in control.

 

158


Table of Contents

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS

Since January 1, 2016, we have engaged in the following transactions with our directors, executive officers and holders of 5% or more of our voting securities, and affiliates of our directors, executive officers and holders of 5% or more of our voting securities. We believe that all of these transactions were on terms as favorable as could have been obtained from unrelated third parties.

2016 Convertible Note Financing

In September and November 2016, we issued and sold an aggregate of $10,614,000 in convertible promissory notes, or the 2016 Notes. The 2016 Notes accrued interest at a rate of 7% per annum, with maturity dates ranging between September 28, 2017 and November 22, 2017, unless earlier converted in accordance with their terms. All principal and interest accrued under the 2016 Notes was converted into shares of Series C convertible preferred stock in connection with the closing of the first tranche of our Series C convertible preferred stock financing in July 2017. The following table sets forth the aggregate principal amount of 2016 Notes issued and sold in this transaction to our 5% stockholders, directors, executive officers, and their respective affiliates and the cash purchase price for such notes:

 

Purchaser (1)

   Aggregate
Principal
Amount of
2016 Notes
 

TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P.

   $ 5,000,000.00  

David Meeker, M.D.

   $ 500,000.00  

William O’Shea (2)

   $ 500,000.00  

Jennifer Good

   $ 25,000.00  

Thomas Sciascia, M.D.

   $ 14,000.00  

Anne VanLent

   $ 50,000.00  

 

(1)

See “Principal Stockholders” for additional information about shares held by these entities and individuals.

(2)

Mr. O’Shea served on our board of directors from March 2013 until July 2017.

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

In July 2017 we entered into a Series C convertible preferred stock purchase agreement, which we refer to as the purchase agreement, pursuant to which we have agreed to sell up to an aggregate of 44,946,987 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock in three tranches. As of January 31, 2019, we had issued and sold all 44,946,987 shares eligible to be sold under the purchase agreement.

 

159


Table of Contents

First Tranche

In July, October and November 2017, we issued and sold an aggregate of 30,886,507 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock pursuant to the purchase agreement, consisting of (i) 20,649,653 shares sold for cash at a price per share of $1.46 for an aggregate cash purchase price of $30,148,493.38, (ii) 10,181,233 shares issued upon conversion of $11,148,459 in outstanding principal and interest under the 2016 Notes at a price per share of approximately $1.095, and (iii) 55,621 shares sold for cash at a price per share of $1.46 for an aggregate cash purchase price of $81,206.66 to an investor who chose to exercise his option under the purchase agreement to purchase the full amount of his second and third tranche shares early. The following table sets forth the aggregate number of shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock that we issued and sold to our 5% stockholders, directors, executive officers, and their respective affiliates in this first tranche and the aggregate purchase price for such shares:

 

Purchaser (1)

  Shares of
Series C

Preferred
Stock
Issued for
Cash
    Cash Purchase
Price
    Shares of
Series C
Issued upon

Conversion of
2016 Notes
    Principal
Cancelled
under
2016 Notes
    Interest
Cancelled
Under
2016 Notes
 

TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P.

    2,034,128     $ 2,969,826.88       4,819,290     $ 5,000,000.00     $ 277,123  

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, Inc.

    10,170,639     $ 14,849,132.94       —       $ —       $ —    

Lundbeckfond Invest A/S

    4,068,256     $ 5,939,653.76       —       $ —       $ —    

Omega Fund V, L.P.

    3,051,191     $ 4,454,738.86       —       $ —       $ —    

Michael Heffernan

    20,342     $ 29,699.32       —       $ —       $ —    

David Meeker, M.D.

    —       $ —         478,951     $ 500,000.00     $ 158,903  

William O’Shea

    —       $ —         478,951     $ 500,000.00     $ 158,903  

Jennifer Good

    —       $ —         23,947     $ 25,000.00     $ 7,945  

Thomas Sciascia, M.D.

    —       $ —         13,410     $ 14,000.00     $ 4,449  

Anne VanLent

    —       $ —         47,807     $ 50,000.00     $ 15,861  

 

(1)

See “Principal Stockholders” for additional information about shares held by these individuals and entities.

Second Tranche

In August 2018, we issued and sold an aggregate of 7,211,165 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock in the second tranche of our Series C convertible preferred stock financing pursuant to the purchase agreement at a price per share of $1.46 in cash, for an aggregate purchase price of $10,528,300.90. The following table sets forth the aggregate number of shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock that we issued and sold to our 5% stockholders, directors and their respective affiliates in this second tranche and the aggregate purchase price for such shares:

 

Purchaser (1)

   Shares of
Series C
Preferred
Stock
Issued for
Cash
     Cash
Purchase Price
 

TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P.

     713,158      $ 1,041,210.68  

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, Inc.

     3,565,788      $ 5,206,050.48  

Lundbeckfond Invest A/S

     1,426,315      $ 2,082,419.90  

Omega Fund V, L.P.

     1,069,737      $ 1,561,816.02  

Michael Heffernan

     7,131      $ 10,411.26  

 

(1)

See “Principal Stockholders” for additional information about shares held by these entities and Mr. Heffernan.

 

160


Table of Contents

Third Tranche

In January 2019, we issued and sold an aggregate of 6,849,315 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock in the third tranche of our Series C convertible preferred stock financing pursuant to the purchase agreement at a price per share of $1.46 in cash, for an aggregate purchase price of $9,999,999.90. The following table sets forth the aggregate number of shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock that we issued and sold to our 5% stockholders, directors and their respective affiliates in this third tranche and the aggregate purchase price for such shares:

 

Purchaser (1)

   Shares of
Series C
Preferred
Stock Issued
for Cash
     Cash Purchase
Price
 

TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P.

     677,372      $ 988,963.12  

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, Inc.

     3,386,861      $ 4,944,817.06  

Lundbeckfond Invest A/S

     1,354,744      $ 1,977,926.24  

Omega Fund V, L.P.

     1,016,058      $ 1,483,444.68  

Michael Heffernan

     6,774      $ 9,890.04  

 

(1)

See “Principal Stockholders” for additional information about shares held by these entities and Mr. Heffernan.

Registration Rights

We are a party to a second amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, which we refer to as the investors’ rights agreement, with the holders of our convertible preferred stock, including our 5% stockholders and their affiliates, as well as entities affiliated with some of our directors. This investors’ rights agreement provides these holders the right, subject to certain conditions, beginning six months following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, to demand that we file a registration statement or to request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing.

See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information regarding these registration rights.

Indemnification Agreements

Our certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with all of our directors, and we intend to enter into new indemnification agreements with all of our executive officers and directors prior to the completion of this offering.

Consulting Agreement

In 2017 and 2016, we paid $11,250 and $20,000, respectively, to Dr. David Meeker, the current chairman of our board of directors, pursuant to a consulting agreement with Dr. Meeker that we entered into in March 2013, under which Dr. Meeker provided advisory services to our board of directors. This consulting agreement was effectively terminated when Dr. Meeker joined our board in July 2017.

In 2018 and 2017, we paid $260,000 and $80,000, respectively, to Mr. Yann Mazabraud, our Chief Commercial Officer and Head of International, pursuant to a consulting agreement with Intervenance NG that we entered into in November 2017, under which Mr. Mazabraud provided consulting services to us. This consulting agreement was effectively terminated when Mr. Mazabraud became an employee in September 2018. $80,000 of the fees paid pursuant to the consulting agreement in 2018 are included for Mr. Mazabraud in the “Salary” column in the Summary Compensation Table in “Executive Compensation”.

 

161


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements

See the “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements” section of this prospectus for a further discussion of these arrangements.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted, subject to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, written policies and procedures for the review of any transaction, arrangement or relationship in which our company is a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and one of our executive officers, directors, director nominees or 5% stockholders, or their immediate family members, each of whom we refer to as a “related person,” has a direct or indirect material interest.

If a related person proposes to enter into such a transaction, arrangement or relationship, which we refer to as a “related person transaction,” the related person will be required to report the proposed related person transaction to our Chief Financial Officer and the chairman of our audit committee. The policy calls for the proposed related person transaction to be reviewed and, if deemed appropriate, approved by our audit committee. Whenever practicable, the reporting, review and approval will occur prior to entry into the proposed related person transaction. If advance review and approval is not practicable, the committee will review, and, in its discretion, may ratify the related person transaction. The policy also permits the chairman of the audit committee to review and, if deemed appropriate, approve proposed related person transactions that arise between committee meetings, subject to ratification by the committee at its next meeting. Any related person transactions that are ongoing in nature will be reviewed annually.

A related person transaction reviewed under the policy will be considered approved or ratified if it is authorized by the audit committee after full disclosure of the related person’s interest in the transaction. As appropriate for the circumstances, the audit committee will review and consider:

 

   

the related person’s interest in the related person transaction;

 

   

the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the related person transaction;

 

   

the approximate dollar value of the amount of the related person’s interest in the transaction without regard to the amount of any profit or loss;

 

   

whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of our business;

 

   

whether the terms of the transaction are no less favorable to us than terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third party;

 

   

the purpose of, and the potential benefits to us of, the transaction; and

 

   

any other information regarding the related person transaction or the related person in the context of the proposed transaction that would be material to investors in light of the circumstances of the particular transaction.

Our audit committee may approve or ratify the transaction only if it determines that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests. Our audit committee may impose any conditions on the related person transaction that it deems appropriate.

In addition to the transactions that are excluded by the instructions to the SEC’s related person transaction disclosure rule, our board of directors has determined that the following transactions do not create a material direct or indirect interest on behalf of related persons and, therefore, are not related person transactions for purposes of this policy:

 

   

interests arising solely from the related person’s position as an executive officer of another entity, whether or not the person is also a director of the entity, that is a participant in the transaction where

 

162


Table of Contents
 

the related person and all other related persons own in the aggregate less than a 10% equity interest in such entity, the related person and his or her immediate family members are not involved in the negotiation of the terms of the transaction and do not receive any special benefits as a result of the transaction and the amount involved in the transaction is less than the greater of $200,000 and 5% of the annual gross revenues of the company receiving payment under the transaction; and

 

   

a transaction that is specifically contemplated by provisions of our certificate of incorporation or by-laws.

The policy provides that transactions involving compensation of executive officers will be reviewed and approved by our compensation committee in the manner specified in the compensation committee’s charter.

We did not have a written policy regarding the review and approval of related person transactions prior to this offering. Nevertheless, with respect to such transactions, it has been the practice of our board of directors to consider the nature of and business reasons for such transactions, how the terms of such transactions compared to those which might be obtained from unaffiliated third parties and whether such transactions were otherwise fair to and in the best interests of, or not contrary to, our best interests.

 

163


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of January 31, 2019 by:

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock (on an as-converted to common stock basis).

The column entitled “Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned—Before Offering” is based on a total of 4,241,756 shares of our common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2019, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and the accrued dividends on our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 97,285,647 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering (based on an assumed closing date of January 31, 2019). The column entitled “Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned—After Offering” is based on                shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering, including the shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to our common stock. Shares of our common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after January 31, 2019 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of that person but not for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise noted, the persons and entities in this table have sole voting and investing power with respect to all of the shares of our common stock beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws, where applicable. Except as otherwise set forth below, the address of each beneficial owner is c/o Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., 195 Church Street, 14 th Floor, New Haven, Connecticut 06510.

 

     Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage of
Shares Beneficially
Owned
 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Before
Offering
    After
Offering
 

5% Stockholders:

       

TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P. (1)

     54,148,413      55.2  

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates (2)

     18,167,081      20.6  

Lundbeckfond Invest A/S (3)

     7,266,832      8.3  

Omega Fund V, L.P. (4)

     5,450,124      6.2  

Directors and Executive Officers:

       

Jennifer Good (5)

     3,859,746      4.3  

Christopher Seiter

     —        *    

Yann Mazabraud (6)

     15,625      *    

David Meeker, M.D. (7)

     3,455,065      3.9  

Mette Kirstine Agger (8)

     7,266,832      8.3  

Michael Heffernan (9)

     186,037      *    

Edward Mathers (10)

     18,167,081      20.6  

Annie Mitsak, Ph.D. (11)

     5,450,124      6.2  

Eran Nadav, Ph.D. (12)

     54,148,413      55.2  

Anne VanLent (13)

     207,767      *    

All current executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons) (14)

     96,242,317        91.8  

 

164


Table of Contents

 

*

Less than one percent

(1)

Consists of 54,148,413 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock held by TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P. (“TPG Biotech”) and accrued dividends on such convertible preferred stock as of January 31, 2019. The general partner of TPG Biotech is TPG Biotechnology GenPar III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG Biotechnology GenPar III Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose sole member is TPG Holdings I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG Holdings I-A, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose sole member is TPG Group Holdings (SBS), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, whose general partner is TPG Group Holdings (SBS) Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, whose sole member is TPG Group Holdings (SBS) Advisors, Inc., a Delaware corporation. David Bonderman and James G. Coulter are sole stockholders of TPG Group Holdings (SBS) Advisors, Inc. and may therefore be deemed to be the beneficial owners of the securities held by the TPG Biotech. The address of each of TPG Group Holdings (SBS) Advisors, Inc. and Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.

(2)

Consists of (a) 26,203 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock held by NEA Ventures 2017, L.P. (“NEA 2017”) and accrued dividends on such convertible preferred stock as of January 31, 2019, and (b) 18,140,878 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock held by New Enterprise Associates 16, L.P. (“NEA 16”) and accrued dividends on such convertible preferred stock as of January 31, 2019. The shares directly held by NEA 16 are indirectly held by NEA Partners 16, L.P. (“NEA Partners 16”), the sole general partner of NEA 16, NEA 16 GP, LLC (“NEA 16 LLC”), the sole general partner of NEA Partners 16, and each of the individual Managers of NEA 16 LLC. The individual Managers of NEA 16 LLC, (collectively, the “Managers”), are Peter J. Barris, Forest Baskett, Ali Behbahani, Carmen Chang, Anthony A. Florence, Jr., David M. Mott, Mohamad Makhzoumi, Joshua Makower, Peter Sonsini, Paul Walker and Scott D. Sandell. NEA Partners 16, NEA 16 LLC and the Managers share voting and dispositive power with regard to the Company’s securities directly held by NEA 16. The shares held directly by NEA 2017 are indirectly held by Karen P. Welsh, the general partner of NEA 2017. Karen P. Welsh has voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares of the Company’s securities directly held by NEA 2017. Edward T. Mathers, a member of the Company’s board of directors and partner of New Enterprise Associates, Inc., and entity affiliated with NEA 16 and NEA 2017, has no voting or investment control over any of the shares held by NEA 16 and NEA 2017 and disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares owned by NEA 16 and NEA 2017, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. All indirect holders of the above referenced securities disclaim beneficial ownership of the above referenced securities except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. The address of the above referenced entities and persons is 1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600, Timonium MD, 21093.

(3)

Consists of 7,266,832 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock held by Lundbeckfond Invest A/S and accrued dividends on such convertible preferred stock as of January 31, 2019. The board of directors of Lundbeckfond Invest A/S consists of Jørgen Huno Rasmussen, Steffen Kragh, Lars Holmqvist, Susanne Krüger Kjær, Michael Kjær, Peter Schütze, Gunhild Waldemar, Ludovic Tranholm Otterbein, Vagn Flink Møller Pedersen, Henrik Sindal Jensen and Peter Adler Würtzen. No individual member of the Lundbeckfond Invest A/S board of directors is deemed to hold any beneficial ownership or reportable pecuniary interest in the shares held by Lundbeckfond Invest A/S. The board of directors of Lundbeckfond Invest A/S and Lene Skole, the chief executive officer of Lundbeckfond Invest A/S, may be deemed to share voting and investment authority over the shares held by Lundbeckfond Invest A/S. Mette Kirstine Agger, a member of our board of directors, is a managing partner at Lundbeckfonden Ventures, which is an affiliate of Lundbeckfond Invest A/S. The address of Lundbeckfond Invest A/S and the above-mentioned persons is Scherfigsvej 7, DK-2100 København Ø.

(4)

Consists of 5,450,124 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock held by Omega Fund V, L.P. (“Omega V”) and accrued dividends on such convertible preferred stock as of January 31, 2019. Omega Fund V GP, L.P. (“Omega V GP LP”) is the general partner of Omega V. Omega Fund V GP Manager, Ltd. (“Omega V GP Ltd”) is the general partner of Omega V GP LP. Otello Stampacchia, Richard J. Lim, Claudio Nessi and Anne-Mari Paster are all the shareholders and directors of

 

165


Table of Contents
  Omega V GP Ltd and have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by Omega V. Annie Mitsak, a member of the Company’s board of directors and an affiliate of Omega V, has no voting or investment control over any of the shares held by Omega V. Otello Stampacchia, Richard J. Lim, Claudio Nessi, Anne-Mari Paster and Annie Mitsak each disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of his or her pecuniary interest therein. The address of Omega V, Omega V GP LP, Omega V GP Ltd and the above-mentioned persons is 185 Dartmouth Street, Suite 502, Boston, MA 02116.
(5)

Consists of (a) 1,677,765 shares of common stock owned by Ms. Good, (b) 1,849,936 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock held by Ms. Good and accrued dividends on such convertible preferred stock as of January 31, 2019 and (c) 2,009,810 shares of common stock underlying options held by Ms. Good that are exercisable as of January 31, 2019 or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

(6)

Consists of 15,625 shares of common stock underlying options held by Mr. Mazabraud that are exercisable as of January 31, 2019 or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

(7)

Consists of (a) 2,818,476 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock held by Dr. Meeker and accrued dividends on such convertible preferred stock as of January 31, 2019, (b) 257,520 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock held by Trevi 2014 Irrevocable Trust and accrued dividends on such convertible preferred stock as of January 31, 2019, (c) 124,536 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock held by Spinnaker Trust as Trustee of the Trevi 2014 Irrevocable Trust and accrued dividends on such convertible preferred stock as of January 31, 2019 and (d) 254,533 shares of common stock underlying options held by Dr. Meeker that are exercisable as of January 31, 2019 or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

(8)

Consists of the shares described in note 3 above.

(9)

Consists of (a) 36,037 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the convertible preferred stock held by Mr. Heffernan and accrued dividends on such convertible preferred stock as of January 31, 2019 and (b) 150,000 shares of common stock underlying options held by Mr. Heffernan that are exercisable as of January 31, 2019 or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

(10)

Consists of the shares described in note 2 above. Mr. Mathers has no voting or dispositive power with regard to such shares and disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(11)

Consists of the shares described in note 4 above. Ms. Mitsak has no voting or dispositive power with regard to such shares and disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein.

(12)

Consists of the shares described in note 1 above. Dr. Nadav has no voting or investment control over any of the shares held by TPG Biotech and disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares owned by TPG Biotech, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

(13)

Consists of (a) 196,829 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock held by Ms. VanLent and accrued dividends on such convertible preferred stock as of January 31, 2019 and (b) 10,938 shares of common stock underlying options held by Ms. VanLent that are exercisable as of January 31, 2019 or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

(14)

Consists of (a) 3,355,530 shares of common stock, (b) 92,154,202 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of convertible preferred stock and accrued dividends on such convertible preferred stock as of January 31, 2019 and (c) 4,088,115 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable as of January 31, 2019 or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

 

166


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the certificate of incorporation and the by-laws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. We have filed copies of these documents with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The description of the capital stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 200,000,000 shares of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of our preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, all of which preferred stock will be undesignated.

As of January 31, 2019, we had issued and outstanding:

 

   

4,241,756 shares of our common stock held by 11 stockholders of record;

 

   

15,387,923 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock held by 13 stockholders of record, convertible into 15,387,923 shares of our common stock;

 

   

22,608,695 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock held by two stockholders of record, convertible into 22,608,695 shares of our common stock; and

 

   

44,946,987 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock held by 18 stockholders of record, convertible into 44,946,987 shares of our common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, all of the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock, which shares are currently convertible into shares of our common stock on a one-to-one basis, and the accrued dividends on our convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into an aggregate of 97,285,647 shares of our common stock (based on an assumed closing date of January 31, 2019).

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. Each election of directors by our stockholders will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of outstanding convertible preferred stock.

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive proportionately all assets available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any of our outstanding convertible preferred stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our convertible preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of

 

167


Table of Contents

preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of January 31, 2019, options to purchase an aggregate of 10,157,981 shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.41 per share, were outstanding.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law and Certain Charter and By-law Provisions

Delaware Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prevents a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with any “interested stockholder” for three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless either the interested stockholder attained such status with the approval of our board of directors, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and stockholders in a prescribed manner or the interested stockholder acquired at least 85% of our outstanding voting stock in the transaction in which it became an interested stockholder. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and the “interested stockholder” and the sale of more than 10% of our assets. In general, an “interested stockholder” is any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person. The restrictions contained in Section 203 are not applicable to any of our existing stockholders that will own 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock upon the closing of this offering.

Exclusive Forum Selection

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or employees to our company or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (4) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of our certificate of incorporation or by-laws (in each case, as they may be amended from time to time) or governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our certificate of incorporation further provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Neither of these choice of forum provisions would affect suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, jurisdiction over which is exclusively vested by statute in the United States federal courts, or any other claim for which United States federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Although our certificate of incorporation contains the choice of forum provisions described above, it is possible that a court could rule that such provisions are inapplicable for a particular claim or action or that such provisions are unenforceable.

Registration Rights

Under the terms of the investors’ rights agreement, beginning six months following the closing of this offering, holders of a total of 97,285,647 shares of our common stock will have the right to require us to register these shares under the Securities Act under specified circumstances. We refer to the shares with these registration rights as registrable securities. After registration pursuant to these rights, the registrable securities will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.

Demand and Form S-3 Registration Rights

Beginning 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, subject to specified limitations and conditions set forth in the investors’ rights agreement, at any time, the

 

168


Table of Contents

holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding registrable securities may demand that we register registrable securities then outstanding under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering having an aggregate offering price to the public of not less than $10.0 million, net of certain expenses, underwriting discounts and selling commissions. We are not obligated to file a registration statement pursuant to this provision on more than two occasions.

In addition, subject to specified limitations and conditions set forth in the investors’ rights agreement, at any time when we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, holders of the registrable securities then outstanding may request that we register their registrable securities on Form S-3 for purposes of a public offering for which the reasonably anticipated aggregate offering price to the public, net of certain expenses, underwriting discounts and selling commissions, would exceed $1.0 million. We are not obligated to file a registration statement pursuant to this provision on more than two occasions in any 12-month period.

Incidental Registration Rights

If, at any time after the closing of this offering, we propose to register for our own account or for the account of our other stockholders any of our common stock under the Securities Act, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to notice of the registration and, subject to specified exceptions, have the right to require us to register all or a portion of the registrable securities then held by them in that registration.

In the event that any registration in which the holders of registrable securities participate pursuant to our investors’ rights agreement is an underwritten public offering, we have agreed to enter into an underwriting agreement in usual and customary form and use our commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate such offering.

Expenses

Pursuant to the investors’ rights agreement, we are required to pay all registration expenses, including all registration and filing fees, exchange listing fees, printing expenses, fees and expenses of one counsel selected by the selling stockholders to represent the selling stockholders, state Blue Sky fees and expenses, and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but excluding underwriting discounts, selling commissions, stock transfer taxes and the fees and expenses of the selling stockholders’ own counsel (other than the counsel selected to represent all selling stockholders).

The investors’ rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, pursuant to which we are obligated to indemnify the selling stockholders in the event of material misstatements or alleged material misstatements or material omissions or alleged material omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, or any violation or alleged violation, whether by action or inaction, by us under the Securities Act; the Exchange Act; any state securities or Blue Sky law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities or Blue Sky law in connection with such registration statement or the qualification or compliance of the offering, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to them.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Nasdaq Global Market

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “TRVI.”

 

169


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, an active trading market for our common stock may never develop or, if developed, may not be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, or the anticipation in the market of these sales, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital as and when needed through sales of our equity securities.

Based on the 4,241,756 shares of our common stock that were outstanding on January 31, 2019, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding                 shares of our common stock, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and the accrued dividends on our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 97,285,647 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering (based on an assumed closing date of January 31, 2019) and after giving further effect to the issuance and sale of                  shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, unless purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining 101,527,403 shares of our common stock will be “restricted securities” under Rule 144, and we expect that substantially all of these restricted securities will be subject to the 180-day lock-up period under the lock-up agreements as described below. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market upon release or waiver of any applicable lock-up agreements and only if registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, any person who is not our affiliate and has held their shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell those shares without restriction, subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, under Rule 144, any person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and has held their shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the closing of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is our affiliate or who was our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                shares immediately after this offering; and

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Upon waiver or expiration of the 180-day lock-up period described below, approximately                shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale under Rule 144, based on the number of shares outstanding as of January 31, 2019. We cannot estimate the number of shares of our common stock that our existing stockholders will elect to sell under Rule 144.

 

170


Table of Contents

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, any of our employees, consultants or advisors, other than our affiliates, who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement is eligible to resell these shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the various restrictions, including the availability of public information about us, holding period and volume limitations, contained in Rule 144. Subject to the 180-day lock-up period described below, approximately                shares of our common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of January 31, 2019, will be eligible for sale in accordance with Rule 701.

Lock-up Agreements

We, each of our executive officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock have agreed that, without the prior written consent of SVB Leerink LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, subject to limited exceptions, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock;

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock;

 

   

otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;

 

   

exercise any right with respect to the registration of any common stock, or file or caused to be filed a registration statement in connection therewith; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock, whether any such swap, agreement or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The lock-up provisions apply to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. See “Underwriting—No Sales of Similar Securities.”

Registration Rights

Beginning six months following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the holders of an aggregate of 97,285,647 shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. After registration pursuant to these rights, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information regarding these registration rights.

Stock Options and Form S-8 Registration Statement

As of January 31, 2019, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 10,157,981 shares of our common stock, of which options to purchase 5,017,394 shares were vested. Following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of our common stock subject to outstanding options and reserved for future options and other awards under the 2012 Plan, the 2019 Plan and the 2019 ESPP. See “Executive Compensation—Stock Option and Other Compensation Plans” for additional information regarding these plans. Accordingly, shares of our common stock registered under the registration statement on Form S-8 will be available for sale in the open market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, and subject to any vesting restrictions and lock-up agreements applicable to these shares.

 

171


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS

FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

The following is a discussion of material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock acquired in this offering by a non-U.S. holder. For purposes of this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner (other than a partnership or other pass-through entity) of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision of the United States;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

This discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or other entities that are pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons who hold their common stock through partnerships or such other pass-through entities. A partner in a partnership or other pass-through entity that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity, as applicable.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described in this prospectus.

We assume in this discussion that each non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes, the alternative minimum tax, or the Medicare tax on net investment income. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

 

   

financial institutions, banks and investment funds;

 

   

brokers or dealers in securities;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans, “qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds;

 

   

owners that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment or who have elected to mark securities to market;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our common stock being taken into account in an “applicable financial statement” (as defined in the Code);

 

172


Table of Contents
   

non-U.S. governments and agencies; and

 

   

certain U.S. expatriates, including expatriated entities.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT, AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, ESTATE AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGES IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

Distributions

As discussed under the heading “Dividend Policy” above, we do not expect to make cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we do make distributions in respect of our common stock, those distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, subject to the tax treatment described in this section. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to the non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below under the heading “Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock.” Any such distributions will also be subject to the discussions below under the headings “Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “FATCA” below.

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements (generally including provision of a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States). However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed in the hands of the non-U.S. holder at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates as would apply if such holder were a U.S. person (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty and the specific methods available to them to satisfy these requirements.

A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS.

 

173


Table of Contents

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below under the headings “Information Reporting and Backup Withholding” and “FATCA,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon such non-U.S. holder’s sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock (including a redemption, but only if the redemption would be treated as a sale or exchange rather than a distribution for United States federal income tax purposes) unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; in these cases, the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence) may also apply;

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is a non-resident alien present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence) on the gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder recognized in the taxable year of the disposition, if any; or

 

   

we are or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter) a “U.S. real property holding corporation” unless our common stock remains regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder held no more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. Generally, a corporation is a “U.S. real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its “United States real property interests” (as defined in the Code and applicable regulations) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If we are determined to be a U.S. real property holding corporation and our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market, then (i) a purchaser of shares of our common stock from a non-U.S. holder generally will withhold 15% of the proceeds payable to such non-U.S. holder and (ii) the non-U.S. holder’s net gain derived from the disposition of shares of our common stock generally will be taxed in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply. The tax treatment described in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence will also generally apply to the non-U.S. holder’s net gain derived from the disposition of shares of our common stock even if our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market if such holder beneficially owns more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, during the applicable testing period.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

Shares of our common stock that are owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death are considered U.S.-situs assets and will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. Such shares, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

 

174


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders generally will have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Generally, a holder will comply with such procedures if it provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable IRS Form W-8), or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. holder, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, as described above under the heading “Distributions,” will generally be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

Information reporting and backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or non-U.S., unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

FATCA

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally impose a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, and gross proceeds from the sale or disposition of, our common stock if paid to a foreign entity unless (i) if the foreign entity is a “foreign financial institution,” the foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding, and certification obligations, (ii) if the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial institution,” the foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. investors or (iii) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA.

Withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock and, after December 31, 2018, to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock. Withholding agents may, however, rely on recently proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations that would no longer require FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds. The applicable withholding agent will determine whether or not to implement gross proceeds FATCA withholding.

The preceding discussion of material U.S. federal tax considerations is for information only. It is not, and is not intended to be, legal or tax advice. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal, state, local, estate and non-U.S. income and other tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed changes in applicable laws.

 

175


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

SVB Leerink LLC, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and BMO Capital Markets Corp. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below and as joint bookrunning managers for this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares
 

SVB Leerink LLC

                   

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of the shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and subject to other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $            per share. After the initial offering of the shares, the public offering price, concession or any other term of this offering may be changed by the representatives.

The following table shows the initial public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses, to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per
Share
     Without
Option
     With
Option
 

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $        $        $    

Proceeds before expenses, to us

   $        $        $    

We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $            . We also have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for up to $             for their FINRA counsel fee. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110, this reimbursed fee is deemed underwriting compensation for this offering.

 

176


Table of Contents

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to              additional shares at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of SVB Leerink LLC, on behalf of the underwriters. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock;

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock;

 

   

otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;

 

   

exercise any right with respect to the registration of any common stock, or file or caused to be filed a registration statement in connection therewith; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock, whether any such swap, agreement or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

The lock-up provisions apply to common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. They also apply to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the lock-up agreement or for which the person executing the lock-up agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

Nasdaq Global Market Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “TRVI.”

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

   

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

 

   

our financial information;

 

   

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

   

the present state of our development; and

 

177


Table of Contents
   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after this offering, our common stock will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares granted to them under the underwriting agreement described above. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

The underwriters may also engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of shares of our common stock in this offering and extending through the completion of distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

 

178


Table of Contents

Electronic Distribution

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and certain of their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Some of the underwriters and certain of their affiliates may in the future engage in investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us and our affiliates, for which they may in the future receive customary fees, commissions and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

  A.

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  B.

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

  C.

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

We, the representatives and each of our and the representatives’ and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

 

179


Table of Contents

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly, any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

MiFID II Product Governance

Any person offering, selling or recommending the shares (a “distributor”) should take into consideration the manufacturers’ target market assessment; however, a distributor subject to MiFID II is responsible for undertaking its own target market assessment in respect of the shares (by either adopting or refining the manufacturers’ target market assessment) and determining appropriate distribution channels.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit

 

180


Table of Contents

prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

181


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby is being passed upon for us by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Covington & Burling LLP, New York, New York is counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. at December 31, 2018 and 2017, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018, appearing in this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report (which contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements) appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock we are offering to sell. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not include all of the information contained in the registration statement and the exhibits, schedules and amendments to the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and to the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

The SEC maintains an Internet website, which is located at http://www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. You may access the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part at the SEC’s Internet website. Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

 

182


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2017 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations, is subject to significant uncertainty with respect to its product development and has stated that substantial doubt exists about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s evaluation of the events and conditions and management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013.

Stamford, Connecticut

February 20, 2019

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,     Pro Forma
December 31,

2018
 
     2017     2018  
                 (unaudited)  

Assets

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 22,020     $ 7,202     $ 17,165  

Tax credit and other receivables

     49       184       184  

Prepaid expenses

     93       1,438       1,438  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     22,162       8,824       18,787  

Deferred offering costs

     —         1,534       1,534  

Security deposit

     52       19       19  

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net

     14       149       149  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 22,228     $ 10,526     $ 20,489  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 537     $ 603     $ 603  

Accrued expenses

     1,303       2,073       2,073  

Term loan payable—current portion

     5,285       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     7,125       2,676       2,676  

Obligation for loan success fee

     322       460       460  

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

     —         1,096       —    

Deferred lease obligation

     3       46       46  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)

      

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock: 15,387,923 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2018; liquidation preference of $19,545 and $20,469 at December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma at December 31, 2018 (unaudited)

     20,479       21,033       —    

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock: 22,608,695 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2018; liquidation preference of $31,340 and $32,900 at December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma at December 31, 2018 (unaudited)

     32,640       33,686       —    

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock: 48,200,412 shares authorized at December 31, 2017 and 2018 and 30,886,507 and 38,097,672 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; liquidation preference of $46,351 and $59,798 at December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma at December 31, 2018 (unaudited)

     46,087       61,023       —    

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Common stock: $0.001 par value; 99,000,000 shares authorized, and 4,112,798 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 101,929,904 shares authorized, and 4,166,756 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018; 101,049,998 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma at December 31, 2018 (unaudited)

     4       4       101  

Additional paid-in capital

     —         —         126,704

Accumulated deficit

     (84,432     (109,498     (109,498
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (84,428     (109,494     17,307  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 22,228     $ 10,526     $ 20,489  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

   $ 6,095     $ 14,072  

General and administrative

     2,142       4,336  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     8,237       18,408  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (8,237     (18,408

Other income (expense):

    

Change in fair value of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

     —         (2,105

Change in fair value of contingent call option liability—convertible notes

     (1,352     —    

Change in fair value of obligation for loan success fee

     (24     (138

Interest income

     69       156  

Interest expense, including for Related Parties: $1,281 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

     (3,342     (174
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (4,649     (2,261
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit

     (12,886     (20,669

Income tax benefit

     26       124  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (12,860   $ (20,545
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     4,060       370  

Dividends accrued on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (3,740     (5,402
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (12,540   $ (25,577
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share outstanding

   $ (3.14   $ (6.15
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     3,996,724       4,157,295  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (0.22
    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted (unaudited)

       85,169,851  
    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(Amounts in thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Series A
Redeemable
Convertible

Preferred Stock
    Series B
Redeemable
Convertible

Preferred Stock
    Series C
Redeemable
Convertible

Preferred Stock
    Common Stock    

Additional
Paid-

In Capital

   

Accumulated

Deficit

   

Total

Stockholders’

Deficit

 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2016

    15,387,923     $ 21,272       22,608,695     $ 33,471       —       $ —         3,861,200     $ 4     $ —       $ (72,157   $ (72,153

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         205       —         205  

Issuance of common stock from exercise of stock options

    —         —         —         —         —         —         251,598       —         58       —         58  

Convertible Notes Payable converted into Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —         —         —         —         10,181,233       14,865       —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    —         —         —         —         20,705,274       29,920       —         —         —         —         —    

Dividends accrued on redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —         923       —         1,560       —         1,256       —         —         (263     (3,476     (3,739

Accretion (amortization) of premium (discount) on issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —         (21     —         92       —         —         —         —         —         (71     (71

Accretion of discount on investor rights/obligation

    —         251       —         347       —         —         —         —         —         (598     (598

Adjustment for shortfall of fair value over liquidation value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —         (1,968     —         (2,843     —         —         —         —         —         4,811       4,811  

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —         22       —         13       —         46       —         —         —         (81     (81

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (12,860     (12,860
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

    15,387,923     $ 20,479       22,608,695     $ 32,640       30,886,507     $ 46,087       4,112,798     $ 4     $ —       $ (84,432   $ (84,428

Stock-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         496       —         496  

Issuance of common stock from exercise of stock options

    —         —         —         —         —         —         53,958       —         13       —         13  

Issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    —         —         —         —         7,211,165       11,506       —         —         —         —         —    

Dividends accrued on redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —         923       —         1,560       —         2,918       —         —         (509     (4,892     (5,401

Accretion (amortization) of premium (discount) on issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —         (4     —         20       —         —         —         —         —         (16     (16

Accretion of discount on investor rights/obligation

    —         54       —         76       —         —         —         —           (130     (130

Adjustment for excess (shortfall) of fair value over liquidation value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —         (424     —         (613     —         403       —         —         —         634       634  

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —         5       —         3       —         109       —         —           (117     (117

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (20,545     (20,545
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

    15,387,923     $ 21,033       22,608,695     $ 33,686       38,097,672     $ 61,023       4,166,756     $ 4     $ —       $ (109,498   $ (109,494
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Amounts in thousands)

 

       Year Ended December 31,  
       2017     2018  

Operating activities

      

Net loss

     $ (12,860   $ (20,545

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Depreciation

       4       23  

Changes in fair value of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

       —         2,105  

Changes in fair value of obligation for loan success fee

       24       138  

Changes in fair value of contingent call option liability—convertible notes

       1,352       —    

Accretion/accrual of term loan discounts and debt issuance costs

       424       60  

Accrual of interest on convertible notes

       397       —    

Accretion/accrual of convertible notes discounts and debt issuance costs

       1,757       —    

Stock-based compensation

       205       496  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Receivables

       (30     (135

Prepaid expenses

       (6     (1,345

Accounts payable

       92       66  

Accrued expenses

       714       770  

Security deposit

       (40     33  

Deferred lease obligation

       (8     43  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

       (7,975     (18,291

Investing activities

      

Acquisitions of property, equipment and leasehold improvements

       (13     (158
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cashed used in investing activities

       (13     (158

Financing activities

      

Repayments of term loan

       (8,250     (4,812

Payment of final fees on term loan

       —         (532

Proceeds from exercises of stock options

       59       13  

Proceeds from sale of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

       29,920       10,496  

Financing costs of term loan

       (7     —    

Deferred offering costs

       —         (1,534
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

       21,722       3,631  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash increase (decrease) for year

       13,734       (14,818

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

       8,286       22,020  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

     $ 22,020     $ 7,202  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

      

Interest paid

     $ 820     $ 152  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes paid

     $ —       $ —    
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

State research tax credits exchanged for cash

     $ 11     $ 35  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities

      

Dividends accrued on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     $ 3,739     $ 5,402  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability reclassified to Series C Preferred Stock

     $ —       $ 1,009  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     $ (4,061   $ (370
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible notes payable converted into Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

     $ 14,865     $ —    
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1.

Nature of the Business

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. (“Trevi” or the “Company”) is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of nalbuphine ER to treat serious neurologically mediated conditions. The Company is currently developing nalbuphine ER for the treatment of chronic pruritus, chronic cough in patients with idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, or IPF, and levodopa-induced dyskinesia, or LID, in patients with Parkinson’s disease. These conditions share a common pathophysiology that is mediated through opioid receptors in the central and peripheral nervous systems. Due to nalbuphine’s mechanism of action as a modulator of opioid receptors, the Company believes nalbuphine ER has the potential to be effective in treating each of these conditions.

Nalbuphine ER is an oral extended release formulation of nalbuphine. Nalbuphine is a mixed k -opioid receptor agonist and m -opioid receptor antagonist that has been approved and marketed as an injectable for pain indications for more than 20 years in both the United States and Europe. The k - and m -opioid receptors are known to be critical mediators of itch, cough and certain movement disorders. Nalbuphine’s mechanism of action also mitigates the risk of abuse associated with m -opioid agonists because it antagonizes, or blocks, the m -opioid receptor. Nalbuphine is currently the only opioid approved for marketing that is not classified as a controlled substance in the United States or Europe.

Going Concern

In accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15,  Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40) , the Company has evaluated whether there are conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within 12 months after the date that the Consolidated Financial Statements are issued.

Through December 31, 2018, the Company has financed its operations primarily through private placements of its redeemable convertible preferred stock and convertible notes as well as borrowings under a term loan facility. From inception to December 31, 2018, the Company raised an aggregate of $92.2 million in gross proceeds from sales of its preferred stock and convertible notes and borrowed $15.0 million under a term loan facility. As of December 31, 2018, all amounts owed under the term loan facility had been paid in full. The Company incurred net losses of $12.9 million and $20.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. In addition, as of December 31, 2018, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $109.5 million. The Company expects to continue to generate operating losses for the foreseeable future. As of February 20, 2019, the issuance date of these Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company expects that its cash and cash equivalents of $7.2 million as of December 31, 2018, together with the $10.0 million in proceeds from the third and final tranche of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock financing that was completed on January 18, 2019 as discussed in Note 9, will not be sufficient to fund its operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for the 12 months following the issuance date of these financial statements. The future viability of the Company beyond that point is dependent on its ability to raise additional capital to finance its operations.

The Company is seeking to complete an initial public offering of its common stock. In the event the Company does not complete an initial public offering, the Company expects to seek additional funding through private equity financings or other capital sources, including collaborations with other companies or other strategic transactions. The Company may not be able to obtain financing on acceptable terms, or at all. The terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of the Company’s stockholders.

If the Company is unable to raise sufficient capital when needed, it may be required to delay, reduce or abandon its product development programs or commercialization efforts. If the Company raises additional funds through collaborations or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, it may have to relinquish valuable rights to future revenue streams or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not

 

F-7


Table of Contents

be favorable to it. Although management continues to pursue these plans, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to raise sufficient capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all.

Based on its recurring losses from operations incurred since inception, expectation of continuing operating losses for the foreseeable future, and need to raise additional capital to finance its future operations, the Company has concluded that there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern within 12 months after the date that the Consolidated Financial Statements are issued.

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Accordingly, the Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on a

basis that assumes the Company will continue as a going concern and which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the ordinary course of business.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary Trevi Therapeutics Limited. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

All amounts presented are in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts, unless noted otherwise.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of the expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates and assumptions reflected in these Consolidated Financial Statements include, but are not limited to the recognition of research and development expenses and the valuation of redeemable convertible preferred stock, common stock and stock-based awards. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates in light of changes in circumstances, facts and experience. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period in which they become known. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018 has been prepared to reflect the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock and the accrued dividends on the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 96,883,242 shares of common stock as if the proposed initial public offering had closed on December 31, 2018, including the issuance of 6,849,315 shares in the third and final tranche of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock financing that was completed on January 18, 2019.

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding used in the unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2018, has been prepared to give effect to, upon the closing of the proposed initial public offering, the conversion of all outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock of the Company into shares of common stock as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, or the date of original issuance, if later, including the issuance of 6,849,315 shares in the third and final tranche of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock financing as if those shares had been issued and converted into common stock on December 31, 2018.

Cash Equivalents

The Company classifies short-term, highly liquid investments with an original term of three months or less at the date of purchase as cash equivalents.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Fair Value Measurements

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, income tax receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, term loan payable, Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability and obligation for loan success fee. Fair value estimates of these instruments are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, income tax receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses are generally considered to be representative of their respective fair values because of the short term nature of those instruments. The carrying amount of the term loan payable is estimated to approximate fair value due to its floating interest bearing terms. The fair value of the contingent call option liability is estimated utilizing the Company’s own internal analysis, including variables for the calculation of accrued interest and for the estimated conversion price. The fair value of the obligation for loan success fee is estimated utilizing a probability-weighted income approach, including variables for the timing of the success event and other probability estimates. The fair value of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability has been estimated as the excess, if any, of the fair value of the Company’s Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”) over the purchase price of any outstanding tranches that may be sold pursuant to the Series C Preferred Stock purchase agreement (the “Series C Purchase Agreement”).

Current accounting guidance defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , and requires certain disclosures about fair value measurements. The valuation techniques included in the guidance are based on observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect readily obtainable data from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect market assumptions and are classified into the following fair value hierarchy:

Level 1—Observable inputs—quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

Level 2—Observable inputs other than the quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities—such as quoted prices for similar instruments, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs—includes amounts derived from valuation models where one or more significant inputs are unobservable and require the company to develop relevant assumptions.

The following table summarizes the financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, and the basis for that measurement, by level within the fair value hierarchy (Note 7 and Note 9) :

 

     Balance
December 31,
2017
         Level 1              Level 2              Level 3      

Financial liabilities

           

Obligation for loan success fee

   $ 322      $ —        $ —        $ 322  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 322      $ —        $ —        $ 322  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Balance
December 31,
2018
         Level 1              Level 2              Level 3      

Financial liabilities

           

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

   $ 1,096      $ —        $ —        $ 1,096  

Obligation for loan success fee

     460        —          —          460  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,556      $ —        $ —        $ 1,556  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The following table represents a roll-forward of the fair value of Level 3 instruments (significant unobservable inputs):

 

     December 31,  
     2017     2018  
              

Financial liabilities

    

Balance at beginning of year (1)

   $ 2,662     $ 322  

Unrealized loss (gain) on Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

     —         2,105  

Unrealized loss (gain) on obligation for loan success fee

     24       138  

Unrealized loss (gain) on contingent call option liability—convertible notes

     1,352       —    

Net settlements (2)

     (3,716     (1,009
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 322     $ 1,556  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The balance at January 1, 2017 relates to the contingent call option liability of $2,364 and the obligation for loan success fee of $298.

(2)

The net settlements in 2017 relate to the $3,716 fair value adjustment to the convertible notes converted to Series C Preferred Stock. The net settlements in 2018 relate to the $1,009 fair value of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability at the time the second tranche of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock shares was issued.

Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements (consisting of furniture, computer and office equipment and leasehold improvements) are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets (three years for computer equipment, five years for furniture and office equipment and the shorter of the term of the lease or useful life for leasehold improvements).

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment , addresses the financial accounting and reporting for impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. The Company reviews the recorded values of long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstance indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be fully recoverable.

Foreign Currency Transactions

The Company, at times, contracts with vendors and consultants outside of the United States, resulting in liabilities denominated in foreign currency. The transactions are recorded in U.S. dollars on the transaction dates and any currency fluctuation through the payment date is recorded as currency gains or losses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Net foreign currency gains and losses as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 were insignificant.

Deferred Offering Costs

The Company capitalizes certain legal, professional accounting and other third-party fees that are directly associated with in-process equity financings as deferred offering costs until such financings are consummated.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

After consummation of the equity financing, these costs are recorded in stockholders’ equity (deficit) as a reduction of additional paid-in capital generated as a result of the offering. Should the planned equity financing no longer be considered probable of being consummated, the deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately as a charge to operating expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Deferred offering costs capitalized as of December 31, 2018 were $1,534. No deferred offering costs were capitalized as of December 31, 2017.

Research and Development Expenses

All of the Company’s research and development expenses consist of expenses incurred in connection with the development of nalbuphine ER. These expenses include certain payroll and personnel expenses, including stock-based compensation, consulting costs, contract manufacturing costs and fees paid to clinical research organizations (“CROs”) to conduct certain research and development activities on the Company’s behalf. The Company does not allocate its costs by each indication for which it is developing nalbuphine ER, as a significant amount of the Company’s development activities broadly support all indications. In addition, several of the Company’s departments support the Company’s nalbuphine ER drug candidate development program and the Company does not identify internal costs for each program. The Company expenses both internal and external research and development expenses as they are incurred.

Accrued Research and Development

The Company has entered into agreements with CROs, contract manufacturing organizations (“CMOs”) and other companies. The Company’s research and development accruals are estimated based on the level of services performed, progress of the studies, including the phase or completion of events, and contracted costs. The estimated costs of research and development provided, but not yet invoiced, are included in accrued expenses on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the original estimates, the Company will adjust the accrual accordingly. Payments made to CROs, CMOs and other companies under these arrangements in advance of the performance of the related services are recorded as prepaid expenses.

Patent Costs

All patent-related costs in connection with filing and prosecuting patent applications are expensed to general and administrative expense as incurred, as recoverability of such expenditures is uncertain.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation arrangements with employees in accordance with ASC 718, Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires the recognition of compensation expense, using a fair value based method, for costs related to all stock-based payments including stock options. The Company’s determination of the fair value of stock options on the date of grant utilizes the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for stock options with time-based vesting, and is impacted by the price of its common stock as well as changes in assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include expected term that options will remain outstanding, expected common stock price volatility over the term of the option awards, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends.

The fair value is recognized over the period during which an optionee is required to provide services in exchange for the option award, known as the requisite service period (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Estimating the fair value of equity-settled awards as of the grant date using valuation models, such as the Black-Scholes option pricing model, is affected by assumptions regarding a number of complex variables. Changes in the assumptions can materially affect the fair value and ultimately how much stock-based compensation expense is recognized. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop.

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation arrangements with employees in accordance with ASC 718, which requires the recognition of compensation expense, using a fair value based method, for costs related to all stock-based payments including stock options. The Company’s determination of the fair value of stock options on the date of grant utilizes the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for stock options with time-based vesting and is impacted by the price of its common stock as well as changes in assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include expected term that options will remain outstanding, expected common stock price volatility over the term of the option awards, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends.

Expected Term—The expected term assumption represents the weighted average period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company has elected to use the “simplified method” for estimating the expected term of the options, whereby the expected term equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option.

Expected Volatility—For all stock options granted to date, the volatility data was estimated based on a study of publicly traded industry peer companies. For purposes of identifying these peer companies, the Company considered the industry, stage of development, size and financial leverage of potential comparable companies.

Expected Dividend—The Black-Scholes valuation model calls for a single expected dividend yield as an input. The Company currently has no history or expectation of paying cash dividends on its common stock.

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues similar in duration to the expected term of the equity-settled award.

The estimated fair value of the common stock underlying the Company’s stock options was determined at each grant date by the Company’s board of directors, with input from management. All options to purchase shares of common stock are intended to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of the Company’s common stock underlying those options on the date of grant.

In the absence of a public trading market for the Company’s common stock, on each grant date, the Company develops an estimate of the fair value of its common stock based on the information known to the Company on the date of grant, upon a review of any recent events and their potential impact on the estimated fair value per share of the common stock, and in part on input from an independent third-party valuation. As is provided for in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the Company generally relies on valuations for up to twelve months unless the Company has experienced a material event that would have affected the estimated fair value of its common stock.

The valuations of the Company’s common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (the “Practice Aid”). The methodology to determine the fair value of common stock included estimating the fair value of the enterprise using a market approach, which estimates the fair value of the Company by including an estimation of the value of the business based on

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

guideline public companies under a number of different scenarios. The assumptions used to determine the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock were based on numerous objective and subjective factors, combined with management judgment, including external market conditions affecting the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry and trends within the industry; the Company’s stage of development; the rights, preferences and privileges of the Company’s convertible preferred stock relative to those of the Company’s common stock; the prices at which the Company sold shares of convertible preferred stock; the Company’s financial condition and operating results, including the Company’s levels of available capital resources; the progress of the Company’s research and development efforts, stage of development and business strategy; equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies; general U.S. market conditions; and the lack of marketability of the Company’s common stock.

The Practice Aid identifies various available methods for allocating enterprise value across classes and series of capital stock to determine the estimated fair value of common stock at each valuation date. In accordance with the Practice Aid, the Company considered the following methods:

 

   

Option Pricing Method (“OPM”)—The OPM treats common stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company’s securities changes. Under this method, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preferences at the time of a liquidity event, such as a strategic sale or merger. The common stock is modeled as a call option on the underlying equity value at a predetermined exercise price. In the model, the exercise price is based on a comparison with the total equity value rather than, as in the case of a regular call option, a comparison with a per share stock price. Thus, common stock is considered to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the convertible preferred stock liquidation preference is paid. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call options. This model defines the securities’ fair values as functions of the current fair value of a company and uses assumptions, such as the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event and the estimated volatility of the equity securities.

 

   

Probability Weighted Expected Return Method (“PWERM”)—Under the PWERM methodology, the fair value of common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of future values for the company, assuming various outcomes. The common stock value is based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns considering each of the possible outcomes available as well as the rights of each class of stock. The future value of the common stock under each outcome is discounted back to the valuation date at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate and probability weighted to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock.

 

   

Hybrid Method—The hybrid method is a PWERM where the equity value in one of the scenarios is calculated using an OPM. In the hybrid method used by the Company, it considered an initial public offering (“IPO”), as the other potential future liquidity event. The equity value for the IPO scenario was determined using the guideline public company (“GPC”), method under the market approach. The relative probability of the IPO scenario was determined based on an analysis of market conditions at the time and expectations as to the timing and likely prospects of the IPO at each valuation date. In application of the GPC method, the Company considered publicly traded companies in the biopharmaceutical industry that had a similar profile to the Company’s as well as recently completed IPOs as indicators of estimated future value in an IPO. The Company then discounted that future value back to the valuation date at an appropriate discount rate.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Based on the Company’s early stage of development and other relevant factors, the board of directors determined that the OPM was the most appropriate method for allocating enterprise value to determine the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock for the valuation performed for December 2017, which resulted in the board of directors determining that the fair value of common stock was $0.35. Following its determination in early 2018 that the Company should explore a potential IPO, the Company’s board of directors determined that the Hybrid Method was the most appropriate method for allocating the enterprise value to determine the estimated fair value of common stock for valuations performed for April 2018, September 2018 and December 2018, which resulted in the fair value of common stock being $0.70, $0.96 and $0.98, respectively.

In determining the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock, the board of directors also considered the fact that the Company’s stockholders could not freely trade the Company’s common stock in the public markets. Accordingly, the Company’s board of directors applied discounts to reflect the lack of marketability of common stock based on the weighted-average expected time to liquidity. The estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock at each grant date reflected a non-marketability discount partially based on the anticipated likelihood and timing of a future liquidity event.

The Company has awarded stock options to non-employees for consultancy services. Prior to January 1, 2018, these stock options were measured at the fair value of the goods/services received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever was more reliably measured at the time of grant, and then remeasured at the then-current fair values at each reporting date until the stock options vested and were recognized as an expense over the requisite service period. The Company has adopted new guidance, with effect from January 1, 2018, which requires that non-employee share-based payment transactions be measured at the grant-date fair value and no longer remeasured at the then-current fair values at each reporting date until the stock options have vested.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred income tax assets are reduced, as necessary, by a valuation allowance when management determines it is more likely than not that some or all of the tax benefits will not be realized.

The Company applies the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxe s (“ASC 740”), which prescribes a comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, measure, present, and disclose in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that the company has taken or expects to take on a tax return. These Consolidated Financial Statements reflect expected future tax consequences of such positions presuming the taxing authorities possess full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts. It is the opinion of Company management that there are no material uncertainties regarding the tax positions that the Company has taken through December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018. The Company does not have any interest or penalties accrued related to tax positions as it does not have any unrecognized tax benefits. In the event the Company determines that accrual of interest or penalties are necessary in the future, the amount will be presented as a component of interest expense.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Shares

Shares of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock are redeemable at the option of the holder on or after July 14, 2020 and carry a cumulative coupon dividend rate of 6%. The redemption amount is the

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

greater of the liquidation value (invested amount plus accruing dividends) or the fair value of the shares of preferred stock on the date of redemption. The Company is accounting for its shares of preferred stock under the requirements of ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”), which establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. The carrying value of the shares of preferred stock is presented as temporary equity and is adjusted by periodic accretions so that the carrying amount will equal the redemption amount at the estimated date that the shares of preferred stock will be redeemed. These adjustments are effected through charges against additional paid-in capital, to the extent it is available, or accumulated deficit. For all preferred stock issuances, the difference between the amount invested by the holders of the shares of preferred stock, net of issuance costs and premiums (or discounts), as compared to the redemption value is recorded as accretion over the redemption period of the shares of preferred stock. The accretion is added to net loss to arrive at the net loss available to common stockholders in the calculation of net loss per common share.

Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) per Common Share

Basic and diluted net loss per common share outstanding is determined by dividing net loss, as adjusted for accretion and accrued dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock, by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. For all periods presented, outstanding shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”), shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”), shares of Series C Preferred Stock and shares issuable upon exercise of stock options have been excluded from the calculation because their effects would be anti-dilutive. Therefore, the weighted average common shares used to calculate both basic and diluted loss per share are the same.

Segments

The Company operates as a single segment. Management uses one measurement of profitability and does not segregate its business for internal reporting. All long-lived assets are maintained in the United States.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-01 titled Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASU 2016-01”), which amends the guidance on the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. ASU 2016-01 is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The adoption of this update had no material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01,  Business Combinations (Topic 805), Clarifying the Definition of a Business (“ASU 2017-01”), which clarifies the definition of a business to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 requires an entity to evaluate if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired or disposed of is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets; if so, the set of transferred assets and activities is not a business. ASU 2017-01 also requires a business to include at least an input and one substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create output and removes the evaluation of whether a market participant could replace missing elements. ASU 2017-01 should be applied prospectively and is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those annual periods. The adoption of ASU 2017-01 had no material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09 titled Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . The new standard simplifies several aspects related to the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, statutory tax withholding requirements, forfeitures and classification on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. As a result of the adoption of this update as of January 1, 2017, the Company recognizes forfeitures as they occur. The adoption of this update had no material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09 titled Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting. The new standard clarifies when changes to share-based payment awards must be accounted for as modifications. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. The new guidance will be applied prospectively to awards modified on or after the adoption date. The guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The adoption of this update had no material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09 titled Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which provides a single comprehensive model for accounting for revenue from contracts with customers and will supersede most existing revenue recognition guidance. The Company early adopted this update effective January 1, 2018. As the Company does not have any revenue, the adoption of this update had no impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-based Payment Accounting . The new standard will simplify the accounting for nonemployee share-based awards. The ASU expands the scope of Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation , which currently only includes share-based payments issued to employees, to also include share-based payments issued to nonemployees for goods and services. Consequently, the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees and employees will be substantially aligned. The ASU supersedes Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees . The standard is effective for public entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company early adopted this update, effective January 1, 2018, and the adoption had no material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 titled Leases (“ASU 2016-02”), which requires rights and obligations arising from both operating and capital leases to be reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, and to disclose quantitative and qualitative information about lease transactions (such as information about variable lease payments and options to renew and terminate leases). ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted.

The Company developed an implementation plan to adopt this new guidance as of January 1, 2019, which included an assessment of the impact of the new guidance on the consolidated financial statements. The Company will utilize the transition practical expedient added by the FASB, which eliminates the requirement that entities apply the new lease standard to the comparative periods presented in the year of adoption. The Company elected to use the package of practical expedients that allows the Company to not reassess: (1) whether any

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (2) lease classification for any expired or existing leases and (3) initial direct costs for any expired or existing leases. The Company additionally expects to use the practical expedient that allows lessees to treat the lease and non-lease components of leases as a single lease component. The Company estimates that the new standard will result in the recognition of additional assets and liabilities on the balance sheet between $400 and $450. The Company estimates that the impact of adoption of the new leasing standard will not have a material impact on the consolidated statement of income.

 

3.

Prepaid Expenses

Prepaid expenses consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2018  

Prepaid R&D payments

   $ 35      $ 1,337  

Prepaid corporate insurance

     28        59  

State franchise/capital tax payments

     12        —    

Other

     18        42  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 93      $ 1,438  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

4.

Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements, Net

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2017     2018  

Computer, website development and office equipment

   $ 11     $ 47  

Furniture and fixtures

     13       18  

Leasehold improvements

     13       130  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     37       195  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (23     (46
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 14     $ 149  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation was $4 and $23 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. Depreciation on leasehold improvements did not begin until the commencement date of the Company’s amended lease for office space in New Haven, Connecticut on March 1, 2018. (Note 15 )

 

5.

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2018  

Accrued research projects

   $ 1,050      $ 942  

Accrued professional fees

     192        477  

Accrued compensation and benefits

     36        584  

Other

     25        70  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,303      $ 2,073  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

6.

Convertible Notes Payable

On September 28, 2016, the Company received $5.0 million from the issuance of a subordinated convertible promissory note payable to TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P. (“TPG” and the “TPG Note”) pursuant to the terms of a note purchase agreement dated September 27, 2016 between the Company and TPG, as the initial lender (the “Note Purchase Agreement”). The TPG Note was one of a series of 7% subordinated convertible promissory notes (the “Convertible Notes” or “Notes”) issued by the Company. The Notes earned interest at a rate of 7% per annum and were due upon demand by TPG at any time on or after the maturity date of September 27, 2017.

In November 2016, the Company received $5.6 million from the issuance of additional Convertible Notes to ten investors of the Company pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement (the “Additional Lenders”). Of such Notes, two were issued to officers of the Company, totaling $39; three were issued to consultants of the Company, totaling $775 and one was issued to a director of the Company in the amount of $500. On the date of Mandatory Conversion as described below, amounts outstanding under the Notes held by officers, consultants and a director of the Company, including accrued interest, totaled $41, $812, and $524, respectively, which amounts were converted into shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock.

In July 2017, the Company completed the initial closing of the Series C Preferred Stock financing of $50.5 million, receiving gross proceeds of $30 million, representing the first tranche, with proceeds for the remainder of the financing to be drawn upon as discussed in Note 9. As discussed below, at such time, the Convertible Notes, including accrued interest, were converted into Series C Preferred Stock.

Mandatory Conversion Upon Preferred Stock Financing —As provided for under the Note Purchase Agreement, the entire outstanding principal amount of the Convertible Notes totaling $10.6 million and all accrued interest thereon totaling $534, automatically converted into shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock (“Mandatory Conversion Shares”) on July 14, 2017. Upon conversion of the Notes, the Convertible Note lenders received fully paid and non-assessable Mandatory Conversion Shares equal to the quotient of (i) the then-outstanding principal amount, plus all interest accrued thereon, divided by (ii) a conversion price equal to the lesser of (A) 75% of the price per Mandatory Conversion Share paid by the other investors in the Next Financing Round, as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement and (B) $2.30 per share (the “Mandatory Conversion Price”). As a result, 10,181,233 shares of Series C Preferred Stock were issued to the convertible noteholders at a price of $1.095 per share, representing a 25% discount as compared to the $1.46 purchase price per share paid by the purchasers pursuant to the Series C Purchase Agreement.

Contingent Call Option Liability & Debt Discounts

The embedded mandatory conversion feature of the Convertible Notes represents a free-standing financial instrument, as the conversion feature is a substantial contingent call option with a significant discount. Accordingly, the Company accounted for the mandatory conversion feature as a derivative under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”), and therefore recorded a contingent call option liability—convertible notes at its fair value upon the execution of each Convertible Note in 2016, in the amount of $2.3 million, with a corresponding amount recorded as additional debt discount. The debt discount was accreted to interest expense over the life of the Notes. Such accretion totaled $1.7 million and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and is included in interest expense in the Company’s Statements of Operations.

The Company adjusted this liability to fair value at each reporting date that the Notes remained outstanding. On the date of the July 2017 Mandatory Conversion of the Convertible Notes described above, the fair value of this liability was determined to be $3.7 million, resulting in the Company recording a non-cash charge in the amount of $1.4 million in 2017 for the change in its fair value since its last measurement date. At such time, this

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

liability of $3.7 million, representing the actual discount on conversion, was reclassified as Series C Preferred Stock. These non-cash charges are included in other income (expense) in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In 2016, in connection with the issuance of the Convertible Notes, the Company paid $78 in financing costs to third parties and to a Convertible Note lender, which was recorded as debt discount-financing costs and was amortized over the life of the Notes using the effective interest method. Amortization of this debt discount totaled $58 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and is included in interest expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

There were no convertible notes payable outstanding at December 31, 2017 or 2018.

Interest expense on convertible notes, comprised of coupon interest and accretion of debt discounts on convertible notes, were as shown below for the year ended December 31, 2017. There was no interest expense on convertible notes for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017  
        

Coupon interest on convertible notes

   $ 397  

Accretion of debt discount-unamortized deferred charges

     58  

Accretion of debt discount-conversion terms

     1,699  
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,154  
  

 

 

 

 

7.

Term Loan Payable

On December 29, 2014 (the “Closing Date”), the Company entered into a loan and security agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) with Solar Capital, Ltd. (“Solar”) and Square 1 Bank (“Square 1”), together (the “Lenders”), which provided up to $15.0 million in debt financing in two separate tranches (the “Term Loan”). The first tranche of $5.0 million (“Term A Loan”) was drawn upon on the Closing Date. The second tranche of up to $10.0 million was available to the Company in multiples of $2.5 million, subject to the Company achieving positive pivotal top-line data, as defined, from its ongoing clinical trials. Following the Company’s achievement of positive pivotal top-line data in its clinical study in uremic pruritus in July 2015, it drew down the Term B Loan in the amount of $5.0 million on August 31, 2015. In addition, the Company drew down upon the remaining $5.0 million of the second tranche (the “Term C Loan”) on November 13, 2015. The Term Loan matured on June 29, 2018 (the “Maturity Date”).

Each loan advance accrued interest at a floating rate equal to the one-month LIBOR Rate plus 7.75% per annum. The Loan Agreement provided for interest-only payments until March 29, 2016; however, as provided for in the agreement, in March 2016, the Company elected to extend the interest-only period by three months to June 29, 2016. Following such election, payments to the Lenders were to be made monthly in 24 equal installments of principal plus interest; however, on September 30, 2016, and November 23, 2016, respectively, the Company signed the First Amendment of Loan and Security Agreement and the Second Amendment of Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan Agreement Amendments”) with the Lenders. These amendments provided for interest only payments for the payment dates in October and November 2016, in lieu of the scheduled principal plus interest payments in such months, with subsequent payments to be made in 20 equal installments of principal plus interest.

Amounts outstanding under the Term Loan were secured by a first-priority perfected security interest on substantially all of the assets of the Company, other than intellectual property. The Loan Agreement contained non-financial covenants and representations, including a financial reporting covenant, a restriction on payments

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

that includes prohibiting the payment of cash dividends, and limitations on indebtedness, collateral, investments, distributions, transfers, mergers or acquisitions, taxes, corporate changes, deposit accounts, and subsidiaries. The Loan Agreement had contained no financial covenants; however, upon the execution of the Loan Agreement Amendments, financial covenants became effective requiring the Company to raise equity and/or subordinated debt proceeds in stipulated minimum amounts by December 31, 2016 and also to maintain minimum liquidity requirements approximating three months of cash burn, as defined. These financial covenants were removed by the Lender upon the signing of the Waiver to Loan and Security Agreement in conjunction with the completion of the Company’s Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock financing in July 2017. (Note 8 )

On December 31, 2016, upon the Company not raising the required amount of equity or debt financing, it became out of compliance with a financial covenant that was effective upon signing its Loan Agreement Amendments discussed above, resulting in the Lenders issuing a Notice of Default and Reservation of Rights letter to the Company on February 13, 2017. This default was removed by the Lenders upon the signing of the Waiver to Loan and Security Agreement in conjunction with the completion of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock financing in July 2017.

In 2014 through 2015, in connection with the issuance of the Term A Loan, the Term B Loan and the Term C Loan, the Company paid $211 in financing costs to third parties, which were recorded as deferred charges—loan and were amortized over the life of the Term Loans using the effective interest method. Amortization of these deferred financing charges totaled $54 and $8 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and is included in interest expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. Loan discount—unamortized deferred charges totaled $8 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and is included as a direct reduction of the carrying value of its term loan payable on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.

In 2014 through 2016, in connection with the completion of the Loan Amendment Agreements and reimbursement of transaction expenses as discussed above, the Company paid $236 in financing costs to the Lenders, which were recorded as loan discounts. These loan discounts were included as a reduction in the balance of the term loan payable on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet and were accreted over the life of the Term Loan using the effective interest method. Accretion of these loan discounts totaled $77 and $12 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and are included in interest expense in the Company’s Statements of Operations. At December 31, 2017 and 2018, the loan discount-financing costs balance was $12 and $0, respectively.

In connection with the Loan Agreement, the Company was obligated to pay a final fee of 3.0% of the Term Loan funded. The final fee was accrued over the life of the Term Loan using the effective interest method and was included as an increase in the balance of the term loan payable on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, $115 and $16, respectively, were accrued for the final fee, with such amounts included in interest expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In connection with the First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement discussed above, the Company is obligated to pay a fully-earned and non-refundable First Amendment Fee of $83 upon maturity. The First Amendment Fee is being accrued over the remaining life of the Term Loan using the effective interest method and its balance of $75 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, is included as an increase in the carrying value of the term loan payable on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, $54 and $7, respectively, were accrued for the First Amendment Fee, with such amount included in interest expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Under the terms of the Loan Agreement, the Company will be obligated to the Lenders for the payment of a Success Fee (the “Success Fee Agreement”) upon the first occurrence of an Exit Event, as defined, provided that

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

the fully diluted valuation of the Company immediately prior to the Exit Event is greater than the principal amount of equity invested in or contributed in cash, to the Company as of such date, and which calculation shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders. The Exit Event includes the Company’s: liquidation, dissolution or winding up; consolidation or merger; sale or disposition of substantially all of its assets; sale of more than 40% of its common stock to parties other than its existing stockholders; any other form of acquisition or business combination where a change in control occurs; and the completion of a public offering of common stock; all events as defined in the Loan Agreement. The amount of the Success Fee is equal to 4.5% of the Term Loan funded. The Success Fee Agreement terminates on the earlier to occur of (a) payment in full of the Success Fee pursuant to its terms, or (b) December 29, 2021.

The Success Fee provision under the Loan Agreement represents a free-standing financial instrument. Accordingly, the Company accounted for the Success Fee provision as a derivative under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and therefore recorded an obligation for loan success fee at its fair value on the closing date of each advance under the Loan Agreement. In 2014, the Company recorded an obligation for loan success fee in the amount of $153 on the closing date of the Term A Loan. In 2015, the Company recorded an obligation for loan success fee in the amount of $163 on the closing date of the Term B Loan and $167 on the closing date of the Term C Loan. The Company adjusts these liabilities to fair value at each reporting date they remain outstanding. The total fair value of these liabilities was determined to be $322 and $460 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, resulting in the Company recording a non-cash charge in the amount of $24 and $138 for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, representing the changes in the fair value of these liabilities since their last measurement date. The non-cash charges are presented as other income (expense) in the Company’s Statement of Operations. The obligation for loan success fee is presented as a non-current liability in the Company’s Balance Sheet.

The fair values of the obligation for loan success fee have been estimated utilizing a probability-weighted income approach, including variables for the timing of the success event and other probability estimates. For the fair value calculations at December 31, 2017, significant inputs included the Success Fee rate of 4.5% of the Term Loan funded; a discount rate of 12.0%; weighted estimated time to Exit Event ranging from 1.4 to 4.1 years and probability estimates of several potential Exit Events ranging from 5.0% to 20.0%. For the fair value calculations at December 31, 2018, significant inputs included the Success Fee rate of 4.5% of the Term Loan funded; a discount rate of 13.0%; weighted estimated time to Exit Event ranging from 0.4 to 3.1 years and probability estimates of several potential Exit Events ranging from 5.0% to 40.0%.

Upon recording the obligation for loan success fee for each of Term A Loan, Term B Loan and Term C Loan described above, the Company also recorded an offsetting loan discount-success fee in the amounts of $153, $163 and $167, respectively, which are being accreted to interest expense in the Company’s Statements of Operations. Such accretion totaled $124 and $17 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. This loan discount is included as a reduction in the balance of the term loan payable in the Company’s Balance Sheet and totaled $17 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, interest expense under the Term Loan totaled $1.2 million and $174, respectively, which includes amortization of deferred financing charges, accretion of loan discount-financing costs, accrual of the First Amendment Fee and final fee, accretion of loan discount-success fee, and the stated interest on the term loan, all as described above. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $4.8 million under the Term Loan and the term loan payable balance as presented in

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2017 was as shown below. There were no outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan as of December 31, 2018.

 

     December 31,  
     2017  

Principal outstanding under Loan Agreement

   $ 4,813  

Loan discount—unamortized deferred charges

     (8

Loan discount-financing costs, net of accretion

     (12

Loan-final and amendment fee accrued

     509  

Loan discount-success fee, net of accretion

     (17
  

 

 

 
     5,285  

Less current portion

     (5,285
  

 

 

 

Term loan payable, non-current

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

Interest expense on Term Loans comprised of interest payments, amortization of financing costs, accrual of final and amendment fees and accretion of success fee are shown below for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017      2018  

Interest payments

   $ 764      $ 114  

Amortization of financing costs

     131        20  

Accrual of final and amendment fees

     169        23  

Accretion of success fee

     124        17  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,188      $ 174  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

On June 29, 2018, the maturity date of the Loan Agreement, the Company made its final payments of principal and interest due to the Lenders in connection with the Term Loans, as well as $450 in full payment of the Final Fee and $82 in full payment of the First Amendment Fee. As a result, the Company’s obligations to the Lenders under the Loan Agreement, other than the obligations under the Success Fee Agreement as described above, were terminated.

 

8.

Common Stock

As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company’s certificate of incorporation, as amended and restated, authorized the Company to issue 99,000,000 and 101,929,904 shares, respectively, of common stock with a par value of $0.001 per share.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company had reserved 87,191,675 and 101,557,577 shares of common stock, respectively, for the conversion of outstanding shares of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, the exercise of outstanding stock options and the number of shares of common stock remaining available for future grant under the Company’s 2012 Stock Option Plan, as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2017      2018  

Shares of common stock reserved for conversion of Series A preferred stock outstanding

     19,545,184        20,468,459  

Shares of common stock reserved for conversion of Series B preferred stock outstanding

     27,251,745        28,608,266  

Shares of common stock reserved for conversion of Series C preferred stock outstanding

     31,747,042        40,957,202  

Shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2012 Stock Option and Grant Plan

     8,647,704        11,523,650  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     87,191,675        101,557,577  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

9.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

As of each of December 31, 2017 and 2018, under the Company’s certificate of incorporation, the authorized number of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock was 86,197,030.

The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock is redeemable on or after July 14, 2020 and carries a cumulative coupon dividend rate of 6%. The redemption amount per share for a share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is the greater of (A) the applicable original issue price per share for such series of redeemable convertible preferred stock, plus any of the dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, and (B) the fair market value per share of redeemable convertible preferred stock, as described below under Redemption Rights. The Company is accounting for its redeemable convertible preferred stock under the requirements of ASC 480, which establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. The carrying value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock is presented as temporary equity and is adjusted by periodic accretions so that the carrying amount equals the redemption amount at the estimated date that the redeemable convertible preferred stock will be redeemed. These adjustments are effected through charges against additional paid-in capital, to the extent it is available, or accumulated deficit. For all issuances of redeemable convertible preferred stock, the difference between the amount invested by the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs and premiums (or discounts), as compared to the redemption value, is recorded as accretion over the redemption period of the redeemable convertible preferred stock. The accretion is added to net loss to arrive at the net loss available to common stockholders in the calculation of net loss per common share.

Issuance of Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

On December 4, 2012, the Company entered into the Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Series A Purchase Agreement”) with TPG and nine other holders of the Company’s convertible notes that were issued in 2011 and 2012 (the “Series A Investors”). Pursuant to the Series A Purchase Agreement, the Company issued 6,000,000 shares (the “Series A Initial Closing”) of Series A Preferred Stock to TPG at a purchase price of $1.00 per share, resulting in proceeds, net of $128 in issuance costs, of $5.9 million (the “Series A Financing”). Concurrently, convertible notes held by the Series A Investors totaling $564, including accrued interest, were

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

automatically converted at a conversion price of $0.467 per share in accordance with calculations specified in the applicable note purchase agreement, and the Company issued 1,207,923 shares of Series A Preferred Stock in settlement of the convertible notes.

The Series A Purchase Agreement also provided for the sale of 4,000,000 additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Milestone Shares”) to TPG at a purchase price of $1.00 per share upon the Company’s achievement of specified Milestone Events, as defined in the Series A Purchase Agreement, involving the Company’s Phase 1b clinical trial in uremic pruritus and a pending patent application. In the event the Milestone Events were not achieved, TPG had the right to purchase the Series A Milestone Shares, in full or in part, under the same terms and conditions as the Series A Initial Closing, including the $1.00 per share purchase price, on or before June 30, 2014.

In addition, TPG had the right to purchase, under the same terms and conditions as the Series A Initial Closing, including the $1.00 per share purchase price, the lesser of 2,500,000 additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Additional Series A Preferred Shares”) and the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock equal to 25% of the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock it previously purchased for cash under the Series A Purchase Agreement. This additional right was exercisable until the date six months after the completion date of the Company’s Phase 2b/3 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER in patients with uremic pruritus.

On December 26, 2013, TPG purchased under a Series A Extension Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Series A Extension Purchase Agreement”) 6,500,000 additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock at $1.00 per share, which consisted of the Series A Milestone Shares and the Additional Series A Preferred Shares discussed above, resulting in proceeds, net of $39 in issuance costs, of $6.5 million. This agreement also provided that the Company could sell up to 2,000,000 additional shares at $1.00 per share to existing stockholders deemed accredited investors within 45 days of the December 26, 2013 closing.

In January 2014, the Company issued 1,680,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to eight of the Series A Investors at $1.00 per share, as provided for as Additional Closings under the Series A Extension Purchase Agreement, resulting in proceeds, net of $7 in issuance costs, of $1.7 million. The Company recorded this issuance at its fair value of $1.08 per share, totaling $1.8 million before financing costs, resulting in a discount on this issuance in the amount of $134, which amount is being amortized out of the carrying value of Series A Preferred Stock over the expected redemption period, which is three years from July 14, 2017, the date of the First Tranche Closing of the Series C Preferred Stock Financing (each such term as defined below), or July 14, 2020 (the “Redemption Period”). Such amortization totaled $21 and $4 for the years ended December 31, 2017, and 2018, respectively.

Holders of Series C Preferred Stock receive a higher liquidation preference than the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock. (See Liquidation Preferences note below)

Issuance of Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

On May 23, 2014, the Company entered into the Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Series B Purchase Agreement”) with TPG. Pursuant to the Series B Purchase Agreement, the Company issued 13,043,478 shares (the “Series B Initial Closing”) of Series B Preferred Stock to TPG at a purchase price of $1.15 per share, resulting in proceeds, net of $56 in issuance costs, of $15.0 million.

The Series B Purchase Agreement also provided for the sale of 4,347,826 additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Milestone Shares”) to TPG at a purchase price of $1.15 per share upon the

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Company’s achievement of specified Milestone Events, as defined in the Series B Purchase Agreement, involving the Company’s Phase 2b/3 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER in patients with uremic pruritus; its planned Phase 2 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER in patients with pruritus associated with prurigo nodularis; and a pending patent application. In the event the Milestone Events were not achieved, TPG had the right to purchase the Series B Milestone Shares, in full or in part, under the same terms and conditions as the Series B Initial Closing, at a purchase price of $1.15 per share, on or before November 30, 2015.

In addition, TPG had the right to purchase, on the same terms and conditions as the Series B Initial Closing, including the $1.15 per share purchase price, the lesser of 4,347,826 additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock and the number of shares equal to 25% of the total number of shares it previously purchased for cash under the Series B Purchase Agreement (the “Additional Series B Shares”). This additional right was exercisable until the date six months after the completion date of the Company’s Phase 2b/3 clinical trial of nalbuphine ER in patients with uremic pruritus.

On October 30, 2014, TPG exercised its rights described above and purchased under an Additional Closing Agreement (the “Series B Second Closing”) 8,695,652 additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock at $1.15 per share, which consisted of the Series B Milestone Shares and the Additional Series B Shares. This agreement also provided for the Company to sell 869,565 additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock at $1.15 per share to an existing stockholder. The Series B Second Closing resulted in proceeds, net of $19 in issuance costs, of $11.0 million. The Company recorded this issuance at its fair value of $1.10 per share, totaling $10.5 million, net of financing costs, resulting in a premium on this issuance in the amount of $478, which amount is being accreted into the carrying value of the Series B Preferred Stock over the Redemption Period. Such accretion totaled $92 and $20 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

Holders of Series C Preferred Stock receive a higher liquidation preference than the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock. (See Liquidation Preferences note below)

Issuance of Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

On July 14, 2017, the Company entered into the Series C Purchase Agreement with TPG and other institutional investors (the “Series C Initial Purchasers”) for the issuance of $50.5 million of its Series C Preferred Stock. The Series C Purchase Agreement provided for the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock to be issued in two tranches, with the closing of the first tranche on July 14, 2017 (the “First Tranche Closing”) and the closing of the second tranche to occur following a determination by the Company’s board of directors that the Company’s cash and cash equivalents at such time are not sufficient to fund its operations for a period of three months following such determination (the “Second Tranche Closing”). Upon the First Tranche Closing, the Company issued 20,547,946 shares of its Series C Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $1.46 per share, resulting in proceeds of $29.7 million, net of issuance costs of $291.

Also party to the Series C Purchase Agreement are eleven holders of the Company’s Convertible Notes (together with the Initial Purchasers and the Series C Additional Purchasers, as defined below, the “Series C Investors”). Concurrently with the First Tranche Closing and pursuant to the Series C Purchase Agreement, the outstanding principal on the Company’s Convertible Notes, totaling $10.6 million, and all accrued interest thereon, totaling $564, were automatically converted at the Mandatory Conversion Price of $1.095 per share, and the Company issued 10,181,233 shares of its Series C Preferred Stock in full settlement of the Convertible Notes. (Note 6)

The Series C Purchase Agreement provided for a subsequent closing (the “Special Closing”), on the same terms and conditions as the First Tranche Closing, including the $1.46 per share purchase price, and on

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

October 11, 2017, the Special Closing occurred, resulting in the issuance to two additional investors (the “Series C Additional Purchasers”) of 101,707 shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, at a purchase price of $1.46 per share, resulting in proceeds of $129, net of issuance costs of $19.

On November 12, 2017, one of the Series C Additional Purchasers purchased its second tranche shares pursuant to an election under the Series C Purchase Agreement, resulting in the issuance of 55,621 shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $1.46 per share, resulting in proceeds of $81.

On August 28, 2018, the Company amended the Series C Purchase Agreement to provide that a portion of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock that would otherwise be issued and sold at the Second Tranche Closing would instead be issued and sold at a third tranche closing (the “Third Tranche Closing”), with such closing to occur following a determination by the Company’s board of directors that the Company’s cash and cash equivalents at such time are not sufficient to fund its operations for a period of three months following such determination.

On August 30, 2018, the Company completed the Second Tranche Closing, resulting in the issuance of 7,211,165 shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, at a purchase price of $1.46 per share, resulting in proceeds of $10.5 million, net of issuance costs of $32.

On January 18, 2019, the Company completed the Third Tranche Closing, resulting in the issuance of 6,849,315 shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, at a purchase price of $1.46 per share, resulting in proceeds of $10.0 million, net of estimated issuance costs of $37 . At such time, the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability of $1.1 million was reclassified as Series C Preferred Stock ( Note 17 ).

Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Liability and Changes in Fair Value

As discussed above, the Series C Purchase Agreement provides for the issuance and sale of Series C Preferred Stock in three separate tranches. The tranches represent a freestanding financial instrument under ASC 480 and require fair value accounting until they are settled. The Company recognizes a liability on its Consolidated Balance Sheet for the obligations under this financial instrument. The Company adjusts this liability to fair value at each reporting date, as applicable, and recognizes any changes in fair value of the Series C Preferred Stock in its Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of other income (expense) and in net loss. The Company will continue to recognize changes in the fair value of this liability through the closing of the third tranche.

Accordingly, for the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability at its fair value of $2.1 million, with a corresponding charge to other income (expense) in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations. Upon the Second Tranche Closing in August 2018, as described above, $1.0 million was reclassified to Series C Preferred Stock. As a result, at December 31, 2018, the fair value of this liability, relating to the outstanding third tranche, was determined to be $1.1 million.

The fair value of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability has been estimated as the excess, if any, of the fair value per share of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, as described below under Redemption Rights , over the purchase price of any outstanding tranches that may be sold pursuant to the Series C Purchase Agreement.

Holders of Series C Preferred Stock receive a higher liquidation preference than the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock. (See Liquidation Preferences note below)

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

As of each balance sheet date presented, redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share amounts):

 

     As of December 31, 2017  
     Preferred
Shares
Authorized
     Preferred
Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Liquidation
Preference
     Common
Shares
Issuable
Upon
Conversion
 

Series A redeemable convertible
preferred stock

     15,387,923        15,387,923      $ 20,479      $ 19,545        19,545,184  

Series B redeemable convertible
preferred stock

     22,608,695        22,608,695        32,640        31,340        27,251,745  

Series C redeemable convertible
preferred stock

     48,200,412        30,886,507        46,087        46,351        31,747,042  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     86,197,030      68,883,125      $ 99,206      $ 97,236     

78,543,971

 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     As of December 31, 2018  
     Preferred
Shares
Authorized
     Preferred
Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Liquidation
Preference
     Common
Shares
Issuable
Upon
Conversion
 

Series A redeemable convertible
preferred stock

     15,387,923        15,387,923      $  21,033      $ 20,469        20,468,459  

Series B redeemable convertible
preferred stock

     22,608,695        22,608,695        33,686        32,900        28,608,266  

Series C redeemable convertible
preferred stock

     48,200,412        38,097,672        61,023        59,798        40,957,202  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     86,197,030      76,094,290      $ 115,742      $ 113,167     

90,033,927

 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dividends

Dividends on outstanding shares of Series A, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock accrue at a rate of 6% per annum on their original purchase price of $1.00, $1.15 and $1.46 per share, respectively (the “Accruing Dividends”), whether or not declared, and are cumulative. However, Accruing Dividends on the Company’s outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock are payable only when, as and if declared by the Company’s board of directors, or upon liquidation, redemption or conversion. No dividends may be paid to the holders of the Company’s common stock unless equivalent dividends have been declared and paid on the Company’s outstanding Series A, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock. No dividends have been declared or paid by the Company through December 31, 2017 or through December 31, 2018. Accrued dividends totaled $10.8 million and $16.2 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. Such amounts are included in the carrying values of Series A, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock, and in the accumulated deficit on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017 and 2018.

Liquidation Preferences

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or deemed liquidation event, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding are entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company that are available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payments are made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or common stock by reason of their

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series C Preferred Stock original issue price of $1.46 per share, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or deemed liquidation event, the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders are insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock the full amount to which they are entitled, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock are entitled to share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or deemed liquidation event, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding are entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock but before any payment is made to the holders of common stock by reason of their ownership thereof, (i) an amount per share equal to the Series A original issue price of $1.00 per share in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, and (ii) an amount per share equal to the Series B original issue price of $1.15 per share in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or deemed liquidation event, the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders are insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock the full amount to which they are entitled (after the payment in full of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock), the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in respect of such shares in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or deemed liquidation event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders would be distributed among the holders of the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock, in proportion to the number of shares held by each such holder, treating for this purpose all such securities as if they had been converted into common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s certificate of incorporation immediately prior to such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company.

Redemption Rights

The Company’s certificate of incorporation provides that, unless prohibited by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders, shares of the redeemable convertible preferred stock must be redeemed by the Company in three annual installments commencing not more than 60 days after receipt by the Company, at any time on or after July 14, 2020, of written notice from the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, requesting redemption of all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock (a “Redemption Request”).

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

In that event, unless prohibited by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders, generally in connection with an insolvent corporation, shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, respectively, are redeemed by the Company at a price equal to the greater of (A) the applicable original issue price per share for such series of redeemable convertible preferred stock, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, which totaled $20.5 million for Series A Preferred Stock, $32.9 million for Series B Preferred Stock and $59.8 million for Series C Preferred Stock at December 31, 2018, and (B) the fair market value per share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, as of the date of the Company’s receipt of the Redemption Request. For purposes of these redemption rights, the fair market value per share of the Series A Preferred Stock is the value per share of Series A Preferred Stock as mutually agreed upon by the Company and the holders of 60% of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, and, in the event that they are unable to reach agreement, by a third-party appraiser agreed to by the Company and the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding; the fair market value per share of the Series B Preferred Stock is the value per share of Series B Preferred Stock as mutually agreed upon by the Company and the holders of 60% of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, and, in the event that they are unable to reach agreement, by a third-party appraiser agreed to by the Company and the holders of a majority of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding; and the fair market value per share of the Series C Preferred Stock is the value per share of Series C Preferred Stock as mutually agreed upon by the Company and the holders of 66 2/3% of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, and, in the event that they are unable to reach agreement, by a third-party appraiser agreed to by the Company and the holders of a majority of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding.

As a result of the redemption rights described above, the carrying values of Series A Preferred Stock of $20.5 million and $21.0 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, Series B Preferred Stock of $32.6 million and $33.7 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and Series C Preferred Stock of $46.1 million and $61.0 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, have been classified as temporary equity, and are presented between liabilities and stockholders’ equity on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets in accordance with ASC 480. The Company will accrete the carrying value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock up to the expected redemption value over the estimated Redemption Period. The accretion will include cumulative unpaid and undeclared Accruing Dividends as well as additional increases, if any, when the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock exceeds the liquidation value at any point during the Redemption Period. As a result of the shortfall of the fair value of the Series A Preferred Stock as compared to its liquidation value as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company adjusted accretion recorded in previous periods by $2.0 million in 2017 and $0.4 million in 2018. As a result of the shortfall of the fair value of the Series B Preferred Stock as compared to its liquidation value as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company adjusted accretion recorded in previous periods by $2.8 million in 2017 and $0.6 million in 2018. At December 31, 2017, the liquidation value of the Series C Preferred Stock was higher than its fair value; therefore, no related accretion was recorded. As a result of the excess of the fair value of the Series C Preferred Stock as compared to its liquidation value as of December 31, 2018, the Company recorded accretion of $0.4 million in 2018.

At December 31, 2017, the fair value of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock was determined utilizing the OPM; whereby each class of stock is modeled as a call option with a unique claim on the assets of the Company. Stock characteristics that were incorporated directly into the option valuation model include liquidation preferences, participation features, convertibility features and ratios, and value-sharing between classes of stock. The Company’s equity value was estimated by employing a back-solving approach to determine its implied equity value at December 31, 2017 based on the initial closing of

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

the Series C Preferred Stock financing completed in July 2017. A Black-Scholes options pricing approach was utilized under the OPM to determine the fair value of each security, with significant inputs including a $1.44 fair value of the Series C Preferred Stock, a risk-free rate of 1.95%, volatility of 78.0% and a probability-weighted estimate of time to liquidity event of 2.71 years.

At December 31, 2018, the fair value of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock was determined utilizing a probability-weighted modeling approach that included both IPO and non-IPO based scenarios. The non-IPO based scenarios included the fair value estimates of the Company’s common stock, before marketability discount, of $0.47, and each issue of its redeemable convertible preferred stock of: $0.82 for its Series A Preferred Stock; $0.86 for its Series B Preferred Stock; and $1.44 for its Series C Preferred Stock, each calculated at December 31, 2017 as described above, as there were no clinical development milestones either achieved or not achieved during the period, and it was deemed that the Company’s total equity value had not changed to any significant degree though the December 31, 2018 measurement date. Additional significant inputs utilized for the non-IPO based scenario was a probability factor of 60% and a marketability discount of 20% applied in arriving at the fair value of the common stock. The IPO-based scenario utilized an expected pre-money valuation upon IPO; cost of equity estimate of 15%; estimated time to IPO date of 0.38 years; and probability factor of 40%.

Financing costs of approximately $166 that were netted against the proceeds from the 2013 and 2012 Series A Preferred Stock financings are being accreted to Series A Preferred Stock over the period from their respective issuance dates to the earliest redemption date of July 14, 2020. The Company recorded $22 and $5 in accretion for financing costs for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, with such amounts included in accumulated deficit. In addition, the investor rights/obligation that was allocated from proceeds from the Series A Preferred Stock financings of $2.8 million, less $520 representing its fair value on the date of its exercise as noted above, is being accreted over the Redemption Period. The Company recorded $251 and $55 in accretion of investor rights/obligation in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, with such amounts included in accumulated deficit.

Financing costs of approximately $76 that were netted against the proceeds from the 2014 Series B Preferred Stock financings are being accreted to Series B Preferred Stock over the period from their respective issuance dates to the earliest redemption date of July 14, 2020. The Company recorded $13 and $3 in accretion for financing costs in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, with such amounts included in accumulated deficit. In addition, the investor rights/obligation that was allocated from proceeds from the Series B Preferred Stock financings of $2.0 million is being accreted over the remaining Redemption Period discussed above. The Company recorded $347 and $76 in accretion of Series B Preferred Stock investor rights/obligation in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, with such amounts included in accumulated deficit.

Financing costs of approximately $342 that were netted against the proceeds from the 2017 and 2018 Series C Preferred Stock financings are being accreted to Series C Preferred Stock over the period from their respective issuance dates to the earliest redemption date of July 14, 2020. The Company recorded $46 and $110 in accretion for financing costs in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, with such amounts included in accumulated deficit.

Optional Conversion

Each holder of Series A, Series B or Series C Preferred Stock may convert any or all of such holder’s redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock at any time. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock is convertible into such number of shares of common

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

stock as is determined by dividing the original issue price of such series by the conversion price for such series in effect at the time of conversion. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock was convertible into common stock at a one-to-one conversion ratio.

In addition, upon conversion of shares of Series A, Series B or Series C Preferred Stock, a holder is entitled to receive, at the election of the holder, either (i) payment in cash of any Accruing Dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such number of shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the Accruing Dividends for such share of Series A, Series B or Series C Preferred Stock, by the applicable conversion price for such series of redeemable preferred stock in effect at the time of conversion. The conversion prices for Series A, Series B or Series C Preferred Stock are subject to adjustment based on certain events specified in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, including anti-dilution adjustments.

Mandatory Conversion

Upon the closing of a qualified public offering of common stock, as defined in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, or approval of (i) the holders of at least 60% of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a class, (ii) the holders of at least 60% of the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a class and (iii) the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a class, all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock automatically convert into common stock at the then-applicable conversion rate for such shares.

Voting Rights

Except as otherwise provided by law or by the other provisions of the Company’s certificate of incorporation, the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to vote as one class with the holders of common stock on any matter presented to the stockholders of the Company for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting), and each holder of outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock is entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on the matter. The holders of record of the shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, are entitled to elect two directors of the Company, the holders of record of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, exclusively, and as a separate class, are entitled to elect three directors of the Company, and the holders of record of the shares of common stock of the Company, exclusively and as a separate class, are entitled to elect two directors of the Company.

Registration Rights

The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock have certain registration rights as set forth in an investors’ rights agreement between the Company and certain of its stockholders.

 

10.

Stock-Based Awards

The Company’s 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as amended, was adopted by the Company’s board of directors and stockholders. The Company’s board of directors administers the Plan. The Plan provides for the issuance of stock-based awards to the Company’s employees, officers and directors, as well as non-employee/consultants and advisors to the Company.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

On May 30, 2018, the Company’s board of directors adopted a resolution to amend the Plan, thereby giving authority to the Company to grant awards under the Plan for up to 11,836,081 shares of common stock.

Options granted under the Plan have a maximum term of ten years. Options vest over four years based on varying vesting schedules including: 25% vesting on the first anniversary date of grant and the balance ratably over the next 36 months or vesting in equal monthly or quarterly installments over four years. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, options to purchase 8,012,599 and 10,232,981 shares of common stock were granted and outstanding, net of cancelations.

A summary of the Company’s option activity is as follows:

 

     Number of
Option
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
                  (in years)      (in thousands)  

Outstanding as of December 31, 2016

     4,277,680     $ 0.22        7.6      $ 454  

Granted

     4,145,000       0.34        

Forfeited

     (148,587     0.19        

Expired

     (9,896     0.15        

Exercised

     (251,598     0.23        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding as of December 31, 2017

     8,012,599     $ 0.28        8.3      $ 561  

Granted

     2,499,340       0.81        

Forfeited

     (225,000     0.32        

Expired

     —         —          

Exercised

     (53,958     0.23        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding as of December 31, 2018

     10,232,981     $ 0.41        7.8      $ 5,857  

Options vested as of December 31, 2018

     4,929,789     $ 0.25        6.2      $ 3,624  

Options unvested as of December 31, 2018

     5,303,192     $ 0.56        8.9      $ 2,233  

The weighted average grant-date fair value per share of stock options granted was $0.23 and $0.51 for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

The aggregate fair value of stock options that vested during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $162 and $336, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the stock options and the fair value of the Company’s common stock for those stock options that had exercise prices lower than the fair value of the Company’s common stock. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 was $22 and $6, respectively.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The assumptions that the Company used to determine the fair value of the stock options granted were as follows, presented on a weighted average basis:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017      2018  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.1%        2.7%  

Expected volatility

     75.0%        70.2%  

Expected dividend yield

             

Expected life of options (in years)

     6.1        6.0  

Fair value of common stock at the date of grant

   $ 0.34      $ 0.81  

The following table summarizes the classifications of stock-based compensation expenses recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017      2018  
               

Research and development expense

   $ 108      $ 159  

General and administrative expense

     97        337  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 205      $ 496  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018, total unrecognized compensation cost related to the unvested share-based awards was $1.8 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.2 years.

 

11.

Income Taxes

During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company recorded an income tax benefit related to state research and development tax credits in each period in the amount of $26 and $124, respectively.

The components of income tax (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017     2018  
              

Current:

    

Federal

   $   —       $   —    

State

     (26     (124
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (26   $ (124
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

    

Federal

     —         —    

State

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax (benefit)

   $ (26   $ (124
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

A reconciliation between income tax benefit and the expected tax benefit at the statutory rate for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017     2018  

Federal statutory income tax rate

     34.0     21.0

State income tax (benefit)—net of federal tax

     3.7       5.4  

Permanent differences

     (9.3     (2.3

Change in valuation allowance

     31.6       (27.6

Refundable tax credit

     0.2       0.6  

R&D tax credits

     2.3       3.5  

U.S. tax reform

     (62.3     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     0.2     0.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets are as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017     2018  

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 17,537     $ 22,325  

Federal and state tax credits

     2,238       2,979  

Other

     463       631  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     20,238       25,935  

Valuation allowance

     (20,238     (25,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $     $  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company generated federal and state net operating losses (“NOLs”) of approximately $8.2 million and $17.8 million, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Federal and state net operating loss balances were approximately $65.1 million and $82.9 million, respectively. The operating losses generated prior to 2018 will expire in years 2031 through 2037, unless previously utilized. The operating losses generated in 2018 can be carried forward indefinitely. Due to the Series A preferred stock financing in December 2012, the Company was subject to an “ownership change” under Code section 382. As a result, the Company’s ability to utilize approximately $825 of its NOL carryforwards is limited. The Company’s ability to utilize losses subsequent to 2012 may also be subject to limitation pursuant to Code section 382. The Company also generated federal R&D tax credits in 2018 of approximately $717. At December 31, 2017 and 2018, the federal R&D tax credits were approximately $2.2 million and $2.9 million, respectively. These credits will expire in years 2032 through 2038, unless previously utilized.

The Company also generated state research tax credits for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 of approximately $65 and $241, respectively. The Company applied to exchange most of these credits for cash under a state-run program. These amounts, $27 and $124 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, were recognized as current income tax benefits in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. At December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets reflect income tax receivable of $35 and $124, respectively, related to these credits. Tax years 2015 through 2018 remain open to US federal and state tax examinations.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Income taxes are provided using the asset/liability method, in which deferred taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. The Company reviews deferred tax assets for recoverability on a regular basis. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. The weight given to the positive and negative evidence is commensurate with the extent to which the evidence may be objectively verified. Accounting guidance states that a cumulative loss in recent years is a significant piece of negative evidence that is difficult to overcome in determining that a valuation allowance is not needed against deferred tax assets. As such, it is generally difficult for positive evidence regarding projected future taxable income exclusive of reversing taxable temporary differences to outweigh objective negative evidence of recent financial reporting losses.

The Company determined that operating losses it incurred since its inception on March 17, 2011, represented negative evidence sufficient to conclude a valuation allowance was necessary. As such, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $20.2 million and $25.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, as a reserve against its net deferred tax assets. These balances reflect a decrease in the valuation allowance of $4.1 million in 2017 and an increase in the valuation allowance of $5.7 million in 2018. The decrease in 2017 reflects the net impact of the tax rate adjustment on ending deferred tax assets from 34% to 21% due to U.S. tax reform. The increase in 2018 represents an increase in net deferred tax assets for the year.

The Company applies the provisions of ASC 740, which prescribes a comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, measure, present, and disclose in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that the Company has taken or expects to take on a tax return. The financial statements reflect expected future tax consequences of such positions presuming the taxing authorities possess full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts. As a result of the implementation of ASC 740, the Company recognized no adjustment for unrecognized income tax benefits. The Company has not, as of yet, conducted a study of R&D tax credit carryforwards. Such a study could result in an adjustment to the Company’s R&D tax credit carryforwards; however, until a study is completed and any potential adjustment is known, no amounts are being presented as an uncertain tax position. A full valuation allowance has been provided against the Company’s R&D tax credits and, if an adjustment is required in the future, this adjustment would be offset by a corresponding adjustment to the valuation allowance. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits or related interest and penalties accrued. In the event the Company determines that accrual of interest or penalties are necessary in the future, the amount will be presented as a component of interest expense.

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”). The Tax Act made significant changes to U.S. corporate income tax laws including a decrease in the corporate income tax rate to 21% effective January 1, 2018. The reduction in the corporate federal statutory tax rate, resulted in a reduction in the Company’s net deferred tax assets of $8.0 million and a corresponding reduction in the Company’s valuation allowance.

The staff of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has recognized the complexity of reflecting the impacts of the Tax Act, and on December 22, 2017 issued guidance in Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 (“SAB 118”), which clarifies accounting for income taxes under ASC 740 if information is not yet available or complete, and provides for up to a one year period in which to complete the required analyses and accounting (the measurement period). SAB 118 describes three scenarios associated with a company’s status of accounting for income tax reform: (1) a company is complete with its accounting for certain effects of tax reform, (2) a company is able to determine a reasonable estimate for certain effects of tax reform and records that estimate as a provisional amount or (3) a company is not able to determine a reasonable estimate and therefore continues to apply ASC 740, based on the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately prior to the Tax Act being enacted.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The Company applied the guidance in SAB 118 when accounting for the enactment-date effects of the Tax Act in 2017 and throughout 2018. As of December 31, 2017, the Company had made a reasonable estimate for certain effects of tax reform and has recorded provisional amounts as part of its income tax provision. The Company has completed the accounting for all of the enactment-date income tax effects of the Tax Act during 2018. No adjustments were recognized to the provisional amounts recorded at December 31, 2017.

 

12.

Net Loss per Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders of the Company:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018  
              

Net loss

   $ (12,860   $ (20,545

Plus: Dividends accrued on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (3,740     (5,402

Plus: Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     4,060       370  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (12,540   $ (25,577
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     3,996,724       4,157,295  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share outstanding

   $ (3.14   $ (6.15
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s potential dilutive securities, which include stock options and redeemable convertible preferred stock, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders whenever the effect of including them would be to reduce the net loss per share. In periods where there is a net loss, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same. The following potential common shares, presented based on amounts outstanding at each period end, were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017      2018  
               

Series A preferred stock

     15,387,923        15,387,923  

Series B preferred stock

     22,608,695        22,608,695  

Series C preferred stock

     30,886,507        38,097,672  

Outstanding stock options

     8,012,599        10,232,981  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     76,895,724        86,327,271  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2018 gives effect to adjustments arising upon the closing of the proposed initial public offering as if it occurred as of the beginning of the period presented, or the date of original issuance, if later, including the issuance of 6,849,315 shares of the third and final tranche of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock financing as if those shares had been issued and converted into common stock on December 31, 2018. The following table summarizes the computation of unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders of the Company:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2018  

Net loss

   $ (20,545

Plus: Add back charge for changes in FV of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

     2,105  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (18,440
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.22
  

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares used in net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     85,169,851  
  

 

 

 

 

13.

Collaborative and Licensing Agreements

The Company enters into collaborative and licensing agreements with pharmaceutical companies to in-license, develop, manufacture and/or market products that fit within its business strategy.

Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc.

In May 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co. (“Penwest”) (subsequently merged into its parent, Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc. (“Endo”)) for an exclusive worldwide sublicenseable license under certain patent rights and know-how controlled by Penwest to develop and commercialize products incorporating nalbuphine hydrochloride in any formulation, including an extended release formulation such as nalbuphine ER, in all fields and for any use.

Under the license agreement, the Company paid Penwest a non-creditable, non-refundable upfront license fee of $25. Trevi may also become obligated to make milestone payments to Endo of $250, which would become due upon the successful completion of the first Phase 3 clinical trial of a licensed product candidate, such as the PRISM trial, and $750, which would become due upon the marketing approval of a licensed product in the United States, and to pay mid-single-digit royalties based on net sales of the licensed products by Trevi, its affiliates and sublicensees. In addition, Trevi is obligated to pay Endo a low-to-mid double-digit percentage of certain income it receives from sublicensees, based on the date of the definitive agreement under which the sublicense was granted.

The Company’s royalty obligation with respect to each licensed product in each country commences upon the first commercial sale of the product in that country and extends until the later of the expiration, unenforceability or invalidation of the last valid claim of any licensed patent or application covering the licensed product in the country or the expiration of 10 years after the first commercial sale of the licensed product in the country, which period is referred to as the royalty term. Upon the expiration of the royalty term for a product in a country, Trevi is thereafter obligated to pay a low single-digit know-how and trademark royalty.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Under the agreement, the Company has granted Endo a non-exclusive, royalty-free (except for pass-through payments to third parties), sublicenseable license under its relevant patent rights, to use any improvement Trevi makes to Endo’s controlled release technology, for any product other than the products under which it is licensed by Endo.

Both Trevi and Endo have the right to terminate the agreement if the other party materially breaches the agreement and fails to cure the breach within specified cure periods. Endo also has the right to terminate in the event Trevi undergoes specified bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation events, and Trevi has the right to terminate the agreement at its convenience at any time on 180 days’ notice to Endo. Additionally, if Trevi or any of the Company’s sublicensees challenge the validity or enforceability of any licensed patent rights covering a licensed product, and that challenge is not terminated within a specified period, the agreement will immediately terminate and all licenses granted under the agreement shall be revoked.

Upon termination of the agreement, Trevi must transfer to Endo all regulatory filings and approvals relating to the development, manufacture or commercialization of the licensed products and all trademarks, other than Trevi’s corporate trademarks, then being used in connection with the licensed products. If the agreement is terminated under certain specified circumstances, Trevi will be deemed to have granted Endo a perpetual, royalty-free (except for pass-through payments to third parties), worldwide, exclusive, sublicensable license, under any improvements Trevi made to the licensed know-how, and any related patent rights Trevi has, to manufacture and commercialize the licensed products.

Exclusive License Agreement with Rutgers

On November 6, 2018, the Company entered into an agreement with Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey (“Rutgers”) for an exclusive, worldwide, sublicensable license under certain patent rights controlled by Rutgers and for a non-exclusive, worldwide, sublicensable license under certain know-how controlled by Rutgers, in each case to develop and commercialize products incorporating nalbuphine for any human or animal use.

Upon entering into the license agreement, the Company paid Rutgers a minimal upfront license issue fee, which was recorded as R&D expense in 2018 and agreed to pay Rutgers a minimal annual license fee. The Company may become obligated to make milestone payments to Rutgers in the aggregate of up to $331 based on the achievement of certain clinical, regulatory and sales milestones. The Company has also agreed to pay Rutgers a low single-digit percentage of certain income it receives from sublicensees and to pay tiered low single-digit royalties based on net sales of licensed products by the Company and its affiliates and sublicensees.

The Company’s royalty obligation with respect to each licensed product in each country commences on the date of the first commercial sale of the licensed product in that country following receipt of marketing approval and extends until the later of the date of expiration, unenforceability or invalidation of the last valid claim of any licensed patent or patent application covering the licensed product in the country and 10 years after the first commercial sale of the first licensed product sold anywhere in the world, which period is referred to as the royalty term. Upon the expiration of the royalty term for a licensed product in a country, the license granted to us under the agreement shall become perpetual, fully paid-up, irrevocable and royalty-free in such country. The royalty is subject to reduction in certain circumstances.

Restructuring Agreement with MentiNova, Inc.

On November 6, 2018, concurrent with the signing of the agreement with Rutgers described above, the Company entered into a restructuring agreement with MentiNova, Inc. (“MentiNova”) for the purchase of

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

specified information and know-how, specified contractual rights and benefits, and all books and records of MentiNova related thereto (collectively, the “Acquired Assets”).

Upon entering into the license agreement, the Company paid MentiNova an aggregate upfront payment of $119, which was recorded as R&D expense in 2018, subject to specified closing adjustments. The Company may become obligated to make milestone payments to MentiNova in the aggregate of up to $1,188 based on the achievement of certain clinical and regulatory milestones as well as tiered low single-digit royalties based on net sales of products containing nalbuphine as the sole active pharmaceutical ingredient that are developed by the Company using the Acquired Assets or the intellectual property licensed to the Company under the Rutgers agreement described above (the “Rutgers IP”) for indications that are within the scope of the Rutgers IP. The royalty is subject to reduction in certain circumstances.

 

14.

Related-Party Transactions

The Company paid consulting fees to two of its stockholders for scientific/clinical advisory services in the amounts of $326 and $0 during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, with such amounts included in research and development expense in the Company’s Statements of Operations. The Company also paid another stockholder of the Company for advisory services to the Company’s board of directors, in the amount of $24 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, with such amounts included in general and administrative expense in the Company’s Statements of Operations. In 2016, the Company also entered into transactions with TPG, two of its officers, three of its consultants and one of its directors; issuing $5.0 million, $39, $775 and $500, respectively, in 2016 Convertible Notes payable in exchange for equal amounts of cash received by the Company. (Note 6 )

 

15.

Commitments and Contingencies

A significant portion of the Company’s development activities are outsourced to third parties under agreements, including with CROs, and contract manufacturers in connection with the production of clinical trial materials. These arrangements may require the Company to pay termination costs to the third parties for reimbursement of costs and expenses incurred in the event of the orderly termination of contractual services.

The Company also has commitments under a licensing agreement. (Note  13 )

Operating Leases

Effective March 1, 2013, the Company entered into a lease for office space in New Haven, CT and commencing March 1, 2018, the Company entered into the First Amendment to the lease. The leased space is approximately 5,600 square feet and has a term of 60 months. The lease requires monthly lease payments ranging from approximately $10 to $11 through February 1, 2023 and provides for two designated months of free rent. The Company has the option to terminate the lease after 36 months by providing six months’ notice along with a payment to the landlord in an amount representing the unamortized cost of tenant improvements plus the unamortized broker’s commission, both paid by the landlord, and as defined in the agreement.

The amount of the security deposit held by the landlord was $12 and $19 as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

Lease expense under operating leases, including leases of office equipment was $53 and $112 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Under the terms of the lease, the Company is subject to Additional Rent, as defined in the lease, based on its pro-rata share of the landlord’s electric and utility costs. Electric and utility costs are not to exceed approximately $14 per year. All rents are exclusive of pro-rata share of electric and utility costs and are excluded from future minimum lease payments.

Future minimum lease payments for non-cancellable operating leases having initial lease terms of more than one year are as follows as of December 31, 2018:

 

2019

   $ 125  

2020

     138  

2021

     139  

2022

     131  

2023

     24  

Thereafter

     —    
  

 

 

 
   $ 557  
  

 

 

 

 

16.

Retirement Plan and Other Employee Benefits

Savings Plan

In March 2013, the Company adopted and became a participating employer of a multiple employer defined contribution retirement plan that complies with Section 401(k) of the Code. All eligible employees of the Company immediately participate in the plan (with an entry date of the first day of any month), with no minimum service requirement. The 401(k) plan provides that the Company make non-discretionary matching contributions of 50% of the first 6% of elective contributions. Participants are immediately vested in their contributions, as well as any earnings thereon. Vesting in the employer match contribution portion of their accounts, as well as any earnings thereon, is based on years of credited service, vesting over a four-year period, with 25% vesting per completed year. The Company’s expense under the 401(k) plan, representing its employer matching contributions and additional contributions in accordance with regulatory compliance requirements, totaled $32 and $38 in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

Health Care and Life Insurance Benefits

The Company offers health care and life insurance benefits to all eligible and active employees. Costs incurred for these benefits totaled $145 and $305 during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

 

17.

Subsequent Events

Issuance of Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

On January 18, 2019, the Company completed the Third Tranche Closing, resulting in the issuance of 6,849,315 shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, at a purchase price of $1.46 per share, resulting in proceeds of $10.0 million, net of estimated issuance costs of $37. At such time, the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability of $1.1 million was reclassified to Series C Preferred Stock. ( Note 9 )

 

F-40


Table of Contents

 

                Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

SVB Leerink

Stifel

BMO Capital Markets

Needham & Company

Prospectus dated                 , 2019

Until                , 2019 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by the Registrant. All amounts are estimates except the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee and the Nasdaq Global Market initial listing fee.

 

     Amount  

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 10,453.50  

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee

     13,437.50  

Nasdaq Global Market initial listing fee

     *  

Accountant’s fees and expenses

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     *  

Transfer agent’s fees and expenses

     *  

Printing and engraving expenses

     *  

Miscellaneous

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $ *  
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of its directors to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his or her duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the closing of this offering provides that no director shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the DGCL prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he or she is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Our certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the closing of the offering provides that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of us), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, our director or

 

II-1


Table of Contents

officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an Indemnitee), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Our certificate of incorporation that will be effective upon the closing of the offering also provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, our director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith. If we do not assume the defense, expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with all of our directors, and we intend to enter into new indemnification agreements with all of our executive officers and directors prior to the completion of this offering. In general, these agreements provide that we will indemnify the executive officer or director to the fullest extent permitted by law for claims arising in his or her capacity as an executive officer or director of our company or in connection with his or her service at our request for another corporation or entity. The indemnification agreements also provide for procedures that will apply in the event that an executive officer or director makes a claim for indemnification and establish certain presumptions that are favorable to the executive officer or director.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

The underwriting agreement we will enter into in connection with the offering of common stock being registered hereby provides that the underwriters will indemnify, under certain conditions, our directors and officers (as well as certain other persons) against certain liabilities arising in connection with such offering.

Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, executive officers, or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding shares of our common stock, shares of our convertible preferred stock and stock options granted by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us for such shares and options and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(a) Issuances of Convertible Preferred Stock and Convertible Promissory Notes

On September 28, 2016, we issued and sold an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 of convertible promissory notes to one investor for an aggregate purchase price of $5,000,000. On November 1, 2016, we issued and sold an aggregate principal amount of $1,039,000 of convertible promissory notes to four investors for an aggregate purchase price of $1,039,000. On November 11, 2016, we issued and sold an aggregate principal amount of $575,000 of convertible promissory notes to four investors for an aggregate purchase price of $575,000. On November 22, 2016, we issued and sold an aggregate principal amount of $4,000,000 of convertible promissory notes to two investors for an aggregate purchase price of $4,000,000. The convertible promissory notes accrued interest at a rate of 7% per annum, and had maturity dates ranging from September 28, 2017 to November 22, 2017. On July 14, 2017, all outstanding principal and interest accrued under the convertible promissory notes was converted into shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at approximately $1.095 per share.

On July 14, 2017, we issued and sold 30,729,179 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock to 17 investors, consisting of (i) 20,547,946 shares sold for cash at a price per share of $1.46 for an aggregate cash purchase price of $30,000,001.16 and (ii) 10,181,233 shares issued upon conversion of $11,148,459 in outstanding principal and interest under our convertible promissory notes issued on September 28, 2018, November 1, 2016, November 11, 2016 and November 22, 2016, at a price per share of approximately $1.095.

On October 11, 2017, we issued and sold 101,707 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock to two investors for cash at a price per share of $1.46 for an aggregate cash purchase price of $148,492.22.

On November 12, 2017, we issued and sold 55,621 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock to two investors for cash at a price per share of $1.46 for an aggregate cash purchase price of $81,206.66.

On August 30, 2018, we issued and sold 7,211,165 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock to seven investors for cash at a price per share of $1.46 for an aggregate cash purchase price of $10,528,300.90.

On January 18, 2019, we issued and sold 6,849,315 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock to seven investors for cash at a price per share of $1.46 for an aggregate cash purchase price of $9,999,999.90.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing issuances of securities. The securities described in this section (a) of Item 15 were issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and, in certain cases, Regulation D thereunder, relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration.

(b) Stock Option Grants and Exercises

Between April 5, 2016 and April 5, 2019, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 6,644,340 shares of common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $0.32 to $0.96 per share, to our employees, directors, advisors and consultants pursuant to our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan. Between April 5, 2016 and April 5, 2019, we issued 387,431 shares of our common stock upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan for aggregate consideration of $97,414.

The stock options and the shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of stock options described in this section (b) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, directors and consultants, in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All recipients either received adequate information about our company or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

EXHIBIT INDEX

Some of the agreements included as exhibits to this registration statement contain representations and warranties by the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (1) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (2) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (3) may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under the applicable securities laws; and (4) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.

The undersigned registrant acknowledges that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, it is responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibit

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended
  3.2    By-laws of the Registrant
  3.3*    Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended
  3.4    Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective upon the closing of this offering)
  3.5    Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant (to be effective upon the closing of this offering)
  4.1    Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing the shares of common stock
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
10.1    Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of July 14, 2017
10.2    2012 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended
10.3    Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under the 2012 Stock Incentive Plan
10.4    2019 Stock Incentive Plan
10.5    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2019 Stock Incentive Plan
10.6    2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.7    Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
10.8    Employment Agreement, dated December 4, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Jennifer L. Good
10.9    Offer Letter, dated April 23, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Christopher J. Seiter
10.10    Offer Letter, dated August 29, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Yann Mazabraud
10.11    Indefinite Term Employment Contract, dated August 29, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Yann Mazabraud
10.12    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers

 

II-4


Table of Contents
10.13    Indenture of Lease, dated February 6, 2013, by and between First Niagara Bank, N.A. and the Registrant
10.14    First Amendment to Lease, dated December 5, 2017, by and between the Registrant and 195 Church Street Associates, LLC
10.15†    Exclusive License Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co.
10.16†    Exclusive License Agreement between the Registrant and Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey, effective November 6, 2018
21.1    List of Subsidiaries
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm
23.2*    Consent of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

Certain portions of this exhibit are subject to confidential treatment.

Item 17. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New Haven, State of Connecticut, on this 5th day of April, 2019.

 

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:   /s/ Jennifer Good

Jennifer Good

President and Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Jennifer Good and Christopher Seiter, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for her or him and in her or his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and any other registration statement for the same offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as she or he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, her or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Jennifer Good

Jennifer Good

  

President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  April 5, 2019

/s/ Christopher Seiter

Christopher Seiter

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  April 5, 2019

/s/ Frank Muscolo

Frank Muscolo

  

Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  April 5, 2019

/s/ David Meeker

David Meeker, M.D.

   Chairman of the Board   April 5, 2019

/s/ Mette Kirstine Agger

Mette Kirstine Agger

   Director   April 5, 2019

/s/ Michael Heffernan

Michael Heffernan

   Director   April 5, 2019

 

II-6


Table of Contents

/s/ Edward Mathers

Edward Mathers

   Director   April 5, 2019

/s/ Annie Mitsak

Annie Mitsak, Ph.D.

   Director   April 5, 2019

/s/ Eran Nadav

Eran Nadav, Ph.D.

   Director   April 5, 2019

/s/ Anne VanLent

Anne VanLent

   Director   April 5, 2019

 

II-7

Exhibit 3.1

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION


THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. That the name of this corporation is Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on March 17, 2011, under the name Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

2. That this corporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (a) its original Certificate of Incorporation on March 17, 2011, (b) an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on December 4, 2012, (c) a Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on December 26, 2013, (d) a Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on May 23, 2014, (e) a Certificate of Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on September 27, 2016, and (f) a Certificate of Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on November 22, 2016.

3. That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, as amended, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED , that the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, as amended, be further amended and restated (as amended and restated, the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) in its entirety to read as follows:

FIRST: The name of this corporation is Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

 

2


FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 99,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and (ii) 86,197,030 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

A. COMMON STOCK

1. General . The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

2. Voting . The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law. There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

B. PREFERRED STOCK

15,387,923 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ S eries A Preferred Stock , ” 22,608,695 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ,” and 48,200,412 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series C Preferred Stock .” The Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall have the rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations set forth herein. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “sections” or ‘subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

1. Dividends .

Dividends at the rate per annum of 6% of an amount equal to (i) the Series A Original Purchase Price (as defined below) shall accrue per share on such shares of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock) from

 

3


and after the date of the issuance of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Accruing Dividends ”), (ii) the Series B Original Purchase Price (as defined below) shall accrue per share on such shares of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock) from and after the date of the issuance of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Accruing Dividends ”), and (iii) the Series C Original Purchase Price (as defined below) shall accrue per share on such shares of Series C Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock) from and after the date of the issuance of any shares of Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Accruing Dividends ,” and together with the Series A Accruing Dividends and the Series B Accruing Dividends, the “ Accruing Dividends ”). Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative; provided however , that except as set forth in the following sentence of this Section 1 or in Subsection 2.1, Section 4 and Section 6, such Accruing Dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors and the Corporation shall be under no obligation to pay such Accruing Dividends. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, on a pari passu basis, shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) the amount of the aggregate Accruing Dividends then accrued on such share of Preferred Stock and not previously paid and (ii) (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series A Original Issue Price in the case of Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Original Issue Price in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Original Issue Price in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock; provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series A Preferred Stock dividend, Series B Preferred Stock dividend or Series C Preferred Stock dividend, as the case may be. The “ S eries A Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock. The “ S eries B Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.15 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock. The “ Series C Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.46 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

4


2. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

2.1 Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock.

2.1.1 Preferential Payments to Holders of Series C Preferred Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series C Original Issue Price, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1.1, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

2.1.2 Preferential Payments to Holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock but before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, (i) an amount per share equal to the Series A Original Issue Price in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, and (ii) an amount per share equal to the Series B Original Issue Price in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1.2 (after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock), the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in respect of such shares in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

5


2.2 Distribution of Remaining Assets . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder, treating for this purpose all such securities as if they had been converted to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation. The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1.2 and 2.2 is hereinafter referred to as the “ S eries A Liquidation Amount .” The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1.2 and 2.2 is hereinafter referred to as the “ S eries B Liquidation Amount .” The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Series C Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1.1 and 2.2 is hereinafter referred to as the “ S eries C Liquidation Amount .”

2.3 Deemed Liquidation Events .

2.3.1 Definition . Each of the following events shall be considered a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ” unless (i) the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis (the “ Requisite Holders ”) and (ii) the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate series, elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least five (5) days prior to the effective date of any such event:

(a) a merger or consolidation in which

 

  (i)

the Corporation is a constituent party or

 

  (ii)

a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation; or

 

6


(b) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

2.3.2 Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event .

(a) The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i) unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “ Merger Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2.

(b) In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(ii) or 2.3.1(b), if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within 90 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the 90th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (ii) if the Requisite Holders so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than 120 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) , together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders (the “ Available Proceeds ”), on the 150th day after such Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series A Liquidation Amount, the Series B Liquidation Amount and the Series C Liquidation Amount, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence:

 

  (i)

if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem, prior to any redemption of any Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Series C Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares of Series C Preferred Stock to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor;

 

7


  (ii)

if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient (after redemption of all of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock) to redeem all outstanding shares of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall (after the redemption of all the shares of Series C Preferred Stock as provided in clause (i) above) redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor.

The provisions of Section 6 shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the context, to the redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 2.3.2(b). Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.3.2(b), the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

2.3.3 Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed . The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined as set forth in Subsection 6.1.1 with respect to the Preferred Stock and as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the Required Preferred Directors (as defined below), with respect to the Common Stock.

2.3.4 Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration . In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “ Additional Consideration ”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in

 

8


accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Subsection 2.3.4, consideration placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

3. Voting .

3.1 General . On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class.

3.2 Election of Directors; Special Director Voting Rights . The holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (the “ Series B Directors ”), the holders of record of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three (3) directors of the Corporation (the “ Series C Directors ”, and together with the Series B Directors, the “ Preferred Directors ”), and the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation. Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2, then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 3.2, a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or

 

9


written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3.2. The “ Required Preferred Directors ” shall mean (i) at any time when there are one (1) or two (2) Preferred Directors currently serving on the Board of Directors, each Preferred Director, (ii) at any time when there are three (3) Preferred Directors currently serving on the Board of Directors, two (2) of the three (3) Preferred Directors, including at least one (1) of the Series C Directors and the Primary TPG Director (as defined in the Corporation’s Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated July 14, 2017 (as amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Voting Agreement ”)), (iii) at any time when there are four (4) Preferred Directors currently serving on the Board of Directors, three (3) of the four (4) Preferred Directors, including the Primary TPG Director, or (iv) at any time when there are five (5) Preferred Directors currently serving on the Board of Directors, three (3) of the five (5) Preferred Directors, including the Primary TPG Director.

The rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 shall terminate on the first date following the Series C Original Issue Date on which there are issued and outstanding less than 20% of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Corporation’s Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of May 23, 2014 (the “ Series B Purchase Agreement ”) (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock) (the “ Minimum Series B Shares ”). The rights of the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 shall terminate on the first date following the Series C Original Issue Date on which there are issued and outstanding less than 20% of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Corporation’s Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of July 14, 2017 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock) (the “ Minimum Series C Shares ”). The rights of the holders of the Common Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3.2 shall terminate on the first date following the Series C Original Issue Date (as defined below) on which there are issued and outstanding less than the Minimum Series B Shares and less than the Minimum Series C Shares.

3.3 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . At any time when at least 20% of the shares of Preferred Stock originally issued by the Corporation (calculated on an as-converted basis) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Holders, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect.

3.3.1 liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any merger or consolidation or any other Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;

3.3.2 amend, alter, waive or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation;

 

10


3.3.3 create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series of capital stock having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with the Preferred Stock, or increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock;

3.3.4 (i) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is pari passu with the Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to the Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege, or (ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to the Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege;

3.3.5 purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, and (ii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price or the then-current fair market value thereof pursuant to equity incentive agreements;

3.3.6 create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of any debt security, or permit any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any debt security, if the aggregate indebtedness of the Corporation and its subsidiaries for borrowed money following such action would exceed $300,000;

3.3.7 create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one or more other subsidiaries) by the Corporation, or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of such subsidiary;

3.3.8 alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Preferred Stock;

3.3.9 increase the shares reserved under any Corporation equity incentive or stock option plans or create any new equity incentive plan, stock option plan, or similar plan;

3.3.10 license, transfer or assign any material intellectual property of the Corporation, except non-exclusive licenses granted in the ordinary course of the Corporation’s business to a third-party service provider which do not have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s rights to use such material intellectual property;

 

11


3.3.11 (i) hire any employee of the Corporation or (ii) engage any consultant or contractor requiring expenditures of the Corporation of $300,000 or more in the aggregate for such consultant or contractor, or (iii) enter into any lease for Company office or lab space, in each of the foregoing cases unless approved by the Board of Directors, including a the Required Preferred Directors;

3.3.12 enter into any agreement which requires expenditures of the Corporation of $300,000 or more in the aggregate unless approved by the Board of Directors, including the Required Preferred Directors, or unless reflected in a budget approved by the Board of Directors, including the Required Preferred Directors;

3.3.13 increase or decrease the authorized size of the Board of Directors, except as contemplated by Section 1.1 of the Voting Agreement; or

3.3.14 issue any Preferred Stock except pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

3.4 Series A Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . At any time when at least 20% of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock originally issued by the Corporation (calculated on an as-converted basis) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect.

3.4.1 amend, alter, waive or repeal the rights of the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to receive the Series A Liquidation Amount with respect to such shares of Series A Preferred Stock in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event;

3.4.2 amend, alter, waive or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that materially and adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Series A Preferred Stock (it being understood that the creation or authorization of a class or series of stock that is senior to, pari passu with or junior to any other class or series of stock shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences or rights of the Series A Preferred Stock);

3.4.3 increase or decrease the total number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

3.5 Series B Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . At any time when at least 20% of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock originally issued by the Corporation (calculated on an as-converted basis) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect.

 

12


3.5.1 amend, alter, waive or repeal the rights of the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to receive the Series B Liquidation Amount with respect to such shares of Series B Preferred Stock in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event;

3.5.2 amend, alter, waive or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that materially and adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Series B Preferred Stock (it being understood that the creation or authorization of a class or series of stock that is senior to, pari passu with or junior to any other class or series of stock shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences or rights of the Series B Preferred Stock);

3.5.3 increase or decrease the total number of authorized shares of Series B Preferred Stock,

3.6 Series C Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . At any time when at least 20% of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock originally issued by the Corporation (calculated on an as-converted basis) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio , and of no force or effect.

3.6.1 amend, alter, waive or repeal the rights of the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock to receive the Series C Liquidation Amount with respect to such shares of Series C Preferred Stock in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event;

3.6.2 amend, alter, waive or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that materially and adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Series C Preferred Stock (it being understood that the creation or authorization of a class or series of stock that is senior to, pari passu with or junior to any other class or series of stock shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences or rights of the Series C Preferred Stock);

3.6.3 increase or decrease the total number of authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

 

13


4. Optional Conversion .

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

4.1 Right to Convert .

4.1.1 Conversion Ratio .

(a) Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “ Series A Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $1.00. Such initial Series A Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

(b) Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “ Series B Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $1.15. Such initial Series B Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series B Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

(c) Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series C Original Issue Price by the Series C Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “ Series C Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $1.46. Such initial Series C Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series C Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

4.1.2 Termination of Conversion Rights . In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6, the Conversion Rights of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for redemption, unless the redemption price is not fully paid on such redemption date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such price is paid in full. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock. In addition, the Conversion Rights with respect to the Preferred Stock shall be suspended and may not be exercised for a period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the earlier of (a) the Second Tranche Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), (b) the third anniversary of the date of the Purchase Agreement and (c) the day after the Special Mandatory Conversion Time.

 

14


4.2 Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

4.3 Mechanics of Conversion .

4.3.1 Notice of Conversion . In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the applicable series of Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent. Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of the series of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion, (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted and (iv) pay any Accrued Dividends in such manner as provided in Subsection 4.3.3.

4.3.2 Reservation of Shares . The Corporation shall at all times when any Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary

 

15


amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

4.3.3 Effect of Conversion . All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Subsection 4.2. Upon such conversion, a holder shall be entitled to receive, as elected by the holder, either (i) payment in cash of any Accruing Dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (ii) such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Accruing Dividends for such share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, by the Series A Conversion Price in the case of Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Conversion Price in the case of Series B Preferred Stock or the Series C Conversion Price in the case of Series C Preferred Stock, each as in effect at the time of conversion. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

4.3.4 No Further Adjustment . Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on such series of Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

4.3.5 Taxes . The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

4.4 Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

4.4.1 Special Definitions . For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(b) “ Series C Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series C Preferred Stock was issued.

 

16


(c) “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(d) “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Series C Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “ Exempted Securities ”):

 

  (i)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;

 

  (ii)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8 ;

 

  (iii)

shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the Required Preferred Directors; or

 

  (iv)

shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security.

 

  (v)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the Required Preferred Directors;

 

17


  (vi)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided, that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the Required Preferred Directors; or

 

  (vii)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the Required Preferred Directors.

4.4.2 No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Series A Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Series B Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Series C Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

4.4.3 Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

(a) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series C Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

18


(b) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the applicable Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(c) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series C Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series C Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a)) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(d) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

 

19


(e) If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

4.4.4 Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series C Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP 2 = CP 1 * (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “CP 2 ” shall mean the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock

(b) “CP 1 ” shall mean the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue);

 

20


(d) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

(e) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

4.4.5 Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Subsection 4.4, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(a) Cash and Property : Such consideration shall:

 

  (i)

insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

  (ii)

insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and

 

  (iii)

in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(b) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

 

  (i)

the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such

 

21


  Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

  (ii)

the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

4.4.6 Multiple Closing Dates . In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 then, upon the final such issuance, the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

4.5 Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series C Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series C Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

4.6 Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series C Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred

 

22


Stock in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Price of the applicable series of Preferred Stock then in effect by a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) that no such adjustment shall be made to a series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such series of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.7 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series C Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.8 Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc . Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3, if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.4, 4.6 or 4.7), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of such series of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such

 

23


transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section  4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Subsection 4.8 shall be construed as preventing the holders of Preferred Stock from seeking any appraisal rights to which they are otherwise entitled under the General Corporation Law in connection with a merger triggering an adjustment hereunder, nor shall this Subsection 4.8 be deemed conclusive evidence of the fair value of the shares of Preferred Stock in any such appraisal proceeding.

4.9 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock that has been subject to an adjustment or readjustment a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which such series of Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of each series of Preferred Stock.

4.10 Notice of Record Date . In the event:

(a) the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

(b) of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

(c) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be

 

24


fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of any Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least 10 days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

5. Mandatory Conversion .

5.1 Trigger Events . Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price of at least $2.92 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $50,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation (a “ Qualifying Public Offering ”) or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of (i) the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a class, (ii) the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a class, and (iii) the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a class (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Mandatory Conversion Time ”), (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

5.2 Procedural Requirements . All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of a Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock being converted pursuant to this Section 5. Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares being converted (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Subsection 5.1, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 5.2. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock

 

25


being converted, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

5.3 Special Mandatory Conversion .

5.3.1 In the event that:

(a) pursuant to and in accordance with Section 1.4 of the Purchase Agreement, the Corporation issues and sells shares of its capital stock at the Second Tranche Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (the “ Mandatory Second Tranche Offering” );

(b) the Corporation shall have delivered the Second Tranche Notice to each Purchaser (as defined in the Purchase Agreement): (i) stating that the Corporation will be issuing and selling additional shares of its capital stock in the Mandatory Second Tranche Offering and (ii) indicating the number of shares of its capital stock that such Purchaser is obligated to purchase at such Mandatory Second Tranche Offering pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (the “ Allocated Shares ”); and

(c) such Purchaser does not purchase at least his, her or its Allocated Shares at such Mandatory Second Tranche Offering and has not purchased its Allocated Shares prior to such Mandatory Second Tranche Offering (such Purchaser being referred to herein as a “ Non-Participating Purchaser ”),

5.3.2 then, upon the closing of the Mandatory Second Tranche Offering (the “ Special Mandatory Conversion Time ”), all shares of Preferred Stock held by such Non-Participating Purchaser shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or such Non-Participating Purchaser be converted into the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of such Preferred Stock are then convertible by using a Conversion Price that is equal to (i) five multiplied by (ii) the then-existing applicable Conversion Price (a “ Special Mandatory Conversion ”). Each Non-Participating Purchaser shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer; in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to this Subsection 5.3, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of

 

26


Common Stock), will terminate at the Special Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates for such shares at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 5.3. As soon as practicable after the Special Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of such series of Preferred Stock accordingly. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, any amendment to the terms of this Subsection 5.3 shall require the consent of all holders that hold at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding Series C Preferred Stock.

6. Redemption .

6.1 General .

6.1.1 Unless prohibited by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders, shares of Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation at a price equal to (i) with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, the greater of (A) the Series A Original Issue Price per share, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon and (B) the Fair Market Value (determined in the manner set forth below) per share of Series A Preferred Stock as of the date of the Company’s receipt of the Redemption Request (the “ Series A Redemption Price ”), (ii) with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, the greater of (A) the Series B Original Issue Price per share, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon and (B) the Fair Market Value (determined in the manner set forth below) per share of Series B Preferred Stock as of the date of the Company’s receipt of the Redemption Request (the “ Series B Redemption Price ”) and (iii) with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, the greater of (A) the Series C Original Issue Price per share, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon and (B) the Fair Market Value (determined in the manner set forth below) per share of Series C Preferred Stock as of the date of the Company’s receipt of the Redemption Request (the “ Series C Redemption Price ”), in three annual installments commencing not more than 60 days after receipt by the Corporation, at any time on or after the third (3rd) anniversary of the first issuance of Series C Preferred Stock, from the Requisite Holders of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Preferred Stock (the “ Redemption Request ”). Upon receipt of a Redemption Request, the Corporation shall apply all of its assets to any such redemption, and to no other corporate purpose, except to the extent prohibited by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. For purposes of this Subsection 6.1, the “ Fair Market Value ” per share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be the value per share of Series A Preferred Stock as mutually agreed upon by the

 

27


Company and the holders of sixty percent (60%) of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, and, in the event that they are unable to reach agreement, by a third-party appraiser agreed to by the Company and the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding. For purposes of this Subsection 6.1, the Fair Market Value per share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be the value per share of Series B Preferred Stock as mutually agreed upon by the Company and the holders of sixty percent (60%) of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, and, in the event that they are unable to reach agreement, by a third-party appraiser agreed to by the Company and the holders of a majority of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding. For purposes of this Subsection 6.1, the Fair Market Value per share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be the value per share of Series C Preferred Stock as mutually agreed upon by the Company and the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, and, in the event that they are unable to reach agreement, by a third-party appraiser agreed to by the Company and the holders of a majority of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding. The date of such redemption shall be referred to as the “ Redemption Date ”. For purposes hereof, “ Redemption Price ” shall mean the Series A Redemption Price, the Series B Redemption Price or the Series C Redemption Price, as applicable.

6.1.2 On each Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of each series of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock, as the case may be, owned by each holder, that number of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, determined by dividing (i) the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable, outstanding immediately prior to such Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence:

(a) if the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on any Redemption Date all shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem, prior to any redemption of any Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock on such Redemption Date, a pro rata portion of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock of each holder to be redeemed on such date to the fullest extent of such funds, based on the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares of Series C Preferred Stock to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor;

(b) if the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on any Redemption Date (after redemption of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date) all shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock of each holder to be redeemed on such date to the fullest extent of such funds, based on the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor.

 

28


6.2 Redemption Notice . The Corporation shall send written notice of the mandatory redemption (the “ Redemption Notice ”) to each holder of record of Preferred Stock not less than 40 days prior to each Redemption Date. Each Redemption Notice shall state:

(a) the number of shares of each series of Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date specified in the Redemption Notice;

(b) the Redemption Date and the Redemption Price for each series of Preferred Stock;

(c) the date upon which the holder’s right to convert such shares terminates (as determined in accordance with Subsection 4.1); and

(d) that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

6.3 Surrender of Certificates; Payment . On or before the Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4, shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof. In the event less than all of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder.

6.4 Rights Subsequent to Redemption . If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the applicable Redemption Date the Redemption Price of a series of Preferred Stock payable upon redemption of the shares of such series of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor in a timely manner, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of Preferred Stock shall cease to accrue after such Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price of such series of Preferred Stock without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

7. Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares . Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

 

29


8. Waiver . Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the Requisite Holders, unless another vote is specified herein.

9. Notices . Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

FIFTH: Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH: Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

EIGHTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

TENTH: The following indemnification provisions shall apply to the persons enumerated below.

1. Right to Indemnification of Directors and Officers . The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (an “ Indemnified Person ”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding,

 

30


whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 3 of this Article Tenth, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify an Indemnified Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Indemnified Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Indemnified Person was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

2. Prepayment of Expenses of Directors and Officers . The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys” fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided , however , that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Indemnified Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article Tenth or otherwise.

3. Claims by Directors and Officers . If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article Tenth is not paid in full within 30 days after a written claim therefor by the Indemnified Person has been received by the Corporation, the Indemnified Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

4. Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The Corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or, while an employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorney’s fees) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding. The ultimate determination of entitlement to indemnification of persons who are non-director or officer employees or agents shall be made in such manner as is determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person if the Proceeding was not authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

5. Advancement of Expenses of Employees and Agents . The Corporation may pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an employee or agent in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

31


6. Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any person by this Article Tenth shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, the by-laws of the Corporation, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

7. Other Indemnification . The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer or employee of another Corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other Corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise.

8. Insurance . The Board of Directors may, to the full extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists, or may hereafter be amended from time to time, authorize an appropriate officer or officers to purchase and maintain at the Corporation’s expense insurance: (a) to indemnify the Corporation for any obligation which it incurs as a result of the indemnification of directors, officers and employees under the provisions of this Article Tenth; and (b) to indemnify or insure directors, officers and employees against liability in instances in which they may not otherwise be indemnified by the Corporation under the provisions of this Article Tenth.

9. Amendment or Repeal . Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification. The rights provided hereunder shall inure to the benefit of any Indemnified Person and such person’s heirs, executors and administrators.

ELEVENTH : The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

TWELFTH : Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees

 

32


governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of (i) through (iv) above, any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. If any provision or provisions of this Article TWELFTH shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article TWELFTH (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article TWELFTH containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

33


4. That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

5. That this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this Corporation’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

 

34


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 14th day of July, 2017.

 

By:  

/s/ Jennifer L. Good

  President and Chief Executive Officer


[Effective June 1, 2018]

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Pursuant to Section 242 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

That the name of this corporation is Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on March 17, 2011, under the name Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended as follows:

 

1.

The first paragraph of Article FOURTH shall be deleted in its entirety and substituted with the following in lieu thereof:

“The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 101,929,904 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and (ii) 86,197,030 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Certificate of Amendment has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this 30 th day of May, 2018.

 

By:  

/s/ Jennifer Good

  Jennifer Good
  Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Pursuant to Section 242 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

That the name of this corporation is Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on March 17, 2011, under the name Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of this corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of this corporation be further amended as follows:

 

2.

Article FOURTH, Part B, Section 4.1.2 shall be amended by deleting the last sentence of such Section in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:

“In addition, the Conversion Rights with respect to the Preferred Stock under this Section  4 shall be suspended and may not be exercised for a period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the earlier of (a) the Third Tranche Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), (b) the third anniversary of the date of the Purchase Agreement and (c) the day after the Special Mandatory Conversion Time associated with the Third Tranche Closing.”

 

3.

Article FOURTH, Part B, Section 5.3 shall be amended by deleting such Section in its entirety and substituting the following in lieu thereof:


“5.3. Special Mandatory Conversion .

5.3.1 In the event that:

 

  a)

pursuant to and in accordance with Section 1.4 of the Purchase Agreement, the Corporation issues and sells shares of its capital stock at the Second Tranche Closing or Third Tranche Closing, as applicable (each as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (each, a “ Mandatory Tranche Offering” );

 

  b)

the Corporation shall have delivered the Second Tranche Notice or Third Tranche Notice (each as defined in the Purchase Agreement), as applicable, to each Purchaser (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) that is obligated to purchase shares in such Mandatory Tranche Offering: (i) stating that the Corporation will be issuing and selling additional shares of its capital stock in the Mandatory Tranche Offering and (ii) indicating such number of shares of its capital stock that such Purchaser is obligated to purchase at such Mandatory Tranche Offering pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (the “ Allocated Shares ”); and

 

  c)

such Purchaser does not purchase at least his, her or its Allocated Shares at such Mandatory Tranche Offering and has not purchased its Allocated Shares prior to such Mandatory Tranche Offering (such Purchaser being referred to herein as a “ Non-Participating Purchaser ”),

5.3.2 then, upon the closing of such Mandatory Tranche Offering (the “ Special Mandatory Conversion Time ”), all shares of Preferred Stock held by such Non-Participating Purchaser shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or such Non-Participating Purchaser be converted into the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of such Preferred Stock are then convertible by using a Conversion Price that is equal to (i) five multiplied by (ii) the then-existing applicable Conversion Price (a “Special Mandatory Conversion”). Each Non-Participating Purchaser shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If


so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer; in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to this Subsection 5.3, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Special Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates for such shares at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 5.3. As soon as practicable after the Special Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of such series of Preferred Stock accordingly. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, any amendment to the terms of this Subsection 5.3 shall require the consent of all holders that hold at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding Series C Preferred Stock.”

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Certificate of Amendment has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this 30 th day of August, 2018.

 

By:  

/s/ Jennifer Good

  Jennifer Good
  Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.2

BY-LAWS

OF

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I

  

STOCKHOLDERS

     1  

1.1

  Place of Meetings      1  

1.2

  Annual Meeting      1  

1.3

  Special Meetings      1  

1.4

  Notice of Meetings      1  

1.5

  Voting List      1  

1.6

  Quorum      2  

1.7

  Adjournments      2  

1.8

  Voting and Proxies      2  

1.9

  Action at Meeting      3  

1.10

  Conduct of Meetings      3  

1.11

  Action without Meeting      4  

ARTICLE II

  

DIRECTORS

     5  

2.1

  General Powers      5  

2.2

  Number, Election and Qualification      5  

2.3

  Chairman of the Board; Vice Chairman of the Board      5  

2.4

  Tenure      5  

2.5

  Quorum      5  

2.6

  Action at Meeting      5  

2.7

  Removal      5  

2.8

  Vacancies      6  

2.9

  Resignation      6  

2.10

  Regular Meetings      6  

2.11

  Special Meetings      6  

2.12

  Notice of Special Meetings      6  

2.13

  Meetings by Conference Communications Equipment      6  

2.14

  Action by Consent      7  

2.15

  Committees      7  

2.16

  Compensation of Directors      7  

ARTICLE III

  

OFFICERS

     7  

3.1

  Titles      7  

3.2

  Election      8  

3.3

  Qualification      8  

3.4

  Tenure      8  

3.5

  Resignation and Removal      8  


3.6

  Vacancies      8  

3.7

  President; Chief Executive Officer      8  

3.8

  Vice Presidents      8  

3.9

  Secretary and Assistant Secretaries      9  

3.10

  Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers      9  

3.11

  Salaries      9  

3.12

  Delegation of Authority      9  

ARTICLE IV

  

CAPITAL STOCK

     10  

4.1

  Issuance of Stock      10  

4.2

  Stock Certificates; Uncertificated Shares      10  

4.3

  Transfers      11  

4.4

  Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates      11  

4.5

  Record Date      11  

4.6

  Regulations      12  

ARTICLE V

  

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     12  

5.1

  Fiscal Year      12  

5.2

  Corporate Seal      12  

5.3

  Waiver of Notice      12  

5.4

  Voting of Securities      12  

5.5

  Evidence of Authority      12  

5.6

  Certificate of Incorporation      12  

5.7

  Severability      12  

5.8

  Pronouns      13  

ARTICLE VI

  

AMENDMENTS

     13  

6.1

  By the Board of Directors      13  

6.2

  By the Stockholders      13  


ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings . All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or, if not so designated, at the principal office of the corporation. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in a manner consistent with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

1.2 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President (which date shall not be a legal holiday in the place where the meeting is to be held).

1.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by only the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, and may not be called by any other person or persons. The Board of Directors may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

1.4 Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to (in a manner consistent with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. The notices of all meetings shall state the place , if any, date and time of the meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If notice is given by mail, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. If notice is given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed given at the time specified in Section 232 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

1.5 Voting List . The Secretary shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during


ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a physical location (and not solely by means of remote communication), then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. The list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

1.6 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person, present by means of remote communication in a manner, if any, authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided, however, that where a separate vote by a class or classes or series of capital stock is required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote on such matter, present in person, present by means of remote communication in a manner, if any, authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on such matter. A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.

1.7 Adjournments . Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these By-laws by the chairman of the meeting or by the stockholders present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum. It shall not be necessary to notify any stockholder of any adjournment of less than 30 days if the time and place, if any, of the adjourned meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which adjournment is taken, unless after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

1.8 Voting and Proxies . Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, or to express consent or dissent to corporate action without a meeting, may vote or express such consent or dissent in person (including by means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting) or may authorize another person or persons to vote or act for such stockholder by a proxy executed or transmitted in a manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized agent and delivered (including by electronic transmission) to the Secretary of the corporation. No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from the date of its execution, unless the proxy expressly provides for a longer period.

 

-2-


1.9 Action at Meeting . When a quorum is present at any meeting, any matter other than the election of directors to be voted upon by the stockholders at such meeting shall be decided by the vote of the holders of shares of stock having a majority in voting power of the votes cast by the holders of all of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and voting affirmatively or negatively on such matter (or if there are two or more classes or series of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class or series, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of that class or series present or represented at the meeting and voting affirmatively or negatively on such matter), except when a different vote is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws. When a quorum is present at any meeting, any election by stockholders of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election.

1.10 Conduct of Meetings .

(a) Chairman of Meeting . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the Chairman’s absence by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the Vice Chairman’s absence by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence, by the President, or in the President’s absence by a Vice President, or in the absence of all of the foregoing persons by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation by a chairman chosen by vote of the stockholders at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the Secretary’s absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) Rules, Regulations and Procedures . The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders of the corporation as it shall deem appropriate including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as shall be determined; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

-3-


1.11 Action without Meeting .

(a) Taking of Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on such action were present and voted. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, stockholders may act by written consent to elect directors; provided, however, that, if such consent is less than unanimous, such action by written consent may be in lieu of holding an annual meeting only if all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

(b) Electronic Transmission of Consents . A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

(c) Notice of Taking of Corporate Action . Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the corporation.

 

-4-


ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

2.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

2.2 Number, Election and Qualification . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the number of directors of the corporation shall be established from time to time by the stockholders or the Board of Directors. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders by such stockholders as have the right to vote on such election. Election of directors need not be by written ballot. Directors need not be stockholders of the corporation.

2.3 Chairman of the Board; Vice Chairman of the Board . The Board of Directors may appoint from its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board, neither of whom need be an employee or officer of the corporation. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, such Chairman shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned by the Board of Directors and, if the Chairman of the Board is also designated as the corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, shall have the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer prescribed in Section 3.7 of these By-laws. If the Board of Directors appoints a Vice Chairman of the Board, such Vice Chairman shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or, in the Chairman’s absence, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

2.4 Tenure . Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until a successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.5 Quorum . The greater of (a) a majority of the directors at any time in office and (b) one-third of the number of directors fixed pursuant to Section 2.2 of these By-laws shall constitute a quorum of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than such a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

2.6 Action at Meeting . Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting of the Board of Directors duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors, unless a greater number is required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

2.7 Removal . Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, any one or more or all of the directors of the corporation may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, except that the directors elected by the holders of a particular class or series of stock may be removed without cause only by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series.

 

-5-


2.8 Vacancies . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, unless and until filled by the stockholders, any vacancy or newly-created directorship on the Board of Directors, however occurring, may be filled by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of such director’s predecessor in office, and a director chosen to fill a position resulting from a newly-created directorship shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until a successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.9 Resignation . Any director may resign by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation at its principal office or to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon delivery unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event.

2.10 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

2.11 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place designated in a call by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, two or more directors, or by one director in the event that there is only a single director in office.

2.12 Notice of Special Meetings . Notice of the date, place, if any, and time of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director (a) in person or by telephone at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (b) by sending written notice by reputable overnight courier, telecopy, facsimile or electronic transmission, or delivering written notice by hand, to such director’s last known business, home or electronic transmission address at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting, or (c) by sending written notice by first-class mail to such director’s last known business or home address at least 72 hours in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

2.13 Meetings by Conference Communications Equipment . Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

-6-


2.14 Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the written consents or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.15 Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as the Board of Directors thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these By-laws for the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-laws, or the resolution of the Board of Directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

2.16 Compensation of Directors . Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary entities in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

3.1 Titles. The officers of the corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

 

-7-


3.2 Election . The Chief Executive Officer, President, Treasurer and Secretary shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Other officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at such meeting or at any other meeting.

3.3 Qualification . No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

3.4 Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, each officer shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the resolution electing or appointing such officer, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.5 Resignation and Removal . Any officer may resign by delivering a written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event. Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, no officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as an officer for any period following such officer’s resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether such officer’s compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise, unless such compensation is expressly provided for in a duly authorized written agreement with the corporation.

3.6 Vacancies . The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy occurring in any office for any reason and may, in its discretion, leave unfilled for such period as it may determine any offices other than those of Chief Executive Officer, President, Treasurer and Secretary. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of such officer’s predecessor and until a successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.7 President; Chief Executive Officer . Unless the Board of Directors has designated another person as the corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general charge and supervision of the business of the corporation subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of chief executive or that are delegated to such officer by the Board of Directors. The President shall perform such other duties and shall have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer (if the President is not the Chief Executive Officer) may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Chief Executive Officer or the President (if the President is not the Chief Executive Officer), the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and when so performing such duties shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.

3.8 Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

 

-8-


3.9 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the secretary, including without limitation the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to attend all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors and keep a record of the proceedings, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the chairman of the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

3.10 Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The Treasurer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In addition, the Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories selected in accordance with these By-laws, to disburse such funds as ordered by the Board of Directors, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors statements of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

The Assistant Treasurers shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

3.11 Salaries . Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

3.12 Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

-9-


ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

4.1 Issuance of Stock . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any shares of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in the corporation’s treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such lawful consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.2 Stock Certificates; Uncertificated Shares . The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Every holder of stock of the corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board of Directors, representing the number of shares held by such holder registered in certificate form. Each such certificate shall be signed in a manner that complies with Section 158 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-laws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of stockholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of each certificate representing shares of such class or series of stock, provided that in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of each certificate representing shares of such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a copy of the full text of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 202(a) or 218(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or, with respect to Section 151 of General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

-10-


4.3 Transfers . Shares of stock of the corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-laws. Transfers of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only on the books of the corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of stock of the corporation. Subject to applicable law, shares of stock represented by certificates shall be transferred only on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or the authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-laws.

4.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity and posting of such bond as the Board of Directors may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

4.5 Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or to express consent (or dissent) to corporate action without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action. Such record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and such record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 10 days after the date of adoption of a record date for a consent without a meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the meeting is held. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first consent is properly delivered to the corporation. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

-11-


4.6 Regulations . The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of shares of stock of the corporation shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Fiscal Year . Except as from time to time otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the first day of January of each year and end on the last day of December in each year.

5.2 Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

5.3 Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before, at or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in any such waiver. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

5.4 Voting of Securities . Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Treasurer may waive notice of, vote, or appoint any person or persons to vote, on behalf of the corporation at, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact for this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at, any meeting of stockholders or securityholders of any other entity, the securities of which may be held by this corporation.

5.5 Evidence of Authority . A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

5.6 Certificate of Incorporation . All references in these By-laws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

5.7 Severability . Any determination that any provision of these By-laws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these By-laws.

 

-12-


5.8 Pronouns . All pronouns used in these By-laws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENTS

6.1 By the Board of Directors . These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new by-laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors.

6.2 By the Stockholders . These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new by-laws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders, provided notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new by-laws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.

 

-13-

Exhibit 3.4

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(originally incorporated on March 17, 2011)

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

SECOND: The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of its registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 205,000,000 shares, consisting of (i) 200,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and (ii) 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

A

COMMON STOCK .

1.         General . The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock of any series as may be designated by the Board of Directors upon any issuance of the Preferred Stock of any series.

2.         Voting . The holders of the Common Stock shall have voting rights at all meetings of stockholders, each such holder being entitled to one vote for each share thereof held by such holder; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (which, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. There shall be no cumulative voting.

The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders


of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3.         Dividends . Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor if, as and when determined by the Board of Directors and subject to any preferential dividend or other rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

4.         Liquidation . Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, subject to any preferential or other rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

 

B

PREFERRED STOCK .

Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to have such terms as stated or expressed herein and in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such series adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation as hereinafter provided. Any shares of Preferred Stock that may be redeemed, purchased or acquired by the Corporation may be reissued except as otherwise provided by law.

Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors from time to time to issue the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and in connection with the creation of any such series, by adopting a resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of the shares thereof and by filing a certificate of designations relating thereto in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, to determine and fix the number of shares of such series and such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, as shall be stated and expressed in such resolutions, all to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolutions providing for issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to any other series of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FIFTH: Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Certificate of Incorporation, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

-2-


SIXTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and subject to the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present. The stockholders may not adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation, or adopt any provision inconsistent therewith, unless such action is approved, in addition to any other vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes that all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors or class of directors. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes that all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors or class of directors shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article SIXTH.

SEVENTH: Except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability. No amendment to or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is amended to permit further elimination or limitation of the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as so amended.

EIGHTH: The Corporation shall provide indemnification and advancement of expenses as follows:

1.         Actions, Suits and Proceedings Other than by or in the Right of the Corporation . The Corporation shall indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan) (all such persons being referred to hereafter as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974), and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or

 

-3-


her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

2.         Actions or Suits by or in the Right of the Corporation . The Corporation shall indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made under this Section 2 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent, that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which the Court of Chancery of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

3.         Indemnification for Expenses of Successful Party . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article EIGHTH, to the extent that an Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article EIGHTH, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, or on appeal from any such action, suit or proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith. Without limiting the foregoing, if any action, suit or proceeding is disposed of, on the merits or otherwise (including a disposition without prejudice), without (i) the disposition being adverse to Indemnitee, (ii) an adjudication that Indemnitee was liable to the Corporation, (iii) a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by Indemnitee, (iv) an adjudication that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and (v) with respect to any criminal proceeding, an adjudication that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, Indemnitee shall be considered for the purposes hereof to have been wholly successful with respect thereto.

4.         Notification and Defense of Claim . As a condition precedent to an Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified, such Indemnitee must notify the Corporation in writing as soon as practicable of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnitee for which indemnity will or could be sought. With respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation is so notified, the Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at

 

-4-


its own expense and/or to assume the defense thereof at its own expense, with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee. After notice from the Corporation to Indemnitee of its election so to assume such defense, the Corporation shall not be liable to Indemnitee for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, other than as provided below in this Section 4. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Corporation, (ii) counsel to Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest or position on any significant issue between the Corporation and Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation or (iii) the Corporation shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel for Indemnitee shall be at the expense of the Corporation, except as otherwise expressly provided by this Article EIGHTH. The Corporation shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Corporation or as to which counsel for Indemnitee shall have reasonably made the conclusion provided for in clause (ii) above. The Corporation shall not be required to indemnify Indemnitee under this Article EIGHTH for any amounts paid in settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation effected without its written consent. The Corporation shall not settle any action, suit, proceeding or investigation in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Corporation nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any proposed settlement.

5.         Advancement of Expenses . Subject to the provisions of Section 6 of this Article EIGHTH, in the event of any threatened or pending action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation receives notice under this Article EIGHTH, any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in defending an action, suit, proceeding or investigation or any appeal therefrom shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such matter; provided , however , that the payment of such expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of such matter shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay all amounts so advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article EIGHTH; and provided further that no such advancement of expenses shall be made under this Article EIGHTH if it is determined (in the manner described in Section 6 of this Article EIGHTH) that (i) Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, or (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such undertaking shall be accepted without reference to the financial ability of Indemnitee to make such repayment.

6.         Procedure for Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . In order to obtain indemnification or advancement of expenses pursuant to Section 1, 2, 3 or 5 of this Article EIGHTH, an Indemnitee shall submit to the Corporation a written request. Any such advancement of expenses shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days after receipt

 

-5-


by the Corporation of the written request of Indemnitee, unless (i) the Corporation has assumed the defense pursuant to Section 4 of this Article EIGHTH (and none of the circumstances described in Section 4 of this Article EIGHTH that would nonetheless entitle the Indemnitee to indemnification for the fees and expenses of separate counsel have occurred) or (ii) the Corporation determines within such 60-day period that Indemnitee did not meet the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1, 2 or 5 of this Article EIGHTH, as the case may be. Any such indemnification, unless ordered by a court, shall be made with respect to requests under Section 1 or 2 of this Article EIGHTH only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination by the Corporation that the indemnification of Indemnitee is proper because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2 of this Article EIGHTH, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made in each instance (a) by a majority vote of the directors of the Corporation consisting of persons who are not at that time parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question (“disinterested directors”), whether or not a quorum, (b) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by majority vote of disinterested directors, whether or not a quorum, (c) if there are no disinterested directors, or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel (who may, to the extent permitted by law, be regular legal counsel to the Corporation) in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

7.         Remedies . Subject to Article TWELFTH, the right to indemnification or advancement of expenses as granted by this Article EIGHTH shall be enforceable by Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction. Neither the failure of the Corporation to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Corporation pursuant to Section 6 of this Article EIGHTH that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article EIGHTH. Indemnitee’s expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred in connection with successfully establishing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, in any such proceeding shall also be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any suit brought by Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder it shall be a defense that the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

8.         Limitations . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article EIGHTH, except as set forth in Section 7 of this Article EIGHTH, the Corporation shall not indemnify, or advance expenses to, an Indemnitee pursuant to this Article EIGHTH in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee unless the initiation thereof was approved by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article EIGHTH, the Corporation shall not indemnify or advance expenses to an Indemnitee to the extent such Indemnitee is reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, and in the event the Corporation makes any indemnification or advancement payments to an Indemnitee and such

 

-6-


Indemnitee is subsequently reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, such Indemnitee shall promptly refund indemnification or advancement payments to the Corporation to the extent of such insurance reimbursement.

9.         Subsequent Amendment . No amendment, termination or repeal of this Article EIGHTH or of the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable laws shall adversely affect or diminish in any way the rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses under the provisions hereof with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation arising out of or relating to any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such amendment, termination or repeal.

10.       Other Rights . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article EIGHTH shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in any other capacity while holding office for the Corporation, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. Nothing contained in this Article EIGHTH shall be deemed to prohibit, and the Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into, agreements with officers and directors providing indemnification and expense advancement rights and procedures different from those set forth in this Article EIGHTH. In addition, the Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by its Board of Directors, grant indemnification and expense advancement rights to other employees or agents of the Corporation or other persons serving the Corporation and such rights may be equivalent to, or greater or less than, those set forth in this Article EIGHTH.

11.       Partial Indemnification . If an Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Article EIGHTH to indemnification by the Corporation for some or a portion of the expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) or amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation and any appeal therefrom but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) or amounts paid in settlement to which Indemnitee is entitled.

12.       Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan) against any expense, liability or loss incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

-7-


13.       Savings Clause . If this Article EIGHTH or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Indemnitee as to any expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal or administrative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article EIGHTH that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

14.       Definitions . Terms used herein and defined in Section 145(h) and Section 145(i) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in such Section 145(h) and Section 145(i).

NINTH: This Article NINTH is inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation.

1.         General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

2.         Number of Directors; Election of Directors . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be established from time to time by the Board of Directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot, except as and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

3.         Classes of Directors . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board of Directors shall be and is divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to Class I, Class II or Class III at the time such classification becomes effective.

4.         Terms of Office . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders following the annual meeting of stockholders at which such director was elected; provided that each director initially assigned to Class I shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation; each director initially assigned to Class II shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation; and each director initially assigned to Class III shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation; provided further , that the term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor and be subject to his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

5.         Quorum . The greater of (a) a majority of the directors at any time in office and (b) one-third of the number of directors fixed pursuant to Section 2 of this Article NINTH shall

 

-8-


constitute a quorum of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than such a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

6.         Action at Meeting . Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors unless a greater number is required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation.

7.         Removal . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, directors of the Corporation may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes that all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors or class of directors.

8.         Vacancies . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies or newly-created directorships on the Board of Directors, however occurring, shall be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and shall not be filled by the stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy or to fill a position resulting from a newly-created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, subject to the election and qualification of a successor and to such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

9.         Stockholder Nominations and Introduction of Business, Etc . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for election of directors and other business to be brought by stockholders before a meeting of stockholders shall be given in the manner provided by the Bylaws of the Corporation.

10.         Amendments to Article . Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes that all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors or class of directors shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article NINTH.

TENTH: Stockholders of the Corporation may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes that all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors or class of directors shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article TENTH.

ELEVENTH: Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by the Board of Directors, and may not be called by any other person or persons. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters

 

-9-


relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes that all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in an election of directors or class of directors shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article ELEVENTH.

TWELFTH: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, other employee or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or as to which the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or (iv) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (in each case, as they may be amended from time to time) or governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that this sentence shall not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or the rules and regulations thereunder or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article TWELFTH.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates, integrates and amends the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, and which has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, has been executed by its duly authorized officer this          day of              , 2019.

 

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.  
By:  

 

 
  Name:   Jennifer Good  
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer  

 

-10-

Exhibit 3.5

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I

         STOCKHOLDERS      1  

1.1     

   Place of Meetings      1  

1.2     

   Annual Meeting      1  

1.3     

   Special Meetings      1  

1.4     

   Record Date for Stockholder Meetings      1  

1.5     

   Notice of Meetings      2  

1.6     

   Voting List      2  

1.7     

   Quorum      3  

1.8     

   Adjournments      4  

1.9     

   Voting and Proxies      4  

1.10   

   Action at Meeting      4  

1.11   

   Nomination of Directors      5  

1.12   

   Notice of Business at Annual Meetings      9  

1.13   

   Conduct of Meetings      12  

1.14   

   No Action by Consent in Lieu of a Meeting      14  

ARTICLE II

         DIRECTORS      14  

2.1     

   General Powers      14  

2.2     

   Number, Election and Qualification      14  

2.3     

   Chairman of the Board; Vice Chairman of the Board      14  

2.4     

   Terms of Office      14  

2.5     

   Quorum      15  

2.6     

   Action at Meeting      15  

2.7     

   Removal      15  

2.8     

   Vacancies      15  

2.9     

   Resignation      15  

2.10   

   Regular Meetings      15  

2.11   

   Special Meetings      15  

2.12   

   Notice of Special Meetings      16  

 

- i -


2.13    

   Meetings by Conference Communications Equipment      16  

2.14    

   Action by Consent      16  

2.15    

   Committees      16  

2.16    

   Compensation of Directors      17  

ARTICLE III

         OFFICERS      17  

3.1      

   Titles      17  

3.2      

   Election      18  

3.3      

   Qualification      18  

3.4      

   Tenure      18  

3.5      

   Resignation and Removal      18  

3.6      

   Vacancies      18  

3.7      

   President; Chief Executive Officer      18  

3.8      

   Vice Presidents      19  

3.9      

   Secretary and Assistant Secretaries      19  

3.10    

   Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers      20  

3.11    

   Salaries      20  

3.12    

   Delegation of Authority      20  

ARTICLE IV

         CAPITAL STOCK      21  

4.1      

   Issuance of Stock      21  

4.2      

   Stock Certificates; Uncertificated Shares      21  

4.3      

   Transfers      22  

4.4      

   Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates      23  

4.5      

   Regulations      23  

ARTICLE V  

         GENERAL PROVISIONS      23  

5.1      

   Fiscal Year      23  

5.2      

   Corporate Seal      23  

5.3      

   Record Date for Purposes Other Than Stockholder Meetings      23  

5.4      

   Waiver of Notice      24  

5.5      

   Voting of Securities      24  

5.6      

   Evidence of Authority      24  

 

- ii -


5.7      

   Certificate of Incorporation      24  

5.8      

   Severability      24  

5.9      

   Pronouns      25  

ARTICLE VI

         AMENDMENTS      25  

 

- iii -


ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1.1       Place of Meetings . All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or, if not so designated, at the principal executive office of the corporation. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting shall not be held at any place, but shall instead be held solely by means of remote communication in a manner consistent with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

1.2       Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled annual meeting of stockholders.

1.3       Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by the Board of Directors, and may not be called by any other person or persons. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders.

1.4       Record Date for Stockholder Meetings . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors

 

A - 1


determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

1.5       Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to (in a manner consistent with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. The notices of all meetings shall state the place, if any, date and time of the meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If notice is given by mail, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. If notice is given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed given at the time specified in Section 232 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

1.6       Voting List . The corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days

 

A - 2


before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a physical location (and not solely by means of remote communication), then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, such list shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 1.6 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

1.7       Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person, present by means of remote communication in a manner, if any, authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided, however, that where a separate vote by a class or classes or series of capital stock is required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote on such matter, present in person, present by means of remote communication in a manner, if any, authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on such matter. A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.

 

A - 3


1.8     Adjournments . Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these bylaws by the chairman of the meeting. It shall not be necessary to notify any stockholder of any adjournment of less than 30 days if the time and place, if any, of the adjourned meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which adjournment is taken, unless after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

1.9       Voting and Proxies . Each stockholder shall have one vote upon the matter in question for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person (including by means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting) or may authorize another person or persons to vote for such stockholder by a proxy executed or transmitted in a manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized agent and delivered (including by electronic transmission) to the Secretary of the corporation. No such proxy shall be voted upon after three years from the date of its execution, unless the proxy expressly provides for a longer period.

1.10       Action at Meeting . When a quorum is present at any meeting, any matter other than the election of directors to be voted upon by the stockholders at such meeting shall be decided by the vote of the holders of shares of stock having a majority in voting power of the

 

A - 4


votes cast by the holders of all of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and voting affirmatively or negatively on such matter (or if there are two or more classes or series of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class or series, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of that class or series present or represented at the meeting and voting affirmatively or negatively on such matter), except when a different vote is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws. When a quorum is present at any meeting, any election by stockholders of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election.

1.11     Nomination of Directors .

(a)    Except for (1) any directors entitled to be elected by the holders of preferred stock, (2) any directors elected in accordance with Section 2.8 hereof by the Board of Directors to fill vacancies or newly-created directorships or (3) as otherwise required by applicable law or stock exchange regulation, at any meeting of stockholders, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures in this Section 1.11 shall be eligible for election as directors. Nomination for election to the Board of Directors at a meeting of stockholders may be made (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who (x) timely complies with the notice procedures in Section 1.11(b), (y) is a stockholder of record who is entitled to vote for the election of such nominee on the date of the giving of such notice and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (z) is entitled to vote at such meeting.

(b)    To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received in writing by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the corporation as follows: (1) in the case of an election of directors at an annual meeting of stockholders, not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days, or delayed by more than 60 days, from the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, a stockholder’s notice must be so received not earlier than the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (x) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and (y) the tenth

 

A - 5


day following the day on which notice of the date of such annual meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs; or (2) in the case of an election of directors at a special meeting of stockholders, provided that the Board of Directors has determined, in accordance with Section 1.3, that directors shall be elected at such special meeting and provided further that the nomination made by the stockholder is for one of the director positions that the Board of Directors has determined will be filled at such special meeting, not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (x) the 90th day prior to such special meeting and (y) the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of such special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of such special meeting was made, whichever first occurs. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of a meeting (or the public disclosure thereof) commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice.

The stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth: (A) as to each proposed nominee (1) such person’s name, age, business address and, if known, residence address, (2) such person’s principal occupation or employment, (3) the class and series and number of shares of stock of the corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned, beneficially or of record, by such person, (4) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among (x) the stockholder, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made and the respective affiliates and associates of, or others acting in concert with, such stockholder and such beneficial owner, on the one hand, and (y) each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert with such nominee(s), on the other hand, including all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K if the stockholder making the nomination and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith were the “registrant” for purposes of such Item and the proposed nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant, and (5) any other information concerning such person that must be disclosed as to nominees in proxy solicitations pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”); and (B) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if

 

A - 6


any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made (1) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (2) the class and series and number of shares of stock of the corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned, beneficially or of record, by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (3) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding between or among such stockholder and/or such beneficial owner and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are being made or who may participate in the solicitation of proxies or votes in favor of electing such nominee(s), (4) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, swaps, profit interests, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by, or on behalf of, such stockholder or such beneficial owner, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or such beneficial owner with respect to shares of stock of the corporation, (5) any other information relating to such stockholder and such beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (6) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person(s) named in its notice and (7) a representation whether such stockholder and/or such beneficial owner intends or is part of a group that intends (x) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s outstanding capital stock reasonably believed by such stockholder or such beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee (and such representation shall be included in any such proxy statement and form of proxy) and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such nomination (and such representation shall be included in any such solicitation materials). Not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting, the information required by Items (A)(1)-(5) and (B)(1)-(5) of the prior sentence shall be supplemented by the stockholder giving the notice to provide updated information as of the record date. In addition, to be effective, the stockholder’s notice must be accompanied by the written consent of the proposed nominee to serve as a director if elected. The corporation may require any proposed nominee to

 

A - 7


furnish such other information as the corporation may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the corporation or whether such nominee would be independent under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission and stock exchange rules and the corporation’s publicly disclosed corporate governance guidelines. A stockholder shall not have complied with this Section 1.11(b) if the stockholder (or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made) solicits or does not solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s nominee in contravention of the representations with respect thereto required by this Section 1.11.

(c)    The chairman of any meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.11 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made solicited (or is part of a group that solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s nominee in compliance with the representations with respect thereto required by this Section 1.11), and if the chairman should determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.11, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting and such nomination shall not be brought before the meeting.

(d)    Except as otherwise required by law, nothing in this Section 1.11 shall obligate the corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement or other stockholder communication distributed on behalf of the corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any nominee for director submitted by a stockholder.

(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.11, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the meeting to present a nomination, such nomination shall not be brought before the meeting, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominee may have been received by the corporation. For purposes of this Section 1.11, to be considered a “qualified representative of the stockholder”, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a written instrument executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such

 

A - 8


stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such written instrument or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the written instrument or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

(f)    For purposes of this Section 1.11, “public disclosure” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

1.12     Notice of Business at Annual Meetings .

(a)    At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (1) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (2) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (3) properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, (i) if such business relates to the nomination of a person for election as a director of the corporation, the procedures in Section 1.11 must be complied with and (ii) if such business relates to any other matter, the business must constitute a proper matter under Delaware law for stockholder action and the stockholder must (x) have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary in accordance with the procedures in Section 1.12(b), (y) be a stockholder of record who is entitled to vote on such business on the date of the giving of such notice and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (z) be entitled to vote at such annual meeting.

(b)    To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received in writing by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days, or delayed by more than 60 days, from the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, a stockholder’s notice must be so received not earlier than the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the

 

A - 9


close of business on the later of (x) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and (y) the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of such annual meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting (or the public disclosure thereof) commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice.

The stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth: (A) as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (1) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, (2) the text of the proposal (including the exact text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the bylaws, the exact text of the proposed amendment), and (3) the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, and (B) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made (1) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (2) the class and series and number of shares of stock of the corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned, beneficially or of record, by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (3) a description of any material interest of such stockholder or such beneficial owner and the respective affiliates and associates of, or others acting in concert with, such stockholder or such beneficial owner in such business, (4) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding between or among such stockholder and/or such beneficial owner and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business or who may participate in the solicitation of proxies in favor of such proposal, (5) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, swaps, profit interests, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by, or on behalf of, such stockholder or such beneficial owner, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or such beneficial owner with respect to shares of stock of the corporation, (6) any other information relating to such stockholder and such beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the business proposed pursuant to Section 14 of

 

A - 10


the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (7) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting and (8) a representation whether such stockholder and/or such beneficial owner intends or is part of a group that intends (x) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal (and such representation shall be included in any such proxy statement and form of proxy) and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal (and such representation shall be included in any such solicitation materials). Not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting, the information required by Items (A)(3) and (B)(1)-(6) of the prior sentence shall be supplemented by the stockholder giving the notice to provide updated information as of the record date. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting of stockholders except in accordance with the procedures in this Section 1.12; provided that any stockholder proposal that complies with Rule 14a-8 of the proxy rules (or any successor provision) promulgated under the Exchange Act and is to be included in the corporation’s proxy statement for an annual meeting of stockholders shall be deemed to comply with the notice requirements of this Section 1.12. A stockholder shall not have complied with this Section 1.12(b) if the stockholder (or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made) solicits or does not solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s proposal in contravention of the representations with respect thereto required by this Section 1.12.

(c)    The chairman of any annual meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether business was properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.12 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made solicited (or is part of a group that solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s proposal in compliance with the representation with respect thereto required by this Section 1.12), and if the chairman should determine that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.12, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting and such business shall not be brought before the annual meeting.

 

A - 11


(d)    Except as otherwise required by law, nothing in this Section 1.12 shall obligate the corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement or other stockholder communication distributed on behalf of the corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any proposal submitted by a stockholder.

(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.12, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting to present business, such business shall not be considered, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such business may have been received by the corporation.

(f)    For purposes of this Section 1.12, the terms “qualified representative of the stockholder” and “public disclosure” shall have the same meaning as in Section 1.11.

1.13     Conduct of Meetings .

(a)    Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the Chairman’s absence by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the Vice Chairman’s absence by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence by the President, or in the President’s absence by a Vice President, or in the absence of all of the foregoing persons by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the Secretary’s absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

(b)    The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders of the corporation as it shall deem appropriate including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting and prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to

 

A - 12


do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as shall be determined; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

(c)    The chairman of the meeting shall announce at the meeting when the polls for each matter to be voted upon at the meeting will be opened and closed. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations or changes thereto may be accepted.

(d)    In advance of any meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is present, ready and willing to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law. Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by a duly appointed inspector or duly appointed inspectors.

 

A - 13


1.14       No Action by Consent in Lieu of a Meeting . Stockholders of the corporation may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS

2.1       General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

2.2       Number, Election and Qualification . The number of directors of the corporation shall be the number fixed by, or determined in the manner provided in, the Certificate of Incorporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot. Directors need not be stockholders of the corporation.

2.3       Chairman of the Board; Vice Chairman of the Board . The Board of Directors may appoint from its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board, neither of whom need be an employee or officer of the corporation. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, such Chairman shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned by the Board of Directors and, if the Chairman of the Board is also designated as the corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, shall have the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer prescribed in Section 3.7 of these bylaws. If the Board of Directors appoints a Vice Chairman of the Board, such Vice Chairman shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or, in the Chairman’s absence, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

2.4       Terms of Office . Directors shall be elected for such terms and in the manner provided by the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. The term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor and be subject to his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

A - 14


2.5       Quorum . The greater of (a) a majority of the directors at any time in office and (b) one-third of the number of directors established by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation shall constitute a quorum of the Board of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than such a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

2.6       Action at Meeting . Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors, unless a greater number is required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

2.7       Removal . Directors of the corporation may be removed in the manner specified by the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

2.8       Vacancies . Any vacancy or newly-created directorship on the Board of Directors, however occurring, shall be filled in the manner specified by the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

2.9       Resignation . Any director may resign by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation at its principal executive office or to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event.

2.10       Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

2.11       Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place designated in a call by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer,

 

A - 15


the President, two or more directors, or by one director in the event that there is only a single director in office.

2.12       Notice of Special Meetings . Notice of the date, place and time of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director (a) in person, by telephone or by electronic transmission at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (b) by delivering written notice by hand to such director’s last known business or home address at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting, or (c) by sending written notice by first-class mail to such director’s last known business or home address at least 72 hours in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

2.13       Meetings by Conference Communications Equipment . Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

2.14       Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the written consents or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.15       Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as the Board of Directors thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or

 

A - 16


members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these bylaws for the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, or the resolution of the Board of Directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

2.16       Compensation of Directors . Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary entities in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

3.1         Titles . The officers of the corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

 

A - 17


3.2       Election . The Chief Executive Officer, President, Treasurer and Secretary shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Other officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at such meeting or at any other meeting.

3.3       Qualification . No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

3.4       Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these bylaws, each officer shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the resolution electing or appointing such officer, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.5       Resignation and Removal . Any officer may resign by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation at its principal executive office or to the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event. Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, no officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as an officer for any period following such officer’s resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether such officer’s compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise, unless such compensation is expressly provided for in a duly authorized written agreement with the corporation.

3.6       Vacancies . The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy occurring in any office for any reason and may, in its discretion, leave unfilled for such period as it may determine any offices. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of such officer’s predecessor and until a successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.7       President; Chief Executive Officer . Unless the Board of Directors has designated another person as the corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, the President shall be the Chief

 

A - 18


Executive Officer of the corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general charge and supervision of the business of the corporation subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of the chief executive or that are delegated to such officer by the Board of Directors. The President shall perform such other duties and shall have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer (if the President is not the Chief Executive Officer) may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Chief Executive Officer or the President (if the President is not the Chief Executive Officer), the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and when so performing such duties shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.

3.8       Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

3.9       Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the secretary, including without limitation the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to attend all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors and keep a record of the proceedings, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if

 

A - 19


there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the chairman of the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

3.10       Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The Treasurer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In addition, the Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories selected in accordance with these bylaws, to disburse such funds as ordered by the Board of Directors, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors statements of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

The Assistant Treasurers shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

3.11       Salaries . Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

3.12       Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

A - 20


ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

4.1       Issuance of Stock . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any shares of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in the corporation’s treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such lawful consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.2       Stock Certificates; Uncertificated Shares . The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock of the corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board of Directors, representing the number of shares held by such holder registered in certificate form. Each such certificate shall be signed in a manner that complies with Section 158 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Each certificate for shares of stock that are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of stockholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of each certificate representing shares of such class or series of stock, provided that in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of each certificate

 

A - 21


representing shares of such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a copy of the full text of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the registered owner thereof shall be given a notice, in writing or by electronic transmission, containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or, with respect to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

4.3       Transfers . Shares of stock of the corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these bylaws. Transfers of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only on the books of the corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of stock of the corporation. Subject to applicable law, shares of stock represented by certificates shall be transferred only on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or the authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Uncertificated shares may be transferred by delivery of a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or the authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these bylaws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these bylaws.

 

A - 22


4.4       Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the corporation may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity and posting of such bond as the corporation may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

4.5       Regulations . The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of shares of stock of the corporation shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1       Fiscal Year . Except as from time to time otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the first day of January of each year and end on the last day of December in each year.

5.2       Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

5.3       Record Date for Purposes Other Than Stockholder Meetings . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action (other than with respect to determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders, which is addressed in Section 1.4 of these bylaws), the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than 60 days prior to such action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

A - 23


5.4       Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these bylaws, a written waiver signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether provided before, at or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in any such waiver. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

5.5       Voting of Securities . Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Treasurer may waive notice of, vote, or appoint any person or persons to vote, on behalf of the corporation at, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact for this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at, any meeting of stockholders or securityholders of any other entity, the securities of which may be held by this corporation, or with respect to the execution of any written or electronic consent in the name of the corporation as a holder of such securities.

5.6       Evidence of Authority . A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

5.7       Certificate of Incorporation . All references in these bylaws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time.

5.8       Severability . Any determination that any provision of these bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these bylaws.

 

A - 24


5.9       Pronouns . All pronouns used in these bylaws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new bylaws may be adopted by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

A - 25

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS# COMMON STOCK COMMON STOCK PAR VALUE $0.001 Certificate Shares Number * * 000000 ****************** * * * 000000 ***************** ZQ00000000 **** 000000 **************** TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC. ***** 000000 *************** ****** 000000 ************** INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE ** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David THIS CERTIFIES THAT Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. MR. Alexander David SAMPLE Sample **** Mr. Alexander David & Sample MRS. **** Mr. Alexander SAMPLE David Sample **** Mr. Alexander & David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** CUSIP 89532M 10 1 Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander MR. David Sample SAMPLE **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** &Mr. Alexander MRS. David Sample SAMPLE **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample is the owner of **000000**Shares****000000** Shares**** 000000** Shares**** 000000** Shares**** 000000**Shares**** 000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares*** *000000** Shares**** 000000 ** Shares **** 000000 **Shares****000000**Shares**** 000000** Shares****000000 ** Shares****000000** Shares **** 000000** Shares**** 000000** Shares****000000** Shares**** 000000** Shares****000000** Shares**** 000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****0 THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN 00000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****00 ***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND 0000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000 CITIES DESIGNATED BY THE TRANSFER 000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****0000 AGENT, AVAILABLE ONLINE AT 00** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****00000 0** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000 ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO*** www.computershare.com ** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000* * Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000**S FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the Shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. DATED DD-MMM-YYYY RAPEU E T COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: H I T POR C R A COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. V I CO TE S, I Chief Executive Officer R E N TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, T C . 3/17/11 DEL RE AWA By Chief Financial Officer AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004 MR A SAMPLE DESIGNATION (IF ANY) ADD 1 ADD 2 ADD 3 ADD 4 CUSIP/IDENTIFIER XXXXXX XX X Holder ID XXXXXXXXXX Insurance Value 00.1,000,000 Number of Shares 123456 DTC 12345678901234512345678 Certificate Numbers Num/No Denom. Total. 1234567890/1234567890 111 1234567890/1234567890 222 1234567890/1234567890 333 1234567890/1234567890 444 1234567890/1234567890 555 1234567890/1234567890 666 Total Transaction 7


 

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.

THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE.

 

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

   

TEN COM

  - as tenants in common   

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT    -

 

   - -------------------------------Custodian-----------------------------------
          (Cust)                       (Minor)
              

TEN ENT

  -  as tenants by the entireties       under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act -----------------------------------
               (State)

JT TEN

 

- as joint tenants with right of survivorship

  and not as tenants in common

  

UNIF TRF MIN ACT    -

 

  

 

------------------------Custodian (until age-----------------------------)

       

(Cust)

      
          ----------------under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act-------------
         

(Minor)

     (State)              

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

 

  PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
For value received, ____________________________hereby sell, assign and transfer unto    

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

     

     

 

           Shares
of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint  
           Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.  

 

Dated: _____________________________________20 _______________

     Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp
     

    

  

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

Signature:

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

    

 

Notice:

 

The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever.

      
          

 

LOGO

  

The IRS requires that the named transfer agent (“we”) report the cost basis of certain shares or units acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares or units are covered by the legislation, and you requested to sell or transfer the shares or units using a specific cost basis calculation method, then we have processed as you requested. If you did not specify a cost basis calculation method, then we have defaulted to the first in, first out (FIFO) method. Please consult your tax advisor if you need additional information about cost basis.

 

If you do not keep in contact with the issuer or do not have any activity in your account for the time period specified by state law, your property may become subject to state unclaimed property laws and transferred to the appropriate state.

  

LOGO

Exhibit 10.1

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT is made as of the 14 th day of July, 2017, by and among Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “ Investor ,” and any Additional Purchaser (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) that becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section  6.9 hereof.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company and certain of the Investors (the “ Prior Investors ”) previously entered into an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated May 23, 2014 (the “ Prior Agreement ”), in connection with the purchase of shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share (“ Series B Preferred Stock ”);

WHEREAS , the Company and certain of the Investors are parties to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of July 14, 2017 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which such Investors have agreed to purchase shares of the Series C Preferred Stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”); and

WHEREAS , in order to induce the Company to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to induce certain of the Investors to invest funds in the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Prior Investors and the Company desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement, with such amended and restated Agreement to govern the rights of the Investors to cause the Company to register shares of Common Stock issuable to the Investors, to receive certain information from the Company, and to participate in future equity offerings by the Company, and to govern certain other matters as set forth in this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE , the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

1.1 “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.

1.2 “ Aperture ” means Aperture Venture Partners IV, L.P.

1.3 “ Common Stock ” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share.


1.4 “ Damages ” means any loss, damage, claim or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

1.5 “ Derivative Securities ” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly) , Common Stock, including options and warrants.

1.6 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.7 “ Excluded Registration ” means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

1.8 “ Form S -1 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

1.9 “ Form S -3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

1.10 “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

1.11 “ Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

1.12 “ Immediate Family Member ” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

 

2


1.13 “ Initiating Holders ” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

1.14 “ IPO ” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

1.15 “ Key Employee ” means any officer of the Company as well as any employee who, either alone or in concert with others, develops, invents, programs, or designs any Company Intellectual Property (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

1.16 “ Major Investor ” means any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 600,000 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof).

1.17 “ NEA ” means New Enterprise Associates 16, L.P. and NEA Ventures 2017, Limited Partnership.

1.18 “ New Securities ” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities.

1.19 “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

1.20 “ Preferred Director ” means any Series B Director or Series C Director.

1.21 “ Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock.

1.22 “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, excluding any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock pursuant to the Special Mandatory Conversion provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation; and (ii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clause (i)  above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Subsection 6.1 , and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Subsection 2.13 of this Agreement.

1.23 “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

 

3


1.24 “ Restated Certificate ” shall mean the Company’s Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

1.25 “ Restricted Securities ” means the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b) hereof.

1.26 “ Required Preferred Directors ” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Restated Certificate.

1.27 “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.28 “ SEC Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.29 “ SEC Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.30 “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.31 “ Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Subsection 2.6 .

1.32 “ Series B Director ” shall have the meaning set forth in that certain Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2017, by and between the Company and the Stockholders named therein (the “ Voting Agreement ”).

1.33 “ Series C Director ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Voting Agreement.

1.34 “ Series A Preferred Stock ” means the Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

1.35 “ TPG ” shall mean TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P.

 

4


2. Registration Rights . The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

2.1 Demand Registration .

(a) Form S-1 Demand . If at any time after the earlier of (i) three (3) years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, in excess of $10 million, then the Company shall (x) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “ Demand Notice ”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (y) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsection 2.1(c) and Subsection 2.3 .

(b) Form S-3 Demand . If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of Registrable Securities that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $1 million, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsection 2.1 (c) and Subsection 2.3 .

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Subsection 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided , however , that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such ninety (90) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

 

5


(d) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a)  (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided , that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) ; or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) . The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b)  (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided, that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Subsection 2.6 , in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d) .

2.2 Company Registration . If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3 , cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Subsection 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Subsection 2.6 .

2.3 Underwriting Requirements .

(a) If, pursuant to Subsection 2.1 , the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1 , and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Initiating Holders, subject only to the reasonable approval of the Company. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the

 

6


inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Subsection 2.4(e) ) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection 2.3 , if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided , however , that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.

(b) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Subsection 2.2 , the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering. For purposes of the provision in this Subsection 2.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

7


(c) For purposes of Subsection 2.1 , a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Subsection 2.3(a) , fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

2.4 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided , however , that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to ninety (90) days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

8


(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

(f) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(h) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

(i) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

(j) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.

2.5 Furnish Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

9


2.6 Expenses of Registration . All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders (“ Selling Holder Counsel ”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Subsection 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) or Subsection 2.1(b) , as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a) or Subsection 21.(b) . All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

2.7 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.8 Indemnification . If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8 (a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

 

10


(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Subsections 2.8 (b) and 2.8 (d) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Subsection 2.8 , give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action.

(d) To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Subsection 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Subsection 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Subsection 2.8 , then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses,

 

11


claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , however , that, in any such case, (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Subsection 2.8(d) , when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Subsection 2.8 (b) , exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder ) , except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

(e) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Subsection 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section  2 , and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.9 Reports Under Exchange Act . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

(a) make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to

 

12


such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); and (ii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

2.10 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that (i) would allow such holder or prospective holder (i) to include such securities in any registration unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the number of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included or (ii) allow such holder or prospective holder to initiate a demand for registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder; provided that this limitation shall not apply to any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Subsection 6.9 .

2.11 Market Stand -off Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by the Company for its own behalf of shares of its Common Stock or any other equity securities under the Securities Act on a registration statement on Form S-1, and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Holder or are thereafter acquired or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Subsection 2.11 shall apply only to the IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers and directors and all stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock) are subject to the same restrictions. The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Subsection 2.11 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Subsection 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

 

13


2.12 Restrictions on Transfer .

(a) The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

(b) Each certificate or instrument representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Subsection 2.1 2(c) ) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Subsection 2.12 .

(c) The holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities, by acceptance thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section  2 . Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall,

 

14


and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company. The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144 or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Subsection 2.12 . Each certificate or instrument evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b) , except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

2.13 Termination of Registration Rights . The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1 or Subsection 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

(a) the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation;

(b) such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares without limitation during a three-month period without registration; and

(c) the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the IPO.

3. Information and Observer Rights .

3.1 Delivery of Financial Statements . The Company shall deliver:

(a) To each Investor, as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and a comparison between (x) the actual amounts as of and for such fiscal year and (y) the comparable amounts for the prior year for such year, with an explanation of any material differences between such amounts, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, all such financial statements audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company with the approval of the Board of Directors, including the Required Preferred Directors;

 

15


(b) To each Major Investor, as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(c) To each Major Investor, as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the Major Investors to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company, and certified by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company as being true, complete, and correct;

(d) If hereafter requested in writing by a Major Investor, to each Major Investor, as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows for such month, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such month, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(e) To each Major Investor, as soon as practicable, but in any event thirty (30) days before the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “ Budget ”), approved by the Board of Directors, including the Required Preferred Directors, prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company;

(f) with respect to the financial statements called for in Subsection 3.1 (a) , Subsection 3.1 (b) , and if applicable Subsection 3.1(d) , an instrument executed by the chief financial officer and chief executive officer of the Company certifying that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (except as otherwise set forth in Subsection 3.1 (b) and Subsection 3.1(d) )and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the periods specified therein; and

 

16


(g) to each Major Investor, such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated under this Subsection 3.1 to provide information (i) that the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form reasonably acceptable to the Company), (ii) that the Company does not have in its possession or (iii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Subsection 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Subsection 3.1 during the period starting with the date thirty (30) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Subsection 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

3.2 Inspection . The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably and in good faith considers to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form reasonably acceptable to the Company) or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

3.3 Observer Rights . For so long as either NEA or Aperture is a Major Investor, the Company shall invite the respective representative(s) of NEA or Aperture, who shall initially be (a) for NEA, Bibhash Mukhopadhyay and (b) for Aperture, Eric Sillman, to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative(s) copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided that, as a condition to such rights, such representative(s) shall be required to enter into a confidentiality agreement with the Company on reasonable terms and under which such representative(s) shall agree to hold in trust and confidence and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative(s) from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the

 

17


attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest, or if such Major Investor or its representative(s) is a competitor of the Company. For clarity, the observer rights of each of NEA and Aperture are independent rights of each of NEA and Aperture and shall remain in effect for each of them only for so long as each remains a Major Investor.

3.4 Termination of Information . The covenants set forth in Subsections 3.1 through 3.4 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, or (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first.

3.5 Confidentiality . Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Subsection 3.5 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Preferred Stock or Registrable Securities from such Investor, with the prior consent of the Company, if such prospective purchaser enters into a customary confidentiality agreement with the Company; (iii) to any existing Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential, directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information and such Person is bound to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, provided that the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure. In the event that the Investor discloses information under clause (i), (ii) or (iii), the Investor shall remain liable for any disclosure by such recipient in violation of this Subsection 3.5.

4. Rights to Future Stock Issuances .

4.1 Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Subsection 4.1 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Major Investor. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it in such proportions as it deems appropriate, among (i) itself, and (ii) its Affiliates.

 

18


(a) The Company shall give notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) to each Major Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

(b) By notification to the Company within twenty (20) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Common Stock then held by such Major Investor (including all shares of Common Stock then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held by such Major Investor) bears to the total Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Preferred Stock and other Derivative Securities). At the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Major Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “ Fully Exercising Investor ”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors which is equal to the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Subsection 4.1 (b) shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Subsection 4.1(c) .

(c) If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Subsection 4.1 (b) , the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Subsection 4.1 (b) , offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Subsection 4.1 .

(d) The right of first offer in this Subsection 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation); (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO; and (iii) the issuance of shares of Series C Preferred Stock to Additional Purchasers pursuant to Subsection 1.3 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

19


4.2 Termination . The covenants set forth in Subsection 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first.

5. Additional Covenants .

5.1 Insurance . The Company shall (a) maintain, from financially sound and reputable insurers, Directors and Officers liability insurance in an amount not less than $5,000,000 and on such other terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors, including the Required Preferred Directors, until such time as the Board of Directors, including the Required Preferred Directors, by affirmative vote or written consent, determines that such insurance should be discontinued, and (b) maintain, from financially sound and reputable insurers, term “key-person” insurance on Jennifer Good, in an amount and on such other terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors, including the Required Preferred Directors, until such time as the Board of Directors, including the Required Preferred Directors, determines that such insurance should be discontinued. The key-person policy shall name the Company as loss payee, and neither policy shall be cancelable by the Company without prior approval by the Board of Directors and holders of the Required Preferred Stock, calculated on an as-converted basis.

5.2 Employee Agreements . The Company will cause (i) each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement and (ii) each Key Employee to enter into a one (1) year noncompetition and nonsolicitation agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive, or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above-referenced agreements or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee, without the consent of the Board of Directors.

5.3 Employee Stock . Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including the Required Preferred Directors, all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four (4) year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months with no acceleration, and (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Subsection 2.11 . In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including the Required Preferred Directors, the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the Company’s IPO and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock.

 

20


5.4 Qualified Small Business Stock . The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the shares of Preferred Stock, as well as any shares into which such shares are converted, within the meaning of Section 1202(f) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”), to constitute “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code; provided , however , that such requirement shall not be applicable if the Board of Directors of the Company determines, in its good-faith business judgment, that such qualification is inconsistent with the best interests of the Company. The Company shall submit to its stockholders (including the Investors) and to the Internal Revenue Service any reports that may be required under Section 1202(d)(1)(C) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. In addition, within twenty (20) business days after any Investor’s written request therefor, the Company shall, at its option, either (i) deliver to such Investor a written statement indicating whether (and what portion of) such Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code or (ii) deliver to such Investor such factual information in the Company’s possession as is reasonably necessary to enable such Investor to determine whether (and what portion of) such Investor’s interest in the Company constitutes “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code.

5.5 Board Matters ; Committee Matters; and Consulting Expenses.

(a) Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, the Board of Directors shall hold an in-person meeting at least quarterly and shall hold at least one meeting by teleconference in between in-person meetings in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule. The Company shall reimburse the nonemployee directors and observers for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred (consistent with the Company’s travel policy) in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors, any committee thereof, and other meetings or events attended on behalf of the Company or at the Company’s request. The Company shall pay compensation (which may include a cash stipend and stock option grants consistent with industry standards) to any directors that are not Affiliates of the Company or any Investor; provided that such compensation is approved by the Board of Directors, including the Required Preferred Directors.

(b) The Company shall cause to be established, as soon as practicable, and will maintain, an audit and compensation committee, each of which shall consist solely of non-management directors. Each Preferred Director shall be entitled, in such Person’s sole discretion, to be a member of any Board committee, subject to the exercise of the Board’s fiduciary duties in establishing the composition of the Committee; provided that at least one Series C Director shall be appointed to the compensation committee.

(c) Further, TPG, NEA and their respective Affiliates and advisors, will be promptly reimbursed on an ongoing basis by the Company for reasonable costs and expenses (including travel) incurred in connection with business development activity and consulting services conducted on behalf and at the request of the Company.

 

21


5.6 Successor Indemnification . If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, its Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

5.7 Expenses of Counsel . In the event of a transaction which is a Sale of the Company (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of even date herewith), the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Major Investors selected by the Major Investors holding at least a majority of the Preferred Stock held by all Major Investors, calculated on an as-converted basis (“ Investor Counsel ”), in their capacities as stockholders, shall be borne and paid by the Company. At the outset of considering a transaction which, if consummated would constitute a Sale of the Company, the Company shall use its best efforts to obtain the ability to share with one counsel for the Major Investors (“ Investor Counsel ”), and share, the confidential information (including without limitation the initial and all subsequent drafts of memoranda of understanding, letters of intent and other transaction documents and related noncompete, employment, consulting and other compensation agreements and plans) pertaining to and memorializing any of the transactions which, individually or when aggregated with others would constitute the Sale of the Company. The Company shall be obligated to share (and cause the Company’s counsel and investment bankers to share) such materials when distributed to the Company’s executives and/or any one or more of the other parties to such transaction(s). In the event that Investor Counsel deems it appropriate, in its reasonable discretion, to enter into a joint defense agreement or other arrangement to enhance the ability of the parties to protect their communications and other reviewed materials under the attorney client privilege, the Company shall, and shall direct its counsel to, execute and deliver to Investor Counsel and its clients such an agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Investor Counsel. In the event that one or more of the other party or parties to such transactions require the clients of Investor Counsel to enter into a confidentiality agreement and/or joint defense agreement in order to receive such information, then the Company shall share whatever information can be shared without entry into such agreement and shall, at the same time, in good faith work expeditiously to enable Investor Counsel and its clients to negotiate and enter into the appropriate agreement(s) without undue burden to the clients of Investor Counsel.

5.8 Indemnification Matters . The Company hereby acknowledges that one (1) or more of the Preferred Directors may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more of the Investors and certain of their affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees (a) that, relative to the

 

22


Fund Indemnitors, it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such Preferred Director are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Preferred Director are secondary), (b) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Preferred Director and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any such Preferred Director to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and such Preferred Director), without regard to any rights such Preferred Director may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (c) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of any such Preferred Director with respect to any claim for which such Preferred Director has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Preferred Director against the Company.

5.9 Termination of Covenants . The covenants set forth in this Section 5 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first.

5.10 Right to Conduct Activities . The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that NEA (together with its affiliates) is a professional investment fund, and as such invests in numerous portfolio companies, some of which may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business (as currently conducted or as currently propose to be conducted). The Company hereby agrees that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, NEA shall not be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by NEA in any entity competitive with the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any partner, officer or other representative of NEA to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve (x) any of the Investors from liability associated with the unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to this Agreement, or (y) any director or officer of the Company from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to the Company.

5.11 FIRPTA . The Company shall provide prompt notice to NEA and its affiliated funds following any “determination date” (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(c)(1)) on which the Company becomes a United States real property holding corporation. In addition, upon a written request by NEA, the Company shall provide NEA with a written statement informing NEA whether NEA’s interest in the Company constitutes a United

 

23


States real property interest. The Company’s determination shall comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(1) or any successor regulation, and the Company shall provide timely notice to the Internal Revenue Service, in accordance with and to the extent required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(2) or any successor regulation, that such statement has been made. The Company’s written statement to NEA shall be delivered to NEA within ten (10) days of NEA’s written request therefor. The Company’s obligation to furnish such written statement shall continue notwithstanding the fact that a class of the Company’s stock may be regularly traded on an established securities market or the fact that there is no preferred stock then outstanding.

5.12 Uremic Puritis . The Company agrees that the management of the Company will present a strategic plan to the Board prior to September 30, 2017, regarding the further development of Nalbuphine ER for the treatment of uremic pruritus, including a clinical strategy and budget.

6. Miscellaneous .

6.1 Successors and Assigns . The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 1,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations); provided , however , that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Subsection 2.11 . For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

6.2 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the internal law of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of Delaware to the rights and duties of the parties.

 

24


6.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes .

6.4 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

6.5 Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or: (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth in the Purchase Agreement or Schedule A hereto, as applicable, or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Subsection 6.5 . If notice is given to the Company, it shall be sent to Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., 195 Church Street, 14 th Floor, New Haven, CT 06510, Attention: Jennifer L. Good; and a copy (which shall not constitute notice) shall also be sent to Stuart M. Falber, Esq. WilmerHale, 60 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109. If notice is given to NEA, or any Affiliate thereof, a copy (which shall not constitute notice) shall also be given to Cooley LLP, Attn: Ryan Sansom, 500 Boylston Street, 14 th Floor, Boston, MA 02116 (or such other address as notified by Cooley LLP) and by electronic copy to rsansom@cooley.com.

6.6 Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Subsection 2.12(c) ; and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term of this Agreement may not be waived with respect to any Investor or series of Preferred Stock without the written consent of such Investor or the consent of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 3/2%) of outstanding stock of such series of Preferred Stock unless such amendment, termination or waiver applies to all Investors or each series of Preferred Stock, as the case may be, in the same fashion. The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver. Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in

 

25


accordance with this Subsection 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

6.7 Severability . In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

6.8 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

6.9 Additional Investors . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of Series C Preferred Stock after the date hereof, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or otherwise, any purchaser of such shares of Series C Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.

6.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled.

6.11 Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

6.12 Acknowledgment . The Company acknowledges that the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company.

 

26


6.13 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

6.14 Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective when executed by (a) the Company and (b) the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement, upon which time the Prior Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth herein and this Agreement shall be binding upon each of the parties to the Prior Agreement (and any successor, assignee or transferee of any such party), notwithstanding any failure by any such party to sign a counterpart signature page hereto.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Jennifer L. Good

Name:   Jennifer L. Good
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
INVESTORS:
Counterpart signature pages attached.

S IGNATURE P AGE TO S ECOND A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT


SCHEDULE A

Investors

TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P.

Attn:     Eran Nadav, Ph.D., MBA,

             Matthew Coleman

345 California Street, Suite 3300

San Francisco, California 94104

New Enterprise Associates 16, L.P.

Attn:     Louis Citron

c/o New Enterprise Associates

1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600

Timonium, MD 21093

NEA Ventures 2017, Limited Partnership

Attn:     Louis Citron

c/o New Enterprise Associates

1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600

Timonium, MD 21093

Lundbeckfond Invest A/S

Scherfigsvej 7

DK-2100 Copenhagen

Denmark

Omega Fund V, L.P.

185 Dartmouth Street, Suite 502

Boston, MA 02116

Aperture Venture Partners IV, L.P.

**

Bibhash Mukhopadhayay

**

Jennifer L. Good

**

Thomas R. Sciascia

**

Peter and Debra Drake

**


Amale Hawi

**

Robert J. Hennessey

**

David P. Meeker

**

William J. O’Shea

**

Joseph Sorrentino

**

Anne M. VanLent

**

Howard Hait

**

Mellon Family Investment Company V

**

Richard King Mellon Foundation

**


EXHIBIT A

Form of Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation Agreement


NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made between Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to collectively with its subsidiaries as the “Company”), and [            ] (the “Employee”).

For good consideration and in consideration of the employment or continued employment of the Employee by the Company, the Employee and the Company agree as follows:

1. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . While the Employee is employed by the Company and for a period of two (2) years after the termination or cessation of such employment for any reason, the Employee will not directly or indirectly:

(a) Engage or assist others in engaging in any business or enterprise (whether as owner, partner, officer, director, employee, consultant, investor, lender or otherwise, except as the holder of not more than 1% of the outstanding stock of a publicly-held company) that develops, manufactures, markets, licenses, sells or provides any product intended for the treatment of pruritus or any other dermatological indication for which the Company has developed, manufactured, marketed, licensed, sold or provided a product, or planned to develop, manufacture, market, license, sell or provide a product, while the Employee was employed by the Company; or

(b) Either alone or in association with others, solicit, divert or take away, or attempt to divert or take away, the business or patronage of any of the clients, customers, or business partners of the Company which were contacted, solicited, or served by the Company during the 12-month period prior to the termination or cessation of the Employee’s employment with the Company; or

(c) Either alone or in association with others (i) solicit, induce or attempt to induce, any employee or independent contractor of the Company to terminate his or her employment or other engagement with the Company, or (ii) hire, or recruit or attempt to hire, or engage or attempt to engage as an independent contractor, any person who was employed by the Company at any time during the term of the Employee’s employment with the Company; provided, that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the recruitment or hiring or other engagement of any individual whose employment or other engagement with the Company has been terminated for a period of three months or longer.

(d) Extension . If the Employee violates the provisions of any of the preceding paragraphs of this Section 1, the Employee shall continue to be bound by the restrictions set forth in such paragraph until a period of one year has expired without any violation of such provisions.


2. Miscellaneous.

(a) Equitable Remedies . The restrictions contained in this Agreement are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and are considered by the Employee to be reasonable for such purpose. The Employee agrees that any breach of this Agreement is likely to cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage which is difficult to measure. Therefore, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the Employee agrees that the Company, in addition to such other remedies which may be available, shall have the right to obtain an injunction from a court restraining such a breach or threatened breach and the right to specific performance of the provisions of this Agreement and the Employee hereby waives the adequacy of a remedy at law as a defense to such relief.

(b) Obligations to Third Parties . The Employee acknowledges and represents that this agreement and the Employee’s employment with the Company will not violate any continuing obligation the Employee has to any former employer or other third party.

(c) Disclosure of this Agreement . The Employee hereby authorizes the Company to notify others, including but not limited to customers of the Company and any of the Employee’s future employers or prospective business associates, of the terms and existence of this Agreement and the Employee’s continuing obligations to the Company hereunder.

(d) Not Employment Contract . The Employee acknowledges that this Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment, does not imply that the Company will continue his/her employment for any period of time and does not change the at-will nature of his/her employment.

(e) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any corporation with which, or into which, the Company may be merged or which may succeed to the Company’s assets or business, provided, however, that the obligations of the Employee are personal and shall not be assigned by him or her. The Employee expressly consents to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof to whose employ the Employee may be transferred without the necessity that this Agreement be re-signed at the time of such transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company is merged with or into a third party which is engaged in multiple lines of business, or if a third party engaged in multiple lines of business succeeds to the Company’s assets or business, then for purposes of Section 1(a), the term “Company” shall mean and refer to the business of the Company as it existed immediately prior to such event and as it subsequently develops and not to the third party’s other businesses.

(f) Interpretation . If any restriction set forth in Section 1 is found by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it extends for too long a period of time or over too great a range of activities or in too broad a geographic area, it shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time, range of activities or geographic area as to which it may be enforceable.

 

- 6 -


(g) Severability . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.

(h) Waivers . No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion is effective only in that instance and will not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

(i) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without reference to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof). Any action, suit, or other legal proceeding which is commenced to resolve any matter arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement shall be commenced only in a court of the State of New York (or, if appropriate, a federal court located within New York), and the Company and the Employee each consents to the jurisdiction of such a court. The Company and the Employee each hereby irrevocably waive any right to a trial by jury in any action, suit or other legal proceeding arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement.

(j) Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, between the Employee and the Company relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified, changed or discharged in whole or in part, except by an agreement in writing signed by the Employee and the Company. The Employee agrees that any change or changes in his/her duties, salary or compensation after the signing of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

(k) Captions . The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

- 7 -


THE EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE/SHE HAS CAREFULLY READ THIS AGREEMENT AND UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES TO ALL OF THE PROVISIONS IN THIS AGREEMENT.

 

    TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Date:                              By:                                                                                                         
    [EMPLOYEE]
   

 

Date:                              (Signature)

 

- 8 -

Exhibit 10.2

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.

2012 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purpose

The purpose of this 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), is to advance the interests of the Company’s stockholders by enhancing the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who are expected to make important contributions to the Company and by providing such persons with equity ownership opportunities and performance-based incentives that are intended to better align the interests of such persons with those of the Company’s stockholders. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “ Company ” shall include any of the Company’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations thereunder (the “ Code ”) and any other business venture (including, without limitation, joint venture or limited liability company) in which the Company has a controlling interest, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”); provided , however , that such other business ventures shall be limited to entities that, where required by Section 409A of the Code, are eligible issuers of service recipient stock (as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii)(E), or applicable successor regulation).

2. Eligibility

All of the Company’s employees, officers and directors, as well as consultants and advisors to the Company (as such terms are defined and interpreted for purposes of Rule 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) (or any successor rule)) are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan. Each person who is granted an Award under the Plan is deemed a “ Participant .” “ Award ” means Options (as defined in Section 5), SARs (as defined in Section 6), Restricted Stock (as defined in Section 7), Restricted Stock Units (as defined in Section 7) and Other Stock-Based Awards (as defined in Section 8).

3. Administration and Delegation

(a) Administration by Board of Directors . The Plan will be administered by the Board. The Board shall have authority to grant Awards and to adopt, amend and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Plan as it shall deem advisable. The Board may construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and any Award agreements entered into under the Plan. The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to carry the Plan into effect and it shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency. All decisions by the Board shall be made in the Board’s sole discretion and shall be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or in any Award.

(b) Appointment of Committees . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board (a “ Committee ”). All references in the Plan to the “ Board ” shall mean the Board or a Committee of the Board or the officers referred to in Section 3(c) to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee or officers.


4. Stock Available for Awards

(a) Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment under Section 9, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 4,650,104 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”), any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section 5(b). If any Award expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised, is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right or Section 10(b) of the Plan), or results in any Common Stock not being issued, the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Further, shares of Common Stock tendered to the Company by a Participant to exercise an Award shall be added to the number of shares of Common Stock available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. However, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the two immediately preceding sentences shall be subject to any limitations under the Code. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

(b) Substitute Awards . In connection with a merger or consolidation of an entity with the Company or the acquisition by the Company of property or stock of an entity, the Board may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted by such entity or an affiliate thereof. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Board deems appropriate in the circumstances, notwithstanding any limitations on Awards contained in the Plan. Substitute Awards shall not count against the overall share limit set forth in Section 4(a), except as may be required by reason of Section 422 and related provisions of the Code.

5. Stock Options

(a) General . The Board may grant options to purchase Common Stock (each, an “ Option ”) and determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Option, the exercise price of each Option and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option, including conditions relating to applicable federal or state securities laws, as it considers necessary or advisable.

 

2


(b) Incentive Stock Options . An Option that the Board intends to be an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code (an “ Incentive Stock Option ”) shall only be granted to employees of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., any of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code, and shall be subject to and shall be construed consistently with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. An Option that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall be designated a “ Nonstatutory Stock Option .” The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Option (or any part thereof) that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option is not an Incentive Stock Option or if the Company converts an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c) Exercise Price . The Board shall establish the exercise price of each Option and specify the exercise price in the applicable Option agreement. The exercise price shall be not less than 100% of the fair market value per share of Common Stock, as determined by (or in a manner approved by) the Board (“ Fair Market Value ”), on the date the Option is granted.

(d) Duration of Options . Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable option agreement; provided, however , that no Option will be granted with a term in excess of 10 years.

(e) Exercise of Options . Options may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a notice of exercise in a form of notice (which may be electronic) approved by the Company, together with payment in full (in a manner specified in Section 5(f)) of the exercise price for the number of shares for which the Option is exercised. Shares of Common Stock subject to the Option will be delivered by the Company as soon as practicable following exercise.

(f) Payment Upon Exercise. Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall be paid for as follows:

(1) in cash or by check, payable to the order of the Company;

(2) when the Common Stock is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), except as may otherwise be provided in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by (i) delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding or (ii) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding;

(3) when the Common Stock is registered under the Exchange Act and to the extent provided for in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant valued at their Fair Market Value, provided (i) such method of payment is then permitted under applicable law, (ii) such Common Stock, if acquired directly from the Company, was owned by the Participant for such minimum period of time, if any, as may be established by the Board in its discretion and (iii) such Common Stock is not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements;

 

3


(4) to the extent provided for in the applicable Nonstatutory Stock Option agreement or approved by the Board in its sole discretion, by delivery of a notice of “net exercise” to the Company, as a result of which the Participant would receive (i) the number of shares underlying the portion of the Option being exercised less (ii) such number of shares as is equal to (A) the aggregate exercise price for the portion of the Option being exercised divided by (B) the Fair Market Value on the date of exchange.

(5) to the extent permitted by applicable law and provided for in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by (i) delivery of a promissory note of the Participant to the Company on terms determined by the Board, or (ii) payment of such other lawful consideration as the Board may determine; or

(6) by any combination of the above permitted forms of payment.

6. Stock Appreciation Rights

(a) General . The Board may grant Awards consisting of stock appreciation rights (“ SARs ”) entitling the holder, upon exercise, to receive an amount of Common Stock determined by reference to appreciation, from and after the date of grant, in the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock over the measurement price established pursuant to Section 6(b). The date as of which such appreciation is determined shall be the exercise date.

(b) Measurement Price . The Board shall establish the measurement price of each SAR and specify it in the applicable SAR agreement. The measurement price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the SAR is granted.

(c) Duration of SARs . Each SAR shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable SAR agreement; provided , however , that no SAR will be granted with a term in excess of 10 years.

(d) Exercise of SARs . SARs may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a notice of exercise in a form (which may be electronic) approved by the Company, together with any other documents required by the Board.

7. Restricted Stock; Restricted Stock Units

(a) General . The Board may grant Awards entitling recipients to acquire shares of Common Stock (“ Restricted Stock ”), subject to the right of the Company to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price (or to require forfeiture of such shares if issued at no cost) from the recipient in the event that conditions specified by the Board in the applicable Award are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period or periods established by the Board for such Award. The Board may also grant Awards entitling the recipient to receive shares of Common Stock or cash to be delivered at the time such Award vests (“ Restricted Stock Units ”) (Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units are each referred to herein as a “ Restricted Stock Award ”).

 

4


(b) Terms and Conditions for All Restricted Stock Awards . The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award, including the conditions for vesting and repurchase (or forfeiture) and the issue price, if any.

(c) Additional Provisions Relating to Restricted Stock .

(1) Dividends . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, any dividends (whether paid in cash, stock or property) declared and paid by the Company with respect to shares of Restricted Stock (“ Accrued Dividends ”) shall be paid to the Participant only if and when such shares become free from the restrictions on transferability and forfeitability that apply to such shares. Each payment of Accrued Dividends will be made no later than the end of the calendar year in which the dividends are paid to stockholders of that class of stock or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the lapsing of the restrictions on transferability and the forfeitability provisions applicable to the underlying shares of Restricted Stock.

(2) Stock Certificates . The Company may require that any stock certificates issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, as well as dividends or distributions paid on such Restricted Stock, shall be deposited in escrow by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company (or its designee). At the expiration of the applicable restriction periods, the Company (or such designee) shall deliver the certificates no longer subject to such restrictions to the Participant or if the Participant has died, to his or her Designated Beneficiary. “ Designated Beneficiary ” means (i) the beneficiary designated, in a manner determined by the Board, by a Participant to receive amounts due or exercise rights of the Participant in the event of the Participant’s death or (ii) in the absence of an effective designation by a Participant, “ Designated Beneficiary ” the Participant’s estate.

(d) Additional Provisions Relating to Restricted Stock Units .

(1) Settlement . Upon the vesting of and/or lapsing of any other restrictions (i.e., settlement) with respect to each Restricted Stock Unit, the Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company one share of Common Stock or (if so provided in the applicable Award agreement) an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock. The Board may, in its discretion, provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units shall be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the election of the Participant in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code.

(2) Voting Rights . A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units.

(3) Dividend Equivalents . The Award agreement for Restricted Stock Units may provide Participants with the right to receive an amount equal to any dividends or other distributions declared and paid on an equal number of outstanding shares of Common Stock (“ Dividend Equivalents ”). Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participants, may be settled in cash and/or shares of Common Stock and may be subject to the same restrictions on transfer and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which paid, in each case to the extent provided in the applicable Award agreement.

 

5


8. Other Stock-Based Awards

(a) General . Other Awards of shares of Common Stock, and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares of Common Stock or other property, may be granted hereunder to Participants (“ Other Stock-Based-Awards ”). Such Other Stock-Based Awards shall also be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock-Based Awards may be paid in shares of Common Stock or cash, as the Board shall determine.

(b) Terms and Conditions . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock-Based Award, including any purchase price applicable thereto.

9. Adjustments for Changes in Common Stock and Certain Other Events

(a) Changes in Capitalization . In the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, (i) the number and class of securities available under the Plan, (ii) the number and class of securities and exercise price per share of each outstanding Option, (iii) the share and per-share provisions and the measurement price of each outstanding SAR, (iv) the number of shares subject to and the repurchase price per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award and (v) the share and per-share-related provisions and the purchase price, if any, of each outstanding Other Stock-Based Award, shall be equitably adjusted by the Company (or substituted Awards may be made, if applicable) in the manner determined by the Board. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event the Company effects a split of the Common Stock by means of a stock dividend and the exercise price of and the number of shares subject to an outstanding Option are adjusted as of the date of the distribution of the dividend (rather than as of the record date for such dividend), then an optionee who exercises an Option between the record date and the distribution date for such stock dividend shall be entitled to receive, on the distribution date, the stock dividend with respect to the shares of Common Stock acquired upon such Option exercise, notwithstanding the fact that such shares were not outstanding as of the close of business on the record date for such stock dividend.

(b) Reorganization Events .

(1) Definition . A “ Reorganization Event ” shall mean: (a) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity as a result of which all of the Common Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for the right to receive cash, securities or other property or is cancelled, (b) any transfer or disposition of all of the Common Stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property pursuant to a share exchange or other transaction or (c) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

6


(2) Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Awards Other than Restricted Stock .

(i) In connection with a Reorganization Event, the Board may take any one or more of the following actions as to all or any (or any portion of) outstanding Awards other than Restricted Stock on such terms as the Board determines (except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in an applicable Award agreement or another agreement between the Company and the Participant): (i) provide that such Awards shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, provide that all of the Participant’s unexercised Awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization Event unless exercised by the Participant (to the extent then exercisable) within a specified period following the date of such notice, (iii) provide that outstanding Awards shall become exercisable, realizable, or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an Award shall lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon such Reorganization Event, (iv) in the event of a Reorganization Event under the terms of which holders of Common Stock will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the Reorganization Event (the “ Acquisition Price ”), make or provide for a cash payment to Participants with respect to each Award held by a Participant equal to (A) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the vested portion of the Award (after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting that occurs upon or immediately prior to such Reorganization Event) multiplied by (B) the excess, if any, of (I) the Acquisition Price over (II) the exercise, measurement or purchase price of such Award and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such Award, (v) provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, Awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (if applicable, net of the exercise, measurement or purchase price thereof and any applicable tax withholdings) and (vi) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this Section 9(b)(2), the Board shall not be obligated by the Plan to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, identically.

(ii) Notwithstanding the terms of Section 9(b)(2)(A), in the case of outstanding Restricted Stock Units that are subject to Section 409A of the Code: (i) if the applicable Restricted Stock Unit agreement provides that the Restricted Stock Units shall be settled upon a “change in control event” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i), and the Reorganization Event constitutes such a “change in control event”, then no assumption or substitution shall be permitted pursuant to Section 9(b)(2)(A)(i) and the Restricted Stock Units shall instead be settled in accordance with the terms of the applicable Restricted Stock Unit agreement; and (ii) the Board may only undertake the actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 9(b)(2)(A) if the Reorganization Event constitutes a “change in control event” as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i) and such action is permitted or required by Section 409A of the Code; if the Reorganization Event is not a “change in control event” as so defined or such action is not permitted or required by Section 409A of the Code, and the acquiring or succeeding corporation does not assume or substitute the Restricted Stock Units pursuant to clause (i) of Section 9(b)(2)(A), then the unvested Restricted Stock Units shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event without any payment in exchange therefor.

 

7


(iii) For purposes of Section 9(b)(2)(A)(i), an Award (other than Restricted Stock) shall be considered assumed if, following consummation of the Reorganization Event, such Award confers the right to purchase or receive pursuant to the terms of such Award, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event, the consideration (whether cash, securities or other property) received as a result of the Reorganization Event by holders of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock held immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock).

(3) Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Restricted Stock . Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the repurchase and other rights of the Company with respect to outstanding Restricted Stock shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor and shall, unless the Board determines otherwise, apply to the cash, securities or other property which the Common Stock was converted into or exchanged for pursuant to such Reorganization Event in the same manner and to the same extent as they applied to such Restricted Stock; provided , however , that the Board may provide for termination or deemed satisfaction of such repurchase or other rights under the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, either initially or by amendment. Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event involving the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, all restrictions and conditions on all Restricted Stock then outstanding shall automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied.

(c) Change in Control Events.

(1) Definition . A “ Change in Control Event ” shall mean:

(i) the acquisition by an individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “ Person ”), other than an acquisition by TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P. or an affiliate thereof, of beneficial ownership of any capital stock of the Company if, after such acquisition, such Person beneficially owns (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) 50% or more of either (x) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ”) or (y) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”); provided, however , that for purposes of this subsection (A), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control Event: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company or any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a Business Combination (as defined below) which complies with clauses (x) and (y) of subsection (ii) of this definition; or

(ii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or share exchange involving the Company or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “ Business Combination ”), unless, immediately following such Business Combination, each of the following two conditions is satisfied: (x) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then-

 

8


outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, respectively, of the resulting or acquiring corporation in such Business Combination (which shall include, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) (such resulting or acquiring corporation is referred to herein as the “ Acquiring Corporation ”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, respectively, immediately prior to such Business Combination and (y) no Person (excluding TPG Biotechnology Partners III, L.P. or an affiliate thereof or employee benefit plan (or related trust) maintained or sponsored by the Company or by the Acquiring Corporation) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Acquiring Corporation, or of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination).

(2) Effect on Options and SARs . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10(b), effective immediately prior to a Change in Control Event, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument evidencing any Option or SAR or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, all Options and SARs then outstanding shall automatically become immediately exercisable in full.

(3) Effect on Restricted Stock . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10(b), effective immediately prior to a Change in Control Event, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument evidencing the Restricted Stock or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, all restrictions and conditions on all Restricted Stock then-outstanding shall automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied.

(4) Effect on Restricted Stock Units . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10(b), effective immediately prior to a Change in Control Event, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock Unit Award or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, all restrictions and conditions on all Restricted Stock Units then outstanding shall automatically be deemed terminated and satisfied; provided, however, that for any Restricted Stock Units that are not exempt from Section 409A of the Code, if the Change in Control Event does not also constitute a “change in control event” within in the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i), then the unvested Restricted Stock Units that terminate without any payment in exchange therefor.

(5) Effect on Other Stock-Based Awards . The Board may specify in an Award agreement at the time of grant or otherwise the effect of a Change in Control on an Other Stock-Based Award.

(6) Section  409A . The definition of Change in Control Event for purposes of the Plan is intended to conform to the description of “Change in Control Events” in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5), or in subsequent IRS guidance describing what constitutes a change in control event for purposes of Section 409A of the Code when the Award is subject to Section 409A. Accordingly, no Change in Control Event will be deemed to provide for acceleration of payment with respect to a transaction or event described in this Section 10(c) unless the transaction or event would constitute a “Change in Control Event” as described in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5), or in subsequent IRS guidance under Section 409A of the Code.

 

9


10. General Provisions Applicable to Awards

(a) Transferability of Awards . Awards (or any interest in an Award, including, prior to exercise, any interest in shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of an Option or SAR) shall not be sold, assigned, transferred (including by establishing any short position, put equivalent position (as defined in Rule 16a-1 issued under the Exchange Act) or call equivalent position (as defined in Rule 16a-1 issued under the Exchange Act)), pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered by the person to whom they are granted, either voluntarily or by operation of law, and, during the life of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant; except that Awards may be transferred to family members (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) under the Securities Act) through gifts or (other than Incentive Stock Options) domestic relations orders or to an executor or guardian upon the death or disability of the Participant. The Company shall not be required to recognize any such permitted transfer until such time as such permitted transferee shall deliver to the Company a written instrument, as a condition to such transfer, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Award. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, shall include references to authorized transferees. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Section 10(a) shall be deemed to restrict a transfer to the Company.

(b) Documentation . Each Award shall be evidenced in such form (written, electronic or otherwise) as the Board shall determine. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

(c) Board Discretion . Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award need not be identical, and the Board need not treat Participants uniformly.

(d) Termination of Status . The Board shall determine the effect on an Award of the disability, death, termination or other cessation of employment, authorized leave of absence or other change in the employment or other status of a Participant and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, or the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary, may exercise rights under the Award.

(e) Withholding . The Participant must satisfy all applicable federal, state, and local or other income and employment tax withholding obligations before the Company will deliver stock certificates or otherwise recognize ownership of Common Stock under an Award. The Company may decide to satisfy the withholding obligations through additional withholding on salary or wages. If the Company elects not to or cannot withhold from other compensation, the Participant must pay the Company the full amount, if any, required for withholding or have a broker tender to the Company cash equal to the withholding obligations. Payment of withholding obligations is due before the Company will issue any shares on exercise, vesting or release from forfeiture of an Award or at the same time as payment of the exercise or purchase

 

10


price unless the Company determines otherwise. If provided for in an Award or approved by the Board in its sole discretion, a Participant may satisfy such tax obligations in whole or in part by delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock, including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value; provided, however , except as otherwise provided by the Board, that the total tax withholding where stock is being used to satisfy such tax obligations cannot exceed the Company’s minimum statutory withholding obligations (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income). Shares used to satisfy tax withholding requirements cannot be subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements.

(f) Amendment of Award .

(1) The Board may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or realization, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The Participant’s consent to such action shall be required unless (i) the Board determines that the action, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under the Plan or (ii) the change is permitted under Section 9.

(2) The Board may, without stockholder approval, amend any outstanding Award granted under the Plan to provide an exercise price per share that is lower than the then-current exercise price per share of such outstanding Award. The Board may also, without stockholder approval, cancel any outstanding award (whether or not granted under the Plan) and grant in substitution therefor new Awards under the Plan covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock and having an exercise price per share lower than the then-current exercise price per share of the cancelled award.

(g) Conditions on Delivery of Stock . The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove restrictions from shares previously issued or delivered under the Plan until (i) all conditions of the Award have been met or removed to the satisfaction of the Company, (ii) in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and regulations and any applicable stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Company may consider appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any applicable laws, rules or regulations.

(h) Acceleration . The Board may at any time provide that any Award shall become immediately exercisable in whole or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in whole or in part, as the case may be.

 

11


11. Miscellaneous

(a) No Right To Employment or Other Status . No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award by virtue of the adoption of the Plan, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan, except as expressly provided in the applicable Award.

(b) No Rights As Stockholder . Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be distributed with respect to an Award until becoming the record holder of such shares.

(c) Effective Date and Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective on the date on which it is adopted by the Board. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the expiration of 10 years from the earlier of (i) the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board or (ii) the date the Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date.

(d) Amendment of Plan . The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that if at any time the approval of the Company’s stockholders is required as to any modification or amendment under Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision with respect to Incentive Stock Options, the Board may not effect such modification or amendment without such approval. Unless otherwise specified in the amendment, any amendment to the Plan adopted in accordance with this Section 11(d) shall apply to, and be binding on the holders of, all Awards outstanding under the Plan at the time the amendment is adopted, provided the Board determines that such amendment, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Participants under the Plan.

(e) Authorization of Sub-Plans (including Grants to non-U.S. Employees) . The Board may from time to time establish one or more sub-plans under the Plan for purposes of satisfying applicable securities, tax or other laws of various jurisdictions. The Board shall establish such sub-plans by adopting supplements to the Plan containing (i) such limitations on the Board’s discretion under the Plan as the Board deems necessary or desirable or (ii) such additional terms and conditions not otherwise inconsistent with the Plan as the Board shall deem necessary or desirable. All supplements adopted by the Board shall be deemed to be part of the Plan, but each supplement shall apply only to Participants within the affected jurisdiction and the Company shall not be required to provide copies of any supplement to Participants in any jurisdiction which is not the subject of such supplement.

(f) Compliance with Section  409A of the Code . Except as provided in individual Award agreements initially or by amendment, if and to the extent (i) any portion of any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to a Participant pursuant to the Plan in connection with his or her employment termination constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and (ii) the Participant is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, in each case as determined by the Company in accordance with its procedures, by which determinations the Participant (through accepting the Award) agrees that he or she is bound, such portion of the payment, compensation or other benefit shall not be paid before the day that is six months plus one day after the date of

 

12


“separation from service” (as determined under Section 409A of the Code) (the “ New Payment Date ”), except as Section 409A of the Code may then permit. The aggregate of any payments that otherwise would have been paid to the Participant during the period between the date of separation from service and the New Payment Date shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum on such New Payment Date, and any remaining payments will be paid on their original schedule.

The Company makes no representations or warranty and shall have no liability to the Participant or any other person if any provisions of or payments, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not to satisfy the conditions of that section.

(g) Limitations on Liability . Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a director, officer, other employee, or agent of the Company will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan, nor will such individual be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument he or she executes in his or her capacity as a director, officer, other employee, or agent of the Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer, other employee, or agent of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan has been or will be delegated, against any cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Board’s approval) arising out of any act or omission to act concerning the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

(h) Governing Law . The provisions of the Plan and all Awards made hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

 

13


A MENDMENT TO

2012 S TOCK I NCENTIVE P LAN

OF

T REVI T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

The Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) is hereby amended as follows:

1. The first sentence of Section 4(a) is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is hereby inserted in lieu thereof:

“Subject to adjustment under Section 9, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 8,906,177 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”), any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section 5(b)).”

2. Section 9(c)(2) is here by deleted in its entirety and the following is hereby inserted in lieu thereof:

“(2) Effect on Options and SARs . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9(b), effective immediately prior to, and subject to the occurrence of a Change in Control Event, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument evidencing any Option or SAR or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, all Options and SARs then outstanding that were granted prior to July 14, 2017 shall automatically become immediately exercisable in full.”

3. Sections 9(c)(3) and 9(c)(4) are hereby deleted in their entirety.

Except as expressly amended herein, the Plan and all of the provisions contained therein shall remain in full force and effect.

Date approved by the Board of Directors of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.: July 14, 2017

Date approved by the stockholders of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.: July 14, 2017


Final Version

A MENDMENT TO

2012 S TOCK I NCENTIVE P LAN

OF

T REVI T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

The Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) is hereby amended as follows:

1. The first sentence of Section 4(a) is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following is hereby inserted in lieu thereof:

“Subject to adjustment under Section 9, Awards may be made under the Plan for up to 11,836,081 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”), any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section 5(b)).”

Except as expressly amended herein, the Plan and all of the provisions contained therein shall remain in full force and effect.

Date approved by the Board of Directors of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.: May 30, 2018

Date approved by the stockholders of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.: May 30, 2018

Exhibit 10.3

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement

Granted Under 2012 Stock Incentive Plan

 

1.

Grant of Option .

This agreement evidences the grant by Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), on                  , 201[    ] (the “Grant Date”) to [                ], an [employee], [consultant], [director] of the Company (the “Participant”), of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company’s 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), a total of [                 ] shares (the “Shares”) of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) at an exercise price of $[                ] per Share. Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on [            ] (the “Final Exercise Date”).

It is intended that the option evidenced by this agreement shall not be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Code”). Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “Participant”, as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.

 

2.

Vesting Schedule .

This option will become exercisable (“vest”) as to 25% of the original number of Shares on the first anniversary of the Grant Date and as to an additional 2.0833% of the original number of Shares at the end of each successive one-month period following the first anniversary of the Grant Date until the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date.

The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.

 

3.

Exercise of Option .

(a) Form of Exercise . Each election to exercise this option shall be in writing, substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit A hereto, signed by the Participant, and received by the Company at its principal office, accompanied by this agreement, and payment in full in the manner provided in the Plan. The Participant may purchase less than the number of shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share.

(b) Continuous Relationship with the Company Required . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this option may not be exercised unless the Participant, at the time he or she exercises this option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date, an employee or officer of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or any other entity the employees, officers, directors, consultants, or advisors of which are eligible to receive option grants under the Plan (an “Eligible Participant”).


(c) Termination of Relationship with the Company . If the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, then, except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the right to exercise this option shall terminate three months after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Exercise Date), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise this option on the date of such cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the Final Exercise Date, violates the non-competition or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon written notice to the Participant from the Company describing such violation.

(d) Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability . If the Participant dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) prior to the Final Exercise Date while he or she is an Eligible Participant and the Company has not terminated such relationship for “cause” as specified in paragraph (e) below, this option shall be exercisable, within the period of [one year] following the date of death or disability of the Participant, by the Participant (or in the case of death by an authorized transferee), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this option was exercisable by the Participant on the date of his or her death or disability, and further provided that this option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

(e) Termination for Cause . If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant’s employment or other relationship with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined below), the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment or other relationship. If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant is given notice by the Company of the termination of his or her employment or other relationship by the Company for Cause, and the effective date of such employment or other termination is subsequent to the date of the delivery of such notice, the right to exercise this option shall be suspended from the time of the delivery of such notice until the earlier of (i) such time as it is determined or otherwise agreed that the Participant’s employment or other relationship shall not be terminated for Cause as provided in such notice or (ii) the effective date of such termination of employment or other relationship (in which case the right to exercise this option shall, pursuant to the preceding sentence, terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment or other relationship). If the Participant is party to an employment, consulting or severance agreement with the Company that contains a definition of “cause” for termination of employment or other relationship, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such agreement. Otherwise, “Cause” shall mean willful misconduct by the Participant or willful failure by the Participant to perform his or her responsibilities to the Company (including, without limitation, breach by the Participant of any provision of any employment, consulting, advisory, nondisclosure, non-competition or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company), as determined by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. The Participant’s employment or other relationship shall be considered to have been terminated for “Cause” if the Company determines, within 30 days after the Participant’s resignation, that termination for Cause was warranted.

 

-2-


(f) Voting Agreement . As a condition to the exercise of this option, in whole or in part, the Participant, prior to such exercise of this option, shall execute and deliver or shall have executed and delivered to the Company the Adoption Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B to the Voting Agreement dated as of December __, 2012, as amended from time to time (the “Voting Agreement”), among the Company and the Stockholders (as defined therein) agreeing to become a party to the Voting Agreement and be bound by the terms thereof; provided that if the Participant has previously executed and delivered the Voting Agreement, the Participant need only reaffirm his obligations thereunder; and provided further that the Participant shall not be obligated to execute and deliver the Voting Agreement in the event that it has expired or been terminated.

(g) [ Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement . As a condition to the exercise of this option, in whole or in part, the Participant, prior to such exercise of this option, shall execute and deliver or shall have executed and delivered to the Company the counterpart signature page attached hereto as Exhibit C to the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of December __, 2012, as amended from time to time (the “ROFR Agreement”), among the Company and the Stockholders (as defined therein) agreeing to become a party to the ROFR Agreement and be bound by the terms thereof; provided that if the Participant has previously executed and delivered the ROFR Agreement, the Participant need only reaffirm his obligations thereunder; and provided further that the Participant shall not be obligated to execute and deliver the ROFR Agreement in the event that it has expired or been terminated.] 1

 

4.

Company Right of First Refusal .

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . If the Participant proposes to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, by operation of law or otherwise (collectively, “transfer”) any Shares acquired upon exercise of this option, then the Participant shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company. The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of such Shares the Participant proposes to transfer (the “Offered Shares”), the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.

(b) Company Right to Purchase . For 30 days following its receipt of such Transfer Notice, the Company shall have the option to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares at the price and upon the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice. In the event the Company elects to purchase all or part of the Offered Shares, it shall give written notice of such election to the Participant within such 30-day period. Within 10 days after his or her receipt of such notice, the Participant shall tender to the Company at its principal offices the certificate or certificates representing the Offered Shares to be purchased by the Company, duly endorsed in blank by the Participant or with duly endorsed stock powers attached thereto, all in a form suitable for transfer of the Offered Shares to the Company. Promptly following receipt of such certificate or certificates, the Company shall deliver or mail to the Participant a check in payment of the purchase price for such Offered Shares; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in the Transfer Notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company may pay for the Offered Shares on the same terms and conditions as were set forth in the Transfer Notice; and provided further that any delay in making such payment shall not invalidate the Company’s exercise of its option to purchase the Offered Shares.

 

1  

This provision (and Exhibit C) should be added to any grant covering shares issued to an employee or consultant, which shares or options would collectively constitute with respect to such employee or consultant (taking into account all shares of Common Stock, options and other purchase rights held by such employee or consultant) one percent (1%) or more of the Company’s then outstanding Common Stock (treating for this purpose all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities, as if exercised or converted).

 

-3-


(c) Shares Not Purchased By Company . If the Company does not elect to acquire all of the Offered Shares, the Participant may, within the 30-day period following the expiration of the option granted to the Company under subsection (b) above, transfer the Offered Shares which the Company has not elected to acquire to the proposed transferee, provided that such transfer shall not be on terms and conditions more favorable to the transferee than those contained in the Transfer Notice. Notwithstanding any of the above, all Offered Shares transferred pursuant to this Section 4 shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4 and such transferee shall, as a condition to such transfer, deliver to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Section 4.

(d) Consequences of Non-Delivery . After the time at which the Offered Shares are required to be delivered to the Company for transfer to the Company pursuant to subsection (b) above, the Company shall not pay any dividend to the Participant on account of such Offered Shares or permit the Participant to exercise any of the privileges or rights of a stockholder with respect to such Offered Shares, but shall, insofar as permitted by law, treat the Company as the owner of such Offered Shares.

(e) Exempt Transactions . The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 4:

(1) any transfer of Shares to or for the benefit of any spouse, child or grandchild of the Participant, or to a trust for their benefit;

(2) any transfer pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); and

(3) the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including pursuant to a merger or consolidation);

provided , however , that in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (1) above, such Shares shall remain subject to the right of first refusal set forth in this Section 4.

(f) Assignment of Company Right . The Company may assign its rights to purchase Offered Shares in any particular transaction under this Section 4 to one or more persons or entities.

(g) Termination . The provisions of this Section 4 shall terminate upon the earlier of the following events:

(1) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; or

 

-4-


(2) the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of capital stock, assets or business of the Company, by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise (other than a merger or consolidation in which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were beneficial owners of the Company’s voting securities immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 75% (determined on an as-converted basis) of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the resulting, surviving or acquiring corporation in such transaction).

(h) No Obligation to Recognize Invalid Transfer . The Company shall not be required (1) to transfer on its books any of the Shares which shall have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Section 4, or (2) to treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.

(i) Legends . The certificate representing Shares shall bear a legend substantially in the following form (in addition to, or in combination with, any legend required by applicable federal and state securities laws and agreements relating to the transfer of the Company securities):

“The shares represented by this certificate are subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company, as provided in a certain stock option agreement with the Company.”

 

5.

Agreement in Connection with Initial Public Offering .

The Participant agrees, in connection with the initial underwritten public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, (i) not to (a) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any other securities of the Company or (b) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, whether any transaction described in clause (a) or (b) is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise, during the period beginning on the date of the filing of such registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the offering (plus up to an additional 34 days to the extent requested by the managing underwriters for such offering in order to address Rule 2711(f) of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any similar successor provision), and (ii) to execute any agreement reflecting clause (i) above as may be requested by the Company or the managing underwriters at the time of such offering. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock or other securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the “lock-up” period.

 

6.

Withholding .

No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this option.

 

-5-


7.

Transfer Restrictions.

(a) This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

(b) The Participant agrees that he or she will not transfer any Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless the transferee, as a condition to such transfer, delivers to the Company a written instrument confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of Section 4 and Section 5; provided that such a written confirmation shall not be required with respect to (1) Section 4 after such provision has terminated in accordance with Section 4(g) or (2) Section 5 after the completion of the lock-up period in connection with the Company’s initial underwritten public offering.

 

8.

Provisions of the Plan .

This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including the provisions relating to amendments to the Plan), a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this option to be executed under its corporate seal by its duly authorized officer. This option shall take effect as a sealed instrument.

 

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

                                                      

  Name:
  Title:

 

-6-


PARTICIPANT’S ACCEPTANCE

The undersigned hereby accepts the foregoing option and agrees to the terms and conditions thereof. The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Company’s 2012 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

PARTICIPANT:

 

By:                                                                                    

Address:                                                                            

                                                                                          

 

 

-7-


Exhibit A

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE

Date:                     

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

52 Charter Ridge Drive

Sandy Hook, CT 06482

Attention: Treasurer

Dear Sir or Madam:

I am the holder of an Nonstatutory Stock Option granted to me under the Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) 2012 Stock Incentive Plan on                 for the purchase of                 shares of Common Stock of the Company at a purchase price of $                    per share.

I hereby exercise my option to purchase                 shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”), for which I have enclosed in the amount of                 . Please register my stock certificate as follows:

 

  

  

Name(s):                                                            

  

                                                                            

  

Address:                                                              

  

Tax I.D. #:                                                         

I represent, warrant and covenant as follows:

1. I am purchasing the Shares for my own account for investment only, and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution of the Shares in violation of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), or any rule or regulation under the Securities Act.

2. I have had such opportunity as I have deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit me to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Company.

3. I have sufficient experience in business, financial and investment matters to be able to evaluate the risks involved in the purchase of the Shares and to make an informed investment decision with respect to such purchase.

 


4. I can afford a complete loss of the value of the Shares and am able to bear the economic risk of holding such Shares for an indefinite period.

5. I understand that (i) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (ii) the Shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available; (iii) in any event, the exemption from registration under Rule 144 will not be available for at least six months and even then will not be available unless a public market then exists for the Common Stock, adequate information concerning the Company is then available to the public, and other terms and conditions of Rule 144 are complied with; and (iv) there is now no registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to any stock of the Company and the Company has no obligation or current intention to register the Shares under the Securities Act.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)

 

Print Name

 

-9-


Exhibit B

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

This Adoption Agreement (“ Adoption Agreement ”) is executed on                     , 201  , by the undersigned (the “ Holder ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Voting Agreement dated as of December         , 2012 (the “ Agreement ”), by and among the Company and certain of its Stockholders, as such Agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Adoption Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Holder agrees as follows.

1.1 Acknowledgement . Holder acknowledges that Holder is acquiring options to purchase certain shares of the capital stock of the Company (the “ Options ”) for one of the following reasons (Check the correct box):

☐ as a transferee of Shares from a party in such party’s capacity as an “Investor” bound by the Agreement, and after such transfer, Holder shall be considered an “Investor” and a “Stockholder” for all purposes of the Agreement.

☐ as a transferee of Shares from a party in such party’s capacity as a “Key Holder” bound by the Agreement, and after such transfer, Holder shall be considered a “Key Holder” and a “Stockholder” for all purposes of the Agreement.

☐ as a new Investor in accordance with Subsection 6.1(a) of the Agreement, in which case Holder will be an “Investor” and a “Stockholder” for all purposes of the Agreement.

☐ in accordance with Subsection 6.1(b) of the Agreement, as a new party who is not a new Investor, in which case Holder will be a “Stockholder” for all purposes of the Agreement.

1.2 Agreement . Holder hereby (a) agrees that the Options, and any other shares of capital stock or securities required by the Agreement to be bound thereby, shall be bound by and subject to the terms of the Agreement and (b) adopts the Agreement with the same force and effect as if Holder were originally a party thereto.

1.3 Notice . Any notice required or permitted by the Agreement shall be given to Holder at the address or facsimile number listed below Holder’s signature hereto.

 

HOLDER:

By:                                                                                    

Name and Title of Signatory

Address:                                                                            

 

                                                                                          

Facsimile Number:                                                           

  

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

 

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

By:                                                                                   

Title:                                                                                 


[ Exhibit C ] 2

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

Counterpart Signature Page

The undersigned has received and reviewed the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of December       , 2012 among Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. and certain stockholders of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., as such agreement may be amended or amended and restated hereafter (the “ROFR Agreement”).

The undersigned hereby agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the ROFR Agreement as a “Key Holder” thereunder.

Executed, in counterparts, as of the date set forth below.

 

 

Printed or Typed Name

 

Signature
Date:                     , 201        
If signing on behalf of an entity, please indicate title below:
Title:                                                                                            

 

 

2  

This Exhibit C (and Section 3(g) above) should be added to any grant covering shares issued to an employee or consultant, which shares or options would collectively constitute with respect to such employee or consultant (taking into account all shares of Common Stock, options and other purchase rights held by such employee or consultant) one percent (1%) or more of the Company’s then outstanding Common Stock (treating for this purpose all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities, as if exercised or converted).

Exhibit 10.4

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

2019 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.

Purpose

The purpose of this 2019 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), is to advance the interests of the Company’s stockholders by enhancing the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who are expected to make important contributions to the Company and by providing such persons with equity ownership opportunities and performance-based incentives that are intended to better align the interests of such persons with those of the Company’s stockholders. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “ Company ” shall include any of the Company’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations thereunder (the “ Code ”) and any other business venture (including, without limitation, joint venture or limited liability company) in which the Company has a controlling interest, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).

 

2.

Eligibility

All of the Company’s employees, officers and directors, as well as consultants and advisors to the Company (as such terms consultants and advisors are defined and interpreted for purposes of Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any successor form) are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan. Each person who is granted an Award under the Plan is deemed a “ Participant .” “ Award ” means Options (as defined in Section 5), SARs (as defined in Section 6), Restricted Stock (as defined in Section 7), Restricted Stock Units (as defined in Section 7) and Other Stock-Based Awards (as defined in Section 8).

 

3.

Administration and Delegation

(a)       Administration by Board of Directors . The Plan will be administered by the Board. The Board shall have authority to grant Awards and to adopt, amend and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Plan as it shall deem advisable. The Board may construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and any Award agreements entered into under the Plan. The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient and it shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency. All decisions by the Board shall be made in the Board’s sole discretion and shall be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or in any Award.

(b)       Appointment of Committees . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board (a “ Committee ”). All references in the Plan to the “ Board ” shall mean the Board or a Committee of the Board or the officers referred to in Section 3(c) to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee or officers.


(c)       Delegation to Officers . Subject to any requirements of applicable law (including as applicable Sections 152 and 157(c) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware), the Board may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the power to grant Awards (subject to any limitations under the Plan) to employees or officers of the Company and to exercise such other powers under the Plan as the Board may determine, provided that the Board shall fix the terms of Awards to be granted by such officers, the maximum number of shares subject to Awards that the officers may grant, and the time period in which such Awards may be granted; and provided further, that no officer shall be authorized to grant Awards to any “executive officer” of the Company (as defined by Rule 3b-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) or to any “officer” of the Company (as defined by Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act).

 

4.

Stock Available for Awards

(a)         Number of Shares; Share Counting .

(1)       Authorized Number of Shares . Subject to adjustment under Section 9, Awards may be made under the Plan (any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options, as defined in Section 5(b)) for up to such number of shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”) as is equal to the sum of:

(A)      15,000,000 shares of Common Stock; plus

(B)      such additional number of shares of Common Stock (up to 11,000,000 shares) as is equal to the number of shares of Common Stock subject to Awards granted under the Company’s 2012 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, which awards expire, terminate or are otherwise surrendered, canceled, forfeited or repurchased by the Company at their original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right (subject, however, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, to any limitations under the Code); plus

(C)    an annual increase to be added on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020 and continuing for each fiscal year until, and including, the fiscal year ending December 31, 2029, equal to the least of (i) 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) four percent (4%) of the outstanding shares on such date and (iii) an amount determined by the Board.

Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

(2)       Share Counting . For purposes of counting the number of shares available for the grant of Awards under the Plan:

 

-2-


(A)      all shares of Common Stock covered by SARs shall be counted against the number of shares available for the grant of Awards under the Plan; provided, however , that (i) SARs that may be settled only in cash shall not be so counted and (ii) if the Company grants an SAR in tandem with an Option for the same number of shares of Common Stock and provides that only one such Award may be exercised (a “ Tandem SAR ”), only the shares covered by the Option, and not the shares covered by the Tandem SAR, shall be so counted, and the expiration of one in connection with the other’s exercise will not restore shares to the Plan;

(B)      if any Award (i) expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised or is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right) or (ii) results in any Common Stock not being issued (including as a result of an SAR that was settleable either in cash or in stock actually being settled in cash), the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards; provided, however , that (1) in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the foregoing shall be subject to any limitations under the Code, (2) in the case of the exercise of an SAR, the number of shares counted against the shares available under the Plan shall be the full number of shares subject to the SAR multiplied by the percentage of the SAR actually exercised, regardless of the number of shares actually used to settle such SAR upon exercise and (3) the shares covered by a Tandem SAR shall not again become available for grant upon the expiration or termination of such Tandem SAR; and

(C)      shares of Common Stock delivered (by actual delivery, attestation, or net exercise) to the Company by a Participant to (i) purchase shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an Award or (ii) satisfy tax withholding obligations with respect to Awards (including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation) shall be added back to the number of shares available for the future grant of Awards.

(b)       Substitute Awards . In connection with a merger or consolidation of an entity with the Company or the acquisition by the Company of property or stock of an entity, the Board may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted by such entity or an affiliate thereof. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Board deems appropriate in the circumstances, notwithstanding any limitations on Awards contained in the Plan. Substitute Awards shall not count against the overall share limit set forth in Section 4(a)(1), except as may be required by reason of Section 422 and related provisions of the Code.

 

5.

Stock Options

(a)       General . The Board may grant options to purchase Common Stock (each, an “ Option ”) and determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Option, the exercise price of each Option and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option, including conditions relating to applicable federal or state securities laws, as it considers necessary or advisable.

(b)       Incentive Stock Options . An Option that the Board intends to be an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code (an “ Incentive Stock Option ”) shall only be

 

-3-


granted to employees of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., any of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code, and shall be subject to and shall be construed consistently with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. An Option that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall be designated a “ Nonstatutory Stock Option .” The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Option (or any part thereof) that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option is not an Incentive Stock Option or if the Company converts an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c)       Exercise Price . The Board shall establish the exercise price of each Option or the formula by which such exercise price will be determined. The exercise price shall be specified in the applicable Option agreement. The exercise price shall be not less than 100% of the Grant Date Fair Market Value (as defined below) of the Common Stock on the date the Option is granted; provided that if the Board approves the grant of an Option with an exercise price to be determined on a future date, the exercise price shall be not less than 100% of the Grant Date Fair Market Value on such future date. “ Grant Date Fair Market Value ” of a share of Common Stock for purposes of the Plan will be determined as follows:

(1)      if the Common Stock trades on a national securities exchange, the closing sale price (for the primary trading session) on the date of grant; or

(2)      if the Common Stock does not trade on any such exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of grant as reported by an over-the-counter marketplace designated by the Board; or

(3)      if the Common Stock is not publicly traded, the Board will determine the Grant Date Fair Market Value for purposes of the Plan using any measure of value it determines to be appropriate (including, as it considers appropriate, relying on appraisals) in a manner consistent with the valuation principles under Code Section 409A, except as the Board may expressly determine otherwise.

For any date that is not a trading day, the Grant Date Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock for such date will be determined by using the closing sale price or average of the bid and asked prices, as appropriate, for the immediately preceding trading day and with the timing in the formulas above adjusted accordingly. The Board can substitute a particular time of day or other measure of “closing sale price” or “bid and asked prices” if appropriate because of exchange or market procedures or can, in its sole discretion, use weighted averages either on a daily basis or such longer period as complies with Code Section 409A.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in respect of Options granted effective upon the pricing of the Company’s initial public offering, the Grant Date Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the per share price at which shares of Common Stock are sold by the underwriters to the public in the Company’s initial public offering.

The Board has sole discretion to determine the Grant Date Fair Market Value for purposes of the Plan, and all Awards are conditioned on the Participants’ agreement that the Board’s

 

-4-


determination is conclusive and binding even though others might make a different determination.

(d)       Duration of Options . Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable option agreement; provided, however , that no Option will be granted with a term in excess of 10 years.

(e)       Exercise of Options . Options may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a notice of exercise in a form (which may be electronic) approved by the Company, together with payment in full (in the manner specified in Section 5(f)) of the exercise price for the number of shares for which the Option is exercised. Shares of Common Stock subject to the Option will be delivered by the Company as soon as practicable following exercise.

(f)       Payment Upon Exercise . Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall be paid for as follows:

(1)      in cash or by check, payable to the order of the Company;

(2)      except as may otherwise be provided in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, by (i) delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding or (ii) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding;

(3)      to the extent provided for in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, by delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant valued at their fair market value (valued in the manner determined by (or in a manner approved by) the Board), provided (i) such method of payment is then permitted under applicable law, (ii) such Common Stock, if acquired directly from the Company, was owned by the Participant for such minimum period of time, if any, as may be established by the Board and (iii) such Common Stock is not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements;

(4)      to the extent provided for in the applicable Nonstatutory Stock Option agreement or approved by the Board, by delivery of a notice of “net exercise” to the Company, as a result of which the Participant would receive (i) the number of shares underlying the portion of the Option being exercised, less (ii) such number of shares as is equal to (A) the aggregate exercise price for the portion of the Option being exercised divided by (B) the fair market value of the Common Stock (valued in the manner determined by (or in a manner approved by) the Board) on the date of exercise;

(5)      to the extent permitted by applicable law and provided for in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board by payment of such other lawful consideration as the Board may determine; or

 

-5-


(6)      by any combination of the above permitted forms of payment.

(g)       Limitation on Repricing . Unless such action is approved by the Company’s stockholders, the Company may not (except as provided for under Section 9): (1) amend any outstanding Option granted under the Plan to provide an exercise price per share that is lower than the then-current exercise price per share of such outstanding Option, (2) cancel any outstanding option (whether or not granted under the Plan) and grant in substitution therefor new Awards under the Plan (other than Awards granted pursuant to Section 4(b)) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock and having an exercise price per share lower than the then-current exercise price per share of the cancelled option, (3) cancel in exchange for a cash payment any outstanding Option with an exercise price per share above the then-current fair market value of the Common Stock (valued in the manner determined by (or in the manner approved by) the Board) or (4) take any other action under the Plan that constitutes a “repricing” within the meaning of the rules of the Nasdaq Global Market or any other exchange or marketplace on which the Company stock is listed or traded (the “ Exchange ”).

 

6.

Stock Appreciation Rights

(a)       General . The Board may grant Awards consisting of stock appreciation rights (“ SARs ”) entitling the holder, upon exercise, to receive an amount of Common Stock or cash or a combination thereof (such form to be determined by the Board) determined by reference to appreciation, from and after the date of grant, in the fair market value of a share of Common Stock (valued in the manner determined by (or in the manner approved by) the Board) over the measurement price established pursuant to Section 6(b). The date as of which such appreciation is determined shall be the exercise date.

(b)       Measurement Price . The Board shall establish the measurement price of each SAR and specify it in the applicable SAR agreement. The measurement price shall not be less than 100% of the Grant Date Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the SAR is granted; provided that if the Board approves the grant of an SAR effective as of a future date, the measurement price shall be not less than 100% of the Grant Date Fair Market Value on such future date.

(c)       Duration of SARs . Each SAR shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable SAR agreement; provided, however , that no SAR will be granted with a term in excess of 10 years.

(d)       Exercise of SARs . SARs may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a notice of exercise in a form (which may be electronic) approved by the Company, together with any other documents required by the Board.

(e)       Limitation on Repricing . Unless such action is approved by the Company’s stockholders, the Company may not (except as provided for under Section 9): (1) amend any outstanding SAR granted under the Plan to provide a measurement price per share that is lower than the then-current measurement price per share of such outstanding SAR, (2) cancel any outstanding SAR (whether or not granted under the Plan) and grant in substitution therefor new Awards under the Plan (other than Awards granted pursuant to Section 4(b)) covering the same

 

-6-


or a different number of shares of Common Stock and having an exercise or measurement price per share lower than the then-current measurement price per share of the cancelled SAR, (3) cancel in exchange for a cash payment any outstanding SAR with a measurement price per share above the then-current fair market value of the Common Stock (valued in the manner determined by (or in a manner approved by) the Board) or (4) take any other action under the Plan that constitutes a “repricing” within the meaning of the rules of the Exchange.

 

7.

Restricted Stock; Restricted Stock Units

(a)       General . The Board may grant Awards entitling recipients to acquire shares of Common Stock (“ Restricted Stock ”), subject to the right of the Company to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price (or to require forfeiture of such shares if issued at no cost) from the recipient in the event that conditions specified by the Board in the applicable Award are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period or periods established by the Board for such Award. The Board may also grant Awards entitling the recipient to receive shares of Common Stock or cash to be delivered at the time such Award vests or is settled (“ Restricted Stock Units ”) (Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units are each referred to herein as a “ Restricted Stock Award ”).

(b)       Terms and Conditions for All Restricted Stock Awards . The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award, including the conditions for vesting and repurchase (or forfeiture) and the issue price, if any.

(c)       Additional Provisions Relating to Restricted Stock .

(1)       Dividends . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, any dividends (whether paid in cash, stock or property) declared and paid by the Company with respect to shares of Restricted Stock (“ Accrued Dividends ”) shall be paid to the Participant only if and when such shares become free from the restrictions on transferability and forfeitability that apply to such shares. Each payment of Accrued Dividends will be made no later than the end of the calendar year in which the dividends are paid to stockholders of that class of stock or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the lapsing of the restrictions on transferability and the forfeitability provisions applicable to the underlying shares of Restricted Stock.

(2)       Stock Certificates . The Company may require that any stock certificates issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, as well as dividends or distributions paid on such Restricted Stock, shall be deposited in escrow by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company (or its designee). At the expiration of the applicable restriction periods, the Company (or such designee) shall deliver the certificates no longer subject to such restrictions to the Participant or if the Participant has died, to his or her Designated Beneficiary. “ Designated Beneficiary ” means (i) the beneficiary designated, in a manner determined by the Board, by a Participant to receive amounts due or exercise rights of the Participant in the event of the Participant’s death or (ii) in the absence of an effective designation by a Participant, the Participant’s estate.

(d)       Additional Provisions Relating to Restricted Stock Units .

 

-7-


(1)       Settlement . Upon the vesting of and/or lapsing of any other restrictions (i.e., settlement) with respect to each Restricted Stock Unit, the Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company such number of shares of Common Stock or (if so provided in the applicable Award agreement) an amount of cash equal to the fair market value (valued in the manner determined by (or in a manner approved by) the Board) of such number of shares of Common Stock as are set forth in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit agreement. The Board may provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units shall be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the election of the Participant in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code.

(2)       Voting Rights . A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units.

(3)       Dividend Equivalents . The Award agreement for Restricted Stock Units may provide Participants with the right to receive an amount equal to any dividends or other distributions declared and paid on an equal number of outstanding shares of Common Stock (“ Dividend Equivalents ”). Dividend Equivalents may be settled in cash and/or shares of Common Stock and shall be subject to the same restrictions on transfer and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which paid, in each case to the extent provided in the Award agreement.

 

8.

Other Stock-Based Awards

(a)       General . The Board may grant other Awards of shares of Common Stock, and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares of Common Stock or other property (“ Other Stock-Based Awards ”). Such Other Stock-Based Awards shall also be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock-Based Awards may be paid in shares of Common Stock or cash, as the Board shall determine.

(b)       Terms and Conditions . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock-Based Award, including any purchase price applicable thereto.

 

9.

Adjustments for Changes in Common Stock and Certain Other Events

(a)       Changes in Capitalization . In the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, (i) the number and class of securities available under the Plan, (ii) the share counting rules and sublimits set forth in Sections 4(a) and 4(c), (iii) the number and class of securities and exercise price per share of each outstanding Option, (iv) the share and per-share provisions and the measurement price of each outstanding SAR, (v) the number of shares subject to and the repurchase price per share subject to each outstanding award of Restricted Stock and (vi) the share and per-share-related provisions and the purchase price, if any, of each outstanding Restricted Stock Unit award and each outstanding Other Stock-Based Award, shall be equitably adjusted by the Company (or substituted Awards

 

-8-


may be made, if applicable) in the manner determined by the Board. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event the Company effects a split of the Common Stock by means of a stock dividend and the exercise price of and the number of shares subject to an outstanding Option are adjusted as of the date of the distribution of the dividend (rather than as of the record date for such dividend), then an optionee who exercises an Option between the record date and the distribution date for such stock dividend shall be entitled to receive, on the distribution date, the stock dividend with respect to the shares of Common Stock acquired upon such Option exercise, notwithstanding the fact that such shares were not outstanding as of the close of business on the record date for such stock dividend.

(b)       Reorganization Events .

(1)       Definition . A “ Reorganization Event ” shall mean: (a) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity as a result of which all of the Common Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for the right to receive cash, securities or other property or is cancelled, (b) any transfer or disposition of all of the Common Stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property pursuant to a share exchange or other transaction or (c) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(2)       Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Awards Other than Restricted Stock .

(A)      In connection with a Reorganization Event, the Board may take any one or more of the following actions as to all or any (or any portion of) outstanding Awards other than Restricted Stock on such terms as the Board determines (except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in an applicable Award agreement or another agreement between the Company and the Participant): (i) provide that such Awards shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, provide that all of the Participant’s unvested Awards will be forfeited immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization Event and/or unexercised Awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization Event unless exercised by the Participant (to the extent then exercisable) within a specified period following the date of such notice, (iii) provide that outstanding Awards shall become exercisable, realizable or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an Award shall lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon such Reorganization Event, (iv) in the event of a Reorganization Event under the terms of which holders of Common Stock will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the Reorganization Event (the “ Acquisition Price ”), make or provide for a cash payment to Participants with respect to each Award held by a Participant equal to (A) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the vested portion of the Award (after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting that occurs upon or immediately prior to such Reorganization Event) multiplied by (B) the excess, if any, of (I) the Acquisition Price over (II) the exercise, measurement or purchase price of such Award and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such Award, (v) provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, Awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (if applicable, net of the exercise, measurement or purchase price thereof and any applicable tax withholdings) and (vi) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted

 

-9-


under this Section 9(b)(2), the Board shall not be obligated by the Plan to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, identically.

(B)      Notwithstanding the terms of Section 9(b)(2)(A), in the case of outstanding Restricted Stock Units that are subject to Section 409A of the Code: (i) if the applicable Restricted Stock Unit agreement provides that the Restricted Stock Units shall be settled upon a “change in control event” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i), and the Reorganization Event constitutes such a “change in control event”, then no assumption or substitution shall be permitted pursuant to Section 9(b)(2)(A)(i) and the Restricted Stock Units shall instead be settled in accordance with the terms of the applicable Restricted Stock Unit agreement; and (ii) the Board may only undertake the actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 9(b)(2)(A) if the Reorganization Event constitutes a “change in control event” as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i) and such action is permitted or required by Section 409A of the Code; if the Reorganization Event is not a “change in control event” as so defined or such action is not permitted or required by Section 409A of the Code, and the acquiring or succeeding corporation does not assume or substitute the Restricted Stock Units pursuant to clause (i) of Section 9(b)(2)(A), then the unvested Restricted Stock Units shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event without any payment in exchange therefor.

(C)      For purposes of Section 9(b)(2)(A)(i), an Award (other than Restricted Stock) shall be considered assumed if, following consummation of the Reorganization Event, such Award confers the right to purchase or receive pursuant to the terms of such Award, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event, the consideration (whether cash, securities or other property) received as a result of the Reorganization Event by holders of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock held immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock); provided, however , that if the consideration received as a result of the Reorganization Event is not solely common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), the Company may, with the consent of the acquiring or succeeding corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise or settlement of the Award to consist solely of such number of shares of common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) that the Board determines to be equivalent in value (as of the date of such determination or another date specified by the Board) to the per share consideration received by holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock as a result of the Reorganization Event.

(3)       Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Restricted Stock . Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the repurchase and other rights of the Company with respect to outstanding Restricted Stock shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor and shall, unless the Board determines otherwise, apply to the cash, securities or other property which the Common Stock was converted into or exchanged for pursuant to such Reorganization Event in the same manner and to the same extent as they applied to such Restricted Stock; provided, however , that the Board may provide for termination or deemed satisfaction of such repurchase or other rights under the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock or any other agreement between a Participant and the

 

-10-


Company, either initially or by amendment. Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event involving the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, all restrictions and conditions on all Restricted Stock then outstanding shall automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied.

 

10.

General Provisions Applicable to Awards

(a)       Transferability of Awards . Awards shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, other than in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and, during the life of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant; provided, however , that, except with respect to Awards subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Board may permit or provide in an Award for the gratuitous transfer of the Award by the Participant to or for the benefit of any immediate family member, family trust or other entity established for the benefit of the Participant and/or an immediate family member thereof if the Company would be eligible to use a Form S-8 under the Securities Act for the registration of the sale of the Common Stock subject to such Award to such proposed transferee; provided further , that the Company shall not be required to recognize any such permitted transfer until such time as such permitted transferee shall, as a condition to such transfer, deliver to the Company a written instrument in form and substance satisfactory to the Company confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Award. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, shall include references to authorized transferees. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Section 10(a) shall be deemed to restrict a transfer to the Company.

(b)       Documentation . Each Award shall be evidenced in such form (written, electronic or otherwise) as the Board shall determine. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

(c)       Board Discretion . Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award need not be identical, and the Board need not treat Participants uniformly.

(d)       Termination of Status . The Board shall determine the effect on an Award of the disability, death, termination or other cessation of employment, authorized leave of absence or other change in the employment or other status of a Participant and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, or the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary, may exercise rights under the Award.

(e)       Withholding . The Participant must satisfy all applicable federal, state, and local or other income and employment tax withholding obligations before the Company will deliver stock certificates or otherwise recognize ownership of Common Stock under an Award. The Company may elect to satisfy the withholding obligations through additional withholding on salary or wages. If the Company elects not to or cannot withhold from other compensation, the Participant must pay the Company the full amount, if any, required for withholding or have a broker tender to the Company cash equal to the withholding obligations. Payment of

 

-11-


withholding obligations is due before the Company will issue any shares on exercise, vesting or release from forfeiture of an Award or at the same time as payment of the exercise or purchase price, unless the Company determines otherwise. If provided for in an Award or approved by the Committee, a Participant may satisfy the tax obligations in whole or in part by delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock, including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their fair market value (valued in the manner determined by (or in a manner approved by) the Company); provided , however , except as otherwise provided by the Committee, that the total tax withholding where stock is being used to satisfy such tax obligations cannot exceed the Company’s minimum statutory withholding obligations (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state and local tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income), except that, to the extent that the Company is able to retain shares of Common Stock having a fair market value (determined by, or in a manner approved by, the Company) that exceeds the statutory minimum applicable withholding tax without financial accounting implications or the Company is withholding in a jurisdiction that does not have a statutory minimum withholding tax, the Company may retain such number of shares of Common Stock (up to the number of shares having a fair market value equal to the maximum individual statutory rate of tax (determined by, or in a manner approved by, the Company)) as the Company shall determine in its sole discretion to satisfy the tax liability associated with any Award. Shares used to satisfy tax withholding requirements cannot be subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements.

(f)       Amendment of Award . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 5(g) and 6(e) with respect to repricings and Section 11(d) with respect to actions requiring stockholder approval, the Board may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or realization, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The Participant’s consent to such action shall be required unless (i) the Board determines that the action, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under the Plan or (ii) the change is permitted under Section 9.

(g)       Conditions on Delivery of Stock . The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove restrictions from shares previously issued or delivered under the Plan until (i) all conditions of the Award have been met or removed to the satisfaction of the Company, (ii) in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and regulations and any applicable stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Company may consider appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any applicable laws, rules or regulations.

(h)       Acceleration . The Board may at any time provide that any Award shall become immediately exercisable in whole or in part, free from some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in whole or in part, as the case may be.

 

-12-


11.

Miscellaneous

(a)       No Right To Employment or Other Status . No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award by virtue of the adoption of the Plan, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan, except as expressly provided in the applicable Award.

(b)       No Rights As Stockholder; Clawback Policy . Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be issued with respect to an Award until becoming the record holder of such shares. In accepting an Award under the Plan, a Participant agrees to be bound by any clawback policy the Company has in effect or may adopt in the future.

(c)       Effective Date and Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering (the “ Effective Date ”). No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the expiration of 10 years from the Effective Date, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date.

(d)       Amendment of Plan . The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time provided that no amendment that would require stockholder approval under the rules of the Exchange may be made effective unless and until the Company’s stockholders approve such amendment. In addition, if at any time the approval of the Company’s stockholders is required as to any other modification or amendment under Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision with respect to Incentive Stock Options, the Board may not effect such modification or amendment without such approval. Unless otherwise specified in the amendment, any amendment to the Plan adopted in accordance with this Section 11(d) shall apply to, and be binding on the holders of, all Awards outstanding under the Plan at the time the amendment is adopted, provided the Board determines that such amendment, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Participants under the Plan. No Award shall be made that is conditioned upon stockholder approval of any amendment to the Plan unless the Award provides that (i) it will terminate or be forfeited if stockholder approval of such amendment is not obtained within no more than 12 months from the date of grant and (ii) it may not be exercised or settled (or otherwise result in the issuance of Common Stock) prior to such stockholder approval.

(e)       Authorization of Sub-Plans (including for Grants to non-U.S. Employees) . The Board may from time to time establish one or more sub-plans under the Plan for purposes of satisfying applicable securities, tax or other laws of various jurisdictions. The Board shall establish such sub-plans by adopting supplements to the Plan containing (i) such limitations on the Board’s discretion under the Plan as the Board deems necessary or desirable or (ii) such additional terms and conditions not otherwise inconsistent with the Plan as the Board shall deem necessary or desirable. All supplements adopted by the Board shall be deemed to be part of the Plan, but each supplement shall apply only to Participants within the affected jurisdiction and the

 

-13-


Company shall not be required to provide copies of any supplement to Participants in any jurisdiction which is not the subject of such supplement.

(f)       Compliance with Section  409A of the Code . If and to the extent (i) any portion of any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to a Participant pursuant to the Plan in connection with his or her employment termination constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and (ii) the Participant is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, in each case as determined by the Company in accordance with its procedures, by which determinations the Participant (through accepting the Award) agrees that he or she is bound, such portion of the payment, compensation or other benefit shall not be paid before the day that is six months plus one day after the date of “separation from service” (as determined under Section 409A of the Code) (the “ New Payment Date ”), except as Section 409A of the Code may then permit. The aggregate of any payments that otherwise would have been paid to the Participant during the period between the date of separation from service and the New Payment Date shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum on such New Payment Date, and any remaining payments will be paid on their original schedule.

The Company makes no representations or warranty and shall have no liability to the Participant or any other person if any provisions of or payments, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not to satisfy the conditions of that section.

(g)       Limitations on Liability . Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan, nor will such individual be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument he or she executes in his or her capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer, employee or agent of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan has been or will be delegated, against any cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Board’s approval) arising out of any act or omission to act concerning the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

(h)       Governing Law . The provisions of the Plan and all Awards made hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

-14-

Exhibit 10.5

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company” ) hereby grants the following stock option pursuant to its 2019 Stock Incentive Plan. The terms and conditions attached hereto are also a part hereof.

Notice of Grant

 

Name of optionee (the  “Participant” ):    
Grant Date:    
Incentive Stock Option or Nonstatutory Stock Option:    
Number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock subject to this option (“Shares” ):    
Option exercise price per Share: 1    
Number, if any, of Shares that vest immediately on the grant date:    
Shares that are subject to vesting schedule:    
Vesting Start Date:    
Final Exercise Date: 2    

Vesting Schedule:

 

Vesting Date :   Number of Options that Vest :
       
       

All vesting is dependent on the Participant remaining an Eligible Participant, as provided herein.

This option satisfies in full all commitments that the Company has to the Participant with respect to the issuance of stock, stock options or other equity securities.

 

   Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

                                                             

  

Signature of Participant

  

                                                             

   By:                                                          

Street Address

         Name of Officer

                                                             

         Title:

City/State/Zip Code

  

 

                                                         

1              This must be at least 100% of the Grant Date Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan) of the Common Stock on the date of grant (110% in the case of a Participant that owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or its parent or subsidiary (a “10% Shareholder” )) for the option to qualify as an incentive stock option (an “ISO” ) under Section 422 of the Code.

2              The Final Exercise Date must be no more than 10 years (5 years in the case of a 10% Shareholder) from the date of grant for the option to qualify as an ISO. The correct approach to calculate the final exercise date is to use the day immediately prior to the date ten years out from the date of the stock option award grant (5 years in the case of a 10% stockholder).


Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Stock Option Agreement

Incorporated Terms and Conditions

1.             Grant of Option .

This agreement evidences the grant by the Company, on the grant date (the “Grant Date” ) set forth in the Notice of Grant that forms part of this agreement (the “Notice of Grant” ), to the Participant of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company’s 2019 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan” ), the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company ( “Common Stock” ), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant. Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Final Exercise Date set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Final Exercise Date” ).

The option evidenced by this agreement shall be intended to be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Code” ) to the maximum extent permitted by law, solely to the extent designated as an incentive stock option in the Notice of Grant. Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “Participant” , as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.

2.             Vesting Schedule.

This option will become exercisable ( “vest” ) in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant.

The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.

3.             Exercise of Option .

(a)         Form of Exercise . Each election to exercise this option shall be in writing, in the form of the Stock Option Exercise Notice attached as Annex A , signed by the Participant, and received by the Company at its principal office, accompanied by this agreement, or in such other form (which may be electronic) as is approved by the Company, together with payment in full in the manner provided in the Plan. The Participant may purchase less than the number of shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share.

(b)         Continuous Relationship with the Company Required . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this option may not be exercised unless the Participant, at the time he or she exercises this option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date, an employee, director or officer of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or any other entity the employees, officers, directors, consultants, or advisors of which are eligible to receive option grants under the Plan (an “Eligible Participant” ).

 

- 2 -


(c)       Termination of Relationship with the Company . If the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, then, except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the right to exercise this option shall terminate three months after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Exercise Date), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise this option on the date of such cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the Final Exercise Date, violates the restrictive covenants (including, without limitation, the non-competition, non-solicitation, or confidentiality provisions) of any employment contract, any non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or assignment agreement to which the Participant is a party, if any, or any other agreement between the Participant and the Company, the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon such violation.

(d)       Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability . If the Participant dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) prior to the Final Exercise Date while he or she is an Eligible Participant and the Company has not terminated such relationship for “cause” as specified in paragraph (e) below, this option shall be exercisable, within the period of one year following the date of death or disability of the Participant, by the Participant (or in the case of death by an authorized transferee), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this option was exercisable by the Participant on the date of his or her death or disability, and further provided that this option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

(e)       Termination for Cause . If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined in below), the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment. If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant is given notice by the Company of the termination of his or her employment by the Company for Cause, and the effective date of such employment termination is subsequent to the date of delivery of such notice, the right to exercise this option shall be suspended from the time of the delivery of such notice until the earlier of (i) such time as it is determined or otherwise agreed that the Participant’s employment shall not be terminated for Cause as provided in such notice or (ii) the effective date of such termination of employment (in which case the right to exercise this option shall, pursuant to the preceding sentence, terminate upon the effective date of such termination of employment). If the Participant is subject to an individual employment agreement with the Company or eligible to participate in a Company severance plan or arrangement, in any case which agreement, plan or arrangement contains a definition of “cause” for termination of employment, “Cause” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in such agreement, plan or arrangement. Otherwise, “Cause” shall mean willful misconduct by the Participant or willful failure by the Participant to perform his or her responsibilities to the Company (including, without limitation, breach by the Participant of any provision of any employment, consulting, advisory, nondisclosure, non-competition or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company), as determined by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. The Participant’s employment shall be considered to have been terminated for Cause if the Company determines, within 30 days after the Participant’s resignation, that termination for Cause was warranted.

 

- 3 -


4.             Tax Matters .

(a)       Withholding . No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this option.

(b)       Disqualifying Disposition . If this option is an incentive stock option and the Participant disposes of Shares acquired upon exercise of this option within two years from the Grant Date or one year after such Shares were acquired pursuant to exercise of this option, the Participant shall notify the Company in writing of such disposition.

5.             Transfer Restrictions; Clawback.

(a)      This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

(b)      In accepting this option, the Participant agrees to be bound by any clawback policy that the Company has in place or may adopt in the future.

6.             Provisions of the Plan .

This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including the provisions relating to amendments to the Plan), a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.

 

- 4 -


ANNEX A

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

Stock Option Exercise Notice

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

195 Church Street, 14 th Floor

New Haven, CT 06510

Dear Sir or Madam:

I,                      (the “Participant” ), hereby irrevocably exercise the right to purchase                  shares of the Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Shares” ), of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company” ) at $           per share pursuant to the Company’s 2019 Stock Incentive Plan and a stock option agreement with the Company dated              (the “Option Agreement” ). Enclosed herewith is a payment of $          , the aggregate purchase price for the Shares. The certificate for the Shares should be registered in my name as it appears below or, if so indicated below, jointly in my name and the name of the person designated below, with right of survivorship.

 

Dated:                                                       
                                                                 
Signature
Print Name:
Address:
                                                                 
                                                                 

Name and address of persons in whose name the Shares are to be jointly registered (if applicable):

 

                                                                            

 

- 5 -

Exhibit 10.6

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

2019 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The purpose of this 2019 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (this “Plan” ) is to provide eligible employees of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company” ) and certain of its subsidiaries with opportunities to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Common Stock” ), commencing at such time and on such dates as the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board” ) shall determine. Subject to adjustment under Section 15 hereof, the number of shares of Common Stock that have been approved for this purpose is the sum of:

(a)      1,473,513 shares of Common Stock; plus

(b)      an annual increase to be added on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020 and continuing for each fiscal year until, and including, the fiscal year ending December 31, 2029, equal to the least of (i) 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares on such date and (iii) an amount determined by the Board.

This Plan is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” as defined in Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code” ), and the regulations issued thereunder, and shall be interpreted consistent therewith.

1.         Administration . The Plan will be administered by the Board or by a Committee appointed by the Board (the “Committee” ). The Board or the Committee has authority to make rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan and its interpretation and decisions with regard thereto shall be final and conclusive.

2.         Eligibility . All employees of the Company and all employees of any subsidiary of the Company (as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code) designated by the Board or the Committee from time to time (a “Designated Subsidiary” ), are eligible to participate in any one or more of the offerings of Options (as defined in Section 9) to purchase Common Stock under the Plan provided that:

    (a)    they are customarily employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for more than 20 hours a week and for more than five months in a calendar year;

    (b)    they have been employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for at least three (3) months prior to enrolling in the Plan; and

    (c)    they are employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on the first day of the applicable Plan Period (as defined below).

No employee may be granted an Option hereunder if such employee, immediately after the Option is granted, owns 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of the stock of the Company or any subsidiary. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the attribution rules


of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining the stock ownership of an employee, and all stock that the employee has a contractual right to purchase shall be treated as stock owned by the employee.

The Company retains the discretion to determine which eligible employees may participate in an offering pursuant to and consistent with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.423-2(e) and (f).

3.         Offerings . The Company will make one or more offerings ( “Offerings” ) to employees to purchase stock under this Plan. Offerings will begin at such time and on such dates as the Board shall determine, or the first business day thereafter (such dates, the “Offering Commencement Dates” ). Each Offering Commencement Date will begin a six (6) month period (a “Plan Period” ) during which payroll deductions will be made and held for the purchase of Common Stock at the end of the Plan Period. However, the Board or the Committee may, at its discretion, choose a different Plan Period of not more than twelve (12) months for Offerings.

4.         Participation . An employee eligible on the Offering Commencement Date of any Offering may participate in such Offering by completing and forwarding either a written or electronic payroll deduction authorization form to the employee’s appropriate payroll office at least 15 days (or such other number of days as is determined by the Company) prior to the applicable Offering Commencement Date. The form will authorize a regular payroll deduction from the Compensation received by the employee during the Plan Period. Unless an employee files a new form or withdraws from the Plan, his or her deductions and purchases will continue at the same rate for future Offerings under the Plan as long as the Plan remains in effect. The term “Compensation” means the amount of money reportable on the employee’s Federal Income Tax Withholding Statement (or analogous non-U.S. statement), excluding overtime, shift premium, incentive or bonus awards, allowances and reimbursements for expenses such as relocation allowances for travel expenses, income or gains associated with the grant or vesting of restricted stock, income or gains on the exercise of Company stock options or stock appreciation rights, and similar items, whether or not shown or separately identified on the employee’s Federal Income Tax Withholding Statement (or analogous non-U.S. statement), but including, in the case of salespersons, sales commissions to the extent determined by the Board or the Committee.

5.         Deductions . The Company will maintain payroll deduction accounts for all participating employees. With respect to any Offering made under this Plan, an employee may authorize a payroll deduction in any percentage amount (in whole percentages) up to a maximum of 15% of the Compensation he or she receives during the Plan Period or such shorter period during which deductions from payroll are made. The Board or the Committee may, at its discretion, designate a lower maximum contribution rate. The minimum payroll deduction is such percentage of Compensation as may be established from time to time by the Board or the Committee.

6.         Deduction Changes . An employee may decrease or discontinue his or her payroll deduction once during any Plan Period, by filing either a written or electronic new payroll deduction authorization form, as determined by the Company. However, an employee may not increase his or her payroll deduction during a Plan Period. If an employee elects to discontinue his or her payroll deductions during a Plan Period, but does not elect to withdraw his or her funds

 

- 2 -


pursuant to Section 8 hereof, funds deducted prior to his or her election to discontinue will be applied to the purchase of Common Stock on the Exercise Date (as defined below).

7.         Interest . Interest will not be paid on any employee accounts, except to the extent that the Board or the Committee, in its sole discretion, elects to credit employee accounts with interest at such rate as it may from time to time determine.

8.         Withdrawal of Funds . An employee may at any time prior to the close of business on the fifteenth day (or such other number of days as is determined by the Company) prior to the end of a Plan Period and for any reason permanently draw out the balance accumulated in the employee’s account and thereby withdraw from participation in an Offering. Partial withdrawals are not permitted. The employee may not begin participation again during the remainder of the Plan Period during which the employee withdrew his or her balance. The employee may participate in any subsequent Offering in accordance with terms and conditions established by the Board or the Committee.

9.         Purchase of Shares .

           (a)       Number of Shares . On the Offering Commencement Date for the applicable Plan Period, the Company will grant to each eligible employee who is then a participant in the Plan an option (an “Option” ) to purchase on the last business day of such Plan Period (the “Exercise Date” ) at the applicable purchase price (the “Option Price” ) up to that whole number of shares of Common Stock determined by multiplying $2,083 by the number of full months in the Plan Period and dividing the result by the closing price (as determined below) on the Offering Commencement Date; provided, however, that no employee may be granted an Option which permits his or her rights to purchase Common Stock under this Plan and any other employee stock purchase plan (as defined in Section 423(b) of the Code) of the Company and its subsidiaries, to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such Common Stock (determined at the date such Option is granted) for each calendar year in which the Option is outstanding at any time; and, provided, further, however, that the Committee may, in its discretion, set a fixed maximum number of shares of Common Stock that each eligible employee may purchase per Plan Period which number may not be greater than the number of shares of Common Stock determined by using the formula in the first clause of this Section 9(a) and which number shall be subject to the second clause of this Section 9(a).

           (b)       Option Price . The Board or the Committee shall determine the Option Price for each Plan Period, including whether such Option Price shall be determined based on the lesser of the closing price of the Common Stock on (i) the first business day of the Plan Period or (ii) the Exercise Date, or shall be based solely on the closing price of the Common Stock on the Exercise Date; provided, however, that such Option Price shall be at least 85% of the applicable closing price. In the absence of a determination by the Board or the Committee, the Option Price will be 85% of the lesser of the closing price of the Common Stock on (i) the first business day of the Plan Period or (ii) the Exercise Date. The closing price shall be (a) the closing price (for the primary trading session) on any national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or (b) the average of the closing bid and asked prices in the over-the-counter-market, whichever is applicable, as published in The Wall Street Journal or another source selected by the Board or the Committee. If no sales of Common Stock were made on such a day, the price of

 

- 3 -


the Common Stock shall be the reported price for the next preceding day on which sales were made.

             (c)       Exercise of Option . Each employee who continues to be a participant in the Plan on the Exercise Date shall be deemed to have exercised his or her Option at the Option Price on such date and shall be deemed to have purchased from the Company the number of whole shares of Common Stock reserved for the purpose of the Plan that his or her accumulated payroll deductions on such date will pay for, but not in excess of the maximum numbers determined in the manner set forth above.

             (d)       Return of Unused Payroll Deductions . Any balance remaining in an employee’s payroll deduction account at the end of a Plan Period will be automatically refunded to the employee, except that any balance that is less than the purchase price of one share of Common Stock will be carried forward into the employee’s payroll deduction account for the following Offering, unless the employee elects not to participate in the following Offering under the Plan, in which case the balance in the employee’s account shall be refunded.

10.         Issuance of Certificates . Certificates representing shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan may be issued only in the name of the employee, in the name of the employee and another person of legal age as joint tenants with rights of survivorship, or (in the Company’s sole discretion) in the name of a brokerage firm, bank, or other nominee holder designated by the employee. The Company may, in its sole discretion and in compliance with applicable laws, authorize the use of book entry registration of shares in lieu of issuing stock certificates.

11.         Rights on Retirement, Death or Termination of Employment . If a participating employee’s employment ends before the last business day of a Plan Period, no payroll deduction shall be taken from any pay then due and owing to the employee and the balance in the employee’s account shall be paid to the employee. In the event of the employee’s death before the last business day of a Plan Period, the Company shall, upon notification of such death, pay the balance of the employee’s account (a) to the executor or administrator of the employee’s estate or (b) if no such executor or administrator has been appointed to the knowledge of the Company, to such other person(s) as the Company may, in its discretion, designate. If, before the last business day of the Plan Period, the Designated Subsidiary by which an employee is employed ceases to be a subsidiary of the Company, or if the employee is transferred to a subsidiary of the Company that is not a Designated Subsidiary, the employee shall be deemed to have terminated employment for the purposes of this Plan.

12.         Optionees Not Stockholders . Neither the granting of an Option to an employee nor the deductions from his or her pay shall make such employee a stockholder of the shares of Common Stock covered by an Option under this Plan until he or she has purchased and received such shares.

13.         Options Not Transferable . Options under this Plan are not transferable by a participating employee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and are exercisable during the employee’s lifetime only by the employee.

 

- 4 -


14.         Application of Funds . All funds received or held by the Company under this Plan may be combined with other corporate funds and may be used for any corporate purpose.

15.         Adjustment for Changes in Common Stock and Certain Other Events.

             (a)       Changes in Capitalization . In the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, (i) the number and class of securities available under this Plan, (ii) the share limitations set forth in Section 9, and (iii) the Option Price shall be equitably adjusted to the extent determined by the Board or the Committee.

             (b)       Reorganization Events.

       (1)     Definition . A “Reorganization Event” shall mean: (a) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity as a result of which all of the Common Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for the right to receive cash, securities or other property or is cancelled, (b) any transfer or disposition of all of the Common Stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property pursuant to a share exchange or other transaction or (c) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

       (2)     Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Options . In connection with a Reorganization Event, the Board or the Committee may take any one or more of the following actions as to outstanding Options on such terms as the Board or the Committee determines: (i) provide that Options shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent Options shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), (ii) upon written notice to employees, provide that all outstanding Options will be terminated immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization Event and that all such outstanding Options will become exercisable to the extent of accumulated payroll deductions as of a date specified by the Board or the Committee in such notice, which date shall not be less than ten (10) days preceding the effective date of the Reorganization Event, (iii) upon written notice to employees, provide that all outstanding Options will be cancelled as of a date prior to the effective date of the Reorganization Event and that all accumulated payroll deductions will be returned to participating employees on such date, (iv) in the event of a Reorganization Event under the terms of which holders of Common Stock will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the Reorganization Event (the “Acquisition Price” ), change the last day of the Plan Period to be the date of the consummation of the Reorganization Event and make or provide for a cash payment to each employee equal to (A) (1) the Acquisition Price times (2) the number of shares of Common Stock that the employee’s accumulated payroll deductions as of immediately prior to the Reorganization Event could purchase at the Option Price, where the Acquisition Price is treated as the fair market value of the Common Stock on the last day of the applicable Plan Period for purposes of determining the Option Price under Section 9(b) hereof, and where the number of shares that could be purchased is subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9(a), minus (B) the result of multiplying such number of shares by such Option Price, (v) provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, Options shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (net of the Option Price thereof) and (vi) any combination of the foregoing.

 

- 5 -


For purposes of clause (i) above, an Option shall be considered assumed if, following consummation of the Reorganization Event, the Option confers the right to purchase, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event, the consideration (whether cash, securities or other property) received as a result of the Reorganization Event by holders of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock held immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock); provided, however, that if the consideration received as a result of the Reorganization Event is not solely common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), the Company may, with the consent of the acquiring or succeeding corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of Options to consist solely of such number of shares of common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) that the Board determines to be equivalent in value (as of the date of such determination or another date specified by the Board) to the per share consideration received by holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock as a result of the Reorganization Event.

16.         Amendment of the Plan . The Board may at any time, and from time to time, amend or suspend this Plan or any portion thereof, except that (a) if the approval of any such amendment by the shareholders of the Company is required by Section 423 of the Code, such amendment shall not be effected without such approval, and (b) in no event may any amendment be made that would cause the Plan to fail to comply with Section 423 of the Code.

17.         Insufficient Shares . If the total number of shares of Common Stock specified in elections to be purchased under any Offering plus the number of shares purchased under previous Offerings under this Plan exceeds the maximum number of shares issuable under this Plan, the Board or the Committee will allot the shares then available on a pro-rata basis.

18.         Termination of the Plan . This Plan may be terminated at any time by the Board. Upon termination of this Plan all amounts in the accounts of participating employees shall be promptly refunded.

19.         Governmental Regulations . The Company’s obligation to sell and deliver Common Stock under this Plan is subject to listing on a national stock exchange (to the extent the Common Stock is then so listed or quoted) and the approval of all governmental authorities required in connection with the authorization, issuance or sale of such stock.

20.         Governing Law . The Plan shall be governed by Delaware law except to the extent that such law is preempted by federal law.

21.         Issuance of Shares . Shares may be issued upon exercise of an Option from authorized but unissued Common Stock, from shares held in the treasury of the Company, or from any other proper source.

22.         Notification upon Sale of Shares . Each employee agrees, by participating in the Plan, to promptly give the Company notice of any disposition of shares purchased under the Plan

 

- 6 -


where such disposition occurs within two years after the date of grant of the Option pursuant to which such shares were purchased.

23.         Grants to Employees in Foreign Jurisdictions . The Company may, to comply with the laws of a foreign jurisdiction, grant Options to employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary who are citizens or residents of such foreign jurisdiction (without regard to whether they are also citizens of the United States or resident aliens (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) with terms that are less favorable (but not more favorable) than the terms of Options granted under the Plan to employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary who are resident in the United States. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Plan, employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary who are citizens or residents of a foreign jurisdiction (without regard to whether they are also citizens of the United States or resident aliens (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) may be excluded from eligibility under the Plan if (a) the grant of an Option under the Plan to a citizen or resident of the foreign jurisdiction is prohibited under the laws of such jurisdiction or (b) compliance with the laws of the foreign jurisdiction would cause the Plan to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. The Company may add one or more appendices to this Plan describing the operation of the Plan in those foreign jurisdictions in which employees are excluded from participation or granted less favorable Options.

24.         Authorization of Sub-Plans . The Board may from time to time establish one or more sub-plans under the Plan with respect to one or more Designated Subsidiaries, provided that such sub-plan complies with Section 423 of the Code.

25.         Withholding . If applicable tax laws impose a tax withholding obligation, each affected employee shall, no later than the date of the event creating the tax liability, make provision satisfactory to the Board for payment of any taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with any transaction related to Options granted to or shares acquired by such employee pursuant to the Plan. The Company may, to the extent permitted by law, deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to an employee.

26.         Effective Date and Approval of Shareholders . The Plan shall take effect immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement with respect to its initial public offering, subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company as required by Section 423 of the Code, which approval must occur within twelve months of the adoption of the Plan by the Board.

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors on
[                                    ]
Approved by the stockholders on
[                                    ]

 

- 7 -

Exhibit 10.7

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

Effective upon the pricing of the initial public offering (“IPO”) of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”), the Company’s non-employee directors shall receive the following compensation for their service as members of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Company.

Director Compensation

Our goal is to provide compensation for our non-employee directors in a manner that enables us to attract and retain outstanding director candidates and reflects the substantial time commitment necessary to oversee the Company’s affairs. We also seek to align the interests of our directors and our stockholders and we have chosen to do so by compensating our non-employee directors with a mix of cash and equity-based compensation.

Cash Compensation

The fees that will be paid to our non-employee directors for service on the Board, and for service on each committee of the Board on which the director is then a member, and the fees that will be paid to the chairperson of the Board, if one is then appointed, and the chairperson of each committee of the Board will be as follows:

 

    

 

Member Annual
Fee

 

  Chairman Annual
Fee

Board of Directors

 

  $35,000   $65,000 (1)

Audit Committee

 

  $7,500   $15,000

Compensation Committee

 

  $5,000   $10,000

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

  $4,000   $8,000

(1) Chairman or lead independent director fee.

The foregoing fees will be payable in arrears in four equal quarterly installments on the last day of each quarter, provided that the amount of such payment will be prorated for any portion of such quarter that the director is not serving on our Board, on such committee or in such position, and no fee shall be payable in respect of any period prior to the pricing of our IPO.

Equity Compensation

Initial Grants . Upon (i) pricing of the IPO, with respect to each non-employee director then serving on our Board, and (ii) the initial election or appointment to our Board, each non-


employee director will be granted, automatically and without the need for any further action by the Board, an initial equity award of an option to purchase 225,000 shares of our common stock. The initial award shall have a term of ten years from the date of the award, and shall vest and become exercisable as to 50% of the shares of our common stock underlying such option at the earlier of (A) the first anniversary of the date of grant and (B) the date of the Company’s first annual meeting of stockholders held following the date of grant, with the remainder vesting on the earlier of (A) the second anniversary of the date of grant and (B) the date of the Company’s second annual meeting of stockholders held following the date of grant, subject to the director’s continued service as a director, employee or consultant through each applicable vesting date. The vesting shall accelerate as to 100% of the shares upon a change in control of the Company. The exercise price shall be the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant, provided that the exercise price pursuant to the foregoing clause (i) shall be the price at which the shares are sold to the public in the IPO.

Annual Grants . Each non-employee director who has served as a member of our Board for at least six months prior to the date of our annual meeting of stockholders for a particular year will be granted, automatically and without the need for any further action by the Board, an equity award on the date of our annual meeting of stockholders for such year of an option to purchase 135,000 shares of our common stock. The annual award shall have a term of ten years from the date of the award, and shall vest and become exercisable in full on the earlier of (A) the one-year anniversary of the date of the grant and (B) the date of the Company’s next annual meeting of stockholders held following the date of grant, subject to the director’s continued service as a director, employee or consultant through each applicable vesting date. The vesting shall accelerate as to 100% of the shares upon a change in control of the Company. The exercise price shall be the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant.

The foregoing share amounts shall be automatically adjusted in the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event effecting our common stock, or any distribution to holders of our common stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, in each case occurring after the date of adoption of this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.

The initial awards and the annual awards shall be subject to the terms and conditions of our 2019 Stock Incentive Plan, or any successor plan under which such awards are granted, and the terms of the option agreements entered into with each director in connection with such awards.

Expenses

Upon presentation of documentation of such expenses reasonably satisfactory to the Company, each non-employee director shall be reimbursed for his or her reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the Board and committees thereof or in connection with other business related to the Board, and each non-employee director shall also be reimbursed for his or her reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses authorized by the Board or a committee of the Board that are incurred in connection

 

2


with attendance at various conferences or meetings with management of the Company, in accordance with the Company’s travel policy, as it may be in effect from time to time.

 

3

Exhibit 10.8

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Jennifer L. Good (the “ Executive ”) as of this 4th day of December, 2012.

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS , the Company and the Executive desire to enter into an employment relationship pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, of the mutual promises contained herein and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. POSITION/DUTIES . The terms of this Agreement shall govern the Executive’s employment with the Company as Chief Executive Officer, effective December 4th, 2012 (the “ Commencement Date ”). In this position, the Executive shall report to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) and shall have such duties, authorities and responsibilities as are customary with her position (subject to the control of the Board). The Executive agrees to devote her full business time, best efforts, skill, knowledge, attention, and energies to the advancement of the Company’s business and interests and to the performance of her duties and responsibilities as an employee of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company agrees that the Executive may serve on the board of directors of the Friedreich’s Ataxia Research Alliance and on such other boards of directors as the Board may agree.

2. BASE SALARY AND BONUS . The Company agrees to pay the Executive a base salary at the rate of $27,500 per monthly pay period which if annualized equals $330,000 (the “ Base Salary ”), to be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedure and policies. Such base salary may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with normal business practices and in the sole discretion of the Company. Following the end of each calendar year that the Executive is employed by the Company, commencing with the calendar year 2012, the Executive may be eligible to receive a discretionary performance bonus of up to thirty percent (30%) of her then current annual Base Salary. The bonus, if any, will be based on both individual and corporate performance goals and will be determined by the Board in its sole discretion. In order to be eligible for a bonus, if any, the Executive must be an active employee of the Company on the date such bonus is distributed. Any bonus payable to the Executive under this Agreement will be paid no later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such bonus is earned and approved by the Board. All compensation payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to applicable taxes and withholdings.

3. BENEFITS/PERQUISITES .

(a) Benefit Plans . The Executive may participate in all benefit programs that the Company establishes and makes available to its employees from time to time, provided that the Executive is eligible under, and subject to the provisions of the plan documents governing those programs. The benefits made available by the Company, and the rules, terms, and conditions for participation in such benefit plans, may be changed by the Company at any time and from time to time without advance notice.


(b) Vacation and Sick Leave . The Executive shall be eligible for four weeks of paid vacation per calendar year (as prorated for partial years). The Executive shall also be entitled to sick leave and all Company holidays as determined by the Board, on the same terms as similarly situated senior executives of the Company.

(c) Business Expenses . Upon presentation of appropriate documentation, the Executive shall be reimbursed in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy for all reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred in connection with the performance of her duties hereunder.

4. AT WILL EMPLOYMENT . It is understood that the Executive’s employment by the Company shall be on an “at will” basis and may be terminated at the Executive’s option or the option of the Company, as the case may be, at any time, for any reason and with or without cause, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

5. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND SEVERANCE BENEFITS .

(a) Termination for Cause, by Reason of Death or Disability, or Resignation Other Than for Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for “Cause,” as defined below, or by reason of her death or “Disability,” as defined below, or if the Executive resigns other than for “Good Reason,” as defined below, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive (or to the Executive’s estate or representative) upon such termination or resignation only (i) any accrued but unpaid Base Salary and any vacation time accrued but unused through the date of termination of employment or resignation; (ii) any bonus amount not yet paid that was earned during the calendar year preceding the date of termination of employment or resignation; (iii) reimbursement for any unreimbursed expenses properly incurred and documented through the date of termination of employment or resignation; and (iv) all other payments or benefits to which the Executive may be entitled through the date of her termination of employment or resignation under the terms of any applicable compensation arrangement or plan or by law ((i) to (iv) collectively referred to as the “ Accrued Benefits ”). Other than the Accrued Benefits, the Executive will not be eligible to receive any severance or any other payments or benefits from the Company following the date of termination of employment or resignation.

(b) Termination by Company Without Cause or by Executive For Good Reason . Subject to Section 5(c) below, if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without “Cause,” as defined below, or if the Executive resigns for “Good Reason,” as defined below, then, in exchange for and subject to the Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a separation agreement and release of claims in accordance with Section 5(d) below, (a) the Executive will receive as severance pay an amount equal to twelve months of the Executive’s then-current base salary (subject to all applicable federal, state and local taxes and withholdings, and payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices) and (b) during such twelve-month severance period, the Company will provide the Executive with medical and dental insurance benefits to the extent the Executive was receiving such benefits


prior to such termination and to the extent that the Company is able to provide the Executive with such benefits at a cost to the Company that is not in excess of the cost that the Company was paying for such benefits for the Executive prior to such termination; provided, however, that if the Executive become employed prior to the end of the twelve-month severance period and is eligible to receive medical or dental insurance benefits from the Executive’s new employer, then the Company shall no longer be required to provide the Executive with such benefits;

(c) Termination Following a Change in Control. If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without “Cause,” as defined below or if the Executive resigns, whether for “Good Reason” as defined below, or for other than Good Reason, in either case in connection with or within 12 months after a Change In Control, as defined below, then in exchange for and subject to the Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a separation agreement and release of claims in accordance with Section 5(d) below, then, in lieu of the severance and benefits contemplated in Section 5(b), (a) the Executive will receive as severance pay an amount equal to twelve months of the Executive’s then-current base salary (subject to all applicable federal, state and local taxes and withholdings, and payable in a lump sum) and (b) during a twelve-month severance period commencing at the time set forth in Section 5(d) to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, the Company will provide the Executive with medical and dental insurance benefits to the extent the Executive was receiving such benefits prior to such termination and to the extent that the Company is able to provide the Executive with such benefits at a cost to the Company that is not in excess of the cost that the Company was paying for such benefits for the Executive prior to such termination; provided, however, that if the Executive become employed prior to the end of the twelve-month severance period and is eligible to receive medical or dental insurance benefits from the Executive’s new employer, then the Company shall no longer be required to provide the Executive with such benefits; and

(d) Conditions to Payment of Severance Benefits . As a condition of the Executive’s receipt of the severance and benefits set forth in Section 5(b) or 5(c) above (the “Severance Benefits”), the Executive must execute and return to the Company a separation agreement and release of claims provided by and satisfactory to the Company (the “ Separation Agreement ”), and such Separation Agreement must become binding and enforceable within 60 calendar days after the termination of the Executive’s employment. The Separation Agreement shall contain, among other things, a general release of claims by the Executive and the agreement of the Executive not to disparage the Company. Payments will be made or commence in the first pay period beginning after the Separation Agreement becomes binding and enforceable, provided that if the foregoing 60 day period would end in a calendar year subsequent to the calendar year in which the Executive’s employment ends, payments will not be made or commence before the first payroll period of the subsequent year. The Executive further agrees that, on or prior to her termination or resignation date, the Company may convene an exit interview to review the status of accounts and matters for which the Executive has most recently been responsible to ensure that the Executive is fully entitled to the benefits which may be available under this Agreement and/or to confirm that the Executive clearly understands the nature and scope of all of her post-employment obligations.


In addition, as a condition of the Executive’s receipt of the Severance Benefits set forth in Section 5(b) or 5(c) above, the Executive agrees to (i) reasonably cooperate with the Company at its request in all matters relating to the winding up of her pending work on behalf of the Company and the orderly transfer of such work to other employees of the Company following any termination of employment, (ii) during the Severance Period, upon reasonable notice by the Company, make herself reasonably available to the Company on an as-needed basis in connection with the orderly transition of her duties without receiving any additional compensation other than the Severance Benefits, and (iii) reasonably cooperate in the resolution of any dispute (including, without limitation, litigation of any action) involving the Company that relates in any way to the Executive’s activities while employed by the Company. The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Executive in order to provide such cooperation.

6. DEFINITIONS . For the purpose of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Cause ” shall mean: (i) the Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any felony (other than traffic-related offenses), (ii) the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Executive with regard to the Company that the Board determines in good faith is, or is reasonably likely to be, materially injurious to the Company and its reputation, (iii) any incurable material breach by the Executive of this Agreement or the Invention Agreement or the Non-Competition Agreement (as such agreements are defined below), or (iv) the Executive’s violation of the Company’s published policies prohibiting unlawful harassment and discrimination or its published policy concerning drugs and alcohol, as in effect from time to time.

(b) “ Change in Control ” shall mean any of the following events provided that such event constitutes a “change in control event” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i): the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or statutory share exchange involving the Company or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “ Business Combination ”), unless, immediately following such Business Combination all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the then-outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, respectively, of the resulting or acquiring corporation in such Business Combination (which shall include, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the then-outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors immediately prior to such Business Combination.

(c) “ Disability ” shall mean any long-term disability or incapacity due to physical or mental illness that renders the Executive unable to substantially perform her duties for 90 consecutive days or 120 total days during any twelve (12) month period, provided that it may occur in a shorter period if, after its commencement, it is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company and its insurers and such determination is acceptable to the Executive or to the Executive’s legal representative (with such agreement on acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld).


(d) “ Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s prior written consent:

 

  (i)

a material diminution in the Executive’s base compensation;

 

  (ii)

a material diminution in the Executive’s then authority, duties or responsibilities;

 

  (iii)

a change in geographic location at which the Executive principally performs services of a distance of more than 50 miles; provided, however, that neither (A) a transition of the Company to a “virtual company” such that all employees, including the Executive, perform services for the Company from their homes; or (B) a move of the Company’s principal corporate offices to Boston, Massachusetts or within 50 miles of Boston, Massachusetts, shall constitute a change in geographic location for purposes of “Good Reason” under this Section 6(d)(iii).

 

  (iv)

any material breach by the Company of this Agreement;

provided, however, that no such event or condition shall constitute Good Reason unless (x) the Executive gives the Company a written notice of termination for Good Reason not more than 60 days after the initial existence of the condition, (y) the grounds for termination (if susceptible to correction) are not corrected by the Company within 30 days of its receipt of such notice and (z) the Executive’s termination of employment occurs within 60 days following the Company’s receipt of such notice.

7. OTHER AGREEMENTS . As a condition of the Executive’s continued employment with the Company, the Executive hereby confirms her obligations under the Invention and Non-Disclosure Agreement (the “ Invention Agreement ”), dated March 1, 2011 with the Company, and that, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, she shall execute the Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement (the “ Non-Competition Agreement ”) attached hereto as Exhibit A and the Amendment Agreement to the Restricted Stock Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B .

8. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE . The Executive shall be entitled to indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and shall be entitled to coverage under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy to the same extent as other senior executives of the Company.

9. NOTICE . Any purported termination of employment hereunder shall be communicated through written notice from the terminating party. Such notice and all other communications that are required or may be given pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficient in all respects if given in writing and shall be deemed given: (i) if delivered personally, on the date of delivery; (ii) if mailed by certified or registered mail


(return receipt requested and postage prepaid), three (3) days after the mailing date; (iii) if sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier, on the next business day thereafter; or (iv) if sent via facsimile confirmed in writing to the recipient, on the next business day thereafter. In each of the above cases, notice to the Company should be sent to the Company’s principal place of business, notice to the Executive should be sent to her home address most recently on file with the Company, or notice to either the Company or the Executive should be sent to such other address or addresses as either party shall have designated in writing to the other party hereto.

10. REPRESENTATION . The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that she has the legal right to enter into this Agreement and to perform all of the obligations on her part to be performed hereunder in accordance with its terms and that she is not a party to any agreement or understanding, written or oral, which could prevent her from entering into this Agreement or performing all of her obligations hereunder.

11. 409A CONSIDERATIONS .

(a) Subject to this Section 11, any severance payments or benefits that may be due under this Agreement shall begin only upon the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” (determined as set forth below) which occurs on or after the termination of Executive’s employment. The following rules shall apply with respect to distribution of the severance payments or benefits, if any, to be provided to the Executive under this Agreement, as applicable:

(i) It is intended that each installment of the severance payments or benefits under this Agreement provided under shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the guidance issued thereunder (“ Section  409A ”). Neither the Company nor the Executive shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.

(ii) If, as of the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, the Executive is not a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then each installment of the severance payments or benefits shall be made on the dates and terms set forth in this Agreement.

(iii) If, as of the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, the Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then:

(A) Each installment of the severance payments or benefits due under this Agreement that, in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein, will in all circumstances, regardless of when the Executive’s separation from service occurs, be paid within the short-term deferral period (as defined under Section 409A) shall be treated as a short-term deferral within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) to the maximum extent permissible under Section 409A and shall be paid on the dates and terms set forth in this Agreement; and


(B) Each installment of the severance payments or benefits due under this Agreement that is not described in this Section 11(a)(iii) and that would, absent this subsection, be paid within the six-month period following the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company shall not be paid until the date that is six months and one day after such separation from service (or, if earlier, the Executive’s death), with any such installments that are required to be delayed being accumulated during the six-month period and paid in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day following the Executive’s separation from service and any subsequent installments, if any, being paid in accordance with the dates and terms set forth herein; provided, however, that the preceding provisions of this sentence shall not apply to any installment of payments if and to the maximum extent that that such installment is deemed to be paid under a separation pay plan that does not provide for a deferral of compensation by reason of the application of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) (relating to separation pay upon an involuntary separation from service). Any installments that qualify for the exception under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) must be paid no later than the last day of the Executive’s second taxable year following the taxable year in which the separation from service occurs.

(b) The determination of whether and when the Executive’s separation from service from the Company has occurred shall be made and in a manner consistent with, and based on the presumptions set forth in, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). Solely for purposes of this Section 11(b), “Company” shall include all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) and 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(c) All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent that such reimbursements or in-kind benefits are subject to Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirements that (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred and (iv) the right to reimbursement is not subject to set off or liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

(d) The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or to any other person if any of the provisions of this Agreement (including this Section 11) are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A but that do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, that section.

12. MISCELLANEOUS . This Agreement sets forth the terms of the Executive’s employment with the Company and supersedes any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by an instrument in writing signed by the Executive and the Company. The Executive states and represents that she has had an opportunity to fully discuss and review the terms of this Agreement with an attorney. The Executive further states and represents that she has carefully read this Agreement, understands the contents herein, freely and


voluntarily assents to all of the terms and conditions hereof, and signs her name of her own free act. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of law provisions thereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Executive and the Company and the Executive’s and the Company’s respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and assigns. If any part of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegible or incapable of being enforced in whole or in part by reason of any rule of law or public policy, such part shall be deemed to be severed from the remainder of this Agreement for the purpose only of the particular legal proceedings in question and all other covenants and provisions of this Agreement shall in every other respect continue in full force and effect and no covenant or provision shall be deemed dependent upon any other covenant or provision. This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages shall be binding originals.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Employment Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Thomas R. Sciascia

  Thomas R. Sciascia
  Chief Medical Officer
JENNIFER L. GOOD

/s/ Jennifer L. Good


Exhibit A

NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made between Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to collectively with its subsidiaries as the “Company”), and Jennifer L. Good (the “Employee”).

For good consideration and in consideration of the employment or continued employment of the Employee by the Company, the Employee and the Company agree as follows:

1. Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . While the Employee is employed by the Company and for a period of two (2) years after the termination or cessation of such employment for any reason, the Employee will not directly or indirectly:

(a) Engage or assist others in engaging in any business or enterprise (whether as owner, partner, officer, director, employee, consultant, investor, lender or otherwise, except as the holder of not more than 1% of the outstanding stock of a publicly-held company) that develops, manufactures, markets, licenses, sells or provides any product intended for the treatment of pruritus or any other dermatological indication for which the Company has developed, manufactured, marketed, licensed, sold or provided a product, or planned to develop, manufacture, market, license, sell or provide a product, while the Employee was employed by the Company; or

(b) Either alone or in association with others, solicit, divert or take away, or attempt to divert or take away, the business or patronage of any of the clients, customers, or business partners of the Company which were contacted, solicited, or served by the Company during the 12-month period prior to the termination or cessation of the Employee’s employment with the Company; or

(c) Either alone or in association with others (i) solicit, induce or attempt to induce, any employee or independent contractor of the Company to terminate his or her employment or other engagement with the Company, or (ii) hire, or recruit or attempt to hire, or engage or attempt to engage as an independent contractor, any person who was employed by the Company at any time during the term of the Employee’s employment with the Company; provided , that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the recruitment or hiring or other engagement of any individual whose employment or other engagement with the Company has been terminated for a period of three months or longer.

(d) Extension . If the Employee violates the provisions of any of the preceding paragraphs of this Section 1, the Employee shall continue to be bound by the restrictions set forth in such paragraph until a period of one year has expired without any violation of such provisions.


2. Miscellaneous .

(a) Equitable Remedies . The restrictions contained in this Agreement are necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of the Company and are considered by the Employee to be reasonable for such purpose. The Employee agrees that any breach of this Agreement is likely to cause the Company substantial and irrevocable damage which is difficult to measure. Therefore, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the Employee agrees that the Company, in addition to such other remedies which may be available, shall have the right to obtain an injunction from a court restraining such a breach or threatened breach and the right to specific performance of the provisions of this Agreement and the Employee hereby waives the adequacy of a remedy at law as a defense to such relief.

(b) Obligations to Third Parties . The Employee acknowledges and represents that this agreement and the Employee’s employment with the Company will not violate any continuing obligation the Employee has to any former employer or other third party.

(c) Disclosure of this Agreement . The Employee hereby authorizes the Company to notify others, including but not limited to customers of the Company and any of the Employee’s future employers or prospective business associates, of the terms and existence of this Agreement and the Employee’s continuing obligations to the Company hereunder.

(d) Not Employment Contract . The Employee acknowledges that this Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment, does not imply that the Company will continue his/her employment for any period of time and does not change the at-will nature of his/her employment.

(e) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any corporation with which, or into which, the Company may be merged or which may succeed to the Company’s assets or business, provided, however, that the obligations of the Employee are personal and shall not be assigned by him or her. The Employee expressly consents to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof to whose employ the Employee may be transferred without the necessity that this Agreement be re-signed at the time of such transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company is merged with or into a third party which is engaged in multiple lines of business, or if a third party engaged in multiple lines of business succeeds to the Company’s assets or business, then for purposes of Section 1(a), the term “Company” shall mean and refer to the business of the Company as it existed immediately prior to such event and as it subsequently develops and not to the third party’s other businesses.

(f) Interpretation . If any restriction set forth in Section 1 is found by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it extends for too long a period of time or over too great a range of activities or in too broad a geographic area, it shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time, range of activities or geographic area as to which it may be enforceable.

(g) Severability . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.

(h) Waivers . No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion is effective only in that instance and will not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right on any other occasion.


(i) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without reference to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof). Any action, suit, or other legal proceeding which is commenced to resolve any matter arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement shall be commenced only in a court of the State of New York (or, if appropriate, a federal court located within New York), and the Company and the Employee each consents to the jurisdiction of such a court. The Company and the Employee each hereby irrevocably waive any right to a trial by jury in any action, suit or other legal proceeding arising under or relating to any provision of this Agreement.

(j) Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, between the Employee and the Company relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified, changed or discharged in whole or in part, except by an agreement in writing signed by the Employee and the Company. The Employee agrees that any change or changes in his/her duties, salary or compensation after the signing of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

(k) Captions . The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


THE EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE/SHE HAS CAREFULLY READ THIS AGREEMENT AND UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES TO ALL OF THE PROVISIONS IN THIS AGREEMENT.

 

    TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.
Date:                                                By:  

                                                      

      Thomas R. Sciascia
      Chief Medical Officer
    JENNIFER L. GOOD
Date:                                          
   

 

    (Signature)


Exhibit B

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT TO RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

This Amendment Agreement to Restricted Stock Agreement (this “Amendment Agreement”) is entered into by and between Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Jennifer L. Good (the “Stockholder”) as of the      day of December, 2012.

WHEREAS, the Company has proposed to enter into on the date hereof a Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”) with the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto (the “Investors”) pursuant to which the Company will issue to such Investors shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “Series A Financing”);

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Investors to enter into the Stock Purchase Agreement and consummate the Series A Financing, the Stockholder has agreed to amend the vesting terms of the Restricted Stock Agreement, dated March 18, 2011 to which the Stockholder is a party with the Company (the “RSA”);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and obligations contained herein and acting pursuant to Section 12(h) of the RSA, the Company and Stockholder do hereby consent and agree as follows:

1. Section  2 . Section 2 of the RSA is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“2. Purchase Option .

(a) In the event that the Stockholder ceases to be an Eligible Participant (as defined below) for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, prior to December     , 2015, the Company shall have the right and option (the “Purchase Option”) to purchase from the Stockholder, for a sum of $0.001 per share (the “Option Price”), some or all of the Unvested Shares (as defined below).

“Unvested Shares” means the total number of Shares multiplied by the Applicable Percentage at the time the Purchase Option becomes exercisable by the Company. The “Applicable Percentage” shall be (i) 50% less 1.3888% for each one-month period from and after December     , 2012 during which the Stockholder is an Eligible Participant, and (ii) zero on or after December     , 2015.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Change in Control of the Company prior to December     , 2015, 100% of the Shares shall become automatically vested in full and the Applicable Percentage shall be zero. For this purpose, a “Change in Control of the Company” shall mean the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or statutory share exchange involving the Company or a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”), unless, immediately following such Business Combination all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the


then-outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, respectively, of the resulting or acquiring corporation in such Business Combination (which shall include, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the then-outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors immediately prior to such Business Combination.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, the Stockholder shall be an “Eligible Participant” for so long as the Stockholder serves as an employee or officer of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or a parent or subsidiary of the Company.”

2. Miscellaneous .

(a) Each capitalized term used and not otherwise described herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the RSA.

(b) Except as expressly provided herein, all provisions of the RSA shall remain in full force and effect.

(c) This Amendment Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its rules pertaining to conflicts of laws thereunder.    

(d) This Amendment Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]


EXECUTION VERSION

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name: Thomas R. Sciascia
  Title:   Chief Medical Officer

 

STOCKHOLDER:

 

Jennifer L. Good

Exhibit 10.9

April 20, 2018

Mr. Christopher J. Seiter

Dear Chris:

We are pleased to provide you with the following offer to join Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. (“Trevi”) as our Chief Financial Officer. This letter will summarize the details of our offer to join the team as an employee at Trevi’s corporate offices located at 195 Church Street, 14 th Floor, New Haven, CT. In this position you will be reporting to the President & CEO, and will be responsible for all aspects of the finance function as well as being an integral member of the senior management team.

 

POSITION:    Chief Financial Officer
START DATE:    April 30, 2018
ANNUAL BASE SALARY:    $320,000 paid bi-weekly
   This position is exempt under one or more of the “white collar” exemptions provided in federal and state law, and you therefore will not receive overtime pay if you work more than 40 hours in a work week.
TARGETED INCENTIVE BONUS:    The target bonus will be 30% and will be determined annually by the Company’s Board of Directors based upon the achievement of our corporate goals.
BENEFITS:    Trevi, through TriNet, offers a full range of benefits for you and your qualified dependents as outlined in the attached Summary of Benefits. Trevi’s benefit plans include medical, dental, vision, life and short and long term disability coverage beginning your first date of employment, according to the terms of each plan.
   The Company also offers a 40l(k) plan through TransAmerica that includes a 50% match on 6% of your income, subject to IRS limitations.
   The Company will pay for your parking at the corporate offices in the available spaces under the Company’s lease.
STOCK OPTIONS:    You will be granted 1,145,000 options (1.2% of fully diluted shares, including tranche 2 of Series C) on your start date, which will vest in accordance with the board-approved vesting schedule over four years. The amounts and fair market value will be determined by an external 409a valuation that is approved by the Board of Directors.
VACATION AND HOLIDAYS:    You will be entitled to four weeks (20 days) of vacation per year. You will also be entitled to approved Company holidays and 5 days of sick time annually.


Nothing contained in this letter is intended nor should be deemed to imply any commitment with regard to the duration of your employment and your employment is considered to be “At-Will”. As such, there is no burden or obligation of any type on you or the company to maintain your employment for any specified period or duration of time. In addition, any and all Trevi plans and policies are subject to change at any time, with or without notice.

This letter contains the entire understanding between you and Trevi concerning your employment. By accepting this offer, you also agree that you will present verification that you are eligible for hire in the United States, as required by law.

Please return your signed offer letter, as well as a signed copy of the Invention Non-Disclosure Agreement and Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement.

Chris, we have worked together on a lot of different things, and I am thrilled to be building a company with you. I have no doubt that your contributions will be critical in the execution of our business plan and that you will continue to contribute to the overall success and value of the company.

If you have any questions regarding our offer of employment, please feel free to contact me at the office at (203) 304-2499.

 

Sincerely,                       Offer Accepted:   

  /s/ Jennifer L. Good

    

  /s/ Christopher J. Seiter

  
Jennifer Good      Signature                                       Date   
President & CEO      Christopher J. Seiter                     4/23/18   
Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.        
LOGO    Exhibit 10.10

August 27, 2018

Mr. Yann Mazabraud

15, avenue Aristide Briand

78360 Montesson, Paris

France

Dear Yann:

We are pleased to provide you with the following offer to join Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. (“Trevi”) as our Chief Commercial Officer and Head of International. This letter will summarize the details of our offer to join the team as an employee of Trevi and to be located in Paris, France. In this position you will be reporting to the President & CEO, and will be responsible for all aspects of the commercial function, developing and overseeing our international operations as well as being an integral member of the executive leadership team.

 

POSITION:    Chief Commercial Officer and Head of International
START DATE:    September 1, 2018
ANNUAL BASE SALARY:   

$310,000 (260,000 Euros as of start date, paid monthly)

This position is exempt under France Employment Law and you therefore will not receive overtime pay.

TARGETED INCENTIVE BONUS:    The target bonus will be 30% and will be determined annually by the Company’s Board of Directors based upon the achievement of our corporate goals.
BENEFITS:    Trevi, through TriNet, offers a full range of benefits for its employees and qualified dependents. Trevi’s benefit plans include medical, dental, vision, life and short and long term disability coverage beginning your first date of employment, according to the terms of each plan, including employee contributions, as applicable. We will work with you to get the appropriate benefits in France.
STOCK OPTIONS:    You will be granted 936,340 options (bringing you up to 1.0% of fully diluted shares, including tranche 2 of Series C) on your start date, which will vest in accordance with the board-approved vesting schedule. The strike price will be based on the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as determined by an external 409a valuation that is approved by the Board of Directors.
VACATION AND HOLIDAYS:    You will be entitled to five weeks (25 days) of vacation per year as well as Public holidays, as mandated by French law. As required by French law,

 

195 CHURCH STREET, 14TH FLOOR, NEW HAVEN, CT 06510             203 304 2499                 WWW.TREVITHERAPEU.TICS.COM


   you must inform Trevi in the event of sickness or occupational accident within 48 hours.

Nothing contained in this letter is intended nor should be deemed to imply any commitment with regard to the duration of your employment and your employment is considered to be “At-Will”. As such, there is no burden or obligation of any type on you or the company to maintain your employment for any specified period or duration of time. In addition, any and all Trevi plans and policies are subject to change at any time, with or without notice.

This letter supplements the Indefinite Term Employment Contract between you and Trevi, prepared under French law. By accepting this offer, you also agree that you will present verification that you are eligible for hire in France, as required by law.

Please return your signed offer letter, as well as a signed copy of the Invention and Non-Disclosure Agreement.

Yann, I am very happy that you have decided to join the Trevi team. I have no doubt that your contributions will be critical in the execution of our business plan and that you will be a major contributor to the overall success and value of the company.

If you have any questions regarding our offer of employment, please feel free to contact me at the office at (203) 304-2499.

 

Sincerely,      Offer Accepted:   

/s/ Jennifer Good

             

/s/ Yann Mazabraud

  

 

Jennifer Good

President & CEO

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

    

Signature

Yann Mazabraud

   Date      08/29/2018

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO

INDEFINITE TERM EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT BETWEEN: Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. a foreign company having no place of business in France, whose registered office is located 195 Church Street, 14th floor, 06510 New Haven (CT/ USA), duly represented by Jennifer Good, in her capacity as President & CEO, Hereinafter referred to as the “Company” or “Employer” or “Trevi”, ONE THE ONE HAND AND: Mister Yann Mazabraud, born on 11/11/72 Maubeuge in residing at 15, avenue Aristide Briand 78360 Montesson (France) whose social security identification number is Hereinafter referred to as the ‘“Employee” or “Mr Mazabraud”, ON THE OTHER HAND. Together hereafter referred to as the “Parties”. IT HAS BEEN AGREED AND DECIDED AS FOLLOWS: 1/ Start date—Job Title—Collective bargaining agreement—Trial period Trevi hereby employs Mr Mazabraud as from September 1st, 2018 subject to the satisfactory results of the medical check-up. M. Mazabraud is hired pursuant to an indefinite term employment contract as Chief Commercial Officer and Head of International, a management executive (“cadre dirigeant”). This contract is covered by the National Collective Bargaining Agreement for Pharmaceuticals (Industry) (OJ Brochure: 3104} to which the Parties undertake to comply. The Parties acknowledge that it is necessary, before this contract becomes definitive, to provide for a trial period of 4 months, which shall take effect on the Start date.172115939207746 172115939207346


LOGO

Any period of suspension that may occur during this period (sickness, holiday...) would extend in pro-rata the duration of the trial period, which has to reflect actual effective work. During this trial period, the employer may terminate this work contract at any time by giving notice in accordance with article L. 1221-25 of the French Labour Code: twenty-four hours below eight days attendance within the Company; forty-eight hours between eight days and one month attendance; two weeks after a month attendance within the Company; one month after three months attendance within the Company. During this trial period the Employee may terminate this work contract at any time by. giving notice in accordance with article L. 1221-26 of the French Labour Code: twenty-four hours below eight days attendance within the Company; forty-eight hours below after eight days attendance within the Company. 2/ Duties The main duties of the Employee shall notably involve: responsibility for all aspects of the commercial function, developing andoverseeing international operations, being an integral member of the executive leadership team. Mr Mazabraud will have broad autonomy in the exercise of his functions and in decision-making, as well as great independence in the organisation of his timetable. However, his duties are limited to support and advice related to pre-commercial activities as well as overseeing the Company’s development of its international operations. Until the Company has advanced to commercialization, Mr. Mazabraud is not entitled to receive and execute orders from customers. For the performance of his duties the Employee will report to the President & CEO or any other person as the Company may designate and who can be substituted.


LOGO

3/ Working time and Compensation 3.1 Working time In his capacity as Chief Commercial Officer and Head of international and given the characteristics of the nature of the duties and responsibilities entrusted to him, Mr Mazabraud cannot be subject to any specific schedule. Compensation In consideration for his services, Mr Mazabraud will receive a total gross annual remuneration of € 260,000 {two hundred and sixty thousand euros), payable in twelve (12) equivalent monthly instalments. This compensation is a lump sum and is independent of the time that Mr. Mazabraud will actually devote to the performance of his duties. It is also specified that this remuneration includes an annual gross sum of 8,000 € {eight thousand euros), paid monthly per twelfth as an allowance due to working from home-office. In addition to the fixed gross base remuneration mentioned above, Mr Mazabraud will be eligible for an annual target incentive bonus. The target bonus will be 30% and will be determined annually by the Company’s Board of Directors based upon the achievement of the corporate goals. 4/ Place of work—Mobility The Employee will administratively depend from the registered office of the Company. The Employee acknowledges that, in the course of performing his duties and as part of his duties, he will have to travel on a regular basis in France or abroad. The expenses incurred in respect of such travel and necessary for the proper completion of duties will be fully reimbursed to the Employee upon justification. When not traveling, the Employee will primarily work from his home address by teleworking. The Employee must organize a work space that is exclusively intended to this use to allow him to perform his duties in the best way and in which the professional equipment provided to him by the Company will be installed. This work space must meet the electrical safety rules and enable an ergonomic arrangement of the remote working position.


LOGO

Carrying out the remote work activity should not interfere with the Employee’s private life. Outside of the periods of availability provided in this contract, it is his responsibility to ensure a balance at his personal residence, between the performance of his duties and his personal life. 5/ Materia! and technology The Company will provide to the Employee the computing material, documents and telephone necessary to perform his duties. The Employee will subscribe to an internet connection as well as a cellular phone for his professional use. It is specified that all the material that is provided to Employee shall remain the sole property of the Company. Except for a limited and reasonable personal use, these materials can only be used for professional reasons. The Employee undertakes to preserve the functioning of the materials and to take all necessary actions for that. The Company reserves the right to modify all or part of the materials given to the Employee in particular in case of any technological change. In case of termination of the contract, the Employee shall return the material to the Company within a 15 day period as from the effective termination of his work. 6/ Data protection The Employee is informed of the data protection and confidentiality rules, updated by the IT services. The Employee undertakes to respect these rules during the use of the computer systems that are entrusted to him. Their compliance is imperative, in particular in relation to the protection of data, systems and internal rules that belong to the Company and potential clients and/or third parties. In this framework, the Employee undertakes to work exclusively for the Company, to personally perform the tasks that are assigned to him, without subcontracting them and without relying on external assistance that has not been approved by the Company, and to keep confidential all information that he may get regarding the Company’s and its partners’ or interlocutors’ activities. The confidentiality of the information must be kept during the employment contract as well as after its termination for any reason. 7/ Health and safety Sickness—Occupational accident In case of sickness or an occupational accident, the Employee shall immediately inform the Company within a maximum of 48 hours.


LOGO

7.2 Safety at work . The Employee benefits from the legal and conventional provisions related to health and safety in the work place. Consequently, in order to ensure the proper application of the provisions related to health and safety in the work place, the Company and the competent administrative authorities have a right to access to his personal residence, place of remote working, in accordance with the French labour code. The Employee agrees not to refuse a visit of his work installation at his personal residence. Each year the Employee will meet with a representative of the Company to review and discuss his working conditions and his work load. 8/ Priority of access to any job position located in the Company’s premises In accordance with the provisions of Article L. 1222-10 of the French Labor Code, the Employee can apply for any available job in the Company’s premises, in particular in the event that the Company decides to set up an establishment in France, and corresponding to his professional qualifications and benefit from a priority on such jobs. 9/ Paid holidays The Employee will be entitled to paid vacation as provided by applicable legislation (25 working days per year). These holidays may be taken at any time mutually agreed upon with the Company subject to the Company’s needs. The Employee is not entitled to carry over the days of paid holidays accrued during a reference year he has not taken during the period of vacation. In such event, the days of paid holidays will be irrevocably lost and cannot give rise to any indemnity whatsoever. 10/ Pension and social security The Company shall pay for any mandatory pension and social security scheme according to applicable legal requirements. The Employee will be entitled to additional pension schemes, health care and contingency plans as subscribed by the Company for its other employees in France under collective contracts.


LOGO

11/ Professional obligations The Employee undertakes to devote the whole of his professional time and efforts to the Company to perform his duties with the necessary diligence. He undertakes, for the duration of his employment with the Company, to carry out his duties in accordance applicable rules and regulations as well Company policies. The Employee formally declares that as of the date this contract he has left any previous position and that he is free from any commitment and from non-com petition obligations, in accordance with legislation and regulations applicable to employment matters. During his employment with the Company, he undertakes not to use or introduce within the Company confidential information, trade secrets, goods or data which belong to previous employers, grantors, partners, associates or relating to their clients and/or suppliers. 12/ Professional secrecy The Employee expressly undertakes not to divulge, communicate, or allow to be divulged or communicated, as well as not to use directly or indirectly, confidential documents or information of any type whatsoever, of which he becomes aware in his capacity as an employee of the Company and in particular with respect to the customers, the sales or other technical, operational, commercial, financial or administrative information and the business of the Company in general as well as any entity of the group to which the Company belongs. In the event that disclosure of any confidentiaI information is required by law, the Employee shall promptly notify the Company of such requirement before making such disclosure and he undertakes to assist the Company in seeking any remedy the Company might elect to pursue to preserve its interests. Furthermore, the Employee shall take all necessary measures to ensure that no unauthorized third parties may access to any document or information containing confidential information. This undertaking shall apply for the duration of his employment with the Company and indefinitely after its termination, for such time as the relevant information shall remain confidential. The Employee undertakes that, upon the termination of his employment or at any other time upon the request of the Company, he will return to the Company without delay all documents or any other property in his possession relating to the activities of the Company.


LOGO

13/ Non-competition and non-solicitation 13.1 Non-competition The Employee acknowledges that the activities mentioned in this contract involve direct contact with the network, the potential customers and suppliers of the Company and that those activities will give his broad access to the Company’s know-how, techniques, practices and more generally, to a substantial amount of confidential information relating to the Company and its group. The Employee recognizes that, such confidential information is an essential asset of the Company, which therefore has a legitimate interest in having a non-competition provision in this employment contract. Therefore, given the nature of his duties, the Employee agrees, in case of termination of this contract for any reason whatsoever, not to work or have any interest, either directly Or indirectly, for his own account or for a third party in any capacity whatsoever, in a company whose activities either directly or indirectly competes with those of the Company or its group. The Employee also undertakes not to, without the formal agreement of the Company, directly or indirectly, solicit, attempt to do business with, or do business with any customers, suppliers, business partners or business affiliates of the Company or its. group on his behalf or for any entity engaged in an activity competitive with those of the Company or its group. This prohibition shall be in effect for a period of 12 (twelve) months following the effective cessation of the Employee’s activity for the Company for whatever reason. For the purposes of this covenant, competing activity means all consulting activities and/or activities which consist in promoting and developing products and goods intended for the treatment of pruritus or any other neurological indication for which the Company has developed, manufactured, marketed, licensed, sold or provided a product, or planned to develop, manufacture, market, license, sell or provide a product, over any market in France and abroad on which the Employee has worked during his employment for the 12 (twelve) months prior to the effective cessation of his activity. In consideration for the non-competition obligation referred to above and for the duration of the posttermination non-competition obligation, the Employee will receive a monthly non-competition indemnity equal to a gross monthly amount of 50 % of the Employee’s gross monthly salary received by him during the 12 (twelve) months preceding the termination of the employment


LOGO

contract. Such indemnity will be paid monthly subject to the compliance of the above provisions. The Company shall have the option of releasing the Employee from this non-competition clause and thereby releasing itself from payment of the financial consideration, either at any time during the performance of the contract, or within a maximum period of 8 (eight) calendar weeks from the date of termination of the contract. In all cases, the Company undertakes to notify its decision by registered letter with acknowledgement of receipt. In the event of violation of this non-competition clause, the Company shall be immediately released from the payment of the financial consideration and the Employee shall be liable to reimburse the Company for any sums he may have received in this respect, regardless of the sanctions and penalties provided below. The Company is entitled to a contractual penalty in an amount of € 20,000 (twenty thousand) for each violation or each month during which the violation continues. The right of the Company to claim further damages shall remain unaffected. Non-solicitation of employees For the duration of this contract and for a period of 12 (twelve) months after the effective cessation of the Employee’s work for the Company for any reason, the Employee shall not directly or indirectly, hire or attempt to hire or induce, any employee of the Company or of any companies of the group, to resign or sever his/her employment relationship with the Company or any other companies of the group or to enter into the service of any competing or non-competing enterprise in which he participates directly or indirectly in any position. Non-solicitation of business partners For the duration of this contract and for a period of 12 (twelve) months after the effective cessation of the Employee’s work for the Company for any reason, the Employee shall not either alone or in association with others, solicit, divert or take away, or attempt to divert or take away, the business or patronage of any of the clients, customers, or business partners of the Company which were contacted, solicited, or served by the Company during the 12-month period prior to the termination or cessation of the Employee’s employment with the Company. 14/ Exclusivity of services For the duration of this contract, the Employee shall devote all of his working time to the performance of his


LOGO

duties. More specifically, the Employee undertakes that he will not, either himself, or on behalf of any other individual or corporate entity, in any capacity whatsoever become directly or indirectly involved, concerned or interested in any other business, industry, professional activity or employment of any kind without the prior written consent of the Company. The Employee also agrees not to have direct or indirect interest, in whatever way, in any company or firm whose activity is in competition or complementary to the Company’s activity. The Employee expressly agrees to comply with this covenant during the execution of this contract, except with the written agreement of the Company, including during the notice period, even if not performed at the Company’s request. 15/ Expenses The Employee will be reimbursed in compliance with the Company policies, upon production of all appropriate supporting documents for all professional expenses incurred as required exclusively for the purpose of carrying out the duties as set forth in this contract. All expenses resulting from the telecommuting restricted to telephone and internet subscriptions, electricity and heating fees corresponding to the telecommuting space for the professional activity of the Employee will be reimbursed upon production of appropriate supporting documents. If need be, all expenses for the first installation of the computing and telephone materials will be integrally borne by the Company. 16/ Protection of personal data The Employee undertakes to provide the Company with any personal data necessary for his hiring and for his work within the Company, .and to inform the Company of any change of his situation including his residence and his family situation. The Employee acknowledges being informed that this data is necessary for the Company to manage its workforce. In accordance with the provisions of the law n°78-17 “Informatique, Fichiers et Li berths” of 6 January 1978, the Employee has the right to be informed of the personal data collected in relation to him, the purpose and the terms of the collection and the use of such data, the name of third parties who may have access to the data and of his right to access and amend the personal data relating to his and to


LOGO

oppose for legitimate reasons to the processing of such data. 17/ Termination Subsequent to the trial period, at which time this agreement becomes definitive if it has proved positive, each party shall have the right to terminate this agreement in accordance with the statutory provisions of law and collective bargaining agreement by giving a mutual notice period of 3 months. However, this notice period is not due in case of dismissal for serious misconduct (“faute grave”) or gross misconduct (“faute lourde”). The Company reserves the right to exempt the Employee from performing all or part of his duties during the notice period and to pay him, in such an event, compensation in lieu of notice. 18/ Miscellaneous This contract is governed by French law. This contract has been drawn in two versions, one in French, and the other in English. In the event that difficulties in interpretation arise, the French version shall prevail in all respects. The Employee undertakes not to receive or accept for his own account any remuneration or benefits whatsoever from a third party. It is expressly agreed between the parties that this employment contract cancels and replaces in full any prior written agreement. Made in NEW HAVEN, CT USA, on AUGUST 29, 2018 Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. represented by Jennifer Good, President & CEO Yann Mazabraud

Exhibit 10.12

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                              , 201    between Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                              (“ Indemnitee ”).

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS , highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors and officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “ Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”) requires indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). The Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS , the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS , the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS , it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS , this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and


WHEREAS , Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that Indemnitee be so indemnified;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as [a director][an officer] from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.         Indemnity of Indemnitee .     The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a)         Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company .     Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section  1(a) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b)         Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company .     Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section  1(b) if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section  1(b) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided , however , if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

(c)         Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by

 

2


Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

2.         Additional Indemnity .     In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section  1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

3.         Contribution .

(a)        Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

(b)        Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction or events from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided , however , that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the transaction or events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit

 

3


or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c)        The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors, or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d)        To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

4.         Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness .     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

5.         Advancement of Expenses .     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section  5 shall be unsecured and interest free.

6.         Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .       It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a)        To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in

 

4


writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

(b)        Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section  6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as defined below), even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no Disinterested Directors or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel (as defined below) in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company.

(c)        If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section  6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section  6(c) . The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board. Indemnitee may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “ Independent Counsel ” as defined in Section  13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section  6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section  6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section  6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section  6(c) , regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d)        In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because

 

5


Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e)        Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section  6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(f)        If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section  6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such sixty (60) day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided further , that the foregoing provisions of this Section  6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section  6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g)        Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to

 

6


indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h)        The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(i)        The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

7.         Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a)        In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section  6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section  5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section  6(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section  6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section  7(a) . The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

(b)        In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section  6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section  7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section  6(b) .

 

7


(c)        If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section  6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section  7 , absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d)        In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section  7 , seeks a judicial adjudication of Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on Indemnitee’s behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section  13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

(e)        The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section  7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(f)        Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

8.         Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation .

(a)        The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws of the Company (the “ By-laws ”), any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors of the Company, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or

 

8


employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c)        In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d)        The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise and has no obligation to return or repay such funds.

(e)        The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

9.         Exception to Right of Indemnification . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a)        for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

(b)        for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section  16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

 

9


(c)        in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

10.         Duration of Agreement . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter for so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section  7 hereof) by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, whether or not Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

11.         Security . To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

12.         Enforcement .

(a)        The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

(b)        This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(c)        The Company shall not seek from a court, or agree to, a “bar order” which would have the effect of prohibiting or limiting the Indemnitee’s rights to receive advancement of expenses under this Agreement.

13.         Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a)        “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

 

10


(b)        “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c)        “ Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(d)        “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(e)        “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(f)        “ Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee or of any inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status; in each case whether or not Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section  7 of this Agreement to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

11


14.         Severability .      The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Further, the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof as to Indemnitee shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any provision hereof as to the other. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

15.         Modification and Waiver .      No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16.         Notice By Indemnitee .      Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

17.         Notices .      All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

(a)        To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.

(b)        To the Company at:

195 Church Street, 14 th Floor

New Haven, CT 06510

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

18.         Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g. , www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

12


19.         Headings .    The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

20.         Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction.     This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules that would require the application of laws of any other jurisdiction. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

    TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.
    By:                                                                                       
    Name:
    Title:
   

INDEMNITEE

 

                                                                                                
    Name:
  Address:                                                                                                 
                                                                                                
                                                                                                
                                                                                                

[ Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement ]

Exhibit 10.13

INDENTURE OF LEASE

195 CHURCH STREET

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(“Tenant”)

FIRST NIAGARA BANK, N.A.

(“Landlord”)

February 6, 2013


INDENTURE OF LEASE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 1

 

Demised Premises: Term of Lease

     1  

ARTICLE 2

 

Rent

     2  

ARTICLE 3

 

Use

     8  

ARTICLE 4

 

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

     8  

ARTICLE 5

 

Parking

     8  

ARTICLE 6

 

Repairs, Alterations and Fixtures

     8  

ARTICLE 7

 

Floor Load; Noise

     10  

ARTICLE 8

 

Laws, Ordinances, Requirements of Public Authorities

     11  

ARTICLE 9

 

Insurance

     11  

ARTICLE 10

 

Damage by Fire or Other Cause

     13  

ARTICLE 11

 

Assignment, Subletting, Mortgaging

     14  

ARTICLE 12

 

No Liability of Landlord

     16  

ARTICLE 13

 

Moving of Heavy Equipment

     16  

ARTICLE 14

 

Condemnation

     17  

ARTICLE 15

 

Entry, Right to Change Public Portions of the Building

     17  

ARTICLE 16

 

Bankruptcy

     18  

ARTICLE 17

 

Defaults and Remedies and Waiver of Redemption

     19  

ARTICLE 18

 

Right to Perform Other Party’s Obligations

     21  

ARTICLE 19

 

Covenant of Quiet Enjoyment

     21  

ARTICLE 20

 

Excavation

     22  

ARTICLE 21

 

Services and Equipment

     22  

ARTICLE 22

 

Electric Power

     23  

ARTICLE 23

 

Brokers

     24  

ARTICLE 24

 

Subordination

     24  

ARTICLE 25

 

Estoppel Certificate

     26  

ARTICLE 26

 

Legal Proceedings

     26  

ARTICLE 27

 

Surrender of Premises

     26  

ARTICLE 28

 

Rules and Regulations

     26  

ARTICLE 29

 

Renewal Options; Right of First Refusal

     27  

ARTICLE 30

 

Successors and Assigns

     28  

 

- i -


ARTICLE 31

 

Notices

     29  

ARTICLE 32

 

No Waiver; Entire Agreement

     29  

ARTICLE 33

 

Captions

     30  

ARTICLE 34

 

Inability to Perform

     30  

ARTICLE 35

 

No Representations by Landlord

     30  

ARTICLE 36

 

Name of Building

     31  

ARTICLE 37

 

Holdover

     31  

ARTICLE 38

 

Intentionally omitted

     31  

ARTICLE 39

 

Security Deposit

     31  

Exhibit A

 

Description of Demised Premises and Refusal Space

  

Exhibit B

 

Landlord’s Work

  

 

- ii -


INDENTURE OF LEASE

INDENTURE OF LEASE made as of the 6 th day of February, 2013 between FIRST NIAGARA BANK, N.A., with an address at 6950 S. Transit Rd. (P.O. Box 514), Lockport, New York 14095-0514 (hereinafter referred to as “Landlord”), and TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation, having an office at 52 Charter Ridge Rd., Sandy Hook, CT 06482 (hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”).

WITNESSETH:

A. Landlord is the owner of the land and building located at 195 Church Street in New Haven, Connecticut (respectively, the “Land” and the “Building”). The Land and the Building are hereinafter referred to as the “Real Property”.

B. Tenant wishes to lease from Landlord a portion of the 14 th floor of the Building as office space comprised of 3,387 rentable square feet as further shown as area “B” on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Demised Premises”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the rents, covenants and conditions herein set forth, Landlord and Tenant do hereby covenant, promise and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

Demised Premises: Term of Lease

Section 1.01 . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord the Demised Premises together with the appurtenances, including without limitation the right to use in common with others the lobbies, elevators and other public portions of the Building.

Section 1.02 . The term of this Lease and Tenant’s obligations hereunder, with respect to the Demised Premises, shall commence (such date hereinafter called the “Commencement Date”) on the later of (i) March 1, 2013, and (ii) the date Landlord delivers exclusive possession of the Demised Premises to Tenant with all systems serving the Demised Premises in good operating order and condition and with Landlord’s work substantially completed and shall expire on the last day of the sixtieth (60 th ) month following the Commencement Date (“the Term”). Landlord and Tenant shall execute an agreement memorializing the Commencement Date and Term within thirty (30) days of the Commencement Date.

Section 1.03 . Intentionally omitted.

Section 1.04 . Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease provided that Tenant shall not at the time of the exercise of the hereinafter described option, be in default of any of the terms, covenants or conditions to be kept and performed on the part of Tenant under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods. Such termination shall be effective on the last day of the thirty sixth (36 th ) month of the Term (the “Termination Date”). To exercise this option to terminate, Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord no later than the first day of the thirty-first (31 st ) month and such notice shall be accompanied by a sum equal to the then unamortized cost of the Fit-Up Amount (as defined herein) plus any unamortized broker’s commissions paid

 

- 1 -


by Landlord with respect to the initial five (5) year Term; the unamortized cost of Fix-Up Amount and the broker’s commission shall be determined based on the number of months remaining in a sixty (60) month amortization schedule with interest accruing on the unamortized Fix-Up Amount at a rate of seven percent (7%) per annum. On or before the Termination Date, Tenant shall surrender possession of the Demised Premises to Landlord. Time is of the essence in all respects of Tenant’s obligations under this Section l .04.

Section 1.05 . Landlord shall provide Tenant a fit up allowance of $20.00 per square foot which is $67,740.00 (“Fit-Up Amount”), which shall be used solely for the tenant improvements to the Demised Premises and generally described in Exhibit B hereto. The Fit-Up Amount shall be applied against Tenant’s hard costs in connection with the design and fixturing of the Demised Premises and in connection with the installation of its voice and data wiring.

ARTICLE 2

Rent

Section 2.01 . Commencing on the Commencement Date and during the remaining Term of the Lease, Tenant shall pay to the Landlord without notice or demand and without any abatement, deduction, counterclaim or set-off whatsoever (except as expressly provided in this Lease), in lawful money of the United States an annual minimum rent according to the following schedule (“Fixed Rent”):

 

Months    Per Square Foot      Annual Rent      Monthly Rent  

1-12

   $ 19.50      $ 66,046.44      $ 5,503.87  

13-24

   $ 20.00      $ 67,740.00      $ 5,645.00  

25-36

   $ 20.50      $ 69,433.50      $ 5,786.12  

37-48

   $ 21.00      $ 71,1127.00      $ 5,927.25  

49-60

   $ 21.50      $ 72,820.50      $ 6,068.37  

Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that no Tenant default beyond notice and cure periods has then occurred, Landlord shall credit Tenant with the sum of $5,503.87 against the Fixed Rent due and payable for each of the first (1 st ), thirty-eighth (38 th ), and fifty-eighth (58 th ) months of the Term (“Credit Months”).

Fixed Rent shall be adjusted as hereinafter provided.

Fixed Rent shall be payable in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each month during the Term of this Lease at First Niagara Bank, ATTN: Real Estate Mgr / Facilities Dept., P.O. Box 514, Lockport, NY 14095-0514 or such other place as Landlord may designate commencing on the first day of the month following the Commencement Date and excepting the Credit Months. The rent for any partial month shall be prorated.

Section 2.02 . All costs and expenses which Tenant assumes or agrees to pay to Landlord pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed “Additional Rent”, and, in the event of nonpayment, Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies with respect thereto as is herein provided for in case of nonpayment of rent.

 

- 2 -


Section 2.03 . In addition to the Fixed Rent hereinbefore reserved, Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to Landlord as Additional Rent sums computed in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) For the purposes of this Lease a calendar year shall be deemed to mean a twelve-month period beginning on January 1st of one year and ending on December 31st of the same year.

(b) Tenant shall pay the amount equal to 1.38% (the percentage of total rentable space in the Building leased by Tenant hereunder) of the amount by which Building Operating Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord during any calendar year during the Term hereof exceed Operating Expenses for the base year. The total rentable area of the Building shall be deemed to be 245,000 square feet. The “base year” shall be the calendar year ending December 31, 2013.

(c) In the event this Lease shall expire prior to the end of the last calendar year concerned, the amount otherwise payable by or to Tenant for such calendar year under subsections (e)(i) and (ii) of this Section 2.03 shall be prorated according to the portion of such calendar year Tenant leases the Demised Premises; following expiration or termination of this Lease, in the case of an increase in Operating Expenses, Tenant shall pay the amount due in respect to the last calendar year concerned within thirty (30) days of receipt of a statement therefor.

(d) As promptly as practicable after the end of each calendar year concerned, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement prepared by Landlord’s accountants setting forth the Operating Expenses of the Landlord for such calendar year and for the base year. Any computation of the Operating Expenses of the Landlord for a particular calendar year, including base year, shall be based on the assumption that the Building was fully occupied at all times during such calendar year.

(e) In addition to, or as part of, the annual statement required by Section 2.03(d), Landlord shall submit a statement to Tenant specifying Tenant’s share of increased Operating Expenses and the increased Additional Rent payable by Tenant shall be paid as follows: (i) for the year immediately past, the amount of the increase in Additional Rent due in respect to an increase in Operating Expenses paid or incurred during the most recently completed calendar year as compared to the base year shall be billed as a lump sum and paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days of the rendition of Landlord’s statement thereof; and (ii) for the then current year, the Fixed Rent otherwise due hereunder during the remainder of the Term hereof shall be increased effective January 1, 2014 and the first of January following the end of each calendar year thereafter by Tenant’s share of the increase in Operating Expenses for such calendar year, and Tenant’s monthly rental payments hereunder shall be adjusted proportionately each January 1 to reflect any increase calculated by the immediately preceding clause (ii). For the period from January through March following each calendar year, in the case of increased Operating Expenses, the amount due from Tenant shall be billed and paid in a lump sum within thirty (30) days, and in the case of decreased Operating Expenses, be credited against rental payments owing from Tenant.

 

- 3 -


Section 2.04 . “Operating Expenses” are defined as follows:

A. Items included in Operating Expenses:

(1) Generally comparable Labor Costs (as hereinafter defined) for first class office building in the City of New Haven, for the services of the following classes of employees performing services required in connection with the operation, repair and maintenance of the Building:

(i) the Building superintendent, his assistants and the clerical staff attached to the Building superintendent’s office;

(ii) floor directors;

(iii) window cleaners and miscellaneous handymen;

(iv) cleaners and janitors employed in and about the Building for the performance of services and for which services Landlord is not specifically reimbursed by any Tenant;

(v) watchmen and persons engaged in patrolling and protecting the Building;

(vi) carpenters, engineers, mechanics, electricians and plumbers engaged in the operation, repair and maintenance of any part of the Building, the plazas and sidewalks around the Building, and the heating, air-conditioning, ventilating, plumbing, electrical and elevator systems of the Building; and

(vii) personnel (not officers or executives of Landlord) engaged in supervision of any of the persons mentioned above (other than those mentioned in (i)).

(2) Taxes (as hereinafter defined).

(3) The cost of materials and supplies used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Building.

(4) The cost of replacements for tools and equipment used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Building.

(5) The amounts paid to managing agents for the Building employed by Landlord, or for reasonable legal and other professional fees (necessarily incurred in connection with the operation of the Building) except as hereinafter excluded.

(6) Amounts (comparable to charges for first class buildings in the City of New Haven) charged by Landlord by independent contractors for services, materials and supplies furnished in connection with the operation, repair and maintenance of any part of the Building, the plazas and sidewalks adjoining the Building and the heating, air-conditioning, ventilating, plumbing, electrical, elevator and other systems of the Building.

(7) Amounts charged to Landlord by independent contractors for window cleaning and cleaning and janitorial services in and about the Building.

 

- 4 -


(8) Premiums paid by Landlord for insurance of the type and character usually carried by Landlords of similar first class buildings or as may be required by the terms of a mortgage affecting the Building or Landlord’s estate therein.

(9) Costs (including all applicable taxes) for electricity and other utilities.

(10) Water charges and sewer rents.

(11) The cost of painting or otherwise decorating any part of the Building, except space in the Building occupied by the Landlord or other Tenants.

(12) Holiday decorations for the lobby.

(13) Dues paid to associations representing Landlords in the City of New Haven (including Landlords of comparable Buildings).

(14) Costs incurred by or charged by Landlord, including without limitation, alterations, additions, changes or other items of improvements to the Building whether or not any such items would, but for the provisions of this Section 2.04 (A)(14), be identified as a capital expenditure, Labor Costs, costs of equipment, supplies, insurance, repair, maintenance, replacement, to establish, maintain, operate amenities, if any, which may from time to time, in the exercise of Landlord’s sole discretion, be offered by Landlord to tenants in the building, including, without limitation, a health club; provided however , that the Landlord shall not be required to provide, or if provided, to continue any such amenities.

“Labor Costs” shall mean all expenses incurred by Landlord or on Landlord’s behalf which shall be directly related to employment of personnel, including amounts incurred for wages, salaries and other compensation for services, payroll, social security, unemployment and other similar taxes, workmen’s compensation insurance, disability benefits, pensions, hospitalization, retirement plans and group insurance, uniforms and working clothes and the cleaning thereof, and expenses imposed on or on behalf of Landlord pursuant to any collective bargaining agreement.

“Taxes” shall mean all real estate taxes, assessments, governmental levies, or any other governmental charge, general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, unforeseen as well as foreseen, of any kind or nature whatsoever, which are or may be assessed or imposed upon the Land, the Building and the sidewalks, plazas or streets in front of or adjacent thereto, including any tax, excise or fee measured by or payable with respect to any rent, and levied against Landlord and/or the Land and or Building, under the laws of the United States, the State of Connecticut, or any political subdivision thereof or by New Haven County or the City of New Haven, as a substitute or addition in whole or in part for taxes presently or hereafter imposed on the Land and the Building or resulting from or due to any change in the method of taxation provided that any such substitute tax on rent shall be considered as if the rent were the only income of Landlord but excluding any income, franchise, corporate, estate, inheritance, succession, capital stock or transfer tax levied on Landlord.

 

- 5 -


B. Items excluded from Operating Expenses:

(1) The cost of correcting defects in the construction of the Building or in the Building equipment, except that conditions (not occasioned by construction defects) resulting from ordinary wear and tear shall not be deemed defects for the purpose of this category;

(2) Cost of any repair made by Landlord to remedy damage caused by or resulting from the negligence of Landlord, its agents, servants or employees;

(3) Labor costs in respect of officers and executives of the Landlord;

(4) Any cost incurred in leasing or attempting to lease any portion of the Building;

(5) Any insurance premium to the extent that Landlord is entitled to be reimbursed therefor by Tenant pursuant to Section 9.02 of this Lease or by any Tenant or other occupant of the Building pursuant to a similar provision;

(6) The cost of any items for which Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or otherwise compensated;

(7) The cost of any additions to the Building subsequent to the date of original construction;

(8) The cost of any alterations, additions, changes, replacements and other items of improvements to the Building (other than those included in “Operating Costs” pursuant to Section 2.04 (A)(14) with respect to amenities, if any, which may from time to time be offered by Landlord) which under generally accepted accounting and auditing principles consistently applied as pertaining to the real estate industry are properly classified as capital expenditures;

(9) Any cost stated in Category A above representing an amount paid to a related corporation which is in excess of the amount which would be paid in the absence of such relationship;

(10) Debt service; and

(11) Expenses in connection with services or benefits not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged directly.

Landlord agrees to keep true and accurate books and records of all income and expenses pertaining to the Building in accordance with generally accepted accounting standards. Tenant or its representatives shall have the right to inspect such books and records of Landlord (but not the books and records of Landlord which do not pertain to the Building) during reasonable business hours and without unduly interfering with operation of Landlord at Tenant’s sole expense, including the right to make copies of such books and records relating to the determination of Additional Rent as in this Article provided. If there be any difference or dispute with respect to any of the items charged as Operating Expenses in any calendar year, or as to the accepted accounting and auditing principles involved, the determination of any such issue shall be made by a public accounting firm which may be selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord and at Tenant’s cost and expense (except if such dispute is finally resolved in Tenant’s favor in a substantial amount, then at Landlord’s cost and expense), provided that the accounting firm so selected and any of its partners shall not directly or indirectly be employed by Tenant.

 

- 6 -


Pending the settlement of any such dispute, Tenant shall promptly pay the charges within the period hereinabove provided, and if any determination by any of the foregoing public accounting firms shall reduce or increase the amount payable by Tenant hereunder, payments required by such determination shall be made within thirty (30) days. Such determination shall be final and binding on both parties.

Section 2.05 . Tenant shall pay to Landlord as part of Additional Rent upon demand, any occupancy tax or rent tax which may be hereafter enacted, if payable by Landlord in the first instance or hereafter requested to be paid by Landlord.

Section 2.06 . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, Operating Expenses shall include the annual amortized expense, or its equivalent, of capital improvements that Landlord authorizes as a result of it good faith determination (based on an engineering study by a reputable independent consultant) that such improvements will be cost-effective for Building tenants by reducing the Operating Expenses (after including such amortized expense) that would otherwise be incurred hereunder and shared by the tenants in the form of Additional Rent absent such improvement, but in no event shall Operating Expenses include any amount in excess of the savings resulting from such improvement.

Section 2.07 . If any amount due hereunder is not paid by Tenant by the date on which such amount becomes due and payable, Tenant shall pay, in addition to any other sums hereunder, a late charge equal to two percent (2%) of such amount. If any amount shall remain unpaid at the end of the tenth (10th) day following the date when originally due, then Tenant shall pay a further late charge equal to an additional two percent (2%) of such amount. Such late charges shall automatically be due and payable without any notice from or on behalf of the Landlord, shall be deemed rent hereunder, and shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, Landlord’s rights and remedies for nonpayment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent as provided hereunder, at law, and in equity; provided, however, such late charges, if any, shall cease to accumulate upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 16.01 or as otherwise provided herein. The late charges shall apply cumulatively to all amounts due and payable but remaining unpaid at the end of the first day of each month and the tenth day of each month, as the case may be, or on such other date as may be provided hereunder. For example, if the Fixed Rent and/or Additional Rent for Month A is not paid by the end of the first day of Month A, a late charge equal to 2% of such unpaid amount shall automatically be due and payable; if at the end of the tenth day of Month A, such amount (or any part thereof) shall remain unpaid, an additional late charge equal to 2% of such unpaid amount shall automatically be due and payable; if at the end of the first day of the next month (Month B), the Fixed Rent and/or Additional Rent for Months A and B is not paid, a further 2% late charge shall be applied against whatever Fixed Rent and/or Additional Rent is then unpaid, and so on.

 

- 7 -


ARTICLE 3

Use

Section 3.01 . Tenant shall use and occupy the Demised Premises for administrative, executive and general business office purposes only.

Section 3.02 . Tenant shall not suffer or permit the Demised Premises or any part thereof to be used in any manner, or anything to be done therein, or suffer or permit anything to be brought into or kept in the Demised Premises which would in any way (i) violate any law or requirement of public authorities, (ii) cause structural injury to the Building or any part thereof, (iii) interfere with the normal operation of the heating, air-conditioning, ventilating, plumbing or other mechanical or therein, (iv) constitute a public or private nuisance, or (v) alter the appearance of the exterior of the Building or of any portion of the interior thereof other than the Demised Premises.

ARTICLE 4

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

ARTICLE 5

Parking

Section 5.01 . Landlord shall, at no cost to Landlord, assist Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, in identifying parking spaces.

ARTICLE 6

Repairs, Alterations and Fixtures

Section 6.01 . Tenant shall take good care of the Demised Premises and the fixtures and appurtenances therein. All damage or injury to the Demised Premises and to its fixtures, appurtenances and equipment or to the Building of which the same form a part or to its fixtures, appurtenances and equipment caused by Tenant moving property in or out of the Building or by installation or removal of furniture, fixtures or other property, or resulting from air-conditioning unit or system short circuits, flow or leakage of water, steam, illuminating gas, sewer gas, sewerage or odors or by frost or by bursting or leaking of pipes or plumbing works or gas or from any other cause of any other kind or nature whatsoever due to carelessness, omission, neglect, improper conduct or other cause of Tenant, its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall be repaired, restored or replaced promptly by Landlord who shall charge Tenant the reasonable cost thereof. All aforesaid repairs, restorations and replacements shall be in quality and class equal to the original work or installations. Such repairs, restorations or replacements shall be made by Landlord on notice to Tenant at the expense of Tenant and be collectible as Additional Rent or otherwise and shall be paid by Tenant within five (5) days after rendition of a bill or statement therefor.

 

- 8 -


Section 6.02 . Landlord shall, at its expense, make all repairs and replacements, structural and otherwise, necessary or desirable in order to keep in good order and repair the heating, air-conditioning, plumbing and electrical systems of the Building, the exterior of the Building and the public portions of the Building, the need for which Landlord may have knowledge (including the public halls and stairways, plumbing, wiring and other Building equipment for the general supply of water, heat, air-conditioning and electricity) except repairs hereinabove provided to be made by Tenant.

Section 6.03 . All repairs, restorations or replacements by either party shall be of first-class quality and done in a good and workmanlike manner. All future repairs or maintenance shall be made at the expense of the party responsible for the repairs of the Building.

Section 6.04 . Tenant shall not store or place any materials or other obstructions in the lobby or other public portions of the Building, or on the sidewalk of the Building.

Section 6.05 . Tenant shall be responsible for cleaning, repairing and replacing draperies and carpets in the Demised Premises.

Section 6.06 . Tenant shall make no alterations, installations, additions or improvements in or to the Demised Premises, including, but not limited to, a water cooler, an air-conditioning or cooling system, unit or part thereof, other apparatus of like or other nature, or carpeting and draperies, without Landlord’s prior written consent, (not to be unreasonably withheld), and then only by contractors or mechanics reasonably approved by Landlord. Tenant may reconfigure the Demised Premises with Landlord’s prior written consent so long as such reconfiguration does not require structural or other alterations to the building systems. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.05, all such work, alterations, installations, additions or improvements shall be done at Tenant’s sole expense and at such time and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time designate and in full compliance with all governmental bodies having jurisdiction thereover. If Tenant makes any alterations, installations or improvements to the Demised Premises, any subsequent repairs thereto or maintenance thereof shall be done at Tenant’s sole expense. All alterations, installations, additions or improvements upon the Demised Premises, made by either party, including all paneling, partitions, railings, mezzanine floors, galleries and the like, affixed to the realty and all carpeting and draperies are or shall become the property of Landlord, and shall remain upon, and be surrendered with, said premises, as a part thereof, at the end of the Term or Renewal Term, as the case may be. As a condition precedent to Landlord’s consent to the making by Tenant of alterations, installations, additions or improvements to the Demised Premises, Tenant agrees to obtain, and deliver to Landlord, written and unconditional waivers of mechanic’s liens upon the real property in which the Demised Premises are located, for all work, labor, and services to be performed and materials to be furnished by them in connection with such work, signed by all contractors, subcontractors, materialmen and laborers to become involved in such work. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any mechanic’s lien is filed against the Demised Premises, or the Building, for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant, it shall be discharged by Tenant within twenty (20) days thereafter, at Tenant’s expense, by filing the bond required by law or payment or otherwise. After the Commencement Date, Landlord shall not be liable for any failure of the air-conditioning and ventilating equipment in the Demised Premises installed by Landlord caused by alterations, installations, and/or additions by Tenant and Tenant shall correct any such faulty installation. Upon Tenant’s failure to correct the same, Landlord may upon prior notice to Tenant make such correction and charge Tenant for the cost thereof. Such sum due Landlord shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be paid by Tenant promptly upon being billed therefor.

 

- 9 -


Section 6.07 . Prior to commencing any work pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.06, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord:

(i) Copies of all governmental permits and authorizations which may be required in connection with such work.

(ii) A certificate evidencing that Tenant (or Tenant’s contractors) has (or have) procured workmen’s compensation insurance covering all persons employed in connection with the work who might assert claims for death or bodily injury against Landlord, Tenant or the Building.

(iii) Such additional personal injury and property damage insurance (over and above the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.03 below) as Landlord may reasonably require because of the nature of the work to be done by Tenant.

Section 6.08 . Where furnished by or at the expense of Tenant (except where the same is a replacement of an item theretofore furnished and paid for by Landlord or against which Tenant has received a credit), all movable property, furniture, furnishings and trade fixtures, alterations, installations and additions other than those affixed to the realty so that they cannot be removed without material damage and other than those specified in Section 6.06 shall remain the property of Tenant, and, in case of damage by reason of such removal, Tenant shall restore the Demised Premises to good order and condition (normal wear and tear excepted). In case Tenant shall decide not to remove any part of such property, it shall notify Landlord in writing not less than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Term or the Renewal Term, as the case may be, specifying the items of property which it has decided not to remove. If within thirty (30) days after the service of such notice Landlord shall request Tenant to remove any of the said property, Tenant shall at its expense, at or before the expiration of the Term or the Renewal Term, as the case may be, remove said property and, in case of damage by reason of such removal, restore the Demised Premises to good order and condition (normal wear and tear excepted).

ARTICLE 7

Floor Load; Noise

Section 7.01 . Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Demised Premises which exceeds the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry or which is allowed by law.

Section 7.02 . Business machines and mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant which cause noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to the Demised Premises to such a degree as to be reasonably objectionable to Landlord or to other tenants of the Building shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, in settings of cork, rubber or spring type vibration eliminators sufficient to eliminate noise or vibration.

 

- 10 -


ARTICLE 8

Laws, Ordinances, Requirements of Public Authorities

Section 8.01 . Tenant shall at its expense, comply with all laws, orders, ordinances and regulations of Federal, state, county and municipal authorities and with any direction made pursuant to law of any public officer or officers (other than those of general applicability to all above grade tenants of the Building) which shall, with respect to the occupancy, use or manner of use of the Demised Premises or to any abatement of nuisance, impose any violation, order or duty upon Landlord or Tenant arising from Tenant’s occupancy, use or manner of use of the Demised Premises or installations made therein in compliance with the work article except as to any fault workmanship by Landlord either initially or at any time thereafter or by or at Tenant’s request or required by reason of a breach of any of Tenant’s covenants or agreements hereunder.

Section 8.02 . If Tenant should desire to contest the validity of any such law, ordinance, rule, order or regulation with which Tenant is obligated to comply, it may, at its expense, carry on such contest; and non-compliance by it during such contest (so long as Tenant proceeds with due diligence) shall not constitute a breach of this Lease provided that it shall, to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against the cost of compliance and against all liability for any loss, damage, fines, penalties and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) which might result from or be incurred in connection with such contest or non-compliance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, non-compliance as aforesaid shall not commence or continue if it would subject Landlord to prosecution for a crime, or if it would constitute a default by Landlord under any mortgage affecting the Real Property.

Section 8.03 . If Tenant receives written notice of any violation of law, ordinance, rule, order or regulation applicable to the Demised Premises, it shall give prompt notice thereof to Landlord.

Section 8.04 . Except as aforesaid, Landlord shall, at its expense comply with or cause to be complied with, all laws, orders, ordinances and regulations of Federal, State, County, and Municipal authorities and any direction made pursuant to law of any public officer or officers which shall, with respect to the public portions of the Building, or which affect Tenant’s use, enjoyment or access, of the Demised Premises, impose any violation, order or duty upon Landlord or Tenant and with respect to which Tenant is not obligated by Section 8.01 to comply. Landlord may at its expense contest the validity of any such law, ordinance, rule, order or regulation subject to conditions reciprocal to those set forth in Section 8.02.

ARTICLE 9

Insurance

Section 9.01 . Tenant shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Demised Premises which will invalidate or be in conflict with the Certificate of Occupancy or the terms of the Connecticut standard form of fire, boiler, sprinkler, water damage or other insurance policies covering the Building and the fixtures and property therein; and Tenant shall, at its own expense, comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other

 

- 11 -


organization having jurisdiction, of general applicability to tenants or directed to Tenant particularly and shall not knowingly do or permit anything to be done in or upon the Demised Premises or bring or keep anything therein or use the Demised Premises in a manner which increases the rate of fire insurance upon the Building or on any property or equipment located therein over the rate in effect at the Commencement Date and customary for buildings of a similar nature.

Section 9.02 . If, by reason of any failure of Tenant to comply with the provisions of this Lease, the rate of fire, boiler, sprinkler, water damage or other insurance (with extended coverage) on the Building or on the property and equipment of Landlord in the Building shall be higher than it otherwise would be, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for that part of the fire, boiler, sprinkler, water damage or other insurance premiums thereafter paid by Landlord or by the other tenants in the Building which shall make the reimbursement on the first day of the month following such payment by Landlord. In any action or proceeding wherein Landlord and Tenant are parties, a schedule of “make-up” of any insurance rate for the Building or Demised Premises issued by anybody establishing fire insurance rate for said Building shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated and of the several items and charges in the insurance rates then applicable to the Building or Demised Premises.

Section 9.03 . Tenant covenants and agrees that from and after the date of delivery of the Demised Premises from Landlord to Tenant, and during the Term of this Lease or any renewal thereof, Tenant will carry and maintain, at its sole cost and expense the following types of insurance, in the amount specified and in the form hereinafter provided for:

(a) Public Liability Insurance.

Tenant shall keep in full force and effect Public Liability Insurance in respect to the use and occupation of its Demised Premises, naming Landlord, the Management Company designated by Landlord, if any, and Tenant as insured for a combined single limit of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) for bodily injury and property damage coverage together with an excess liability policy in the amount agreeable to Landlord for amounts of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000). Tenant shall deposit a certificate of insurance thereof with Landlord. Said certificate will confirm the amount of insurance, the insuring company and the policy number and name Landlord as an additional insured on a primary and non-contributory basis. Said insurance company shall be Best’s “A- VIII” rated or better.

(b) Tenant’s Improvements and Betterments.

Tenant shall at all times during the Term hereof maintain in full force and effect, “All Risk” Coverage policy or policies of insurance naming Tenant as insured party, covering all of Tenant’s improvements and betterments and contents in the Demised Premises now existing or to be added, to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) of their full replacement costs as updated from time to time during the Term of this Lease.

Said policy or policies shall provide protection against any peril included within the classification “Special Perils Coverage” including insurance coverage against sprinkler damage if the Demised Premises are sprinklered.

 

- 12 -


The proceeds of Tenant’s policy to the extent of the cost of any damage or loss to the Demised Premises shall be used for the repair and replacement of the property damaged or destroyed.

(c) Additional Hazards.

Tenant agrees that it will not keep, use, sell or offer for sale in or upon the Demised Premises any article which may be prohibited by the Standard Form of “Special Perils” Insurance Policy. Tenant agrees to pay all increases in premium for “Special Perils” Coverage Insurance that may be charged during the Term of this Lease, or renewal period thereof, on the amount of any insurance which may be carried by Landlord due to Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises. Said additional premiums shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord upon ten (10) days written notice to Tenant.

(d) Blanket Policy.

Tenant may maintain any of its required insurance under Blanket Policies of Insurance covering said Demised Premises and any other Demised Premises of Tenant, or companies affiliated with Tenant, provided that the coverage afforded will not be reduced or diminished by reason of the use of such Blanket Policy of insurance.

(e) The above mentioned insurance certifications are to be provided by Tenant for a period of not less than one (1) year; the Tenant will use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to the Landlord, thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any said policy of insurance, notice of any change or cancellation or a renewal of new policy to take the place of the policy expiring.

Tenant shall notify Landlord forthwith in the event of any damage to persons or property occurring on the Demised Premises from fire, accident or any other casualty.

Section 9.04 . Waiver of Subrogation

The parties release each other to the extent of their insurance coverage, from any and all liability from any loss covered by their fire and/or All Risk policy whether or not brought about by fault or negligence.

ARTICLE 10

Damage by Fire or Other Cause

Section 10.01 . If the Demised Premises shall be partially damaged by fire or other cause without the fault or neglect of Tenant, Tenant’s servants, employees, agents, visitors, or licensees, the damages shall be repaired, with due diligence, by and at the expense of Landlord and the rent until such repairs are made shall be apportioned according to the part of the Demised Premises which is usable by Tenant. Subject to the provisions of Article 34, such repairs shall be completed within six (6) months from the date of final adjustment of the insurance loss, and if not so completed, Tenant may give written notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after the expiration of such six (6) month period (as same may have been extended pursuant to said Article 34) terminating this Lease as of the tenth (10th) day after the expiration of such six (6) month (or

 

- 13 -


extended) period. But if such partial damage is due to the fault or negligence of Tenant, Tenant’s servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees, without prejudice to any other rights and remedies of Landlord and without prejudice to the rights of subrogation of Landlord’s insurer, the damages shall be repaired by Landlord but there shall be no apportionment or abatement of rent unless Landlord may and does recover under any rent insurance policy carried by Landlord in which event rent, until such repairs are made, shall be apportioned. No penalty shall accrue for reasonable delay which may arise by reason of adjustment of insurance on the part of the Landlord and for reasonable delay on account of “labor troubles” or any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. If the Demised Premises are totally or substantially damaged or rendered wholly or substantially untenantable by fire or other cause, and if Landlord shall decide not to restore or not to rebuild the same, or if the Building shall be so damaged that Landlord shall decide to demolish it or not to rebuild it, then or in any such events Landlord may, within ninety (90) days after such fire or other cause, give Tenant a notice, in writing, of such decision, which notice shall be given as in Article 31 hereof provided, and thereupon the term of this Lease shall expire by lapse of Time upon the third (3 rd ) day after such notice is given, and Tenant shall vacate the Demised Premises and surrender the same to Landlord. If Tenant shall not be in default in the payment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent under this Lease then upon the termination of this Lease under the conditions provided for in the sentence immediately preceding, Tenant’s liability for rent shall cease as of the day following the casualty.

Section 10.02 . No damages, compensation or claims shall be payable by Landlord for inconvenience, loss of business or annoyance arising from any repair or restoration of any portion of the Demised Premises or of the Building. Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such repairs promptly and in such manner as not unreasonably to interfere with Tenant’s occupancy.

ARTICLE 11

Assignment, Subletting, Mortgaging

Section 11.01 . Tenant will not by operation of law or otherwise, assign, mortgage or encumber this Lease, nor sublet or permit the Demised Premises or any part thereof to be used by others, without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance, not to be unreasonably withheld. The consent by Landlord to any assignment or subletting shall not in any manner be construed to relieve Tenant from obtaining Landlord’s express written consent to any other or further assignment or subletting.

If Tenant desires to assign or sublet all or any portion of the Demised Premises, Tenant agrees to notify Landlord with a copy to the then managing agent of the Building of its desire to assign this Lease or sublet the premises. Upon obtaining a proposed assignee or sublessee, upon terms satisfactory to Tenant, Tenant shall submit to Landlord in writing (i) the name of the proposed assignee or sub-tenant; (ii) the terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or subletting; (iii) the nature and character of the business of the proposed assignee or sub-tenant; (iv) any other information reasonably requested by Landlord; and (v) a check in the amount of $500.00 to defray Landlord’s costs in reviewing such request.

 

- 14 -


Landlord shall have the following options to be exercised within thirty (30) business days from receipt of Tenant’s submission:

1. If such proposed assignment or subletting shall be for all or substantially all of the Demised Premises, for all or substantially all of the balance of the Term hereof, Landlord shall have the option to cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date proposed by Tenant for such assignment or subletting, which option shall be exercised within the aforesaid thirty (30) day period. In such event, Landlord shall return the check referred to in clause (v) above to Tenant.

2. If any such proposed sublease shall be for less than substantially all of the Demised Premises or if it shall be for less than substantially all of the balance of the Term granted hereunder, Landlord shall have the option, to be exercised within the said thirty (30) day period, of canceling and terminating this Lease only as to such portion of the Demised Premises and such portion of the term of such proposed sublease, such termination to be effective as of the effective date thereof. In the event of the exercise of the option under this subparagraph 2, the rent and all other charges payable hereunder shall be equitably apportioned.

It is agreed, however, that if Landlord shall not exercise any of the foregoing options and Tenant thereupon assigns this Lease or sublets all or any portion of the Demised Premises, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as an additional amount due hereunder, the “net profit”. Such “net profit” is determined by subtracting “Tenant’s Sublet Cost” from “Tenant’s Own Cost”. “Tenant’s Own Cost” is the Fixed Rent plus additional amounts allocable to that part of the Demised Premises affected by such assignment or sublease pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. “Tenant’s Sublet Cost” is the Fixed Rent and additional amounts payable by the assignee or sublessee to Tenant after deducting brokerage commissions, and deducting, on a pro rata monthly basis over the term of such assignment or subletting, the expenses of repairs, painting, alterations, concessions and allowances, if any, and reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by Tenant in connection with such assignment or subletting. Such additional payments shall be made monthly within five (5) days after receipt of the same by Tenant.

Section 11.02 . If this Lease shall be assigned, or if the Demised Premises or any part thereof be sublet or occupied by any person or persons other than Tenant, Landlord may, upon default by Tenant, collect rent from the assignee, sub-tenant or occupant and apply the net amount collected to any amounts owed to Landlord hereunder, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection of rent shall be deemed a waiver of the covenants in this Article, nor shall it be deemed acceptance of the assignee, sub-tenant or occupant as a Tenant, or a release of Tenant from the full performance by Tenant of all the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease.

Section 11.03 . Each permitted assignee or transferee shall assume and be deemed to have assumed this Lease and shall be and remain liable jointly and severally with Tenant for the payment of the Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and adjustments of rent, and for the due performance of all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained on Tenant’s part to be performed for the Term of the Lease. No assignment shall be binding on Landlord unless such assignee or Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a duplicate original of the instrument of assignment which contains a covenant of assumption by the assignee of all of the obligations aforesaid and shall obtain from Landlord the aforesaid written consent prior thereto.

 

- 15 -


Section 11.04 . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease or sublease all or a portion of the Demised Premises to any parent, affiliate, subsidiary, or any resulting company into which Tenant is merged or consolidated or to which substantially all of Tenant’s assets are transferred, without Landlord’s consent and without being subject to the options granted Landlord in Section 11.01, provided that such assignment shall not in any way relieve Tenant of its obligations hereunder. The transfer of Tenant’s publicly traded shares in the ordinary course shall not be deemed an assignment of this Lease.

ARTICLE 12

No Liability of Landlord

Section 12.01 . Landlord or its agents shall not be liable for any damage to property of Tenant or of others entrusted to employees of the Building, nor for the loss of or damage to any property of Tenant by theft or otherwise. Landlord or its agents shall not be liable for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water, rain or snow or leaks from any part of said Building or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works or from the roof, street, or sub-surface or from any other place or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever nature, unless caused by or due to the negligence of Landlord, its agents, servants or employees; nor shall Landlord or its agents be liable for any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in said Building or caused by operations in construction of any private, public or quasi-public work. If at any time any windows of the Demised Premises are temporarily or permanently closed, darkened or bricked-up for any reason whatsoever (except for Landlord’s own free acts), Landlord shall not be liable for any damage Tenant may sustain thereby and Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation therefor or abatement of rent nor shall the same release Tenant from its obligations hereunder nor constitute an eviction. Tenant shall reimburse and compensate Landlord as Additional Rent within five (5) days after rendition of a statement for all expenditures made by, or damages or fines sustained or incurred by, Landlord due to non· performance or non-compliance with or breach or failure to observe any term, covenant or condition of this Lease upon Tenant’s part to be kept, observed, performed or complied with. Tenant shall give immediate notice to Landlord in case of fire or accidents in the Demised Premises or in the Building or of defects therein or in any fixtures or equipment.

ARTICLE 13

Moving of Heavy Equipment

Section 13.01 . Tenant shall not move any safe, heavy equipment, or bulky matter in or out of the Building without Landlord’s written consent, which consent Landlord agrees not unreasonably to withhold or delay. All such movements shall be made during hours which will least interfere with the normal operations of the Building, and all damage caused by such movement shall be promptly repaired by Tenant at Tenant’s expense.

 

- 16 -


ARTICLE 14

Condemnation

Section 14.01 . In the event that the whole of the Demised Premises shall be lawfully condemned or taken in any manner for any public or quasi-public use or conveyed under threat of condemnation for such use, this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall forthwith cease and terminate as of the date of vesting of title. In the event that only a part of the Demised Premises shall be so condemned, taken or conveyed, then, effective as of the date of vesting of title, the rent hereunder for such part shall be abated. In the event that only a part of the Building shall be so condemned, taken or conveyed, then (a) if substantial structural alteration or reconstruction of the Building shall, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be necessary or appropriate as a result of such condemnation, taking or conveyance (whether or not the Demised Premises be affected), Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted as of the date of such vesting of title by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days following the date on which Landlord shall have received notice of vesting of title, or (b) if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease, as aforesaid, this Lease shall be and remain unaffected by such condemnation, taking or conveyance, except that the Fixed Rent shall be abated to the extent, if any, hereinbefore provided in this Article 14. In the event that only a part of the Demised Premises shall be so condemned, taken or conveyed, and this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted are not terminated as hereinbefore provided, Landlord will, at its expense, restore with reasonable diligence the remaining structural portions of the Demised Premises as nearly as practicable to the same condition as it was in prior to such condemnation, taking or conveyance.

In the event of termination of any of the cases hereinabove provided, this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall expire as of the date of such termination with the same effect as if that were the date hereinbefore set for the expiration of the term of this Lease, and the rent hereunder shall be apportioned as of such date.

In the event of any condemnation, taking or conveyance hereinabove mentioned of all or a part of the Building, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award in the condemnation proceeding or other consideration, including any award made for the value of the estate vested by this Lease in Tenant, and Tenant hereby expressly assigns to Landlord any and all right, title and interest of Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to any such award or consideration or any part thereof, and Tenant shall be entitled to receive no part of such award or consideration except Tenant shall be entitled to make claim for the value of its fixtures so taken and for its moving expenses.

ARTICLE 15

Entry, Right to Change Public Portions of the Building

Section 15.01 . Tenant shall permit Landlord to erect, use and maintain pipes and conduits in and through the Demised Premises (wherever practicable, such pipes and conduits shall be within the demising walls, but only if the cost thereof shall not, in Landlord’s judgment, be prohibitive). Further such erection use and maintenance shall be in the manner comparable with

 

- 17 -


that of other first class buildings. In the event the construction deprives Tenant of the use of a material or substantial area (other than on a temporary basis), the Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of rent for the space so permanently taken. Landlord or its agents or designees shall have the right, but only upon reasonable notice, except in emergencies, made to Tenant or any authorized employee of Tenant at the Demised Premises, to enter the Demised Premises at reasonable times during business hours, for the purpose of making such repairs or alterations as Landlord shall be required or shall have the right to make by the provisions of this Lease, and subject to the foregoing, shall also have the right to enter the Demised Premises for the purpose of inspecting them or exhibiting them to prospective purchasers or lessees of the entire Building or to prospective mortgagees of the fee in the property of which the Demised Premises are a part or to prospective assignees of any such mortgagees. The holder of any mortgage on the Landlord’s interest in the property, its agents, or designees shall also have such right of inspection. Landlord shall be allowed to take all material into and upon the Demised Premises that may be required for the repairs or alterations above mentioned without the same constituting an eviction of Tenant in whole or in part and the rent reserved shall in no way abate, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, while said repairs or alterations are being made, by reason of loss or interruption of the business of Tenant because of the prosecution of any such work provided Landlord diligently proceeds therewith in such manner as to cause the least possible interference with the Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Demised Premises.

Section 15.02 . During the twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the Term of this Lease, Landlord may exhibit the Demised Premises to prospective tenants, buyers, mortgagees and others at reasonable times during reasonable hours and in such manner as not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises.

Section 15.03 . Landlord shall have the right at any time, without thereby creating an actual or constructive eviction or incurring any liability to Tenant therefor, to change the arrangement or location of such of the following as are not contained within the Demised Premises or any part thereof: entrances, passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, stairs, toilets and other like public service portions of the Building.

ARTICLE 16

Bankruptcy

Section 16.01 . (a) If at any time prior to the Commencement Date there shall be filed by or against the then Tenant in any court pursuant to any statute either of the United States or of any state a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee of all or a portion of Tenant’s property, and within ninety (90) days thereof such Tenant fails to secure a discharge thereof, or if such Tenant make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or petition for or enter into an arrangement, this Lease shall ipso facto be canceled and terminated, in which event neither such Tenant nor any person claiming through or under such Tenant or by virtue of any statute or of any order of any court shall be entitled to possession of the Demised Premises and Landlord, in addition to the rights and remedies given by (c) hereof and by virtue of any other provision herein or elsewhere in this Lease contained or by virtue of any statute or rule of law, may retain as liquidated damages any rent, security deposit or moneys received by him for Tenant or others in behalf of Tenant upon the execution hereof.

 

- 18 -


(b) If at the Commencement Date or if at any time during the term of this Lease there shall be filed by or against the then Tenant in any court pursuant to any statute either of the United States or of any State a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee of all or a portion of such Tenant’s property, and within ninety (90) days thereof such Tenant fails to secure a discharge thereof, or if such Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or petition for or enter into an arrangement, this Lease, at the option of the Landlord, exercised within a reasonable time after notice of the happening of any one or more of such events, may be canceled and terminated, in which event neither such Tenant nor any person claiming through or under such Tenant by virtue of any statute or of any order of any court shall be entitled to possession or to remain in possession of the demised premises but shall forthwith quit and surrender the premises, and Landlord, in addition to the other rights and remedies Landlord has by virtue of any other provisions herein or elsewhere in this Lease contained or by virtue of any statute, or rule of law, may retain as liquidated damages any rent, security deposit or monies received by him for Tenant or others in behalf of Tenant.

(c) In the event of the termination of this Lease pursuant to (a) or (b) hereof, Landlord shall forthwith, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Lease to the contrary, be entitled to recover from Tenant as and for liquidated damages an amount equal to the difference between the rent reserved hereunder for the unexpired portion of the term demised and the then fair and reasonable rental value of the Demised Premises for the same period. In the computation of such damages the difference between any installment of rent becoming due hereunder after the date of termination and the fair and reasonable rental value of the Demised Premises for the period for which such installment was payable shall be discounted to the date of termination at the rate of four percent (4%) per annum. If such premises or any part thereof be re-let by the Landlord for the unexpired term of said Lease, or any part thereof, before presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the amount of rent reserved upon such re-letting shall be prima facie evidence as to the fair and reasonable rental value for the part or the whole of the premises so re-let during the term of the re-letting. Nothing herein contained shall limit or prejudice the right of the Landlord to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of such termination, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, such damages are to be proved, whether or not such amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the difference referred to above.

ARTICLE 17

Defaults and Remedies and Waiver of Redemption

Section 17.01 . (1) If Tenant defaults in fulfilling any of the covenants of this Lease, including the covenants for the payment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent, then, in any one or more of such events, upon Landlord serving upon Tenant a ten (10) days’ written notice in the event of a default in the payment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent (or of any other payment provided to be paid hereunder) and a twenty (20) days’ written notice in the event of a default other than a monetary default, specifying the nature of said default and upon the expiration of said ten (10) or twenty (20) days, if Tenant shall have failed to comply with or remedy such default, or if the said default or omission complained of shall be of such a nature that the same cannot be completely cured or remedied within the twenty (20) day period, and if Tenant shall not have

 

- 19 -


diligently commenced curing such default within such twenty (20) days period, and shall thereafter with reasonable diligence and in good faith proceed to remedy or cure such default, then Landlord may serve a written three (3) days’ notice of cancellation of this Lease upon Tenant, and upon the expiration of said three (3) days, this Lease and the term thereunder shall end and expire as fully and completely as if the date of expiration of such three (3) days period were the day herein definitely fixed for the end and expiration of this Lease and the term thereof and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the Demised Premises to Landlord but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided.

(2) If the notice provided for in (1) hereof shall have been given, and the term shall expire as aforesaid or (a) if Tenant shall make default in the payment of the Fixed Rent reserved herein or any item of Additional Rent herein mentioned or any part of either or in making any other payment herein provided beyond the ten (10) days’ notice period provided for in (1) hereof; or (b) if any execution or attachment shall be issued against Tenant or any of Tenant’s property whereupon the Demised Premises shall be taken or occupied or attempted to be taken or occupied by someone other than Tenant; or (c) if Tenant shall be in default with respect to any other lease between Landlord and Tenant; then and in any of such events Landlord may without notice, re-enter the Demised Premises either by force or otherwise, or dispossess by summary process or otherwise the Tenant, and the legal representatives of Tenant or other occupant of the Demised Premises and remove their effects and hold the premises as if this Lease had not been made, the Tenant hereby waives the service of notice to quit. If Tenant shall be in default hereunder on the commencement of any renewal or extension of this Lease, Landlord may cancel and terminate such renewal or extension agreement by written notice, but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided.

Section 17.02 . In case of any such default, re-entry, expiration and/or dispossess by summary entry or otherwise, (a) the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall become due thereupon and be paid up to the time of such re-entry, dispossess and/or expiration, together with such expenses as Landlord may incur for the reasonable legal expenses, reasonable attorneys’ fees, brokerage, and/or putting the Demised Premises in good order, or for preparing the same for re-rental; (b) Landlord may, but shall have no obligation to, re-let the premises or any part or parts thereof, either in the name of Landlord or otherwise, for a term or terms, which may at Landlord’s option be less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term of this Lease and may grant concessions or free rent; and (c) Tenant or the legal representatives of Tenant shall also pay Landlord as liquidated damages for the failure of Tenant to observe and perform said Tenant’s covenants herein contained, any deficiency between the rent hereby reserved and/or covenanted to be paid and the net amount, if any, of the rents collected on account of the Lease or Leases of the Demised Premises for each month of the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term of this Lease. The failure or refusal of Landlord to re-let the premises or any part or parts thereof shall not release or affect Tenant’s liability for damages. In computing such liquidated damages there shall be added to the said deficiency such expenses as Landlord may incur in connection with re-letting, such as reasonable legal expenses, reasonable attorneys’ fees, brokerage fees and for keeping the Demised Premises in good order or for preparing the same for re-letting. Any such liquidated damages shall be paid, at Landlord’s option, in a lump sum or in monthly installments by Tenant on the rent day specified in this Lease and any suit brought to collect the amount of the deficiency for any month or months shall not prejudice in any way the rights of Landlord to collect the deficiency for any subsequent month or

 

- 20 -


months by a similar proceeding. Landlord at Landlord’s option may make such alterations, repairs, replacements and/or decorations in the Demised Premises as Landlord in Landlord’s sole judgment considers advisable and necessary for the purpose of re-letting the Demised Premises; and the making of such alterations and/or decorations shall not operate or be construed to release Tenant from liability hereunder as aforesaid mentioned. Landlord shall in no event be liable in any way whatsoever for failure to re-let the Demised Premises, or in the event that the Demised Premises are re-let, for failure to collect the rent thereof under such re-letting. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of the covenants or provisions hereof, Landlord shall have the right of injunction and the right to invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if re-entry, summary process and other remedies were not herein provided for. Mention in this Lease of any particular remedy shall not preclude Landlord from any other remedy, in law or in equity. Tenant hereby expressly waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present or future laws in the event of Tenant being evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or in the event of Landlord obtaining possession of Demised Premises, by reason of the violation by Tenant of any of the covenants and conditions of this Lease, or otherwise.

Section 17.03 . The foregoing remedies and rights of Landlord are cumulative and Landlord shall have in addition thereto, all rights and remedies granted by law and in equity.

ARTICLE 18

Right to Perform Other Party’s Obligations

Section 18.01 . If Tenant shall default in the observance or performance of any term or covenant on its part to be observed or performed under or by virtue of any of the terms or provisions in any Article of this Lease, Landlord, on reasonable notice, without being under any obligation to do so and without thereby waiving such default, may remedy such default for the account and at the expense of Tenant. If Landlord makes any expenditures or incurs any obligations for the payment of money in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceedings, such sums paid or obligations incurred with interest and cost shall be deemed to be Additional Rent hereunder and shall be paid to it by Tenant on demand. If Tenant makes any expenditures or incurs any obligations for the payment of money in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, attorney’s fees in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceedings, such sums paid or obligations incurred with interest and costs shall be paid to it by Landlord on demand. If such payment is not made, Tenant nevertheless may not deduct same from Fixed Rent or Additional Rent due hereunder but may institute a separate action against Landlord to recover same.

ARTICLE 19

Covenant of Quiet Enjoyment

Section 19.01 . Landlord covenants that upon Tenant paying the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent and observing and performing all of the terms, covenants and provisions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed, Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the Demised Premises, subject nevertheless to the terms and conditions of this Lease, provided, however, that no eviction of Tenant by reason of the foreclosure of any mortgage now or hereafter affecting the

 

- 21 -


Demised Premises or by reason of any termination of any ground or underlying lease to which this Lease is subject and subordinate, whether such termination is by operation of law, by agreement or otherwise, shall be construed as a breach of this covenant nor shall any action by reason thereof be brought against Landlord, and provided further that this covenant shall bind and be enforceable against the Landlord, subject to the terms hereof only so long as Landlord is in possession and is collecting rent from Tenant but not thereafter.

ARTICLE 20

Excavation

Section 20.01 . In the event that an excavation should be made for building or other purposes upon land adjacent to the Building, or should be authorized to be made, Tenant shall, if necessary, afford to the person or persons causing or authorized to cause such excavation, license to enter upon the Demised Premises for the purpose of doing such work as shall reasonably be necessary to protect or preserve the wall or walls of the Building, or the Building, from injury or damage and to support them by proper foundations, pinning and/or underpinning.

ARTICLE 21

Services and Equipment

Section 21.01 . Except as provided in Article 2 hereof, Landlord shall, at its cost and expense:

(a) Furnish all electric energy that Tenant shall reasonably require in the Demised Premises without charge;

(b) Provide first-class passenger elevator service at all times. Landlord may designate local and express stops for elevators and may change such designation of express and local stops from time to time. One of the elevators will be used for attended freight elevator service and will be available at designated hours Monday through Fridays, holidays excepted;

(c) Maintain and keep in good order and repair the air-conditioning, heating and ventilating system installed by Landlord. The aforesaid systems will be operated by Landlord when seasonally required on Mondays through Fridays, holidays excepted, and shall be effective from 7:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. and Saturdays from 8:00 A.M. to l :00 P.M. Overtime use will be according to such regulations as Landlord may from time to time establish, which regulations shall provide for reasonable charges to compensate Landlord for its expense. On the date hereof, such charge is $116.80 per hour and subject to change. Tenant shall keep entirely unobstructed all of the vents, intakes, outlets and grilles, at all times and shall comply with and observe all reasonable regulations and requirements prescribed by Landlord for the proper functioning of the heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems;

(d) Provide cleaning and janitorial services after regular business hours, except that no such services will be provided on Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays. Such services shall be of a quality appropriate for a first-class office building in the City of New Haven;

 

- 22 -


(e) Furnish adequate hot and cold water for lavatory and drinking and office cleaning purposes. If Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any other purposes, Tenant agrees to Landlord installing a meter or meters or other means to measure Tenant’s water consumption, and Tenant further agrees to reimburse Landlord for the cost of the meter or meters and the installation thereof, and to pay for the maintenance of said meter equipment and/or to pay Landlord’s cost of other means of measuring such water consumption by Tenant. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of all water consumed, as measured by said meter or meters or as otherwise measured, including sewer rents;

(f) Holidays shall be deemed to mean all Federal holidays, State holidays and Building Service Employee Union Contract Holidays; and

(g) Provide Tenant with its proportionate share of listings on the Building’s Directory of Tenants (Tenant shall provide its own signage at the entrance to the Demised Premises).

Section 21.02 . Landlord reserves the right to interrupt, curtail or suspend the services required to be furnished by Landlord under this Article 21 when the necessity thereof arises by reason of accident, emergency, mechanical breakdown, or when required by any law, order or regulation of any federal, state, county or municipal authority, or for any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord. Landlord shall use due diligence to complete all required repairs or other necessary work as quickly as possible so that Tenant’s inconvenience resulting therefrom may be for as short a period of time as circumstances will permit. No diminution or abatement of rent or other compensation shall or will be claimed by Tenant as a result therefrom, nor shall this Lease or any of the obligations of Tenant be affected or reduced by reason of such interruption curtailment or suspension.

Section 21.03 . Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost to Landlord of removal from the Demised Premises and the Building of so much of any refuse and rubbish of Tenant as shall exceed that ordinarily accumulated daily in the routine of business office occupancy.

ARTICLE 22

Electric Power

Section 22.01 . Tenant’s use of electrical energy in the Demised Premises shall not at any time exceed the capacity of any of the electrical conductors, machinery and equipment in or otherwise serving the Demised Premises. Tenant covenants and agrees that at no time will the connected electrical load in the Demised Premises exceed that required for normal office use. In order to insure that such capacity is not exceeded and to avert possible adverse effect upon the Building service and system, Tenant, after the Commencement Date, shall not without Landlord’s prior consent in each instance, connect any additional fixtures, machinery, appliances or equipment that would require the installation of any additional building risers or equipment for such use. Should any additional risers or other equipment be necessary, the same shall be provided by Landlord and the cost thereof shall be paid by Tenant upon demand. If there should be a dispute as to the necessity of such additional risers or other equipment, the matter shall be referred to a reputable independent electrical engineer or utility consultant, selected by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant for determination, and such determination shall be binding upon the parties. As a condition to granting such consent for the installation of additional risers or other equipment, Landlord may require Tenant to agree to an increase in the Fixed Rent by an amount which will reflect the value to Tenant of the additional service to be furnished by Landlord to Tenant.

 

- 23 -


Section 22.02 . Landlord shall not be liable in any way to Tenant for any failure or defect in the supply or character of electric energy furnished to the Demised Premises by reason of any change, requirement, act, neglect or omission of the public utility serving the Building with electricity or for any other reason not attributable to Landlord. Landlord shall furnish and install all Building standard lighting tubes, lamps, bulbs, and ballasts required in the Demised Premises, at Tenant’s expense, or shall pay Landlord’s reasonable charges therefor on demand.

Section 22.03 . Should Tenant utilize electric power above and beyond normal operating hours as such hours are defined in Section 21.0l(c) (with respect to use of heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems), Landlord has the right to charge for such usage.

ARTICLE 23

Brokers

Section 23.01 . The parties hereto agree that in regard to the Landlord’s obligation to pay any commissions in connection with this Lease, the brokers who negotiated and brought about this transaction are The Wm. M. Hotchkiss Company and Cushman and Wakefield. Landlord agrees to pay such a commission to The Wm. M. Hotchkiss Company as set forth in an exclusive leasing agreement between Landlord and The Wm. M. Hotchkiss Company.

ARTICLE 24

Subordination

Section 24.01 . This Lease is subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying leases and to all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect the Land or the Building, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. This clause shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required by any mortgagee. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall execute promptly any reasonable certificate that Landlord may request. Tenant hereby constitutes and appoints Landlord the Tenant’s attorney-in-fact to execute any such certificate or certificates for and on behalf of Tenant.

Section 24.02 . At the option of the Landlord or any successor Landlord or the holder of any mortgage affecting the Demised Premises, Tenant agrees that neither the cancellation or termination of any ground or underlying lease to which this Lease is now or may hereafter become subject or subordinate, nor any foreclosure of a mortgage affecting said premises, nor the institution of any suit, action, summary or other proceeding against the Landlord herein or any successor Landlord or any foreclosure proceeding brought by the holder of any such mortgage to recover possession of such property, shall by operation of law or otherwise result in cancellation or termination of this Lease or the obligations of the Tenant hereunder, and upon the request of any such Landlord, successor landlord or the holder of such mortgage, Tenant covenants and agrees to attorn to the Landlord or to any successor to the Landlord’s interest in the Demised Premises, or to such holder of such mortgage or to the purchaser of the mortgaged premises in foreclosure.

 

- 24 -


Section 24.03 . In the event of any act or omission by the Landlord which would give the Tenant the right to terminate this Lease or to claim a partial or total eviction, pursuant to the terms of this Lease, if any, the Tenant will not exercise any such right until:

(a) it has given written notice of such act or omission to:

(i) the holder of any first mortgage;

(ii) to the Landlord under any ground or underlying lease to which this Lease is subject and subordinate,

whose names and addresses shall previously have been furnished to Tenant by delivering such notice of such act or omission addressed to such holders at the last addresses so furnished; and

(b) a reasonable period of remedying such act or omission shall have elapsed following such giving of notice during which such parties, or any of them, with reasonable diligence, following the giving of such notice, has not commenced and continued to remedy such act or omission or to cause the same to be remedied.

Section 24.04 . If, in connection with obtaining financing, a banking, insurance or other recognized institutional lender shall request reasonable modifications in this Lease as a condition to such financing, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent thereto, provided that such modifications do not, in Tenant’s reasonable opinion, increase the obligations of Tenant hereunder or materially adversely affect the leasehold interest hereby created or Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the premises.

Section 24.05 . Landlord agrees to request from the holder or holders of any mortgage or mortgages to which this Lease may now or hereafter be subordinate, a nondisturbance agreement in favor of Tenant, which shall provide in substance that so long as Tenant is not in default for such period of time as would give Landlord the right to cancel this Lease pursuant to Article 17 hereof:

(i) Tenant shall not be named or joined in any action or proceeding to foreclose any such mortgage;

(ii) Such action or proceeding shall not result in a cancellation or termination of this Lease; and

(iii) If the holder of any such mortgage becomes the owner or the assignee of any ground or underlying lease or the lessee under any other lease given in substitution therefor, or in the event of the sale of the Building as a result of any action or proceeding to foreclose any such mortgage, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between Tenant and the then lessee under the ground or underlying lease or under any other lease given in substitution therefor or the purchaser of the Building as the case may be, upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.

 

- 25 -


ARTICLE 25

Estoppel Certificate

Section 25.01 . Tenant agrees, at any time, and from time to time, upon not less than seven (7) days’ prior notice by Landlord, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord or at its direction, a statement in writing addressed to Landlord certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), stating the dates to which the Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges have been paid, and stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signer of such certificate, there exists any default in the performance of any covenant, agreement, term, provision or condition contained in this Lease, and, if so, specifying each such default of which the signer may have knowledge, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant hereto may be relied upon by Landlord and by any mortgagee or prospective mortgagee of any mortgage affecting the Building and the Land, and by any landlord under a ground or underlying lease affecting the Land of Building, or both.

ARTICLE 26

Legal Proceedings

Section 26.01 . Landlord and Tenant hereby waive the right to a jury in any action, summary process or legal proceeding between or among the parties hereto or their successors arising out of this Lease or Tenant’s occupancy of the Demised Premises or Tenant’s right to occupy the Demised Premises.

ARTICLE 27

Surrender of Premises

Section 27.01 . Upon the expiration or other termination of the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender the Demised Premises in good order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty, the elements and any cause beyond Tenant’s reasonable control excepted, and shall remove all its property therefrom, except as otherwise provided in this Lease. Tenant’s obligation to observe or perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or other termination of the Term of this Lease.

ARTICLE 28

Rules and Regulations

Section 28.01 . Tenants, its servants, employees, agents, visitors and licensees shall observe faithfully and comply strictly with the rules and regulations that Landlord or its agents may establish for the management and operation of the Building and Landlord shall have the right from time to time during the Term of this Lease to make reasonable changes in and additions to such rules, provided such rules and regulations or such changes and additions do not unreasonably affect the conduct of the Tenant’s business or Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises and provided such changes and additions do not contravene express provisions of this Lease itself and delivered to Tenant in writing.

 

- 26 -


Section 28.02 . Any failure by Landlord to enforce any rules and regulations now or hereafter in effect, either against Tenant or any other tenant in the Building, shall not constitute a waiver of any such rules and regulations. Such rules and regulations shall be uniformly enforced against all tenants. If any new rules or regulations call for Landlord’s consent, the same shall not be unreasonably withheld.

ARTICLE 29

Renewal Options; Right of First Refusal

Section 29.01 . If, immediately prior to the expiration of the Term provided in Article 1 this Lease (for purposes of this Article 29 only, the “Term” is hereinafter called the “Original Term”) shall be in full force and effect and provided Tenant not less than six (6) months prior to the expiration of the Original Term shall have given Landlord written notice of Tenant’s interest in renewing this Lease, then, not less than three (3) months prior to the expiration of the Original Term, the Landlord shall propose in writing, a “Lease Renewal Agreement” which would renew and extend the lease term for a further term of one ( 1) year (herein after called the “First Renewal Term”) commencing upon the expiration of the Original Term and ending on the day preceding the first (1 st ) anniversary of the commencing of the First Renewal Term, consistent with the terms of this Lease other than rent which shall be at “ Fair Rental Value” as described below.

Upon the expiration of the First Renewal Term, Tenant shall have the option to renew and extend the lease term for a further term of one (1) year (the “Second Renewal Term”), commencing upon the expiration of the First Renewal Term and ending on the day preceding the first (1 st ) anniversary of the commencing of the Second Renewal Term, consistent with the terms of this Lease other than rent which shall be at “Fair Rental Value” as described below.

The Fixed Rent during each of the First Renewal Period and the Second Renewal Period shall be the “Fair Rental Value” for space comparable to the Demises Premises, taking into account such allowances and concessions as are then being customarily offered for similar premises. If by sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Initial Term, or any subsequent Renewal Period, the parties have failed to reach an accord on what constitutes Fair Rental Value, each party shall retain, no later than fifteen (15) days prior to the end of the Initial Period or Renewal Period, as the case may be, at its sole expense, an MAI certified appraiser who shall render an opinion on the Fair Rental Value of the Demised Premises. If the results of the two appraisals differ by 10% or less, the Fixed Rent for the Premises during the first year of the Renewal Period shall be set at the average of the two appraisals. If the results of the two appraisals differ by more than 10%, and the parties cannot agree upon the Fair Rental Value of the Demised Premises, within fifteen (15) days of the receipt of the latter of the two appraisals, the appraisers retained by the parties shall mutually identify a third MAI certified appraiser who shall make final determination of the Fair Rental Value of the Demised Premises. All costs and expenses associated with the services of the third appraiser shall be shared evenly by the Landlord and Tenant.

 

- 27 -


Section 29.02 . (a) Provided Tenant is not then in default under the terms and conditions of this Lease either as of the date of the giving of “Tenant’s Response” or the “Refusal Inclusion Date” (as such terms as hereinafter defined), if at any time during the Term of this Lease, including Renewal Terms, Landlord receives an offer from a third party to lease the portion of the Building adjacent to the Demised Premises shown as “A” on Exhibit A (the “Refusal Space”) during the Term of this Lease, subject to Landlord’s election to take the space for its own use or the use of an affiliate, Landlord shall offer to Tenant, the right to include such Refusal Space within the Demised Premises upon all the terms and conditions set forth in such offer.

(b) Such communication shall be made by Landlord to Tenant in a written notice (hereinafter called the “Right of First Refusal Notice”) which communication shall designate the space being offered and the terms of the proposed lease. The proposed annual Fixed Rent payable with respect to any such Refusal Spaces shall be equal to the annual Fixed Rent set for in the Right of First Refusal Notice.

(c) Tenant may accept the offer set forth in the Right of First Refusal Notice by delivering to Landlord its acceptance (hereinafter called “Tenant’s Response”) of such offer within fifteen (15) days after delivery by the Landlord of the Right of First Refusal Notice to the Tenant. Such portion of the Refusal Space shall be added and included in the Demised Premises sixty (60) days after Tenant’s First Notice (herein called the “Inclusion Date”). Time shall be of the essence with respect to the giving of Tenant’s Response.

ARTICLE 30

Successors and Assigns

Section 30.01 . The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and, except as otherwise provided herein, their assigns.

Section 30.02 . The term “Landlord” wherever used in this Lease shall be limited to mean and include only the owner or owners at the time in question of the Land and the Building, or the Building or the Tenant under a ground or underlying lease affecting the Land and the Building or the Building, or both, to whom this Lease may be assigned, or a mortgagee in possession, so that in the event of any sale, assignment or transfer of the Land and the Building or the Building, or of such ground of underlying lease, such owner, tenant under a ground lease or mortgagee in possession shall thereupon be released and discharged from all covenants, conditions and agreements of Landlord thereafter accruing hereunder; but such covenants, conditions and agreements shall be binding upon each new owner, tenant under a ground or underlying lease, or mortgagee in possession for the time being of the Land and the Building or the Building, until sold, assigned or transferred.

 

- 28 -


ARTICLE 31

Notices

Section 31.01 . Any notice, request or demand permitted or required to be given by the terms and provisions of this Lease, or by any law or governmental regulation, either by Landlord to Tenant or by Tenant to Landlord, shall be in writing. Unless otherwise required by such law or regulation, such notice, request or demand shall be given, and shall be deemed to have been served and given by Landlord and received by Tenant, (a) three (3) business days after the same has been deposited with the United States Postal Service by registered or certified mail enclosed in a securely closed postpaid wrapper, in a United States Government general or branch post office, or, (b) one (1) business day after the same has been deposited with an overnight courier, packaged in compliance with the policies of said courier, addressed to Tenant at its address as stated on the first page of this Lease, Attention: Jennifer Good with a copy to Robinson & Cole LLP, 1055 Washington Blvd., Stamford, CT 06901 Attn. Steven L. Elbaum, Esq. or (c) on the same day if such day is a business day, or if not, on the next business day after the same shall have been transmitted via facsimile to Tenant’s fax number at the Demised Premises, or until Tenant has moved its office to the Demised Premises, to Tenant’s fax number at its address as stated on the first page of this Lease. Such notice, request or demand shall be given, and shall be deemed to have been served and given by Tenant and received by Landlord (a) three (3) business days after the same has been deposited with the United States Postal Service by registered or certified mail enclosed in a securely closed postpaid wrapper in such a post office and resend to Landlord at P.O. Box 514, Lockport, New York, NY 14095-0514, or (b) one (1) business day after the same has been deposited with an overnight courier, packaged in compliance with the policies of said courier, addressed to Landlord at 6950 S. Transit Rd., Lockport, New York 14094 Attn: Real Estate Manager, Facilities with a copy to The Wm. M. Hotchkiss Company, 195 Church Street, New Haven, Connecticut 06510; or (c) on the same day if such day is a business day, or if not, on the next business day after the same shall have been transmitted via facsimile to Landlord’s fax number at said address. Either party may, by notice similarly given as aforesaid designate a different address or addresses for notices, requests or demands to it.

ARTICLE 32

No Waiver; Entire Agreement

Section 32.01 . The failure of either party to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this Lease, or any of the Rules and Regulations set forth or hereafter adopted by Landlord shall not prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a violation from having all the force and effect of an original violation. The receipt by Landlord of rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. The failure of Landlord to enforce any of the Rules and Regulations set forth, or hereafter adopted, against Tenant and/or any other tenant in the Building shall not be deemed a waiver of any such Rules and Regulations. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord, unless such waiver be in writing signed by Landlord. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest stipulated rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy in this Lease provided.

 

- 29 -


Section 32.02 . This Lease with the Schedules annexed hereto, if any, contains the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant and any executory agreement hereafter made between Landlord and Tenant shall be ineffective to change, modify, waive, release, discharge, terminate or effect an abandonment of this Lease, in whole or in part, unless such executory agreement is in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, waiver, release, discharge, termination or the effecting of the abandonment is sought.

Section 32.03 . If any term or provision of this Lease (other than Article 19) shall, to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby and the balance of the terms and provisions of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent either hereunder or as permitted by law.

ARTICLE 33

Captions

Section 33.01 . The captions of Articles in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and they in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Lease or the intent of any provision thereof.

ARTICLE 34

Inability to Perform

Section 34.01 . This Lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay rent hereunder and perform all of the other covenants and agreements hereunder on part of Tenant to be performed shall in no way be affected, impaired or excused because Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations under this Lease or to supply or is delayed in supplying any service expressly or impliedly to be supplied or is unable to make, or is delayed in making any repair, additions, alterations or decorations or is unable to supply or is delayed in supplying any equipment or fixtures if Landlord is prevented or delayed from so doing by reason of strike or labor troubles or any outside cause whatsoever beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, including but not limited to, governmental preemption in connection with a National Emergency or by reason of any rule, order or regulation of any department or subdivision thereof of any government agency or by reason of the conditions of supply and demand which have been or are affected by war or other emergency.

ARTICLE 35

No Representations by Landlord

Section 35.01 . Landlord or Landlord’s agents have made no representations or promises with respect to the said Building, the Land or the Demised Premises except as herein expressly set forth and no rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise except as expressly set forth in the provisions of this Lease. The taking possession of the Demised Premises by Tenant shall be conclusive evidence, as against Tenant, that Tenant accepts said premises and the Building of which the same form a part and agrees that the same were in good and satisfactory condition at the time such possession was so taken and except as to latent defects.

 

- 30 -


ARTICLE 36

Name of Building

Section 36.01 . The Building may be known as “195 Church Street” or by such name as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect and Landlord shall have the right from time to time to change such designation or name without Tenant’s consent.

ARTICLE 37

Holdover

Section 37.01 . In the event the Lease is not renewed or a new lease is not entered into between the parties, and if Tenant shall then holdover after the expiration of the Term, the parties agree that Tenant’s occupancy of the Demised Premises after the expiration of the Term shall be under a month-to-month tenancy commencing on the first day after the expiration of the Term, which tenancy shall be upon all of the terms set forth in this Lease except Tenant shall pay on the first day of each month of the holdover period as Fixed Rent, an amount equal to 1.25 times one-twelfth of the sum of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant during the last year of the term of this lease (i.e., the year immediately prior to the holdover period) for the six (6) month period immediately following the expiration of the Term; thereafter, the monthly Fixed Rent shall increase to 1.50 times one-twelfth of the sum of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant during the last year of the term of this lease (i.e., the year immediately prior to the holdover period). During the holdover period, each party hereto shall give to the other at least thirty (30) days written notice to quit the Demised Premises, except in the event of nonpayment of monthly Fixed Rent or of Additional Rent when due, or of the breach of any other covenant by Tenant, in which event Tenant shall not be entitled to any notice to quit, the usual thirty (30) days notice to quit being expressly waived. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord shall desire to regain possession of the Demised Premises promptly at the expiration of the Term or any extension thereof, and after the initial six (6) month holdover period described in this Section 37.01, Landlord may re-enter and take possession of the Demised Premises by any legal action, and Landlord shall have the right to recover direct or indirect damages suffered by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s failure to vacate upon such expiration.

 

- 31 -


ARTICLE 38

Intentionally omitted

ARTICLE 39

Security Deposit

Section 39.01 . Tenant agrees to deposit with Landlord Eleven Thousand Five Hundred Seventy-two and 24/100 Dollars ($11,572.24) representing the average of two (2) months of Fixed Rent at the rate set for the Term (the “Security Deposit”) upon execution of this Lease, as security for Tenant’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. Landlord and Tenant agree that the Security Deposit may be commingled with funds of Landlord and Landlord shall have no obligation or liability for payment of interest on such deposit. Tenant shall not mortgage, hypothecate, assign, transfer, sell or encumber the Security Deposit without the prior written consent of Landlord and any attempt by Tenant to do so shall be void, without force or effect and shall not be binding upon Landlord.

Section 39.02 . If Tenant fails to pay any Fixed Rent or Additional Rent or other amount payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease when due and payable under this Lease, or fails to perform any of the terms hereof, Landlord may appropriate and apply or use all or any portion of the Security Deposit for Fixed Rent or Additional Rent payments or any other amount then due and unpaid, for payment of any amount for which Landlord has become obligated as a result of Tenant’s default or breach, and for any loss or damage sustained by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s default or breach, and Landlord may so apply or use this Security Deposit without prejudice to any other remedy Landlord may have by reason of Tenant’s default or breach. If Landlord so uses any of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the full amount originally deposited; Tenant’s failure to do so shall constitute an act of default hereunder and Landlord shall have the right to exercise any remedy provided for at Article 17 hereof.

Section 39.03 . Within thirty (30) days after the Term (or any extension thereof) has expired or Tenant has vacated the Demised Premises, whichever shall last occur, and provided Tenant is not then in default on any of its obligations hereunder, Landlord shall return the Security Deposit, or such part as has not been applied to cure any default by Tenant, to Tenant or, if Tenant has assigned its interest under this Lease, to the last assignee of Tenant. If Landlord sells its interest in the Demised Premises, Landlord may deliver this Security Deposit to the purchaser of Landlord’s interest and thereupon be relieved of any further liability or obligation with respect to the Security Deposit.

[THE NEXT PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE.]

 

- 32 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have respectively signed and sealed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

FIRST NIAGARA BANK, N.A.
(Landlord)
By:  

/s/ Craig W. Berry

Craig W. Berry
FVP, Director of Facilities
TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.
(Tenant)
By:  

/s/ Jennifer Good

Name: Jennifer Good
Its President & CEO

 

- 33 -


Schedule of Exhibits

 

EXHIBIT A    Description of Demised Premises and Right of Refusal Space
EXHIBIT B    Landlord’s Work


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


195 Church Street 14 th Floor Fit Out

3,387 sq ft

Updated: 2/3/2012

Exhibit B- Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. per plan dated 1-21-2013

 

Item

   Bid     

NOTES

Permit

   $ 325.60      Actual

Architect

   $ 800.00     

Electrical

   $ 1,600.00      Includes conf room floor plug

Plumbing

   $ 1,169.85     

HVAC

   $ 2,000.00      Allowance for moves

Sprinklers

   $ 300.00      Allowance to move one head

Paint/wallcovering install

   $ 3,700.00      Includes accent wall

Wall vinyl

   $ 0.00      N/A

Framing/drywall/windows/doors/demo

   $ 9,145.78     

Millwork

   $ 0.00      Incl

Appliances

   $ 800.00      Refridgerator/ice maker

Carpet/hardwood material

   $ 12,531.85     

Caret/hardwood install

   $ 6,018.35     

TV/Bracket

   $ 0.00      N/A

Rubbush

   $ 400.00      Partial dumpster

Doorlocks/rekeying

   $ 150.00      Office doors

Special Window Glass

   $ 0.00      Incl

Construction Janitorial

   $ 800.00     

GC fee (10%)

   $ 2,500.00     

Contingency (10%)

   $ 3,974.14     

Total

   $ 46,215.57     

Notes:

 

  1

No furniture, equipment, or telephone system have been included

 

  2

No FF&E design fees are included

 

  3

No data or telephone line work is included

 

  4

No window treatments are included

This document is a working budget subject to change based on final scope of work


Tenant will approve final total expense which will be paid for from the fit out allowance as outlined in the lease. Tenant may apply the Fit up Amount to the items specifically listed on this Exhibit B, including voice and data cabling (per Section 1.5), as well as any to any other improvements, alterations and additions that benefit the Demised Premises and that are not furniture or equipment.

 

Approved  

 

 

Date

Exhibit 10.14

First Amendment to Lease

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“ First Amendment ”) dated December 5, 2017, by and between 195 Church Street Associates, LLC, a Connecticut limited liability corporation (“ Landlord ”) and Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. (“ Tenant ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , Landlord entered into a certain Indenture of Lease with Tenant dated February 6 th , 2013 (the “ Original Lease ”) and with respect to certain office space located on the 14 th floor of the Building comprised of 3,387 rentable square feet (the “ Original Premises ”), the original term (the “ Original Term ”) of which is scheduled to expire on February 28, 2018 (the “ Current Termination Date ”).

WHEREAS , Landlord and Tenant wish to amend the Lease with regard to the size of the Demised Premises, the Term of the Lease, the fit up amount, the Fixed Rent, and the percentage of total rentable space.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the terms and conditions of the Lease and the mutual covenants contained therein and herein, each of the parties hereto agrees as follows:

 

  1.

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Original Lease. The Original Lease, as amended by the First Amendment, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Lease ”.

 

  2.

The Original Term is hereby extended for a period of five (5) years after the Current Termination Date, which 5-year period commences on March 1, 2018, and expires on February 28, 2023 (the “ Extended Termination Date ”), unless sooner terminated or otherwise extended in accordance with the terms of the Lease. That portion of the Lease Term commencing on March 1, 2018 (the “ Expansion Space Commencement Date ”) and ending on the Extended Termination Date shall be referred to herein as the “ Extended Term ”. Except as otherwise provided in this First Amendment, the terms and conditions of the Extended Term shall be the same terms and conditions as are set forth in (and are last applicable under) the Original Lease.

 

  3.

As of the Expansion Commencement Date and continuing for the remainder of the Extended Term, the “Demised Premises”, as such term is used in the Original Lease, shall include the Original Premises and a portion of the 14 th floor of the Building comprised of 2,176 rentable square feet as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Expansion Space ”), for a total of 5,563 rentable square feet (collectively, the “ Demised Premises ”). Landlord shall deliver to Tenant exclusive possession of the Expansion Space on the Expansion Space Commencement Date. If the Expansion Space is ready for occupancy prior to the Expansion Space Commencement Date, Tenant will be permitted access to same without being obligated to pay Fixed Rent or any additional rent therefor (except for electric costs as herein limited) until the Expansion Space Commencement Date, but subject to all other terms and covenants of the Lease. Landlord hereby warrants and represents that, as of the Expansion Space


  Commencement Date (or on such earlier date that Landlord delivers exclusive occupancy of the Expansion Space to Tenant), (a) the Expansion Space shall be vacant, broom-clean and ready for Tenant’s exclusive occupancy; (b) Landlord’s Work (as herein defined) shall be substantially completed such that a final and unconditional certificate of completion permitting lawful occupancy has been duly issued, and such that Tenant may reasonably commence its business operations; (c) all mechanical equipment and utility systems serving the Expansion Space shall be in good working order and repair; (d) the Demised Premises shall be structurally sound and “water-tight”; (e) Tenant’s access to the Demised Premises shall be reasonably secure and unimpeded; and (f) the Demised Premises shall be in compliance with all applicable laws, codes, statutes, ordinances, guidelines, rules, and regulations. Landlord’s warranties and representations under this Paragraph shall survive the commencement of the Extended Term. The Renewal Options shall be available at the end of the Extended Term pursuant to compliance with Section 29.01, as amended by this First Amendment.

 

  4.

Section 1.04 of the Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof:

“Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease provided that Tenant shall not at the time of the exercise of the hereinafter described option, be in default of any of the terms, covenants or conditions to be kept and performed on the part of Tenant under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods. Such termination shall be effective on the last day of the thirty sixth (36 th ) month of the Extended Term (the “ Termination Date ”). To exercise this option to terminate, Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord no later than the first day of the thirty-first (31 st ) month of the Extended Term and such notice shall be accompanied by a sum equal to four (4) months Fixed Rent at the then current rate, which is $40,795.32, and the unamortized brokerage fees for this First Amendment (amortized on a straight line basis over the Extended Term), which is $17,737.03. On or before the Termination Date, Tenant shall surrender possession of the Demised Premises to Landlord; time is of the essence in all respects of Tenant’s obligations under this Section 1.04.”

 

  5.

Landlord shall substantially complete all of the initial alterations and related improvements to the Demised Premises as mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant and necessary for the conduct of Tenant’s business therein (the “Landlord’s Work”).

 

  6.

Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, but subject to the Fit-Up Allowance, shall perform Landlord’s Work so that it is substantially completed on or before the Expansion Space Commencement Date. Landlord’s work shall be performed in a first-class manner as to workmanship, installation and materials. Landlord shall provide Tenant with a fit up allowance of $25.00 per square foot of the Expansion Space which is $54,400.00 (“ Fit-Up Allowance ”), which Fit-Up Allowance shall be used for the hard and soft costs of the Landlord’s Work. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, reimburse Landlord for any costs and expenses associated with Landlord’s Work that exceeds the Fit-Up Allowance.

 

- 2 -


  7.

Fixed Rent for the Extended Term shall be payable in accordance with the schedule below and the applicable terms of the Lease:

 

Months    Per Square Foot      Annual Rent      Monthly Rent  

1-12

   $ 21.00      $ 116,823.00      $ 9,735.25  

13-24

   $ 21.50      $ 119,604.50      $ 9,967.04  

25-36

   $ 22.00      $ 122,386.00      $ 10,198.83  

37-48

   $ 22.50      $ 125,167.50      $ 10,430.63  

49-60

   $ 23.00      $ 127,949.00      $ 10,662.42  

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, in all years of the Extended Term all rents are quoted exclusive of pro rata share of electric costs. Tenant shall be responsible for additional rent for its proportionate share of all electric costs, said share not to exceed $13,907.50 per year.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that no Tenant default beyond notice and cure periods has then occurred and is continuing, Landlord shall credit Tenant with the sum of $9,967.04 for the thirteenth (13 th ) month and the sum of $10,430.63 for the forty-eighth (48 th ) month of the Extended Term.

 

  8.

Effective as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Section 2.03(b) of the Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Subject to the provisions herein, effective as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay the amount equal to 2.27% (the percentage of total rentable space in the Building leased by Tenant hereunder) of the amount by which Building Operating Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord during any calendar year during the Extended Term hereof exceed Operating Expenses for the base year. The total rentable area of the Building shall be deemed to be 245,000 square feet. The “base year” shall be the calendar year ending December 31, 2018. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Tenant’s pro rata share of electric costs shall not exceed $13,907.50 for each year of the Extended Term and the Additional Renewal Term.”

 

  9.

Effective as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Section 2.04(A)(9) of the Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Costs (including applicable taxes) for electricity and other utilities provided that Tenant’s pro rata share of electric costs shall not exceed $13,907.50 for any year of the Extended Term.”

 

- 3 -


  10.

The parties hereto agree that Robert H. Motley of Cushman & Wakefield shall solely represent the Tenant’s interest in negotiations of the First Amendment and shall be paid by the Landlord’s Agent, Evan C. O’Brien of Cushman & Wakefield. The Landlord’s Agent shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to a separate agreement. The parties hereby acknowledge that these brokers/agents are the only parties with any claim to a commission arising out of this transaction and shall indemnify the other for any adverse claims to the contrary.

 

  11.

Effective as of the date hereof, Section 29.01 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Effective as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date, if, immediately prior to the expiration of the Extended Term provided in Article 1, this Lease (for purposes of this Article 29 only, the “Term” is hereinafter called the “ Extended Term ”) shall be in full force and effect and provided Tenant not less than six (6) months prior to the expiration of the Extended Term shall have given Landlord written notice of Tenant’s interest in renewing this Lease, and upon receipt of such valid notice, the lease term shall be extended for a further term of one (1) year (hereinafter called the “ Additional Renewal Term ”) commencing upon the expiration of the Extended Term and ending on the day preceding the first (1 st ) anniversary of the commencing of the Additional Renewal Term, consistent with the terms of this Lease, as amended, other than Fixed Rent which shall be at $23.50 per square foot (Annual Fixed Rent of $130,730.50 and Monthly Fixed Rent of $10,894.21).”

 

  12.

Section 29.02 is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

  13.

Landlord acknowledges that it is presently holding a Security Deposit in the amount of $11,572.24 under Section 39.01 of the Original Lease. On or before the Expansion Space Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the sum of $7,898.26, as additional security for Tenant’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. Upon such delivery, the amount of the “Security Deposit” under Section 39.01 of the Lease shall be amended to be the sum of Nineteen Thousand Four Hundred Seventy and 50/100 Dollars ($19,470.50).

 

  14.

Except as modified herein, all terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of the Lease shall remain unchanged. The rights, privileges, duties and obligations of the parties under the Lease shall, except as modified above, remain unchanged and in full force and effect and nothing herein contained shall operate to release Tenant from its obligations under the Lease.

 

  15.

This First Amendment is an integrated document and all terms and provisions as to the subject matter hereof are embodied herein and shall not be varied.

 

  16.

This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts. Each executed counterpart shall be deemed an original hereof and all such executed counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument, which instrument shall for all purposes be sufficiently evidenced by any such executed counterpart.

 

- 4 -


  17.

This First Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, provided that nothing contained herein shall permit any transfer, assignment or sublease, contrary to the provisions of the Lease.

 

  18.

This First Amendment is made, executed and delivered in the State of Connecticut and it is the specific desire and intention of the parties that it shall in all respects be construed under the laws of the State of Connecticut.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have set their hands and seals as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

195 CHURCH STREET ASSOCIATES, LLC

 

BY: /s/ Paul Denz                                                             

Name: Paul Denz

ITS: Manager

 

Date: December 5, 2017

    

TENANT:

 

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

BY: /s/ Jennifer Good                                                         

Name: Jennifer Good

ITS: President & CEO

 

Date: November 30, 2017

 

- 5 -


Exhibit A – Demised Premises 5,563 s.f.

[Graphic omitted.]

Exhibit 10.15

Certain identified information has been excluded from the exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the Company, if publicly disclosed. Double asterisks denote omissions.

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.

AND

PENWEST PHARMACEUTICALS CO.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

ARTICLE II LICENSE GRANT AND PENWEST OPTION

     8  

2.1

  License Grant      8  

2.2

  Sublicenses      8  

2.3

  Responsibility; Decision-making      8  

2.4

  Penwest Option to Negotiate      9  

2.5

  Trevi License Grant      9  

ARTICLE III TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER AND TRANSITION ACTIVITIES

     9  

3.1

  Know-how Transfer      9  

3.2

  Regulatory Transition      10  

3.3

  Supply of Material/Technology Transfer      10  

3.4

  Transfer of TIMERx Manufacturing Process      10  

3.5

  Cooperation      10  

3.6

  Costs      10  

ARTICLE IV FINANCIAL PROVISIONS

     10  

4.1

  License Fee      10  

4.2

  Milestones Payments      10  

4.3

  Royalty Payments by Trevi      11  

4.4

  Royalty Term      11  

4.5

  Sublicense Income      11  

4.6

  Payments; Reports      12  

4.7

  Taxes      12  

4.8

  United States Dollars      12  

4.9

  Currency Conversion      12  

4.10

  Late Payments      12  

4.11

  Records and Audits      13  

ARTICLE V INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OWNERSHIP, PROTECTION AND RELATED MATTERS

     13  

5.1

  Prosecution and Maintenance of Patent Rights      13  

5.2

  Third Party Infringement      13  

ARTICLE VI CONFIDENTIALITY

     15  

6.1

  Confidential Information      15  

 

i


6.2

  Permitted Disclosures      16  

6.3

  Limitation on Penwest Disclosure of Penwest Know-how      16  

6.4

  Publicity      16  

6.5

  Publications      17  

6.6

  Return of Confidential Information      17  

ARTICLE VII REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; CERTAIN COVENANTS

     17  

7.1

  Mutual Representations      17  

7.2

  Penwest’s Representations and Warranties      18  

7.3

  No Warranty      18  

ARTICLE VIII INDEMNIFICATION

     19  

8.1

  Indemnification by Trevi      19  

8.2

  Indemnification by Penwest      19  

8.3

  Indemnification Procedure      20  

8.4

  Limitation of Liability      20  

ARTICLE IX TERM AND TERMINATION

     20  

9.1

  Term      20  

9.2

  Termination for Convenience      20  

9.3

  Termination for Cause      20  

9.4

  Penwest Termination      20  

9.5

  Patent Challenge Termination      21  

9.6

  Effect of Termination      21  

9.7

  Survival      22  

ARTICLE X DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     22  

10.1

  Referral of Unresolved Matters to Senior Executives      22  

10.2

  Arbitration      22  

10.3

  Equitable Relief      23  

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS

     23  

11.1

  Governing Law and Jurisdiction      23  

11.2

  Force Majeure      23  

11.3

  Further Assurances      24  

11.4

  Notices      24  

11.5

  Assignment      24  

11.6

  Affiliate Performance      24  

11.7

  Amendment      25  

11.8

  Entire Agreement      25  

 

ii


11.9

  No Benefit to Third Parties      25  

11.10

  Waiver      25  

11.11

  No Implied Licenses      25  

11.12

  Relationship of the Parties      25  

11.13

  Severability      25  

11.14

  Interpretation      25  

11.15

  Counterparts      26  

Exhibit A - Description of Compound

Exhibit B - Existing Inventory of API

Exhibit C - Existing Penwest Patent Rights

Exhibit D - Technology Transfer Plan

Exhibit E - Letters to FDA transferring INDs

 

iii


EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Exclusive License Agreement is entered into this 13th day of May, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Trevi Therapeutics, Inc,, a Delaware company, with principal offices located at 52 Charter Ridge Drive, Sandy Hook, CT 06482 (“ Trevi ”) and Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co,, a Washington corporation, with principal offices located at 100 Endo Boulevard, Chadds Ford, PA 19317 (“ Penwest ”). Each of Trevi and Penwest may be referred to, individually, as a “ Party ”, and, collectively, as the “ Parties ”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS , Penwest owns or controls certain patent rights and know-how related to a compound known as nalbuphine hydrochloride, including an extended release formulation;

WHEREAS , Trevi is interested in obtaining an exclusive license under such patent rights and to such know-how to develop and commercialize pharmaceutical products incorporating the foregoing compound, and Penwest is willing to grant Trevi such a license, in each case, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, Penwest and Trevi, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

When used in this Agreement, each of the following capitalized terms, whether used in the singular or plural, shall have the meaning set forth in this Article I.

1.1 “ Affiliate ” of an entity means any person or entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such entity. For the purposes of this definition, “control” refers to any of the following: (i) direct or indirect ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting securities entitled to vote for the election of directors in the case of a corporation, or of fifty percent (50%) or more of the equity interest with the power to direct management in the case of any other type of legal entity; (ii) status as a general partner in any partnership; or (iii) any other arrangement where a person or entity possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct the management or policies of an entity, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise,

1.2 “ Agreement ” means this Exclusive License Agreement, including any and all exhibits, schedules, appendices and other addenda to it and as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this document.

1.3 “ API ” means the active pharmaceutical ingredient contained in Licensed Product.

1.4 “ Clinical Trial Commencement Date ” means the date on which Trevi commences initial activities towards the conduct of a human clinical trial of Licensed Product.

 

1


1.5 “ Combination Product ” means any pharmaceutical product containing both a Licensed Product component and one or more other active pharmaceutical ingredients or other significant components.

1.6 “ Commercially Reasonable Efforts ”, as to a Party, means, as to development activities, the level of efforts and resources at least comparable to those normally used by development stage pharmaceutical companies to conduct an activity similar to the relevant activity under like circumstances, and as to commercialization activities, the level of efforts and resources at least comparable to those normally used by specialty pharmaceutical companies to conduct an activity similar to the relevant activity under like circumstances.

1.7 “ Compound ” means nalbuphine hydrochloride or any alternate form of such compound, including any pharmaceutically acceptable salt, polymorph, crystal form, pro drug or solvate of such compound to the extent such alternate form is covered by Penwest Patent Rights.

1.8 “ Confidential Information ” means any and all information, data and materials of a confidential or proprietary nature, which are provided by or on behalf of one Party or any of its Affiliates to the other Party or any of its Affiliates in connection with this Agreement.

1.9 “ Control ” or “ Controlled ”, other than for purposes of Section 1.1, means the possession of the right to grant licenses or sublicenses or to disclose proprietary or trade secret information without violating the terms of any agreement or other arrangement with a Third Party and without misappropriating or infringing the proprietary or trade secret information of a Third Party.

1.10 “ Cover ”, “ Covering ” or “ Covered ” means, with respect to a Patent Right and invention, that, in the absence of ownership of, or a license under, such Patent Right, the practice of such invention would infringe a Valid Claim of such Patent Right (including in the case of a Patent Right that is a patent application, a Valid Claim of such patent application as if such patent application were an issued patent).

1.11 “ EMA ” means the European Medicines Agency or any successor agency.

1.12 “ EU ” means the countries of the European Union, as it is constituted as of the Effective Date and as it may be expanded from time to time.

1.13 “ Existing Inventory ” means the quantity of API to be transferred by Penwest to Trevi under Section 3.3, as described in Exhibit 3.

1.14 “ FDA ” means the United States Food and Drug Administration or any successor agency thereto.

1.15 “ Field ” means all uses.

1.16 “ First Commercial Sale ”, as to a particular country, means the first commercial sale of a Licensed Product by Trevi or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees to a Third Party in such country after approval of the NDA, or if approval of an NDA is not required in such country, then following receipt of Marketing Approval required to market such Licensed Product in such country.

 

2


1.17 “ GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis, or any other accounting principles generally accepted for public companies in the United States such as International Financial Reporting Standards (“ IFRS ”). Unless otherwise defined or stated, financial terms shall be calculated under GAAP.

1.18 “ IND ” means an Investigational New Drug Application filed with FDA or a similar application filed with an applicable Regulatory Authority outside of the United States such as a clinical trial application (CTA) or a clinical trial exemption (CTX).

1.19 “ Know-how ” means inventions, practices, methods, protocols, formulas, knowledge, know-how, trade secrets, processes, procedures, specifications, assays, skills, experience, techniques, data and results of experimentation and testing, including pharmacological, toxicological, safety, stability and pre-clinical and clinical test data and analytical and quality control data, patentable or otherwise.

1.20 “ Knowledge of Penwest ” means the actual knowledge of the current executive officers of Penwest of events arising after November 4, 2010.

1.21 “ Licensed Product ” means any product comprising, incorporating or containing any Compound, in any formulation, and shall specifically include the extended release formulation of Compound made using TIMERx Technology.

1.22 “ Marketing Approval ” means any approval, including price approval, registration, license or authorization from any Regulatory Authority required to market and sell a Licensed Product in a jurisdiction and shall include an approval, registration, license or authorization granted in connection with an NDA.

1.23 “ Merger ” means the acquisition of Penwest by Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc.

1.24 “ NDA ” means a New Drug Application, Biologies License Application or equivalent submission filed with the FDA in connection with seeking Marketing Approval of a Licensed Product, or an equivalent application filed with any equivalent regulatory agency or governmental authority in any jurisdiction other than the United States.

1.25 “ Net Sales ” means the gross amount invoiced on sales of Licensed Product in the Territory by Trevi, its Affiliates and Sublicensees to any Third Party, less the following deductions with respect to the sale of such Licensed Product, in each case, calculated in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied:

(i) normal trade, cash and quantity discounts and other customary discounts actually given to customers in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) rebates, credits and allowances given by reason of rejections, returns, damaged or defective product or recalls;

 

3


(iii) government-mandated rebates and any other compulsory payments, credits, adjustments and rebates actually paid or deducted;

(iv) price adjustments, allowances, credits, chargeback payments, discounts, rebates, fees, reimbursements or similar payments granted to managed care organizations, group purchasing organizations or other buying groups, pharmacy benefit management companies, health maintenance organizations and any other providers of health insurance coverage, health care organizations or other health care institutions (including hospitals), health care administrators or patient assistance or other similar programs, or to federal, state/provincial, local and other governments, including their agencies, or to wholesalers, distributors or other trade customers;

(v) reasonable and customary freight, shipping, insurance and other transportation expenses, if actually borne by such Trevi or its Affiliates or Sublicensees without reimbursement from any Third Party;

(vi) sales, value-added, excise taxes, tariffs and duties, and other taxes and government charges directly related to the sale, delivery or use of Licensed Product (but not including taxes assessed directly against the income derived from such sale) net of any credits or allowances received by Trevi or its Affiliates or Sublicensees with respect to such taxes or charges;

(vii) amounts previously included in Net Sales of Licensed Product that are written off as uncollectible after reasonable collection efforts, in accordance with standard practices of the applicable party; and

(viii) any item, substantially similar in character or substance to any of the foregoing, calculated in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and customary in the pharmaceutical industry to be deducted in the definition of net sales in a license agreement of this type.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the transfer of a Licensed Product between or among Trevi, its Affiliates and Sublicensees will not be considered a sale.

Net Sales will include the cash consideration received on a sale and the fair market value of all non-cash consideration.

Disposition of Licensed Product for, or use of the Licensed Product in, clinical trials or other scientific testing, as free samples, or under compassionate use, patient assistance, or test marketing programs or other similar programs or studies shall not result in any Net Sales, however if Trevi or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees charges for such Licensed Product, the amount billed will be included in the calculation of Net Sales.

In the event a Licensed Product is sold in the form of a Combination Product, then the Net Sales for any such Combination Product shall be determined by multiplying the Net Sales of the Combination Product during the applicable royalty reporting period, by the fraction, A/(A+B), where A is the weighted (by sales volume) average sale price of the Licensed Product component

 

4


when sold separately in finished form in the country in which the Combination Product is sold and B is the weighted (by sales volume) average sale price of the other active pharmaceutical ingredients or significant components included in the Combination Product when sold separately in finished form in the country in which the Combination Product is sold, in each case during the applicable royalty reporting period or, if sales of both the Licensed Product component and the other active pharmaceutical ingredients or significant components did not occur in such period, then in the most recent royalty reporting period during the preceding twelve (12) months in which sales of both occurred, if any. In the event that such average sale price cannot be determined for both the Licensed Product and all other active pharmaceutical ingredients or significant components included in the Combination Product, then the Parties will in good faith discuss and agree on a pro-rata allocation of the Net Sales that reflects the Licensed Product’s contribution to the Combination Product on an equitable basis.

1.26 “ Penwest Know-how ” means any Know-how owned or otherwise Controlled by Penwest or any of its Affiliates as of the Effective Date or any time during the Term that (i) is incorporated into Licensed Product or the manufacturing process for Licensed Product; (ii) was used or generated in the development, manufacture or use of Licensed Product, including preclinical and clinical data; or (iii) is otherwise reasonably necessary or useful to the research, formulation, development (including filing for and obtaining Marketing Approval), manufacture, import, marketing, sale or use of Licensed Product in the Field. For the sake of clarity, and not in limitation of the foregoing, Penwest Know-how includes Know-how related to the TIMERx Technology as incorporated into an extended release formulation of Compound.

1.27 “ Penwest Patent Rights ” means (i) any and all patents and patent applications owned or otherwise Controlled by Penwest or any of its Affiliates on the Effective Date or at any time during the Term anywhere in the Territory that Cover Penwest Know-how or that otherwise Cover the research, formulation, development, manufacture, import, marketing, sale or use of Licensed Product in the Field; and (ii) any and all extensions or restorations of the foregoing patents or patent applications by existing or future extension or restoration mechanisms, including revalidations, reissues, re-examinations and supplementary protection certificates and the like. Penwest Patent Rights includes the patents and patent applications listed in Exhibit C .

1.28 “ Patent Rights ” means patents and patent applications and all substitutions, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, reissues, reexaminations, supplemental protection certificates and extensions and the like thereof, and all counterparts thereof in any country.

1.29 “ Phase 2 Clinical Study ” means a human clinical trial as described in 21 C.F.R. §312.21(b), or an equivalent clinical trial in a country in the Territory other than the United States.

1.30 “ Phase 2 Data Package ” means a data package that contains the results of the Phase 2 Clinical Studies of Licensed Product required to be completed prior to commencement of a Phase 3 Clinical Study of Licensed Product in the following form: (i) a statistical analysis of results, (ii) analysis tables, data listings and illustrative figures, (iii) the table of adverse events, and (iv) a narrative description of serious adverse events, in each case in the format compiled by Trevi, which shall be consistent with industry standards.

 

5


1.31 “ Phase 3 Clinical Study ” means a human clinical trial that is prospectively designed to demonstrate statistically whether a product is safe and effective for use in humans in the indication being investigated as described in 21 C.F.R. §312.21(c), or an equivalent clinical trial in a country in the Territory other than the United States.

1.32 “ Regulatory Authority ” means any federal, national, multinational, state, county, city, provincial, or local regulatory agency, department, bureau or other governmental entity with authority over the marketing, commercialization, manufacture or sale of a pharmaceutical product in the Territory, including the FDA in the United States and the EMA in the EU.

1.33 “ Royalty Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a).

1.34 “ Sublicensee ” means a Third Party to whom Trevi or any of its Affiliates or another Sublicensee grants an express sublicense under the Penwest Patent Rights and Penwest Know-how to develop, manufacture and commercialize Licensed Product in the Field, provided that the term “ Sublicensee ” does not include any wholesaler or third party distributor who resells a Licensed Product purchased from Trevi or any of its Affiliates or other Sublicensees in final finished form (but not necessarily in final packaged, and labeled form), provided that Penwest is paid the royalty specified in Section 4.3 on the purchase price of such Licensed Product paid by such wholesaler or distributor to Trevi or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees.

1.35 “ Sublicense Income ” means all non-royalty income (whether in the form of upfront payments, milestone payments or otherwise) received by Trevi or any of its Affiliates from a Sublicensee specifically for the grant of a sublicense of the license granted to Trevi under Section 2.1 hereof to such Sublicensee with respect to the development, manufacture or commercialization of a Licensed Product (or, if rights in addition to a sublicense under Section 2.1 are granted to such Sublicensee, then reasonably allocated to the grant of the sublicense of rights under Section 2.1 with respect to such Licensed Product), excluding:

(i) amounts received by Trevi or any of its Affiliates from such Sublicensee as the purchase price for debt or equity securities of Trevi or any of its Affiliates, except that amounts which exceed the fair market value of such debt or equity securities will not be so excluded to the extent otherwise falling within this definition;

(ii) amounts received by Trevi or any of its Affiliates as payments for their actual reasonably allocated costs (including personnel costs and out-of-pocket costs) to perform research, development or commercialization activities undertaken by Trevi or its Affiliates for, or in collaboration with, such Sublicensee with respect to Licensed Product;

(iii) actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs paid to Trevi or any of its Affiliates for the prosecution, maintenance, defense and enforcement of Patent Rights relevant to Licensed Product;

(iv) amounts received by Trevi or any of its Affiliates as reimbursement for costs borne solely by Trevi or any of its Affiliates, with respect to Third Party claims for which the Sublicensee is obligated to indemnify Trevi or any of its Affiliates, to the extent related to Licensed Product; and

 

6


(v) amounts paid by such Sublicensee to Trevi or any of its Affiliates or other Sublicensees to purchase any Licensed Product as to which Penwest will receive a royalty on the direct sale by the Sublicensee.

1.36 “ Successful Completion ” as to a Phase 3 Clinical Study means that the primary endpoints of such study have been met.

1.37 “ Technology Transfer Plan ” means the plan for transfer to Trevi of Penwest Know-how attached to this Agreement as Exhibit D .

1.38 “ Term ” means the term of this Agreement determined in accordance with Section 9.1.

1.39 “ Territory ” means worldwide.

1.40 “ TIMERx Technology ” means Penwest’s proprietary controlled-release drug delivery technology, TIMERx M50A for solid dosage forms,

1.41 “ Third Party ” means any person other than a Party or any of its Affiliates or their respective employees.

1.42 “ Trevi Improvements ” means any Know-how owned or otherwise Controlled by Trevi or any of its Affiliates that constitutes an improvement of the Penwest Know-how, developed by Trevi or any of its Affiliates during the Term, and incorporated into the Licensed Product by Trevi or any of its Affiliates.

1.43 “ Trevi Improvement Patent Rights ” means Patent Rights owned or Controlled by Trevi or any to its Affiliates Covering any Trevi Improvement.

1.44 “ Trevi TIMERx Improvement ” means any Trevi Improvement that consists of a specific improvement to the TIMERx Technology.

1.45 “ Trevi TIMERx Improvement Patent Right ” means any Trevi Improvement Patent Rights that specifically Cover a Trevi TIMERx Improvement.

1.46 “ United States ” or “ U.S. ” means the United States of America and its territories and possessions.

1.47 “ Valid Claim ” means (i) a claim of an issued and unexpired patent that has not been revoked or held unenforceable or invalid by a decision of a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be taken or with respect to which an appeal is not taken within the time allowed for appeal, and that has not been disclaimed or admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue, disclaimer or otherwise or been dedicated to the public, and (ii) a claim in a pending patent application that is being prosecuted

 

7


and that has not been abandoned, disclaimed, allowed to lapse or finally determined to be unallowable by the applicable governmental authority in a decision from which no appeal can be taken or from which no appeal is taken within the time allowed for appeal, and that has not been pending for more than [**] from the earliest claimed priority date.

ARTICLE II

LICENSE GRANT AND PENWEST OPTION

2.1 License Grant . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Penwest and its Affiliates hereby grant to Trevi an exclusive license (or sublicense, as the case may be) under the Penwest Patent Rights and the Penwest Know-how, in each case with the right to grant sublicenses, to the extent provided in Section 2.2, to research, develop, make, have made, use, import, export, market, offer for sale, sell and have sold, Licensed Product in the Territory within the Field.

2.2 Sublicenses .

(a) Sublicensing . The rights granted to Trevi by Penwest under Section 2.1, may be extended to an Affiliate or sublicensed, in whole or in part, to a Third Party (through multiple levels of sublicensing). Trevi will, promptly after signature, provide Penwest with an unredacted copy of each agreement with a Sublicensee executed by Trevi or any of its Affiliates. Sublicensees may also extend the rights granted under Section 2.1 to any of their Affiliates.

(b) Performance by Sublicensees . Trevi will be fully responsible for performance by each Sublicensee of its obligations under this Agreement. Each sublicense granted by Trevi or by any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees pursuant to this Section 2.2 will contain terms and conditions consistent with those sections of this Agreement applicable to Sublicensees, and specifically obligations to Penwest of (i) Section 2.4 (Penwest Option to Negotiate), 4.11 (Records and Audits), Article V (Intellectual Property Ownership, Protection and Related Matters), Article VIII (Indemnification), Article IX (Term and Termination), Article X (Dispute Resolution) and Article XI (Miscellaneous). In addition, each sublicense agreement will contain the following provisions: (i) a requirement that any Sublicensee selling Licensed Product submit applicable sales or other reports to Trevi to the extent necessary or relevant to the reports required to be made or records required to be maintained under this Agreement; (ii) an audit requirement as to those Sublicensees selling Licensed Product consistent with that set forth in Section 4.11; and (iii) a requirement that such Sublicensee comply with the confidentiality provisions and restrictions on use of Confidential Information consistent with Article VI with respect to Confidential Information of Penwest.

2.3 Responsibility; Decision-making . During the Term, Trevi will, including through its Affiliates and Sublicensees, have sole responsibility for and sole decision-making authority with respect to, the research, development, manufacture, marketing, sale and use of Licensed Product in the Field, and except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, will be responsible for all of the costs and expenses associated with such activities during the Term. Trevi shall use its Commercially Reasonable Efforts to develop and commercialize Licensed Product in the Territory.

 

8


2.4 Penwest Option to Negotiate . Trevi hereby grants to Penwest a first right of negotiation to re-acquire Penwest’s rights under the Penwest Know-how and the Penwest Patent Rights with respect to Licensed Product, and to acquire a license to Trevi Improvements and Trevi Improvement Patent Rights for the research, development, manufacture and commercialization of Licensed Product (the “ Reacquisition Option ”). Penwest must exercise the Reacquisition Option by delivering written notice to Trevi within [**] of delivery to Penwest by Trevi of the Phase 2 Data Package (the “ Exercise Notice ”). Upon receipt of the Exercise Notice, the Parties will negotiate in good faith the terms of a license agreement, at then current market rates for deals at a similar stage with a product of similar market potential as Licensed Product. In the event Penwest does not provide the Exercise Notice within [**] of delivery to Penwest by Trevi of the Phase 2 Data Package, or if the Parties have not executed a definitive agreement under the preceding sentence within [**] of the date of Trevi’s receipt of the Exercise Notice (the “ Exclusive Negotiation Period ”), despite good faith negotiations, then Trevi shall thereafter be free to enter into an agreement with one or more Third Parties granting such Third Parties the right to research, develop, manufacture or commercialize Licensed Product, and Penwest will no longer have a Reacquisition Option, provided that Trevi will not, during the [**]period following the end of the Exclusive Negotiation Period, enter into an agreement with a Third Party on terms more favorable to such Third Party than those last offered to Penwest, unless Trevi has first offered such terms to Penwest.

2.5 Trevi License Grant . Trevi hereby grants to Penwest a non-exclusive royalty-free license (with the right to sublicense) under the Trevi TIMERx Improvement Patent Rights to use and practice any Trevi TIMERx Improvement for the development, design or manufacture of products other than the Licensed Product, provided, that, to the extent that Trevi or any of its Affiliates is required to pay any license fee, milestone payment, royalty or any other payment to any Third Party as a result of Penwest’s exercise of its rights pursuant to the license granted under the preceding sentence or in connection with the sale of any resulting products, Trevi shall fully disclose such payment obligations within [**] of the grant of such Third Party license, Penwest may elect not to accept the grant of the license to any such Third Party intellectual property with corresponding payment obligations upon [**] written notice to Trevi from the date of Penwest’s receipt of notification of such payment obligations. If Penwest chooses to accept such license, Penwest shall pay such amounts to Trevi, or, as directed by Trevi, directly to such Third Party, on each occasion within [**] of receipt of the applicable invoice from Trevi, and appropriate supporting documentation.

ARTICLE III

TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER AND TRANSITION ACTIVITIES

3.1 Know-how Transfer . Penwest agrees to transfer to Trevi the Penwest Know-how specified in the Technology Transfer Plan, including all preclinical and clinical data, and manufacturing information, if any, in accordance with the time-lines and other requirements set forth in such plan. In the event Penwest Know-how is in the possession of a Third Party, Penwest will, at the request of Trevi, use Commercially Reasonable Efforts, to obtain such information from such Third Party so that such information may be made available to Trevi under this Section. All external costs incurred in connection with this effort will be the responsibility of Trevi.

 

9


3.2 Regulatory Transition . Penwest agrees to transfer the INDs for Licensed Product to Trevi. Concurrent with execution of this Agreement, and as a condition to Trevi’s payments obligation under Section 4.1, Penwest will execute and deliver to Trevi for mailing, letters to the FDA transferring the INDs related to Licensed Product to Trevi, such letters to be in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit E. In addition, Penwest will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to take such other actions as any Regulatory Authority may request to effect the transfer of INDs related to Licensed Product to Trevi. Prior to transfer of the IND, Penwest will continue to perform such obligations as are required under applicable law with respect to an IND holder.

3.3 Supply of Material/ Technology Transfer . Penwest will transfer to Trevi all quantities of API in Penwest’s possession or control, including the Existing Inventory, with delivery costs to be paid by Trevi. Penwest will also furnish to Trevi those documents listed in the Technology Transfer Plan, with any delivery or retrieval costs to be paid by Trevi.

3.4 Transfer of TIMERx Manufacturing Process . At the request of Trevi, Penwest will provide to Trevi copies of excerpts from the relevant laboratory notebooks and manufacturing records as necessary to enable Trevi to replicate and implement the manufacturing process for the TIMERx Technology, provided, however, that Trevi may use such information solely to manufacture Licensed Product pursuant to this Agreement and for no other purpose.

3.5 Cooperation . Except as set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3, Penwest will have no obligation to provide any on-going assistance in connection with technology transfer activities contemplated under this Agreement, except that Penwest will permit Trevi to consult with Penwest’s former employees who have possession of relevant information related to the research, development, manufacture or use of Licensed Product, and will permit such persons to share such information, including relevant Confidential Information of Penwest, with Trevi for purposes of this Agreement, so long as such consulting occurs under confidentiality obligations at least as stringent as those in Article VI of this Agreement.

3.6 Costs . Each Party will pay its own internal costs associated with technology transfer activities to be provided under this Section 3. To the extent any technology transfer activities to be provided under this Section require external resources, Trevi shall bear the costs of such external resources, provided that such activities and costs are expressly set forth in the Technology Transfer Plan or are otherwise approved in writing in advance by Trevi.

ARTICLE IV

FINANCIAL PROVISIONS

4.1 License Fee . Subject to Section 3.2, within ten (10) days of the Effective Date, Trevi will pay to Penwest a non-creditable, non-refundable license fee of $25,000.

4.2 Milestones Payments . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Trevi will pay Penwest a milestone payment upon the first occurrence of each of the following events, no later than [**] after the occurrence of the event:

 

10


Event Milestone

  Event Milestone Payment  

(i) Successful Completion of the first Phase 3 Clinical Study

  $ 250,000  

(ii)  Receipt of Marketing Approval of Licensed Product in the United States

  $ 750,000  

Each of the above milestone payments will be payable only upon the first occurrence of the applicable event, regardless of how many times the event is ultimately achieved.

4.3 Royalty Payments by Trevi . Trevi will pay to Penwest royalties on Net Sales of Licensed Product in the Field in the Territory by Trevi and its Affiliates and Sublicensees, calculated using the following royalty rates:

 

Portion of Calendar Year Net Sales of such Licensed Product

 

Royalty Rate

On that portion of calendar year Net Sales of the Licensed Product less than $[**]

 

[**]%

On that portion of calendar year Net Sales of the Licensed Product equal to or greater than $[**] but less than or equal to $[**]

 

[**]%

On that portion of calendar year Net Sales of the Licensed Product greater than $[**]

 

[**]%

4.4 Royalty Term .

(a) Royalties . Royalties under Section 4.3 will be payable on a country by country and Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product basis during the period commencing on the First Commercial Sale of such Licensed Product in the applicable Field in such country and ending upon the later of (i) the date of expiration, unenforceability or invalidation of the last Valid Claim of Penwest Patent Rights Covering such Licensed Product in such country of sale, and (ii) ten (10) years from the date of First Commercial Sale in such country (the “ Royalty Term ”).

(b) End of Patent Royalty Term . Upon expiration of the Royalty Term, as the case may be, in the country of sale, the license granted to Trevi and its Affiliates and Sublicenses under Article II will convert to a know-how and trademark royalty of [**]% of Net Sales.

4.5 Sublicense Income . In addition to paying Penwest a royalty on the Net Sales by the Sublicensee under Section 4.3, Trevi will pay Penwest a percentage of any Sublicense Income received with respect to a Licensed Product to the extent not included in Net Sales, determined based on the date of the definitive agreement under which the sublicense was granted, as follows:

 

Stage at Execution of definitive agreement with the Sublicensee

  

Penwest Portion

[**]

  

[**]%

[**]

  

[**]%

 

11


4.6 Payments; Reports . Within [**] of the end of calendar quarter, Trevi shall deliver to Penwest an estimate of the royalties due on Net Sales and payments due on Sublicense Income for such calendar quarter. Trevi will pay royalties due on Net Sales, and payments due on Sublicense Income, received in a calendar quarter within [**] of the end of such calendar quarter. Within [**] after the end of each calendar quarter, Trevi will submit to Penwest a report, providing in reasonable detail an accounting of all Net Sales by Trevi and its Affiliates and Sublicensees in the Territory (including, in each case, an accounting of all unit sales of the Licensed Product and a calculation of the deductions from gross invoice price to Net Sales in accordance with the definition of Net Sales) made during such calendar quarter and describing any Sublicense Income received during such period.

4.7 Taxes . Trevi will make all payments to Penwest under this Agreement without deduction or withholding except to the extent that any such deduction or withholding is required by applicable law to be made on account of Taxes (as that term is defined below). Any Tax required to be withheld under applicable law on amounts payable under this Agreement will promptly be paid by Trevi or its Affiliates or Sublicensees on behalf of Penwest to the appropriate governmental authority, and Trevi will furnish Penwest with proof of payment of such Tax. Any such Tax required to be withheld will be an expense of and borne by Penwest. Trevi will give notice of its intention to begin withholding any such Tax in advance and will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to reduce or eliminate such Tax on payments made to Penwest hereunder. The Parties will cooperate with respect to all documentation required by any relevant government taxing authority or reasonably requested by either Party to secure a reduction in the rate of applicable withholding Taxes. Solely for purposes of this Section 4.7, “ Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, assessments or fees of any nature (including interest, penalties and additions thereto) that are imposed by a government authority, but not including Trevi income taxes.

4.8 United States Dollars . All dollar ($) amounts specified in this Agreement are United States dollar amounts.

4.9 Currency Conversion . All payments to be made by Trevi to Penwest will be made in U.S. Dollars, to a bank account designated by Penwest. In the case of sales outside the United States, payments received by Trevi will be expressed in the U.S. Dollar equivalent calculated on a quarterly basis in the currency of the country of sale and converted to their U.S. Dollar equivalent using the average rate of exchange over the applicable calendar quarter to which the sales relate, in accordance with GAAP and the then current standard methods of Trevi or the applicable Sublicensee, to the extent reasonable and consistently applied. Trevi will provide Penwest with the specific exchange rate translation methodology used for a particular country or countries.

4.10 Late Payments . Trevi will pay interest to Penwest on the aggregate amount of any payments that are not paid on or before the date such payments are due under this Agreement at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of [**] percent ([**]%) per month or the highest rate permitted by applicable law, calculated based on the number of days such payments are paid after the date such payments are due.

 

12


4.11 Records and Audits . Trevi will keep complete and accurate records relating to the calculations of Net Sales generated in the then current calendar year, and during the preceding [**]. Penwest will have the right, [**] at its own expense, to have a nationally recognized, independent, certified public accounting firm, selected by it and reasonably acceptable to Trevi, review any such records of Trevi and its Affiliates and Sublicensees (the “ Audited Party ”) in the location(s) where such records are maintained by the Audited Party upon reasonable written notice (which shall be no less than [**] prior written notice) and during regular business hours and under obligations of strict confidence, for the sole purpose of verifying the basis and accuracy of payments made under Section 4.3 and 4.5 within the [**] period preceding the date of the request for review. No calendar year will be subject to audit under this Section more than [**] except for cause. Trevi will receive a copy of each such report concurrently with receipt by Penwest. Should such inspection lead to the discovery of a discrepancy to Penwest’s detriment, Trevi will, within [**] after receipt of such report from the accounting firm, pay any undisputed amount of the discrepancy, plus interest on the underpayment at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of [**] percent ([**]%) per month or the highest rate permitted by applicable law, calculated from the date the underpayment was made until the date of payment to Penwest of the underpayment. Penwest will pay the full cost of the review unless the underpayment of amounts due to Penwest is greater than [**] percent ([**]%) of the amount due for the entire period being examined, in which case Trevi will pay the cost of such review. Any undisputed overpayment of royalties by Trevi revealed by an examination will be paid by Penwest within [**] of Penwest’s receipt of the applicable report. Any disagreement regarding the results of any audit conducted under this Section will be subject to the dispute resolution provisions set forth in Article X.

ARTICLE V

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OWNERSHIP, PROTECTION

AND RELATED MATTERS

5.1 Prosecution and Maintenance of Patent Rights . Trevi will have responsibility and decision-making authority, including responsibility for all fees and costs, with respect to, filing, conducting prosecution, and maintaining (including the defense of any interference or opposition proceedings) all Penwest Patent Rights (not including for this purpose Patent Rights that are of general applicability with respect to the TIMERx Technology), including decisions related to continued prosecution. Trevi shall consult with Penwest and shall keep Penwest informed regarding all matters relating to such prosecution, but shall directly instruct Penwest outside counsel as to all matters relating to Penwest Patent Rights. If at any time Penwest and Trevi disagree and cannot reach agreement regarding prosecution of any Penwest Patent Rights, Penwest may retake responsibility for prosecution of those rights by notifying Trevi in writing. Upon such notification, Penwest shall thereafter have responsibility and decision-making authority, including responsibility for all fees and costs for all Penwest Patents Rights identified in the notice.

5.2 Third Party Infringement .

(a) Notices . Each Party will promptly report in writing to the other Party any (i) known or suspected infringement of any Penwest Patent Rights, or (ii) unauthorized use or misappropriation of any Penwest Know-how by a Third Party, of which such Party becomes aware, in each case only to the extent relevant to Licensed Product or the development, manufacture, commercialization or use of Licensed Product in the Field in the Territory, and will provide the other Party with all available information evidencing such infringement, or unauthorized use or misappropriation.

 

13


(b) Trevi First Right to Enforce Certain Penwest Patent Rights . Trevi or its designated Affiliate or Sublicensee will have the first right, but not the obligation, to initiate a suit or take other appropriate action required to prevent or abate actual or threatened infringement or misappropriation of, or otherwise protect or enforce, the Penwest Patent Rights and/or defend against a Third Party claim of invalidity or unenforceability of Penwest Patent Rights. Penwest and its Affiliates will join such suit if the relevant court would lack jurisdiction if Penwest or such Affiliate were absent from such suit and Penwest and such Affiliates will execute such legal papers and cooperate in the prosecution of such suit as may be reasonably requested by Trevi; provided, that Trevi will promptly reimburse all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by Penwest and such Affiliates in connection with such requested cooperation.

(c) Penwest Rights if Trevi Elects Not to Proceed . If Trevi does not initiate a suit or take other appropriate action pursuant to Section 5.2(b) within [**] after knowledge of such infringement or misappropriation or, in the case of receipt of a notice letter sent by a Third Party pursuant to the requirements of 21 U.S.C. § 355(b)(2)(A)(iv) or 355(j)(2)(A)(vii)(IV) or under any analogous provisions, within [**] before any statutory or regulatory deadline for filing such suit, then Penwest will have the immediate right to initiate a suit or take other appropriate action that it believes is reasonably required to prevent or abate actual or threatened infringement or misappropriation of, or otherwise to protect or enforce the relevant Penwest Patent Rights. Trevi and its Affiliates will join such suit if the relevant court would lack jurisdiction if Trevi or such Affiliates were absent from such suit and Trevi and such Affiliates will execute such legal papers and cooperate in the prosecution of such suit as may be reasonably requested by Penwest; provided, that Penwest will promptly reimburse all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by Trevi and such Affiliates in connection with such requested cooperation.

(d) Right to Enforce Know-how . Responsibility for preventing or abating actual or threatened infringement or misappropriation of, or otherwise protecting or enforcing Penwest Know-how will be determined in the same manner as the right to enforce Penwest Patent Rights under paragraph (b) and (c). The enforcing Party shall keep the other Party informed of the status of all enforcement activities, and shall consider in good faith all comments of the other Party regarding any aspect of such enforcement.

(e) Conduct of Certain Actions; Costs . The Party initiating suit under this Section 5.2 will have the sole and exclusive right to select counsel for any suit initiated by it pursuant to this Section. The initiating Party will assume and pay all of its own out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with any litigation or proceedings initiated by it pursuant to this Section, including the fees and expenses of the legal counsel selected by it.

 

14


(f) Recoveries .

(i) If Trevi initiates suit as permitted in accordance with Section 5.2(b) or, with respect to Penwest Know-how, in the same manner as set forth in Section 5.2(b), any damages, settlements, accounts of profits, or other financial compensation actually paid to Trevi by a Third Party based upon such suit, after deducting Trevi’s actual out of pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in pursuing such suit (such net amount, the “ Recovery ”), will be treated as Sublicense Income, and will be subject to the payment obligations under Section 4.5, with Trevi retaining the balance after such payment.

(ii) If Penwest initiates suit pursuant to Section 5.2(c) or with respect to Penwest Know-how, in the same manner as set forth in Section 5.2(c), Penwest may retain any damages, settlements, accounts of profits, or other financial compensation recovered from a Third Party based upon such suit.

ARTICLE VI

CONFIDENTIALITY

6.1 Confidential Information . During the Term and for a period of [**] after any termination or expiration of this Agreement, each Party agrees to keep in confidence and not to disclose to any Third Party, or use for any purpose, except pursuant to, and in order to carry out, the terms and objectives of this Agreement (which, in the case of Trevi and its Affiliates and Sublicensees, includes activities contemplated by the licenses granted in Sections 2.1) or as otherwise specifically permitted under this Agreement, any Confidential Information of the other Party. The terms of this Agreement will be considered Confidential Information of both Parties, subject to permitted disclosures as set forth in this Article VI. The restrictions on the disclosure and use of Confidential Information set forth in the first sentence of this Section 6.1 will not apply to any Confidential Information that:

(i) is or becomes part of the public domain through no fault of the receiving Party; or

(ii) is disclosed to the receiving Party by a Third Party having a legal right to make such disclosure without violating any confidentiality or non-use obligation that such Third Party has to the disclosing Party and provided such Third Party is not disclosing such information on behalf of the disclosing Party.

In addition, if either Party is required to disclose Confidential Information of the other Party by regulation, law or legal process, including by the rules or regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or similar regulatory agency in a country other than the United States or of any stock exchange or Nasdaq, such Party shall, to the extent practicable, provide prior written notice and a copy of such intended disclosure to such other Party if possible under the circumstances, will consider in good faith the other Party’s comments, will disclose only such Confidential Information of such other Party as is required to be disclosed and will cooperate in the disclosing Party’s efforts to obtain a protective order or to limit the scope of the required disclosures. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, either Party may disclose to bona fide potential or existing investors or lenders, potential acquirors/acquirees,

 

15


and, in the case of Trevi, to potential and existing sublicensees and collaborators, and to such Party’s consultants and advisors, the existence and terms of this Agreement to the extent necessary in connection with a proposed equity or debt financing of such Party, or a proposed acquisition or business combination or transaction, so long as such recipients are bound in writing to maintain the confidentiality of such information.

6.2 Permitted Disclosures . Each Party agrees that it and its Affiliates will provide or permit access to Confidential Information received from the other Party and such Party’s Affiliates and representatives only to the receiving Party’s employees, consultants, advisors and bona fide potential acquirors, Third Party contractors, potential and existing Sublicensees and distributors, in each case who, in such Party’s reasonable judgment, have a need to know such Confidential information to assist the receiving Party with the activities contemplated by this Agreement (which, in the case of Trevi and its Affiliates and Sublicensees, includes activities contemplated by the license granted in Sections 2.1) or in connection with a potential business relationship or investment that would encompass Licensed Product, and who are subject to obligations of confidentiality and non-use with respect to such Confidential Information similar to the obligations of confidentiality and non-use of the receiving Party under Section 6.1. Penwest and Trevi shall each remain responsible for any failure by its Affiliates, and its and its Affiliates’ respective employees, consultants, advisors, contractors, investigators, sublicensees and distributors, to treat such Confidential Information as required under Section 6.1 (as if such Affiliates, employees, consultants, advisors, contractors, sublicensees and distributors were Parties directly bound to the requirements of Section 6.1). Each Party may also disclose Confidential Information of the other Party to Regulatory Authorities and other governmental authorities, but solely in connection with the activities contemplated by this Agreement.

6.3 Limitation on Penwest Disclosure of Penwest Know-how . During the Term of this Agreement, Penwest will not disclose Penwest Know-how that is specific to Licensed Product or the development, manufacture, commercialization or use of Licensed Product to any Third Party without the express written consent of Trevi or as otherwise permitted under this Agreement.

6.4 Publicity . Neither Party will issue a press release or public announcement relating to the terms of this Agreement without the prior written approval of the other Party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, except that (i) a Party may issue such press release or public announcement if the contents of such press release or public announcement, to the extent related to the terms of this Agreement, are identical with a previously approved press release or have otherwise previously been made public other than through a breach of this Agreement, and (ii) a Party may issue such a press release or public announcement if required by applicable law, including by the rules or regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) or similar regulatory agency in a country other than, the United States or of any stock exchange or Nasdaq; provided that such Party complies with the notice and review provisions set forth in this Section. In the event Penwest is required by applicable law to publicly disclose any of the results generated by Trevi or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees or any information provided by Trevi related to Licensed Product or either Party is required by applicable law to disclose the terms of this Agreement, such Party will give the other Party at least [**] prior written notice, but only if and to the extent reasonably

 

16


practicable, will provide to such other Party a copy of the required disclosure, will, if requested by such other Party, to the extent permitted by applicable law, request confidential treatment of any financial and other materials terms of this Agreement not previously disclosed under this Section, and will consider in good faith any other comments of such other Party on such public disclosure.

6.5 Publications . Trevi and its Affiliates and Sublicensees shall have the sole right to publish the results of development, manufacturing, commercialization and use of Licensed Product during the Term.

6.6 Return of Confidential Information . Upon termination of this Agreement prior to the end of the Term, the receiving Party shall, at the request of, and as directed by, the disclosing Party, return or destroy Confidential Information of the disclosing Party in the receiving Party’s possession, and shall destroy any reports or notes in receiving Party’s possession to the extent containing the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, and any electronic copies of any of the foregoing, provided that (i) the receiving Party may retain one copy of Confidential Information of the disclosing Party for archival purposes, and (ii) neither Party shall be required to return or destroy copies of the other Party’s Confidential Information stored on automatically created system back-up media.

ARTICLE VII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; CERTAIN COVENANTS

7.1 Mutual Representations . Each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other Party, as of the Effective Date, as follows:

(a) It is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Party has been duly and validly authorized and approved by proper corporate action on the part of such Party. Such Party has taken all other action required by applicable law, its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or any agreement to which it is a party or by which it or its assets are bound, to authorize such execution, delivery and performance. Assuming due authorization, execution and delivery on the part of the other Party, this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party.

(c) The execution and delivery of this Agreement, and the performance as contemplated hereunder, by such Party will not violate any applicable law.

(d) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the performance hereof by such Party requires such Party to obtain any permit, authorization or consent from any governmental authority (except for any Marketing Approvals, pricing or reimbursement approvals, manufacturing-related approvals or similar approvals necessary for development, manufacture or commercialization of Licensed Products), or from any other person, and such

 

17


execution, delivery and performance by such Party, including the granting of the licenses granted under this Agreement, will not result in the breach of or give rise to any conflict, termination of, rescission, renegotiation or acceleration under or trigger any other rights under any agreement or contract to which such Party may be a party existing as of the Effective Date.

(e) Neither Party nor any of its Affiliates has been debarred or is subject to debarment pursuant to Section 306 of the United States Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or is the subject of a conviction described in such section.

7.2 Penwest s Representations and Warranties . Penwest hereby makes the following representations and warranties to Trevi as of the Effective Date, provided that Trevi understands and agrees that the knowledge of Penwest with respect to the matters described below is limited to any actual Knowledge of Penwest arising after the date of the Merger:

(a) Penwest has the right to grant to Trevi the rights and licenses described in this Agreement.

(b) To the Knowledge of Penwest, Exhibit C contains a complete and correct list of all existing Penwest Patent Rights.

(c) To the Knowledge of Penwest, Penwest has not received any written notice of (i) any claim that any patent or trade secret right owned or controlled by a Third Party would be infringed or misappropriated by the manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale or importation of Licensed Products in the Field, or (ii) any threatened claims or litigation seeking to invalidate or otherwise challenge the Penwest Patent Rights or Penwest’s rights therein.

(d) To the Knowledge of Penwest, the Penwest Patent Rights that are pending patent applications as of the Effective Date are being diligently prosecuted at the respective patent offices. To Penwest’s knowledge, the Penwest Patent Rights that are issued patents have been maintained properly and correctly and all applicable fees have been paid on or before the due date for payment.

(e) To the Knowledge of Penwest, neither Penwest nor its Affiliates has received written notice from any Regulatory Authority threatening any proceedings with respect to the research, development or manufacture of any Licensed Product in the Field in the Territory.

7.3 No Warranty . EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY HERETO MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS AND NEITHER PARTY EXTENDS ANY WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING ANY LICENSED PRODUCT), INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, NONINFRINGEMENT, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, PENWEST MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION AS TO THE VALIDITY OR SCOPE OF THE PENWEST PATENT RIGHTS OR PENWEST KNOW HOW, OR THAT

 

18


ANY LICENSED PRODUCT WILL BE FREE FROM AN INFRINGEMENT ON PATENTS OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES, OR THAT NO THIRD PARTIES ARE IN ANY WAY INFRINGING OR NOT INFRINGING THE PENWEST PATENT RIGHTS OR PENWEST KNOW HOW COVERED BY THIS AGREEMENT. TREVI DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY THAT THE DEVELOPMENT, MANUFACTURE AND COMMERCIALIZATION OF LICENSED PRODUCT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SUCCESSFUL OR THAT, IF COMMERCIALIZED, ANY PARTICULAR SALES LEVEL WILL BE ACHIEVED.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Indemnification by Trevi . Trevi will indemnify, hold harmless, and defend Penwest, its Affiliates, and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (the “ Penwest Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all damages, liabilities, costs, expenses and amounts paid in settlement (collectively, “ Losses ”) incurred in connection with any Third Party claim arising out of or resulting from, directly or indirectly; (i) any breach of, or inaccuracy in, any representation or warranty made by Trevi in this Agreement, or any breach or violation of any term of this Agreement by Trevi; (ii) the negligence or willful misconduct of Trevi, its Affiliates and their respective Sublicensees, and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents; (iii) infringement, misappropriation or encroachment of any Third Party’s personal, contractual or property rights by Trevi, its officers, directors, employees, Sublicensees, agents or Affiliates or (iv) the research, development, manufacture, commercialization, or use of Licensed Product by Trevi and its Affiliates and Sublicensees in the Territory in the Field under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Trevi will have no obligation to indemnify the Penwest Indemnitees for any Losses as to which Penwest is obligated to indemnify Trevi under Section 8.2.

8.2 Indemnification by Penwest . Penwest will indemnify, hold harmless, and defend Trevi, its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (the “ Trevi Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all Losses incurred in connection with any Third Party claim arising out of or resulting from, directly or indirectly, (i) any breach of, or inaccuracy in, any representation or warranty made by Penwest in this Agreement, or any breach or violation of any term of this Agreement by Penwest; (ii) the negligence or willful misconduct of any Penwest Indemnitee; or (iii) the research, development, manufacture or use of Licensed Product by or on behalf of Penwest or any of its Affiliates prior to the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Penwest will have no obligation to indemnify the Trevi Indemnitees for any Losses as to which Trevi is obligated to indemnify Penwest under Section 8.1. The Parties expressly agree that Penwest’s indemnification obligations hereunder shall in no event exceed the greater of (i) $[**] and (ii) $[**]. Except with respect to claims for equitable relief made with respect to breaches of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement, the rights of the Trevi Indemnitees under this ARTICLE VIII shall be the sole and exclusive remedies of the Trevi Indemnitees with respect to claims under, or otherwise relating to the transactions that are the subject of, this Agreement.

 

19


8.3 Indemnification Procedure . In the event of any such claim against any Trevi Indemnitee or Penwest Indemnitee (individually, an “ Indemnitee ”), the indemnified Party shall promptly notify the other Party in writing of the claim and the indemnifying Party shall manage and control, at its sole expense, the defense of the claim and its settlement. The indemnified Party will cooperate with the indemnifying Party and may, at the indemnifying Party’s option and expense, be represented in any such action or proceeding. The indemnifying Party will not be liable for any settlements, litigation costs or expenses incurred by any Indemnitee without the indemnifying Party’s prior written authorization. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the indemnifying Party believes that any of the exceptions to its obligation of indemnification of the Indemnitees set forth in this Article 8 may apply, the indemnifying Party will promptly notify the Indemnitees, who shall then have the right to be represented in any such action or proceeding by separate counsel at their expense; provided that the indemnifying Party will be responsible for payment of such expenses if the Indemnitees are ultimately determined to be entitled to indemnification from the indemnifying Party.

8.4 Limitation of Liability . NEITHER PARTY HERETO WILL BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE EXERCISE OF ITS RIGHTS HEREUNDER, INCLUDING LOST PROFITS ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF ANY NOTICE OF SUCH DAMAGES, EXCEPT AS A RESULT OF A PARTY’S WILLFUL MISCONDUCT. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 8.4 IS INTENDED TO LIMIT OR RESTRICT THE INDEMNIFICATION RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS OF EITHER PARTY.

ARTICLE IX

TERM AND TERMINATION

9.1 Term . This Agreement will become effective as of the Effective Date, and will continue in full force and effect until terminated in accordance with this Article IX (“ Term ”).

9.2 Termination for Convenience . This Agreement may be terminated at any time by Trevi upon one hundred eighty (180) days prior written notice to Penwest. During such one hundred eighty (180) day notice period: (i) Trevi shall continue to make all payments to Penwest that would otherwise become due under this Agreement, (ii) the Parties shall continue to perform under the Agreement, and (iii) ongoing clinical trials shall be continued or closed down, as agreed by the Parties, but no new clinical trials will be undertaken.

9.3 Termination for Cause . This Agreement may be terminated at any time during the Term upon written notice by either Party if the other Party is in material breach of its obligations hereunder, and has not cured such material breach within [**] in the case of Trevi’s failure to pay any amounts due hereunder) after written notice describing the nature of such material breach is provided to the breaching Party.

9.4 Penwest Termination . Penwest may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to Trevi in the event the Clinical Trial Commencement Date has not occurred by April 30, 2012. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law, Penwest may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice of termination to Trevi within thirty (30) days of the filing of bankruptcy or bankruptcy of Trevi or the making by Trevi of any assignment for the benefit of creditors. Termination shall be effective upon the date specified in such notice.

 

20


9.5 Patent Challenge Termination . If Trevi or any of its Sublicensees challenge the validity or enforceability of any Penwest Patent Rights Covering Licensed Product, and such challenge is not terminated within thirty (30) days of Trevi’s receipt of written notice from Penwest, this Agreement shall immediately terminate and all licenses granted hereunder shall be revoked.

9.6 Effect of Termination .

(a) Pre-Termination Obligations; Transfer of Information and Filings . Upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason, nothing herein shall be construed to release either Party from any obligation that matured prior to the effective date of such termination. Trevi shall remain obligated to provide an accounting for and to pay Royalties earned. In the event of termination, (i) the licenses granted hereunder shall terminate; (ii) Trevi shall have no further rights under Penwest Patent Rights or Penwest Know-how to develop, manufacture or market the Licensed Product or any product containing Licensed Product for use in the Field, or otherwise to use the Penwest Patent Rights or Penwest Know How; (iii) all rights granted hereunder shall revert to Penwest for the benefit of Penwest; and (iv) Trevi shall, as promptly as practicable, transfer to Penwest or Penwest’s designee: (a) possession and ownership of all governmental or regulatory correspondence, conversation logs, filings and approvals (including all Marketing Approvals and pricing and reimbursement approvals) relating to the development, manufacture or commercialization of the Licensed Product in the Field and all product trademarks then being used in connection with Licensed Product, other than Trevi’s corporate trademarks; and (b) all safety data and other adverse event data in Trevi’s possession or Control. In addition, Trevi shall, free of charge, transfer to Penwest or destroy (at Penwest’s election) all API and Licensed Product in Trevi’s possession or control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Trevi shall be entitled to sell any completed inventory of Licensed Product which remain on hand as of the date of the termination, and to sell new inventory to the extent necessary to satisfy its contractual and legal obligations, so long as Trevi pays to Penwest the royalties applicable to said subsequent sales in accordance with the terms and conditions as set forth in this Agreement; provided that no sales shall be permitted after the expiration of [**] after the date of termination. Trevi will execute all documents and take all such further actions, as may be reasonably requested by Penwest in order to give effect to the preceding sentences as soon as practicable.

(b) License Grant . In the event of termination of this Agreement by Penwest under Section 9.3 or 9.4, automatic termination under Section 9.5 or termination by Trevi under Section 9.2, Trevi will be deemed to have granted to Penwest a perpetual, royalty free (except as set forth below), worldwide, exclusive, sublicensable, license under any Trevi Improvement Patent Rights and Trevi Improvements to the extent necessary to manufacture, market, sell or use Licensed Product in the Field in the Territory. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, in the event Trevi or any of its Affiliates or sublicensees is required to make payments to any Third Party by reason of the licenses granted to Penwest under this paragraph (b) and based on the development, manufacture or sale of Licensed Product by or on behalf of Penwest

 

21


or any of its Affiliates or sublicensees, Penwest will pay such amounts due by Trevi or any of its Affiliates or Sublicensees to such Third Party by reimbursing Trevi or paying such amounts directly to such Third Party, as directed by Trevi, in each case based on supporting documentation provided by Trevi, provided that Trevi fully discloses such payment obligations within [**] of the grant of the license. Penwest may elect not to accept the grant of the license to any such Third Party intellectual property with corresponding payment obligations upon [**] written notice to Trevi from the date of Penwest’s receipt of notification of such payment obligations.

9.7 Survival . Any expiration or termination of this Agreement will be without prejudice to the rights of either Party against the other accrued or accruing under this Agreement prior to expiration or termination, including payment obligations arising prior to such expiration or termination. The provisions of Articles VI, VIII, IX, X and XI will survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement and all other provisions contained in this Agreement that by their explicit terms survive expiration or termination of this Agreement, will survive. Except as set forth in this Article IX, upon termination or expiration of this Agreement all other rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement terminate.

ARTICLE X

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

10.1 Referral of Unresolved Matters to Senior Executives . In the event that the Parties are unable to resolve a dispute within [**] from the date such dispute is first brought to the other Party’s attention, the matter shall be referred to the Chief Executive Officer of Trevi and a senior executive of Penwest or its Affiliate to be resolved by negotiation in good faith as soon as is practicable but in no event later than [**] after referral.

10.2 Arbitration . Any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement which the Parties have not resolved under Section 10.1, will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Rules of the American Arbitration Association for Commercial Arbitration in effect at the time the dispute arises, unless the Parties hereto mutually agree otherwise. To the extent such rules are inconsistent with this provision, this provision will control. The following rules will apply to any such arbitration:

(a) Any demand for arbitration must be made in writing to the other Party.

(b) There will be three arbitrators, one of whom shall be appointed by each Party and a third of whom shall be the chairman of the panel and be appointed by mutual agreement of the two arbitrators appointed by the Parties. If the two arbitrators cannot agree on the appointment of the third arbitrator within [**], then the AAA shall select the arbitrator. Any arbitration involving patent rights, other intellectual property rights or intellectual property will be heard by arbitrators who are expert in such areas.

(c) The arbitration will be held in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, or such other place as the Parties agree. The arbitrators will apply the substantive law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in accordance with Section 11.1, without regard to conflicts of laws and except that the interpretation and enforcement of this arbitration provision will be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Section 1 et. seq.

 

22


(d) Neither Party will have the right independently to seek recourse from a court of law or other authorities in lieu of arbitration, but each Party has the right before or during the arbitration to seek and obtain from the appropriate court provisional remedies to avoid irreparable harm, maintain the status quo or preserve the subject matter of the arbitration. There shall be a stenographic record of the proceedings. The decision of the arbitrators will be final and binding upon both Parties. The arbitrators will render a written opinion setting forth findings of fact and conclusions of law.

(e) Each Party will bear its own expenses of the arbitration, including the expenses of its counsel and other experts, except that both Parties shall share equally in the cost of appointed arbitrator.

10.3 Equitable Relief . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, each of the Parties hereby acknowledges that a breach of their respective obligations under this Agreement may cause irreparable harm and that the remedy or remedies at law for any such breach may be inadequate. Each of the Parties hereby agrees that, in the event of any such breach, in addition to all other available remedies hereunder, the non-breaching Party shall have the right, through the arbitration process described in Section 10.2 or in court, to seek equitable relief to enforce the provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Governing Law and Jurisdiction . The validity, construction and performance of this Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

11.2 Force Majeure . Neither Party will be held liable or responsible to the other Party nor be deemed to have defaulted under or breached this Agreement for failure or delay in fulfilling or performing any term, other than an obligation to make payments hereunder, when such failure or delay is caused by or results from fire, floods, embargoes, government regulations, prohibitions or interventions, war, acts of war (whether war be declared or not), insurrections, riots, civil commotions, acts of God or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of the affected Party to anticipate, prevent, avoid or mitigate (a “ Force Majeure Event ”); provided that (i) the affected Party provides prompt written notice to the other Party of such failure or delay, (ii) the affected Party uses Commercially Reasonable Efforts to mitigate the effects of the Force Majeure Event, and (iii) the affected Party immediately resumes performance upon cessation of the Force Majeure Event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure or delay in fulfilling a term shall not be considered a result of a Force Majeure Event if it arises from a failure of Trevi or Penwest to comply with applicable laws.

 

23


11.3 Further Assurances . Each Party hereto agrees to perform such acts, execute such further instruments, documents or certificates, and provide such cooperation in proceedings and actions as may be reasonably requested by the other Party in order to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

11.4 Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been properly given if delivered in person by a internationally recognized overnight courier, to the addresses given below or such other addresses as may be designated in writing by the Parties from time to time during the Term.

In the case of Trevi:

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

52 Charter Ridge Drive

Sandy Hook, CT 06482

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

With a copy to:

Stuart Falber, Esq.

Wilmer Hale LLP

60 State St.

Boston, MA 02109

In the case of Penwest:

Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co.

100 Endo Boulevard

Chadds Ford, PA 19317

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

11.5 Assignment . This Agreement may not be assigned or otherwise transferred by either Party, without the written consent of the other Party such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that either Party may, without such consent, assign this Agreement, in whole or in part, (i) to any of its Affiliates, and (ii) to a Third Party successor or purchaser of all or substantially all of its business or assets to which this Agreement relates, whether in a merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or other similar transaction, provided that, (i) the Third Party successor or purchaser provides written notice to the other Party that such Third Party agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, and (ii) Penwest will not assign this Agreement unless the assignee is also assigned ownership owns or Controls of the Penwest Patent Rights and Penwest Know-how. Any purported assignment in violation of this Section 11.5 will be void. Any permitted assignee shall assume all obligations of its assignor under this Agreement.

11.6 Affiliate Performance . Any obligation of Trevi under or pursuant to this Agreement may be satisfied, met or fulfilled, in whole or in part, at Trevi’s sole and exclusive option, either by Trevi directly or by any Affiliate or Sublicensee of Trevi that Trevi causes to satisfy, meet or fulfill such obligation, in whole or in part.

 

24


11.7 Amendment . The Parties hereto may amend, modify or alter any of the provisions of this Agreement, but only by a written instrument duly executed by both Parties hereto.

11.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, along with all schedules and exhibits attached hereto, contains the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, whether written or oral. Each Party confirms that it is not relying on any representations, warranties or covenants of the other Party except as specifically set out in this Agreement.

11.9 No Benefit to Third Parties . The provisions of this Agreement are for the sole benefit of the Parties and their successors and permitted assigns, and they shall not be construed as conferring any rights in any other Persons.

11.10 Waiver . The failure of a Party to enforce at any time for any period any of the provisions of this Agreement will not be construed as a waiver of such provisions or of the rights of such Party thereafter to enforce each such provision.

11.11 No Implied Licenses . Except as expressly and specifically provided under this Agreement, the Parties agree that neither Party is granted any implied rights to or under any of the other Party’s current or future patents, trade secrets, copyrights, moral rights, trade or service marks, trade dress, or any other intellectual property rights.

11.12 Relationship of the Parties . The Parties agree that their relationship established by this Agreement is that of independent contractors. Furthermore, the Parties agree that this Agreement does not, is not intended to, and shall not be construed to, establish a partnership or joint venture, and nor shall this Agreement create or establish an employment, agency or any other relationship. Except as may be specifically provided in this Agreement, neither Party shall have any right, power or authority, nor shall they represent themselves as having any authority to assume, create or incur any expense, liability or obligation, express or implied, on behalf of the other Party, or otherwise act as an agent for the other Party for any purpose.

11.13 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held unenforceable by a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction in a final unappealable order because it is invalid or conflicts with any law of any relevant jurisdiction, then such provision will be inoperative in such jurisdiction and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain binding upon the Parties hereto.

11.14 Interpretation .

(a) General . Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, (a) words of one gender include the other gender; and (b) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively. Whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days, unless otherwise specified, such number shall refer to calendar days.

 

25


(b) Other Definitional and Agreement References . References to any agreement, contract, statute, act, or regulation are to that agreement, contract, statute, act, or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

(c) Capitalization . Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined therein, shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement.

(d) Date References . References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.

(e) Schedules and Exhibits . All Schedules and Exhibits annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein.

(f) Person References . References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person.

(g) References to Parts of this Agreement . References to Articles, Sections, Schedules, and Exhibits are to Articles, Sections, Schedules, and Exhibits of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(h) Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions . The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import. The word “or” is used in the inclusive sense (and/or). Writing”, “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form.

(i) Headings . The Article and Section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(j) Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each Party shall pay the fees and expenses of its respective lawyers and other experts and all other expenses and costs incurred by such Party incidental to the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement.

11.15 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same document.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Trevi and Penwest have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their authorized representatives under seal, in duplicate on the Effective Date.

 

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Jennifer Good

  Jennifer Good
  Chief Executive Officer
Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co.
By:  

/s/ David P. Holveck

Name:   David P. Holveck
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer


Exhibit A

Description of Nalbuphine HCL and Nalbuphine Drug Product

Drug Substance

 

1.

Drug Substance

The nalbuphine HCl drug substance is a [**]. Nalbuphine HCl is a [**]

 

2.

Description and Composition of the Drug Product

Nalbuphine HCl ER tablets, [**]. Nalbuphine HCl ER tablets [**].

 

2.1

Composition

[**].


Exhibit B

Existing Inventory of API

Approximately [**] of nalbuphine hydrochloride drug substance


Exhibit C

Pending Patent Applications

Nalbuphine

 

Country

  

Status

  

Title

  

App #

  

App Date

  

Owner

[**]

  

[**]

  

[**]

  

[**]

  

[**]

  

[**]

[**]

  

[**]

  

[**]

  

[**]

  

[**]

  

[**]

[**]

  

[**]

  

[**]

  

[**]

  

[**]

  

[**]

[**]

  

[**]

  

[**]

  

[**]

  

[**]

  

[**]


Exhibit D

Technology Transfer Plan

Penwest to provide to Trevi, in accordance with the delivery instructions provided by Trevi, the following archived documents and materials within [**] of the Effective Date, to the extent such documents are contained in the boxes specifically designated for the retention of such documents and in the current possession of Penwest.

Soft Files

All readily identifiable electronic data for nalbuphine as stored on the Penwest T: and S: drives

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of 6 pages were omitted. [**]


Exhibit E

Letters to FDA transferring INDs

Endo Pharmaceuticals Letterhead

May XX, 2011

Bob Rappaport, MD, Director

Division of Anesthesia and Analgesia Products

Food and Drug Administration

Center for Drug Evaluation and Research

Central Document Room

5901-B Ammendale Rd.

Beltsville, MD 20705-1266

SUBMITTED IN TRIPLICATE

RE:     IND [**]

Nalbuphine Hydrochloride Extended Release Tablets

Transfer of IND Sponsorship,

IND Serial Number: [**]

Dear Dr. Rappaport:

Reference is made to the Investigational New Drug Application (IND) cited above. Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Endo Pharmaceuticals, hereby transfers sponsorship of IND [**] to:

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

[**]

All rights to IND [**] have been transferred to Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

The last clinical study conducted under this IND completed in [**]. There are no active investigations at this time. All IND documentation has been sent to Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

We understand that the subject IND and all information contained herein, unless otherwise made public by Endo Pharmaceuticals, is CONFIDENTIAL.

If you require further assistance, please contact Robert Barto, Vice President of Regulatory Affairs at (484) 840-4262.


Sincerely,

 

Robert Barto Vice President, Regulatory Affairs

Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc.

100 Endo Boulevard

Chadds Ford, PA 19317
Telephone: (484) 840-4262

CC: Thomas Sciascia, MD, Executive Vice President, Research and Development, Trevi Therapeutics

Enclosures: FDA Form 1571, Transfer of Sponsorship Letter (1 archival copy and 2 review copies)


Trevi Therapeutics Letterhead

May XX, 2011

Bob Rappaport, MD, Director

Division of Anesthesia and Analgesia Products

Food and Drug Administration

Center for Drug Evaluation and Research

Central Document Room

5901-B Ammendale Rd.

Beltsville, MD 20705-1266

SUBMITTED IN TRIPLICATE

RE:     IND [**], Nalbuphine Hydrochloride Extended Release Tablets

Acceptance of IND Sponsorship

IND Serial No.: XXXX

Dear Dr. Rappaport:

Reference is made to the Investigational New Drug Application (IND) cited above. Reference is also made to the transfer letter from Penwest Pharmaceuticals sent May XXX, 2011 (Serial No. XXX). Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. hereby accepts sponsorship of IND [**] effective May XX, 2011. All pertinent Regulations will be followed with respect to this IND application.

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. commits to the previous agreements, commitments, and conditions made by the former owner and contained in the IND application.

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc., has received and will maintain a complete copy of the IND, including amendments and records that are required to be kept.

If you require further assistance, please contact Thomas Sciascia, MD at [**].

 

Sincerely,

 

Thomas Sciascia, MD
Executive Vice President, Research and Development
Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.
[**]
Telephone: [**]
Fax: (617) YYY-ZZZ
CC: Robert Barto, Vice President Regulatory Affairs

Exhibit 10.16

EXECUTION VERSION

Certain identified information has been excluded from the exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the Company, if publicly disclosed. Double asterisks denote omissions.

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

RUTGERS, THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW JERSEY

AND

TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.

EFFECTIVE NOVEMBER 6, 2018


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

RECITALS

     3  

ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS

     3  

ARTICLE 2 – LICENSE GRANT

     9  

ARTICLE 3 – SUBLICENSES

     10  

ARTICLE 4 – FEES, ROYALTIES, ANNUAL AND MILESTONE PAYMENTS, OTHER PAYMENTS AND EQUITY

     10  

ARTICLE 5 – ROYALTY, PROGRESS AND PAYMENT REPORTS

     14  

ARTICLE 6 – DILIGENCE

     16  

ARTICLE 7 – CONFIDENTIALITY

     17  

ARTICLE 8 – TERM AND TERMINATION

     18  

ARTICLE 9 – PATENT MAINTENANCE AND REIMBURSEMENT

     19  

ARTICLE 10 – INFRINGEMENT AND LITIGATION

     20  

ARTICLE 11 – DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY, INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

     20  

ARTICLE 12 – USE OF LICENSOR’S NAME; INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

     22  

ARTICLE 13 – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     23  

 

2


EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

This agreement (hereinafter the “Agreement”) is made and is effective as of the 6 th day of November, 2018, (hereinafter the “Effective Date”) by and between Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey having an office at 33 Knightsbridge Rd, Piscataway, NJ 08854 (hereinafter “Rutgers” or “Licensor”), on the one hand, and Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. (hereinafter the “Licensee”), a Delaware corporation, having a place of business at 195 Church Street, 14 th Floor, New Haven, CT 06510, on the other hand.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Licensor owns the patent applications and issued patents described in Section 1.23 below claiming certain inventions generally characterized as “USE OF A DUAL KAPPA-AGONIST/MU-ANTAGONIST THERAPEUTIC AGENT FOR TREATMENT OF L-DOPA INDUCED DYSKINESIA” Docket S11-049 (hereinafter the “Inventions(s)”) which were invented jointly Dr. Mouradian of Licensor, an individual Dr. Michael Voronkov (“MV”) and an individual Dr. Stephen Braithwaite (“SB”) (hereinafter the “Inventors(s)”) and the Licensor owns or controls the related know how described in Section 1.16 below;

WHEREAS, MentiNova, Inc. (“MentiNova”) and Licensor had been parties to a Restated and Amended Exclusive License Agreement dated May 5, 2014 with retroactive effect to January 22, 2013 (the “MentiNova/Rutgers Agreement”), pursuant to which MentiNova had obtained licenses under the Patent Rights and Know-how from Licensor;

WHEREAS, MentiNova and Rutgers have agreed to terminate the MentiNova/Rutgers Agreement, effective immediately prior to the execution of this Agreement;

WHEREAS Licensor and Licensee wish to enter into this Agreement so that, among other things, Licensee receives full and exclusive license rights to the Invention(s); and

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the promises and covenants contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Licensor and Licensee agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS

1.1 “Affiliate” means, when used with reference to Licensee, any Entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with Licensee. For purposes of this Agreement, “control” means the direct or indirect ownership of over fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of an Entity or the right to receive over fifty percent (50%) of the profits or earnings of an Entity, directly or indirectly.

1.2 “Calendar Quarter” means each three (3) month period, or any portion thereof, beginning on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1.

[ Signature Page to Rutgers License Agreement ]

 

3


1.3 “Calendar Year” means a period of twelve (12) months beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31.

1.4 “Combination Product” means any pharmaceutical product containing nalbuphine that (a) also contains any other active pharmaceutical ingredient or (b) is sold together for a single price with another product containing one or more other active pharmaceutical ingredients.

1.5 “Confidential Information” means (a) all Know-how and (b) all other technical information, unpatented inventions, trade secrets, developments, discoveries, software, know-how, methods, techniques, formulae, data, processes and other proprietary ideas and information, whether or not patentable or copyrightable, owned or controlled by either party (the “disclosing party”) and identified as confidential or proprietary at the time delivered or communicated to the other party (the “receiving party”) or within [**] thereafter.

1.6 “EMA” means the European Medicines Agency, or any successor entity thereto.

1.7 “Entity” means a corporation or other business entity.

1.8 “Fair Market Value” means with respect to any non-cash payment (a) received in the case of a Sale, Net Sales with respect thereto shall include the cash consideration that Licensee, its Affiliate or the Sublicensee, as the case may be, would realize from an unaffiliated, buyer in an arm’s length Sale of an identical Licensed Product sold in the same quantity and at the same time and place of the transaction, or (b) received in the case of a transaction other than a Sale, Sublicensing Revenue with respect thereto shall include the current value to Licensee or its Affiliates of such consideration they receive in such transaction, as determined in good faith by Licensee in consultation with Rutgers.

1.9 “FDA” means the United States Food and Drug Administration and all agencies under its direct control or any successor agency thereto.

1.10 “Field” means all human and animal uses.

1.11 “First EMA Approval” means the first Marketing Approval by the EMA for commercial sale of a Licensed Product.

1.12 “First FDA Approval” means the first approval by the FDA of an NDA for commercial sale of a Licensed Product.

1.13 “GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis, or any other accounting principles generally accepted for public companies in the United States such as International Financial Reporting Standards. Unless otherwise defined or stated, financial terms shall be calculated under GAAP.

 

4


1.14 “Generic Competition” means, with respect to a Licensed Product in a particular country in the Territory, any pharmaceutical product that (a) is marketed for sale by a Third Party, not authorized by Licensor or Licensee, and (b) receives regulatory approval in such country in reliance on the regulatory approval of such Licensed Product, and (c) is determined by a regulatory authority to be therapeutically equivalent to, interchangeable with, or substitutable for, such Licensed Product, all of the above (a), (b) and (c) only to the extent that such pharmaceutical product is actually being sold in the country in which it was approved for Sale.

1.15 “IND” means an Investigational New Drug Application, the filing of which with the FDA is necessary to initiate or conduct clinical testing of a pharmaceutical product in humans in the United States.

1.16 “Know-how” means any research information, technical information, technical data and other information and materials that are (a) necessary or useful to discover, develop, make, use or sell Licensed Products, (b) owned or controlled by Licensor, (c) generated (i) at Rutgers by or under the supervision of Dr. Mouradian or (ii) by MV or (iii) by SB all prior to the Effective Date, and (d) can be freely licensed to others by Licensor without incurring third party obligations and in view of Section 2.3 below, and, in any event, including the information and materials set forth on Appendix B. Licensor will provide copies of and materials constituting Know-how to Licensee upon Licensee’s reasonable request.

1.17 “Licensed Product(s)” means any product, material, kit, service, process or procedure that (a) if discovered, developed, made, used or sold in the absence of the license grants in this Agreement would infringe at least one Valid Claim of the Patent Rights and/or (b) utilizes Know-how.

1.18 “Major European Country” means any of France, Germany, Spain, Italy and the United Kingdom.

1.19 “Major Market Country” means any of the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, Italy, Spain and France.

1.20 “Marketing Approval” means any approval, registration, license or authorization from any regulatory authority required to market and sell a Licensed Product in a jurisdiction and shall include an approval of an NDA.

1.21 “NDA” means a New Drug Application, Biologics License Application or equivalent submission filed with the FDA in connection with seeking Marketing Approval of the Licensed Product, or an equivalent application filed with any equivalent regulatory agency or governmental authority in any jurisdiction other than the United States.

1.22 “Net Sales” means the gross amount invoiced on Sales of a Licensed Product by Licensee, its Affiliates and Sublicensees to any Third Party, less the following deductions with respect to the Sale of such Licensed Product, in each case, calculated in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied:

 

5


(a) normal trade, cash and quantity discounts and other customary discounts actually given to customers in the ordinary course of business;

(b) rebates, credits and allowances given by reason of rejections, returns, damaged or defective product or recalls;

(c) government-mandated rebates and any other compulsory payments, credits, adjustments and rebates actually paid or deducted;

(d) price adjustments, allowances, credits, chargeback payments, discounts, rebates, fees, reimbursements or similar payments granted to managed care organizations, group purchasing organizations or other buying groups, pharmacy benefit management companies, health maintenance organizations and any other providers of health insurance coverage, health care organizations or other health care institutions (including hospitals), health care administrators or patient assistance or other similar programs, or to federal, state/provincial, local and other governments, including their agencies, or to wholesalers, distributors or other trade customers;

(e) reasonable and customary freight, shipping, insurance and other transportation expenses, if actually borne by Licensee or its Affiliates or Sublicensees without reimbursement from any Third Party;

(f) sales, value-added, excise taxes, tariffs and duties, and other taxes and government charges directly related to the sale, delivery or use of Licensed Product (but not including taxes assessed directly against the income derived from such sale), net of any credits or allowances received by Licensee or its Affiliates or Sublicensees with respect to such taxes or charges;

(g) amounts previously included in Net Sales of Licensed Product that are written off as uncollectible after reasonable collection efforts, in accordance with standard practices of the applicable party; and

(h) any item, substantially similar in character or substance to any of the foregoing, calculated in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and customary in the pharmaceutical industry to be deducted in the definition of net sales in a license agreement of this type.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the transfer of a Licensed Product between or among Licensee, its Affiliates and Sublicensees will not be considered a Sale.

Disposition of Licensed Product for, or use of the Licensed Product in, clinical trials or other scientific testing, as free samples, or under compassionate use, patient assistance, or test marketing programs or other similar programs or studies shall not result in any Net Sales.

 

6


In the event a Licensed Product is sold in the form of a Combination Product, then the Net Sales for any such Combination Product shall be determined by multiplying the Net Sales of the Combination Product during the applicable royalty reporting period, by the fraction, A/(A+B), where A is the weighted (by sales volume) average sale price of a Licensed Product that contains nalbuphine, but does not contain any other active pharmaceutical ingredient, when sold separately in finished form in the country in which the Combination Product is sold and B is the weighted (by sales volume) average sale price of the other active pharmaceutical ingredients included in the Combination Product when sold separately in finished form in the country in which the Combination Product is sold, in each case during the applicable royalty reporting period or, if sales of both a Licensed Product that contains nalbuphine, but does not contain any other active pharmaceutical ingredient, and the other active pharmaceutical ingredients did not occur in such period, then in the most recent royalty reporting period during the preceding twelve (12) months in which sales of both occurred, if any. In the event that such average sale price cannot be determined for both a Licensed Product that contains nalbuphine, but does not contain any other active pharmaceutical ingredient, and all other active pharmaceutical ingredients included in the Combination Product, then the Licensee will in good faith determine a pro-rata allocation of the Net Sales that reflects the nalbuphine’s contribution to the Combination Product on an equitable basis.

1.23 “Patent Rights” means the following; (a) the U.S. patents and patent applications listed in Appendix A (hereafter referred to as “Patent Applications”); (b) any patents issuing on any such Patent Applications; (c) all direct and indirect divisions, RCE’s, continuations, continuations in part (but only to the extent that the subject matter of each such continuation-in-part is described in and enabled by the disclosure of any of the Patent Applications), re-examinations, reissues, substitutions, or extensions thereof and patents issuing from those patent rights described in (a) or (b) above or this (c); and (d) all foreign counterparts (including supplementary protection certificates) to any such patent rights.

1.24 “Phase III Trial” means any human clinical trial of a product that would satisfy the requirements of 21 CFR § 312.21(c), or equivalent laws outside of the United States.

1.25 “Royalty Term” means, with respect to a Licensed Product and a country, the period beginning on the date of the first commercial Sale of such Licensed Product in such country after receipt of Marketing Approval for such Licensed Product in such country and ending upon the later of (a) the date of expiration, unenforceability or invalidation of the last Valid Claim of the Patent Rights covering such Licensed Product in such country of Sale or (b) ten (10) years from the date of first commercial Sale of the first Licensed Product to be Sold anywhere in the world.

1.26 “Sale” means any bona fide transaction for which consideration is received or expected for the sale, use, lease, transfer or other disposition of Licensed Product(s). A Sale of Licensed Products(s) shall be deemed completed at the later of the time Licensee, its Affiliate or a Sublicensee, as the case may be, (i) invoices and (ii) ships such Licensed Product(s) to a third party unaffiliated with Licensee, its Affiliates and the applicable Sublicensee. If a particular unit

 

7


of Licensed Product is sold by more than one of Licensee, an Affiliate, or a Sublicensee, the ultimate sale of such product (after deducting qualifying costs) shall be the sale considered for purposes of determining Net Sales.

1.27 “Sublicense” means any arrangement, however captioned and regardless of how the conveyances are referred to therein, in which Licensee directly or indirectly grants a sublicense under any of the intellectual property rights licensed to Licensee hereunder.

1.28 “Sublicensee” means a Third Party to a Sublicense.

1.29 “Sublicensing Revenue” means any payment received by Licensee or any of its Affiliates from any Sublicensee to the extent attributable to the Sublicense granted by Licensee to such Sublicensee under the Patent Rights with respect to a Licensed Product (which, with respect to non-cash consideration, shall be valued at Fair Market Value as of the date of receipt), excluding (a) funding or reimbursement for internal or out-of-pocket costs for filing, prosecution, maintenance, enforcement or defense of any Patent Rights; (b) amounts received for development activities directly related to Licensed Products; (c) the portion of amounts received by Licensee or any of its Affiliates for manufacturing or commercialization activities directly related to Licensed Products up to Licensee’s or any of its Affiliate’s fully-burdened internal costs or actual out-of-pocket costs with respect to such activities (and, for clarity, the portion of any such amounts received that are above such costs shall be considered Sublicensing Revenue); (d) the portion of any amounts received by Licensee or any of its Affiliates for the sale or transfer of any equity of Licensee or any of its Affiliates to a Sublicensee or any of its Affiliates up to the Fair Market Value of such equity (and, for clarity, the portion of any such amounts received that are above such Fair Market Value shall be considered Sublicensing Revenue); (e) the portion of the value of, or portion of amount received for, any debt security issued by Licensee or any of its Affiliates to a Sublicensee or other loan made to Licensee or any of its Affiliates by a Sublicensee in an arms’ length debt financing up to the Fair Market Value of such security or loan (and, for clarity, the portion of any such amounts received that are above such Fair Market Value shall be considered Sublicensing Revenue); (f) any royalties received by Licensee or any of its Affiliates from a Sublicensee; and (g) the portion of any milestone or other payment received by Licensee or any of its Affiliates from a Sublicensee that is actually paid to Licensor. For clarity, to the extent that Licensee or any of its Affiliates sublicenses rights to a Sublicensee under the Patent Rights and the Know-how, and also licenses or sublicenses rights to such Sublicensee under any other intellectual property rights, Licensee, in consultation with Licensor, will in good faith allocate the relevant consideration received from such Sublicensee to reflect the value of the Patent Rights and the Know-how to the overall transaction value.

1.30 “Successful Phase III Trial” means a Phase III Trial that (a) achieves an efficacy endpoint of 0.05 p-value on the primary endpoint with respect to the Licensed Product in Levodopa Induced Dyskinesia and (b) has not generated an adverse effect or any safety signal that, alone or with other factors, would cause Licensee to stop development of the Licensed Product for Levodopa Induced Dyskinesia. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, if Licensee decides to initiate another pivotal Phase III Trial, following the completion of the first Phase III Trial for such Licensed Product, without doing additional animal or other preclinical work or any clinical trial, this will be deemed as a Successful Phase III Trial.

 

8


1.31 “Territory” means worldwide.

1.32 “Third Party” means any person or Entity other than a Party or any of its Affiliates or their respective employees.

1.33 “Valid Claim” means, with respect to the Patent Rights: (a) a claim in an issued patent which has not (i) expired, (ii) been finally adjudicated or admitted as invalid or unenforceable, or (iii) been abandoned; or (b) a claim in a pending application (or a claim of greater scope) which is actively being prosecuted in good faith for not more than [**] (or [**]).

ARTICLE 2 - LICENSE GRANT

2.1 Licensor grants to Licensee for the term of this Agreement (a) a royalty-bearing right and exclusive license, with the right to grant and authorize sublicenses, under the Patent Rights, to make, have made, use and have used, import and have imported, offer for sale and sell, and have offered for sale and have sold, Licensed Products in the Field within the Territory and (b) a non-exclusive, royalty-bearing license, with the right to grant and authorize sublicenses, to use the Know-how to discover, develop, make, have made, use and have used, import and have imported, offer for sale and sell, and have offered for sale and have sold, and to practice, develop and commercialize Licensed Products in the Field within the Territory. No other rights or licenses are granted hereunder either expressly or by implication or estoppel. Licensee may delegate performance of duties and obligations under this Agreement to its Affiliates, and may grant sublicense to its Affiliates, but Licensee shall at all times have primary responsibility and liability for the performance of all Licensee duties and obligations arising under this Agreement, whether or not so delegated or assigned.

2.2 Licensor retains the right to practice under the Patent Rights for its own non-commercial educational and research purposes, including the right (a) to provide the Patent Rights to governmental laboratories and (b) to perform research for non-commercial purposes (provided such research is not sponsored by any for-profit entity), and to publish the results thereof.

2.3 Some Know-how may have been made available to the public without restriction prior to the Effective Date.

 

9


ARTICLE 3 - SUBLICENSES

3.1 The right to grant sublicenses conferred upon Licensee under this Agreement is subject to the following conditions.

3.2 Each such sublicense shall be subject to the applicable terms and conditions of the license granted to Licensee under this Agreement.

3.3 The legally controlling language of any sublicense shall be English, or such sublicense shall be translated into English. Licensee shall forward to Licensor, within [**] of execution, a complete and accurate copy of each sublicense granted hereunder (including sublicenses to Affiliates). Licensor’s receipt of such sublicense shall not constitute a waiver of any of Licensor’s rights or Licensee’s obligations hereunder.

3.4 Provided any direct Sublicensee is in full compliance with its respective Sublicense agreement with Licensee, then upon termination of this Agreement, to the extent requested by Licensee in writing, such Sublicense survive and become a direct licensee from Licensor, and such direct license by Licensor: (i) will not encumber Licensor with any obligations, responsibilities, and/or liabilities beyond those assumed by Licensor under this Agreement, (ii) will not diminish any rights and benefits that Licensor has under this Agreement with respect to such Sublicense, and (iii) will not entitle Licensor to any rights or benefits (including any payment) that are greater than those Licensor would have received with respect to such Sublicense under this Agreement.

3.5 Notwithstanding any such Sublicense, Licensee shall remain primarily liable to Licensor for all of the Licensee’s duties and obligations contained in this Agreement; provided, however that this Section 3.5 shall not apply to any act or omission of any Sublicensee that retains any licenses under the Patent Rights or Know-how following the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 3.4.

ARTICLE 4 - FEES, ROYALTIES, ANNUAL AND MILESTONE PAYMENTS, OTHER PAYMENTS AND EQUITY

4.1 Licensee shall pay to Licensor on the Effective Date a license issue fee of $[**].

4.2 Licensee agrees to pay to Rutgers a tiered royalty as follows:

 

10


(a) Subject to Sections 4.2(c) and 4.2(d), Licensee shall pay to Licensor a tiered royalty on aggregate annual Net Sales of Licensed Products as defined in Section 1.17(a) during the applicable Royalty Term until the expiration, unenforceability or invalidation of the last Valid Claim of the Patent Rights covering such Licensed Product in such country (in each case, with respect to each applicable Licensed Product and country) as follows:

 

For the portion of Aggregate Annual

Royalty-Bearing Net Sales during the

relevant Calendar Year

   Royalty Rate  

First $[**]

     [**]%  

For the portion that is greater than $[**] and less than or equal to $[**]

     [**]%  

For the portion that is greater than $[**] and less than or equal to $[**]

     [**]%  

For the portion that is greater than $[**] and less than or equal to $[**]

     [**]%  

For the portion that is greater than $[**]

     [**]%  

(b) Subject to Sections 4.2(c) and 4.2(d), Licensee shall pay to Licensor a tiered royalty on aggregate annual Net Sales of Licensed Products as defined in Section 1.17(b) equivalent to [**] of the applicable tiered royalty outlined in 4.2(a) during the applicable Royalty Term following the expiration, unenforceability or invalidation of the last Valid Claim of the Patent Rights covering such Licensed Product in such country (in each case, with respect to each applicable Licensed Product and country).

(c) For Licensed Products on which a royalty is paid to a Third Party, the foregoing royalties may be reduced by up to [**] percent ([**]%) of any royalties actually paid to the Third Party, but in no event shall this Section 4.2(c) reduce the royalties payable with respect to Licensed Products to less than [**] percent ([**]%) of the royalties otherwise payable in accordance with Sections 4.2(a) or 4.2(b). Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, this reduction shall not apply to Licensee’s obligations existing as of the Effective Date to pay a royalty to a Third Party with respect to the applicable Licensed Product and country, and shall not apply to Licensee’s obligations to make payments to MentiNova.

(d) If at any time during the Royalty Term Generic Competition exists in a given country with respect to a Licensed Product, then the royalty rates used to calculate the royalties with respect to such Licensed Product in such country shall be reduced by [**] percent ([**]%) for so long as such Generic Competition exists. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, in no event shall this Section 4.2(d) as well as the preceding Section 4.2(c) reduce the royalties payable with respect to Licensed Products to less than [**] percent ([**]%) of the royalties otherwise payable in accordance with Sections 4.2(a) or 4.2(b).

 

11


(e) On a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis, the license granted in Section 2.1(a) shall become perpetual, fully paid-up, irrevocable and royalty-free at the end of the applicable Royalty Term.

(f) For the sake of clarity, no royalty or other payment obligations will accrue with regard to any Licensed Product in a country in which, as of the relevant time, the Royalty Term has expired.

4.3 Licensee shall pay to Licensor on each anniversary of the Effective Date, a non-refundable annual license fee as follows and each of such fees will be creditable against royalties due during the twelve (12) months following the due date for the payment of the annual fee:

 

PERIOD

      

[**] anniversaries:

     [**]  

[**] anniversary:

     [**]  

[**] anniversary:

     [**]  

[**] anniversary

     [**]  

[**] anniversary and each anniversary thereafter

     [**]  

4.4 For Licensed Product(s) reaching a milestone listed below while such Licensed Product is covered by a Valid Claim in the applicable Major Market Country, Licensee shall pay the following milestone payments within [**] after the reaching of each milestone by Licensee, its Affiliates or its Sublicensees, and shall report the reaching of each milestone within [**] after becoming aware that it is reached:

(a) $[**] upon the [**] (or its equivalent in a Major Market Country) for a Licensed Product in any formulation;

(b) $[**] upon the [**] received in a Major Market Country for a Licensed Product in any formulation;

(c) $[**] upon the [**] received in a Major Market Country (whether [**]) for a Licensed Product in any formulation;

 

12


(d) $[**] upon first achievement of annual Net Sales in the Territory of over $[**] for all Licensed Product(s).

For the sake of clarity, each such payment is payable no more than once and only with respect to the first achievement of the relevant event for a Licensed Product. In no event shall all such payments, in the aggregate, total more than $268,000.

4.5 In addition, in lieu of the payments that MentiNova would have paid to Licensor had Licensee been a sublicensee of MentiNova under the MentiNova/Rutgers Agreement paying non-royalty consideration to MentiNova, for Licensed Product(s) reaching a milestone listed below while such Licensed Product is covered by a Valid Claim in a Major Market Country, Licensee shall pay the following milestone payments within [**] after the reaching of each milestone by Licensee, its Affiliates or its Sublicensees, and shall report the reaching of each milestone within [**] after becoming aware that it is reached:

 

“Milestone Event”

   “Milestone Payment”  

(A) [**]

     [**]  

(B) [**]

     [**]  

(C) [**]

     [**]  

For the sake of clarity, each Milestone Payment is payable no more than once and only with respect to the first achievement of the relevant Milestone Event for a Licensed Product. In no event shall all Milestone Payments, in the aggregate, total more than $62,500. In no event shall any Milestone Payment be payable after the end of the expiration of the last Valid Claim of the Patent Rights.

4.6 Licensee shall pay to Licensor [**] percent ([**]%) of all Sublicensing Revenue received by Licensee from Sublicensing within [**] of receipt by Licensee, payable in U.S. dollars to Licensor.

4.7 Royalties payable pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof and received during a Calendar Quarter by Licensee or its Affiliates shall be paid within [**] following the last day of the applicable Calendar Quarter or, with respect to royalties payable by Sublicensees hereunder, within [**] following Licensee’s receipt of such royalties associated with the applicable Net Sales by Sublicensees in such Calendar Quarter.

 

13


4.8 Net Sales of any Licensed Product(s) shall not be subject to more than one assessment of the scheduled royalty.

4.9 All dollar amounts referred to in this Agreement are expressed in United States dollars. All payments to Licensor under this Agreement shall be made in United States dollars by check or bank transfer payable to Licensor. Licensee shall be responsible for all bank transfer charges.

4.10 If Licensee receives Sublicensing Revenue, or revenues from Sales of Licensed Product(s), in currency other than United States dollars, such revenues shall be converted into United States dollars prior to payment to Licensor (i) at the conversion rate for the foreign currency as published in the eastern edition of The Wall Street Journal as of the last business day of the applicable Calendar Quarter or (ii) using the average rate of exchange over the applicable Calendar Quarter to which the Sales relate, in accordance with GAAP and the then current standard methods of Licensee or the applicable Sublicensee, to the extent reasonable and consistently applied. If Licensee chooses option (ii), Licensee will provide Licensor with the specific exchange rate translation methodology used for a particular country or countries. If legal restrictions in a country prevent the acquisition or prompt remittance of United States dollars to Licensor with respect to royalties on Sales of Licensed Product(s) in such country, Licensee shall make timely payment to Licensor from Licensee’s other sources of U. S. dollars.

4.11 Licensee shall pay Licensor all patent costs relating to Patent Rights, as further described in and in accordance with Article 9 hereof.

4.12 Licensee shall be responsible for paying any and all taxes, fees, or other charges imposed by the government of any country outside the United States on the remittance of royalty income for sales occurring in any such country. Any tax required to be withheld under applicable law on amounts payable under this Agreement will promptly be paid by Licensee or its Affiliates or Sublicensees on behalf of Licensor to the appropriate governmental authority, and Licensee will furnish Licensor with proof of payment of such tax. Licensee shall also be responsible for all bank transfer charges.

4.13 Amounts due to Licensor under this Agreement that are not paid when due shall accrue interest from the due date until paid, at a rate equal to [**] percent ([**]%) per month (or the maximum allowed by law, if less).

ARTICLE 5 - ROYALTY, PROGRESS AND PAYMENT REPORTS

5.1 Licensee shall deliver to Licensor with each payment made pursuant to Section 4.7 herein a report, certified by the chief financial officer of Licensee, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the royalties, as well as all other payments due to Licensor pursuant to the terms of Article 4 of this Agreement. Each report shall include, without limitation, to the extent applicable to the payments due hereunder:

5.1.1 Number of Licensed Product(s) involved in Sales, listed by country;

 

14


5.1.2 Gross sales of Licensed Product(s);

5.1.3 Deductions for purposes of the calculation of Net Sales, listed by category of deduction;

5.1.4 Net Sales of Licensed Product(s) listed by country;

5.1.5 Royalties owed to Licensor;

5.1.6 Deductions from royalties owed because of annual fees paid under Section 4.3;

5.1.7 Calculation of Licensor’s share of any Sublicensing Revenue received and subject to payment under Section 4.6; and

5.1.8 Listing and accounting for any other payments due to Licensor pursuant to Article 4 hereof.

5.2 Licensee shall maintain and cause its Affiliates and Sublicensees to maintain, complete and accurate books and records in accordance with GAAP consistently applied that enable the royalties due hereunder to be verified. The records for each Calendar Quarter shall be maintained for [**] after the Sales for which a report is required to be submitted under Section 5.1 hereof. Upon reasonable prior notice to Licensee, Licensor’s certified public accountants who agree to a reasonable confidentiality agreement with the audited party shall have access to all books and records relating to the reports due under Section 5.1 and the royalty payments due under Article 4, in each case for such [**] period. Such access shall be available during normal business hours, upon reasonable written notice of no less than [**], not more than [**] and for each of [**] after the expiration or termination of this Agreement, and no record shall be audited more than [**]. If Licensor determines that Licensee has underpaid royalties or other payments due by [**] percent ([**]%) or more, Licensee will pay the costs and expenses of Licensee’s accountants in connection with their review and/or audit. Licensee will pay any undisputed overdue amounts, as well as late interest charges in accordance with Section 4.13, within [**] of notification to it of underpayment with supporting documentation. Licensor shall repay any undisputed overpaid amounts within [**] of notification to it of such overpayment with supporting documentation.

5.3 Beginning [**] after the Effective Date, and [**] thereafter, Licensee shall, within [**] before or after each [**], submit to Licensor a progress report covering Licensee’s activities related to the research, development and testing of all Licensed Product(s) and the obtaining of applicable governmental approvals necessary for marketing. These progress reports shall be made for each Licensed Product in each country of the Territory.

5.4 The progress reports submitted under Section 5.3 shall include sufficient information to enable Licensor to determine Licensee’s progress in fulfilling its obligations under Article 6, including, but not limited to, the following topics:

 

15


   

summary of work completed, including key scientific results, market analysis

 

   

summary of work in progress, including product development and testing and progress in obtaining government approvals

 

   

current schedule of anticipated events or milestones

 

   

market plans for introduction of Licensed Product(s) once a Licensed Product is in a Phase III Trial

 

   

summary of resources (dollar value) spent in the reporting period for research, development, and marketing of Licensed Product(s)

 

   

activities in obtaining Sublicensees and a summary of activities of Sublicensees

 

   

uncertified financial statements (and certified financial statements where available) as of the end of the previous Calendar Quarter

ARTICLE 6 - DILIGENCE

6.1 Licensee shall use commercially reasonable efforts, and require its Sublicensees to use commercially reasonable efforts, to commercialize at least one Licensed Product in one Major Market Country and will report on such efforts to Licensor [**] in accordance with Section 5.3. The granting of a license by Licensee of the Patent Rights to an established commercial partner for further development and commercialization shall be considered a non-limiting example of the use of commercially reasonable efforts, provided the commercial partner undertakes the applicable obligations under this Agreement.

6.2 In addition to the above, if Licensee:

6.2.1 does not [**] for a Licensed Product within [**] after the Effective Date(s) (except as extended below); and

6.2.2 does not [**] on nalbuphine for Levodopa Induced Dyskinesia within [**] following the [**] described in 6.2.1 above (except as extended below),

then Rutgers may provide a notice to Licensee reminding Licensee of the foregoing, and the date described in Section 6.2.1 shall be extended by [**] from the date described in Section 6.2.1 with payment to Rutgers of [**] Dollars ($[**]) within [**] from Licensee’s receipt of such notice (the date described in Section 6.2.2 shall be extended for a comparable period); and only if Licensee does not hold a [**] for a Licensed Product within such extended period and does not [**] on nalbuphine for Levodopa Induced Dyskinesia within such extended period, may Rutgers terminate this Agreement.

ARTICLE 7 - CONFIDENTIALITY

7.1 Each receiving party shall maintain in confidence, not disclose to any third party (other than its Affiliates, its or its Affiliate’s directors, officers, agents, employees, consultants, contractors, distributors, attorneys, accountants, financing sources, representatives and actual or potential investors, acquirers or Sublicensees (collectively, “ Representatives ”)), and use only to

 

16


perform its obligations or exercise its rights under this Agreement, all Confidential Information received from the disclosing party pursuant to this Agreement. Each receiving party agrees to ensure that its employees, Affiliates, Sublicensees and other Representatives, as applicable, have access to the disclosing party’s Confidential Information only on a need-to-know basis and are obligated in writing or by professional ethical obligations to abide by obligations reasonably consistent with the receiving party’s obligations under this Article 7. The foregoing obligations shall not apply to (and Confidential Information shall not include):

7.1.1 information that is known to the receiving party or independently developed by the receiving party prior to the time of disclosure, in each case, to the extent evidenced by written records; or

7.1.2 information disclosed to the receiving party by a third party that has a right to make such disclosure without restriction; or

7.1.3 information that is or becomes patented, published or otherwise part of the public domain as a result of acts by the disclosing party or a third person obtaining such information as a matter of right, including the right to publish, or otherwise other than through a breach of this Article 7 by the receiving party or any of its Representatives; or

7.1.4 information that is required to be disclosed by order of governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that the receiving party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain confidential treatment of such information by the agency or court; or

7.1.5 Know-how that is necessary to be disclosed in order for Licensed Product(s) to be developed and commercialized as intended herein by the parties, provided the receiving party uses commercially reasonable efforts to disclose such information under obligations of confidentiality and limited use reasonably consistent to those contained in this Section 7.1.

7.2 The confidentiality and use obligations set forth in Section 7.1 herein shall apply during the term of this Agreement and for [**] after termination or expiration of this Agreement.

7.3 Licensor shall not provide any Confidential Information to Licensee except the Know-how and the information to be provided in accordance with Articles 9 and 10.

ARTICLE 8 - TERM AND TERMINATION

8.1 Unless otherwise terminated by operation of law or by acts of the parties in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date, and shall remain in effect on a Licensed Product-by-Licensed Product and country-by-country basis until the expiration, unenforceability or invalidation of the last Valid Claim of the Patent Rights licensed under this Agreement covering such Licensed Product in such country, or ten (10) years from the date of first commercial Sale of the first Licensed

 

17


Product to be Sold anywhere in the world, whichever is later, following which the licenses granted hereunder with regard to such Licensed Product in such country shall be perpetual, fully paid-up, irrevocable and royalty-free.

8.2 Licensee may, at its option, terminate this Agreement at any time by doing all of the following:

8.2.1 by giving ninety (90) days written notice to Licensor of Licensee’s intent to terminate; and

8.2.2 by tendering payment of all accrued royalties and amounts due under this Agreement as of the last day of the 90 day period referred to in Section 8.2.1.

8.3 To the extent not prohibited by applicable law, Licensor shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by giving written notice of termination to Licensee at any time upon or after: (i) the filing by Licensee of a petition of bankruptcy or insolvency; (ii) any adjudication that Licensee is bankrupt or insolvent; (iii) the filing by Licensee of any petition or answer seeking judicial reorganization, readjustment or arrangement of the business of Licensee under any law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency; (iv) the appointment of a receiver for all or substantially all of the assets of Licensee; (v) the making of any assignment or attempted assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (vi) the institution of any proceeding or passage of any resolution for the liquidation or winding up of Licensee’s business or for termination of its corporate life except as part of a corporate restructuring.

8.4 Either party may terminate this Agreement upon [**] written notice of default upon breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other party and the failure to cure such breach within such [**] period.

8.5 Upon early termination of this Agreement or expiration of this Agreement in its entirety, the receiving party shall, at the disclosing party’s request, return to the disclosing party all the disclosing party’s Confidential Information except with respect to any Confidential Information for which the receiving party retains a license that survives such termination or expiration.

8.6 Licensee’s obligations to make payments accrued under Article 4 hereof shall survive early termination or expiration of this Agreement. In addition, the provisions of Sections 3.4, 3.5, 5.2, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 13.2, 13.3, 13.4, 13.5, 13.6, 13.7, 13.8, 13.9, 13.10, 13.12, 13.13 and Articles 1, 7, 10, 11, and 12, and any licenses that became perpetual pursuant to Section 8.1, shall survive the early termination or expiration of this Agreement.

8.7 Any termination or expiration of this Agreement shall not relieve Licensee or Licensor of any obligation or liability accrued hereunder prior thereto or rescind anything done by Licensee or any payments made to Licensor prior thereto, and such termination or expiration shall not affect in any manner any rights of Licensor or Licensee arising under this Agreement prior to such termination or expiration.

 

18


ARTICLE 9 - PATENT MAINTENANCE AND REIMBURSEMENT

9.1 So long as Licensee is current with its obligations to pay patent costs and provided that Licensee has not transferred counsel as provided in this Section 9.1, Licensor shall be responsible, in accordance with its customary patent prosecution practices, for preparing, filing, prosecuting and maintaining the Patent Rights licensed hereunder, using counsel of its choice. At any time Licensee may transfer counsel from that selected by Licensor to another acceptable to both parties and assume all further actions. Licensor’s counsel shall take instructions only from Licensor. Licensee’s counsel shall take instructions only from Licensee. Licensor shall keep Licensee informed and apprised of the continuing prosecution of Patent Rights while it is responsible for prosecuting the Patent Rights licensed hereunder and shall seek reasonable advance consultation from Licensee and will in good faith consider accepting Licensee’s advice. Licensor will copy Licensee on all correspondence with the patent office related to the Patent Rights. Licensee agrees to keep patent prosecution documentation and correspondence confidential in accordance with Article 7. If counsel is transferred to counsel chosen by Licensee with Licensor’s written approval, Licensee shall keep Licensor informed and appraised of the continuing prosecution of Patent Rights and shall seek reasonable advance consultation from Licensor and will in good faith consider accepting Licensor’s advice. Licensee will copy Licensor on all correspondence with the patent office related to the Patent Rights while it is responsible for prosecuting the Patent Rights licensed hereunder. Licensor agrees to keep patent prosecution documentation and correspondence confidential.

9.2 All future costs associated with preparing, filing, prosecuting, and maintaining the licensed Patent Rights after the Effective Date, including but not limited to declaratory judgments, interferences, oppositions, reexaminations, and reissues, shall be borne by Licensee. All such reasonable patent costs shall be payable by Licensee to Licensor within [**] of the billing date. If Licensee fails to pay such reasonable patent costs in a timely manner as required in this Section 9.2, Licensor may, at its discretion, require Licensee to pay estimated patent costs in advance as a condition for maintaining this license. Licensee shall have the right to review and comment on patent bills from outside counsel upon request.

9.3 If Licensee notifies Licensor that it does not wish to pursue prosecution or maintenance of Patent Rights for any matter in any country for which Licensor deems it necessary or appropriate to prosecute or maintain, Licensor may assume responsibility for prosecution and maintenance of such matter and such Patent Rights and assume such costs. If Licensee notifies Licensor that it does not wish to pay the patent costs for any Patent Rights for any matter in any country, Licensor may assume responsibility for prosecution and maintenance of such matter and such Patent Rights and assume such costs, in which case Licensee’s license for such Patent Rights and obligations under this Article 9 in such country shall terminate.

9.4 Licensee, its Affiliates and its Sublicensees shall comply with all United States and foreign laws with respect to patent marking of Licensed Products.

 

19


ARTICLE 10 - INFRINGEMENT AND LITIGATION

10.1 Licensor and Licensee are responsible for notifying each other promptly of any infringement of Patent Rights that may come to their attention and actual or threatened claims by third parties against the Patent Rights. The parties shall consult with one another in a timely manner concerning any appropriate response thereto.

10.2 Licensee shall have the first right, but not the obligation to prosecute such infringement or defend such claims at its own expense. Financial recoveries from any enforcement action, including settlements thereof, will first be applied to reimburse the expenses of both parties for such enforcement action with the balance being retained by Licensee and considered Net Sales of a Licensed Product and subject to the royalties in Section 4.2. The parties may agree to other arrangements should they desire.

10.3 In any action to enforce or defend any of the Patent Rights, either party, at the request and expense of the other party, shall cooperate to the fullest extent reasonably possible, including joining such action. This provision shall not be construed to require either party to undertake any activities, including legal discovery, at the request of any third party except as may be required by lawful process of a court of competent jurisdiction.

ARTICLE 11 - DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY, INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

11.1 (i) LICENSOR REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT (A) IT HAS THE RIGHT TO GRANT THE LICENSES HEREUNDER AND TO MAKE THE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SET FORTH IN SECTION 13.13, AND (B) TO THE BEST OF LICENSOR’S KNOWLEDGE, AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE, LICENSOR HAS NO RIGHTS IN ANY PATENT OR PATENT APPLICATION (OTHER THAN THE PATENT RIGHTS (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1.23)) THAT COVER THE MANUFACTURE, USE, SALE, IMPORTATION, EXPORT OR OFFER FOR SALE OF A PRODUCT SOLELY CONTAINING NALBUPHINE. (ii) EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 11.1(i) OR WITH RESPECT TO A BREACH THEREOF, (A) THE PATENT RIGHTS AND KNOW HOW ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” BASIS, AND NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE WITH RESPECT THERETO BY LICENSOR; BY WAY OF EXAMPLE BUT NOT OF LIMITATION, NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES ARE MADE (a) OF COMMERCIAL UTILITY OR (b) OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE; OR (c) THAT THE USE OF THE PATENT RIGHTS, KNOW-HOW, OR THAT MAKING, USING OR SELLING LICENSED PRODUCT(S) WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT OR TRADEMARK OR OTHER PROPRIETARY OR PROPERTY RIGHTS OF OTHERS; (B) LICENSOR SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO LICENSEE, ITS AFFILIATES, OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS OR ANY THIRD PARTY WITH RESPECT TO: ANY CLAIM ARISING FROM THE USE OF THE PATENT RIGHTS OR KNOW-HOW, OR FROM THE MANUFACTURE, USE OR SALE OF LICENSED PRODUCT(S); OR (C)

 

20


NEITHER PARTY IS LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OR INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS, OR FOR, DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND (IT BEING UNDERSTOOD THAT THE PARTIES DO NOT INTEND TO LIMIT THE PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS UNDER ARTICLE 4 AS THEY BECOME DUE AND PAYABLE PURSUANT TO THE TERMS THEREIN).

11.2 Licensee represents as of the Effective Date that: (i) Licensee has been given an opportunity to conduct due diligence with respect to all items and issues pertaining to this Agreement; (ii) it is a duly organized, valid legal entity of the form indicated in the preamble to this Agreement with the power to own all of its properties and assets and to carry on its business as it is currently being conducted, and is in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization as indicated in the preamble of this Agreement; and (iii) it has been duly authorized and no further approval, corporate or other appropriate power, is required to execute, deliver, and perform this valid and binding agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions herein, including its obligations hereunder.

11.3 To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, and subject to Licensor’s compliance with Section 11.1, Licensee shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Rutgers, its trustees, officers, agents and employees, MV and SB (individually, an “Indemnified Party”, and collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”), from and against any and all liability, loss, damage, action, claim or expense suffered or incurred by the Indemnified Parties (including attorney’s fees) with respect to any Third Party claim (individually, a “Liability”, and collectively, the “Liabilities”) that results from or arises out of: (i) the development, use, manufacture, promotion, sale or other disposition, of any Know-how, Patent Rights or Licensed Product(s) by Licensee, its Affiliates or their respective assignees, Sublicensees, vendors or distributors (other than by the applicable Indemnified Party); and (ii) breach by Licensee or its Affiliates of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing but subject to Licensor’s compliance with Section 11.1, Licensee will defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties from and against any Liabilities resulting from:

11.3.1 any product liability or other claim of any kind related to the use by a third party of a Licensed Product(s) that was developed, manufactured, sold or otherwise disposed by Licensee, its Affiliates or their assignees, Sublicensees, vendors or distributors (other than by the applicable Indemnified Party); and/or

11.3.2 a claim by a Third Party that the design, composition, manufacture, use, sale or other disposition by Licensee, its Affiliates or their assignees, Sublicensees, vendors or distributors of any Licensed Product(s) infringes or violates any patent, copyright, trademark or other intellectual property rights of such Third Party.

11.4 The right to indemnification shall be subject to this Section 11.4. The Indemnified Party shall notify Licensee of any claim or action giving rise to Liabilities subject to the provisions of the foregoing Section 11.3. Licensee shall have the obligation to defend any

 

21


such claim or action, at its cost and expense, and the Indemnified Parties shall reasonably cooperate with Licensee. Neither party shall settle or compromise any such claim or action in a manner that imposes any restrictions or obligations on the other party without such other party’s prior written consent. If Licensee fails or declines to assume the defense of any such claim or action within [**] after notice thereof, Licensor may assume the defense of such claim or action and Licensee shall bear the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of such defense. The indemnification rights of Licensor or other Indemnified Party contained herein are in addition to all other rights which such Indemnified Party may have at law or in equity or otherwise.

11.5 Licensee shall procure and maintain a policy or policies of comprehensive general liability insurance, including broad form and contractual liability, in a minimum amount of $[**] combined single limit per occurrence and in the aggregate as respects personal injury, bodily injury and property damage arising out of Licensee’s or its Affiliates’ performance of this Agreement. Licensee insurance shall be primary coverage, and Licensor insurance or self-insurance shall be excess coverage and non-contributory.

11.6 The policy or policies of insurance specified herein shall be issued by an insurance carrier with an A.M. Best rating of “A” or better and shall name Rutgers, MV and SB as additional insureds with respect to Licensee’s performance of this Agreement. Licensee shall provide Licensor with certificates evidencing the insurance coverage required herein and all subsequent renewals thereof. Such certificates shall provide that Licensee’s insurance carrier(s) notify Licensor in writing at least [**] prior to cancellation or material change in coverage.

11.7 Licensor shall periodically review the adequacy of the minimum limits of liability specified herein. Licensor reserves the right to require Licensee to reasonably adjust such coverage limits accordingly. The specified minimum insurance amounts shall not constitute a limitation on Licensee’s obligation to indemnify Licensor or other Indemnified Parties under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 12 - USE OF LICENSOR’S NAME; INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

12.1 Licensee and its employees and agents shall not use, and Licensee shall not permit its Affiliates or Sublicensees to use, Licensor’s name, any adaptation thereof, any Licensor logotype, trademark, service mark or slogan or the name mark or logotype of any Licensor representative or organization in any way without the prior written consent of Licensor or such representative or organization, in each instance unless required by applicable law.

12.2 Nothing herein shall be deemed to establish a relationship of principal and agent between Licensor and Licensee, nor any of their agents or employees for any purpose whatsoever. This Agreement shall not be construed as constituting Licensor and Licensee as partners, or as creating any other form of legal association or arrangement that would impose liability upon one party for the act or failure to act of the other party.

 

22


ARTICLE 13 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

13.1 Licensee shall comply with all prevailing laws, rules and regulations pertaining to the development, testing, manufacture, marketing, sale, use, import or export of Licensed Product(s). Without limiting the foregoing, it is understood that this Agreement may be subject to United States laws and regulations controlling the export of technical data, computer software, laboratory prototypes and other commodities, articles and information, including the Arms Export Control Act as amended in the Export Administration Act of 1979, and that the parties’ obligations hereunder are contingent upon compliance with applicable United States export laws and regulations. The transfer of certain technical data and commodities may require a license from the responsible agency of the United States Government and/or written assurances by Licensee that Licensee shall not export data or commodities to certain foreign countries without prior approval of such agency. Licensor neither represents that a license is not required nor that, if required, it will issue.

13.2 This Agreement and the rights and duties appertaining thereto may not be assigned by Licensee, except as set forth below, without first obtaining the express written consent of Licensor. Any such purported assignment not described below, without the written consent of Licensor, shall be null and of no effect. It is understood that Licensee will have the right to assign this Agreement (a) to an Affiliate, subject to the provisions of Section 2.1, and (b) to a third party in connection with Licensee’s merger, consolidation, or assignment or transfer of that part of its business that relates to this Agreement, provided that all applicable terms of this Agreement will be assumed by the assignee.

13.3 Notices, payments, statements, reports and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been received (i) when personally delivered, or (ii) five (5) days after mailing if mailed by first-class certified mail, postage paid and deposited in the United States mail, or (iii) as of the date dispatched if sent by public overnight courier (e.g., Federal Express), or (iv) or as otherwise agreed upon in writing by the parties, and addressed as follows:

If for Licensor:

Rutgers:

Office of Research Commercialization

ATTN: Executive Director, Licensing & IP

33 Knightsbridge Rd.

Piscataway, NJ 08854

If for Licensee:

Trevi Therapeutics, Inc.

ATTN: Jennifer Good

195 Church Street, 14 th Floor

New Haven, CT 06510

 

23


With a copy to:

WilmerHale

ATTN: Stuart Falber

60 State Street

Boston, MA 02109

Each party may change its official address upon written notice to the other parties.

13.4 This Agreement shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey, without giving effect to conflict of law provisions, but the scope and validity of any patent or patent application shall be governed by the applicable laws of the country of such patent or patent application.

13.5 This Agreement embodies the entire understanding of the parties and shall supersede all previous and contemporaneous communications, representations or understandings, either oral or written, between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof. Any modification of this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by an authorized representative of each party.

13.6 In the event that Licensor or Licensee perceives the existence of a dispute with the other party concerning any right or duty provided for herein, the parties shall, as soon as practicable, confer in an attempt to resolve the dispute. If the parties are unable to resolve such dispute amicably within [**] of initial notice of dispute by Licensor or Licensee, as the case may be, then the parties hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in the courts located in the State of New Jersey with respect to any and all disputes relating to this Agreement.

13.7 A waiver by Licensor or Licensee of a breach or violation of any provision of this Agreement will not constitute or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or violation of that provision or as a waiver of any breach or violation of any other provision of this Agreement or a subsequent breach of the same provision.

13.8 In case any of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect in any jurisdiction, (a) such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, (b) the particular provision, to the extent permitted by law, shall be reasonably construed and equitably reformed to be valid and enforceable and if the provision at issue is a commercial term, it shall be equitably reformed so as to maintain the overall economic benefits of the Agreement as originally agreed upon by the parties, and (c) this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein.

 

24


13.9 The headings and captions used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect its construction or interpretation.

13.10 Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer on any person, other than the parties hereto or their permitted assigns, any benefits, rights or remedies, except as set forth in Section 3.4.

13.11 Neither Licensee nor its Affiliates shall originate any publicity, news release or other public announcement, written or oral, relating to this Agreement or the existence of an arrangement between the parties, except as required by law, without the prior written approval of the Licensor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that nothing herein shall restrict Licensee, any of its Affiliates or any Sublicensee from publicizing any information with respect to the development, manufacture or commercialization of any Licensed Product.

13.12 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

13.13 Licensee may enter into other agreements relating to this Agreement with Dr. Mouradian or other Rutgers employees or students provided such agreements are in full compliance with all of Rutgers policies and legal rights. Rutgers hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Consulting Agreement between Licensee and Dr. Mouradian dated as of September 22, 2018 is in full compliance with all of Rutgers policies and legal rights.

13.14 In the event of a failure of performance due under the terms of this Agreement by Licensee if it becomes necessary for Licensor to undertake legal action against Licensee on account thereof, then Licensor shall be entitled to seek reasonable attorney’s fees in addition to costs and necessary disbursements if it prevails in such legal action.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties, intending to be legally bound, have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives on the date first set forth above.

 

FOR LICENSOR:
RUTGERS, THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW JERSEY

/s/ Tatiana Litvin-Vechnyak

NAME: Tatiana Litvin-Vechnyak

TITLE: Executive Director, Licensing & IP

FOR LICENSEE:
TREVI THERAPEUTICS, INC.

/s/ Jennifer Good

NAME: Jennifer Good

TITLE: President and Chief Executive Officer

[ Signature Page to Rutgers License Agreement ]

 

26


APPENDIX A

LIST OF PATENT APPLICATIONS FILED AND PATENTS ISSUED AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE

 

Application Number

  

Name

  

Status

[**]

   [**]    [**]

[**]

   [**]    [**]

[**]

   [**]    [**]

[**]

   [**]    [**]

[**]

   [**]    [**]

[**]

   [**]    [**]

[**]

   [**]    [**]

[**]

   [**]    [**]

 

27


APPENDIX B

KNOW-HOW

[**]

 

28

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name of Subsidiary

          

Jurisdiction of Organization

Trevi Therapeutics Limited        United Kingdom

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated February 20, 2019, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Trevi Therapeutics, Inc. for the registration of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Stamford, Connecticut

April 5, 2019